Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 10, 2014

Registration No. 333-             

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Meridian Bancorp, Inc. and

East Boston Savings Bank 401(k) Plan

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

 

 

Maryland   6712   To be Applied For

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

67 Prospect Street

Peabody, MA 01960

(617) 567-1500

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

 

 

Mr. Richard J. Gavegnano

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

67 Prospect Street

Peabody, MA 01960

(617) 567-1500

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Lawrence M. F. Spaccasi, Esq.

Edward A. Quint, Esq.

Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C.

5335 Wisconsin Avenue, N.W., Suite 780

Washington, D.C. 20015

(202) 274-2000

  

Dave M. Muchnikoff, Esq.

Eric M. Marion, Esq.

Silver, Freedman, Taff & Tiernan LLP

3299 K Street, N.W., Suite 100

Washington, D.C. 20007

(202) 295-4500

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box:   x

If this Form is filed to register additional shares for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   x
Non-accelerated filer   ¨   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

Title of each class of

securities to be registered

 

Amount

to be

registered

 

Proposed

maximum

offering price

per share

 

Proposed

maximum

aggregate

offering price

  Amount of
registration fee

Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share

  61,142,118 shares   $10.00   $611,421,180 (1)   $ 78,752

Participation interests

  2,706,534 interests (2)           (2)

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.
(2) The securities of Meridian Bancorp, Inc. to be purchased by the East Boston Savings Bank 401(k) Plan are included in the amount shown for the common stock. Accordingly, in accordance with Rule 457(h)(2), no separate fee is required for the participation interests.

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

Prospectus Supplement

Interests in

EAST BOSTON SAVINGS BANK

401(k) PLAN

Offering of Participation Interests in up to 2,706,534 Shares of

MERIDIAN BANCORP, INC.

Common Stock

 

 

Meridian Bancorp, Inc., a new corporation, is offering shares of common stock for sale at $10.00 per share in connection with the conversion of Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated from the mutual holding company to the stock holding company form of organization. The shares being offered represent the ownership interest in Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc., the existing corporation, currently owned by Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated. In this prospectus supplement, we will refer to Meridian Bancorp, Inc., a new corporation, as “ New Meridian ,” and we will refer to Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc., the existing corporation, as “ Old Meridian .” Old Meridian’s common stock is currently traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the trading symbol “ EBSB ,” and we expect the shares of New Meridian common stock will also trade on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “ EBSB .”

In connection with the offering, East Boston Savings Bank is allowing participants in the East Boston Savings Bank 401(k) Plan (the “ 401(k) Plan ”) to invest up to 25% of their accounts in the common stock of New Meridian (“ New Meridian Common Stock ”). Based upon the value of the 401(k) Plan assets at December 31, 2013, the trustee of the 401(k) Plan could purchase up to 2,706,534 shares of New Meridian Common Stock, at the purchase price of $10.00 per share. This prospectus supplement relates to the election of 401(k) Plan participants to direct the trustee of the 401(k) Plan to invest a portion of their 401(k) Plan accounts, up to a maximum of 25% of the value thereof, in New Meridian Common Stock at the time of the stock offering.

Before you consider investing, you should read the prospectus of New Meridian dated                           , 2014, which is provided with this prospectus supplement. It contains detailed information regarding the conversion and stock offering of New Meridian and the financial condition, results of operations and business of Old Meridian and East Boston Savings Bank. This prospectus supplement provides information regarding the 401(k) Plan. You should read this prospectus supplement together with the prospectus and keep both for future reference.

 

 

For a discussion of risks that you should consider, see “Risk Factors” beginning on page              of the prospectus.


Table of Contents

The interests in the 401(k) Plan and the offering of the shares of Common Stock have not been approved or disapproved by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal or state agency. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The securities offered in this prospectus supplement are not deposits or accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.

This prospectus supplement may be used only in connection with offers and sales by New Meridian, in the stock offering, of New Meridian Common Stock acquired by the 401(k) Plan. No one may use this prospectus supplement to reoffer or resell interests in shares of Common Stock acquired through the 401(k) Plan.

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus supplement and the prospectus. New Meridian, East Boston Savings Bank and the 401(k) Plan have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different.

This prospectus supplement does not constitute an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy any securities in any jurisdiction to any person to whom it is unlawful to make an offer or solicitation in that jurisdiction. Neither the delivery of this prospectus supplement and the prospectus nor any sale of New Meridian Common Stock shall under any circumstances imply that there has been no change in the affairs of New Meridian, East Boston Savings Bank, or the 401(k) Plan since the date of this prospectus supplement, or that the information contained in this prospectus supplement or incorporated by reference is correct as of any time after the date of this prospectus supplement.

The date of this prospectus supplement is                           , 2014.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

THE OFFERING

     1   

Securities Offered

     1   

Election to Purchase Common Stock

     2   

Purchase Priorities

     2   

Purchase in the Offering and Oversubscriptions

     3   

Minimum and Maximum Investment

     4   

Value of 401(k) Plan Assets

     4   

How to Order Common Stock in the Offering

     4   

Order Deadline

     6   

Irrevocability of Transfer Direction

     6   

Future Direction to Purchase and Sell Common Stock

     6   

Voting Rights of Common Stock

     7   

DESCRIPTION OF THE 401(K) PLAN

     8   

Introduction

     8   

Eligibility and Participation

     8   

Contributions Under the 401(k) Plan

     9   

Limitations on Contributions

     9   

Benefits Under the 401(k) Plan

     10   

Withdrawals and Distributions from the 401(k) Plan

     10   

Investment of Contributions and Account Balances

     11   

Performance History and Description of Funds

     13   

Administration of the 401(k) Plan

     22   

Amendment and Termination

     23   

Merger, Consolidation or Transfer

     23   

Federal Income Tax Consequences

     23   

Notice of Your Rights Concerning Employer Securities.

     25   

Additional Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”) Considerations

     25   

Securities and Exchange Commission Reporting and Short-Swing Profit Liability

     26   

Financial Information Regarding 401(k) Plan Assets

     26   

LEGAL OPINION

     27   


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Securities Offered  

East Boston Savings Bank is offering participants of the East Boston Savings Bank 401(k) Plan (the “ 401(k) Plan ”) the opportunity to purchase common stock of New Meridian (“ Common Stock ”). At the purchase price of $10.00 per share, the 401(k) Plan may acquire up to 2,706,534 shares of New Meridian Common Stock in the stock offering, based on the fair market value of the 401(k) Plan’s assets as of December 31, 2013.

 

Only employees of East Boston Savings Bank may become participants in the 401(k) Plan and only participants may purchase participation interests in shares of New Meridian Common Stock. All references to the purchase of New Meridian Common Stock contained in this document refer to participation interests in New Meridian Common Stock. A participation interest represents indirect ownership of New Meridian’s Common Stock. The interest is indirect since the New Meridian Common Stock will be held in the 401(k) Plan.

 

Your investment in shares of Common Stock in connection with the stock offering is subject to the purchase priorities listed below.

 

Information with regard to the 401(k) Plan is contained in this prospectus supplement and information with regard to the financial condition, results of operations and business of New Meridian, Old Meridian and East Boston Savings Bank is contained in the accompanying prospectus. The address of the principal executive office of New Meridian and East Boston Savings Bank is 67 Prospect Street, Peabody, MA 01960. East Boston Savings Bank’s telephone number at this address is                      .

 

All questions about this prospectus supplement should be addressed to Eric M. Heath at East Boston Savings Bank; telephone number: (978) 977-2820; email: EHEATH@ebsb.com.

 

Questions about the stock offering, the prospectus, or obtaining a stock order form to purchase stock in the offering outside the 401(k) Plan may be directed to the Stock Information Center at                      . The Stock Information Center will be open beginning          , 2014, between 10:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on Monday through Friday, and will be open Saturday,          , 2014 between 10:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time . The Stock Information Center will be closed on weekends and bank holidays.


Table of Contents

Election to Purchase

Common Stock

  In connection with the stock offering, you may elect to transfer a part of your account balances in the 401(k) Plan to be used to purchase shares of New Meridian Common Stock in the stock offering, up to a maximum of 25% of the balance thereof. The trustee of the 401(k) Plan will purchase New Meridian Common Stock in accordance with your directions. However, such directions are subject to purchase priorities and purchase limitations, as described below.
Purchase Priorities  

All 401(k) Plan participants are eligible to purchase New Meridian Common Stock in the offering. However, such directions are subject to the purchase priorities in the Plan of Conversion of Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated, which provides for a subscription offering and a community offering. In the offering, purchase priorities are as follows and apply in case more shares of New Meridian Common Stock are ordered than are available for sale (an “oversubscription”):

 

Subscription Offering:

 

(1)    Depositors of East Boston Savings Bank with aggregate account balances of at least $50 as of the close of business on February 28, 2013, get first priority.

 

(2)    East Boston Savings Bank’s tax-qualified plans, including the employee stock ownership plan, get second priority.

 

(3)    Employees, officers, directors, trustees and corporators of the Bank and Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated, get third priority.

 

Community Offering:

 

(4)    Shares of Common Stock not purchased in the subscription offering may be offered for sale to the general public in a “community offering,” with a preference given first to natural persons residing in the Massachusetts cities and towns of Belmont, Boston, Cambridge, Chelsea, Danvers, Everett, Lynn, Lynnfield, Malden, Medford, Melrose, Peabody, Revere, Saugus, Somerville, Wakefield and Winthrop, and then to Old Meridian’s public stockholders as of [              ].

 

If you fall into subscription offering categories (1), (3) or (4), you have subscription rights to purchase New Meridian Common Stock in the subscription offering and you may use funds in the 401(k)

 

2


Table of Contents
 

Plan to pay for the shares of New Meridian Common Stock. You may also be able to purchase shares of New Meridian Common Stock in the subscription offering even though you are ineligible to purchase through subscription offering categories (1), (3) or (4) through subscription offering category (2), reserved for its tax-qualified employee plans. If your stock order cannot be filled through subscription offering category (2), your order will be treated as a community offering order. Subscription offering orders will have preference over community offering orders in the event of oversubscription.

 

If you are eligible to purchase shares of New Meridian Common Stock in the subscription offering, as listed above, you will separately receive an offering materials package in the mail, including a stock order form. If you are not eligible to purchase in the subscription offering, you may request offering materials by calling our Stock Information Center. If you wish to purchase New Meridian Common Stock outside the 401(k) Plan, you must complete the stock order form and submit the stock order form and payment at $10.00 per share, using the reply envelope provided in the offering materials package. Questions about completing stock order forms may be directed to our Stock Information Center at                      .

 

Additionally, instead of (or in addition to) placing an order outside the 401(k) Plan using a stock order form, you may place an order for the purchase of New Meridian Common Stock through the 401(k) Plan, using the enclosed Special Investment Election Form, to be completed and submitted in the manner described below under “How to Order Common Stock in the Offering.”

 

Purchase in the Offering and Oversubscriptions   The trustee of the 401(k) Plan will purchase shares of New Meridian Common Stock in the stock offering in accordance with your directions. Once you make your election, the amount that you elect to transfer from your existing investment options for the purchase of shares of New Meridian Common Stock in connection with the stock offering will be sold from your existing investment options and the proceeds transferred to a separate account maintained by the 401(k) Plan. The proceeds transferred to the separate account will be held separately from your other 401(k) Plan assets pending the formal completion of the stock offering, expected to be several weeks later. At the end of the stock offering period, we will determine whether all, or any portion of, your order will be filled (if the offering is oversubscribed, you may not receive any, or all of, your order, depending on your purchase priority, as described above). The amount that can be used toward your order will be applied to the purchase of shares of New Meridian Common Stock. Following the formal closing of the stock offering, your purchased shares of New Meridian Common Stock will be transferred to your account.

 

3


Table of Contents
 

In the event the offering is oversubscribed, i.e., there are more orders for New Meridian Common Stock than shares available for sale in the offering, and the trustee is unable to use the full amount allocated by you to purchase New Meridian Common Stock in the offering, the amount that cannot be invested in New Meridian Common Stock, and any interest earned on such amount, will be transferred from the separate account maintained by the 401(k) Plan and reinvested in the existing investment funds of the 401(k) Plan, in accordance with your then-existing investment elections (in proportion to your investment direction for future contributions). The prospectus describes the allocation procedures in the event of an oversubscription. If you choose not to direct the investment of your 401(k) Plan account balances towards the purchase of New Meridian Common Stock in the offering, your account balances will remain in the investment funds of the 401(k) Plan as previously directed by you.

 

Minimum and Maximum Investment  

In connection with the stock offering, the 401(k) Plan will permit you to direct the trustee to transfer part of your 401(k) Plan account balance to be used to purchase New Meridian Common Stock in the offering, provided however that your investment cannot exceed 25% of your 401(k) Plan account balance (and subject to the maximum purchase limits for investors set forth in the prospectus). The trustee of the 401(k) Plan will then subscribe for shares of the New Meridian Common Stock offered for sale in the offering, in accordance with each participant’s direction. The trustee will pay $10.00 per share, which will be the same price paid by all other persons who purchase shares in the subscription and community offerings. In order to purchase New Meridian Common Stock through the 401(k) Plan, the minimum investment is $250, which will purchase 25 shares. The prospectus describes further the maximum purchase limits for investors in the stock offering.

 

Value of 401(k) Plan Assets  

As of December 31, 2013, the market value of the assets of the 401(k) Plan was approximately $27,065,347, 25% of which is eligible to purchase New Meridian Common Stock in the offering.

 

How to Order Common Stock in the Offering  

Enclosed is a Special Investment Election Form on which you can elect to purchase New Meridian Common Stock in the offering. This is done by following the procedures described below. Please note the following stipulations concerning this election:

 

•   You can direct to transfer a percentage of your current 401(k)

 

4


Table of Contents
 

Plan account on your Special Investment Election Form to purchase New Meridian Common Stock, provided that (i) such amount does not exceed 25% of your total 401(k) Plan account balance, and (ii) the percentage that you elect on your Special Investment Election Form is greater than the percentage (if any) that you currently defer into the Meridian Interstate Stock Fund .

 

•   Your election is subject to a minimum purchase of 25 shares, which equals $250.

 

•   Your election, plus any order you placed outside the 401(k) Plan, are together subject to a maximum purchase of 50,000 shares, which equals $500,000. Please see the Prospectus of Meridian Bancorp, Inc. for additional purchase limitations.

 

•   The election period for the 401(k) Plan opens          , 2014 and closes 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on                      (the “ 401(k) Plan Offering Period ”).

 

•   During the stock offering period, you will continue to have the ability to transfer amounts that are not directed to purchase New Meridian Common Stock among all other investment funds. However, you will not be permitted to change the investment amounts that you designated to be used to purchase New Meridian Common Stock on your Special Investment Election Form.

 

•   Upon the conclusion of the 401(k) Plan Offering Period, the percentage of your 401(k) Plan account that you designate to be used to purchase New Meridian Common Stock will be liquidated from your 401(k) Plan account balances on a pro-rata basis (excluding any investment in the current Meridian Interstate Stock Fund) . You cannot choose the particular investment fund that will be liquidated to fund the stock purchase . Your liquidated assets will be held separately by the 401(k) Plan until the formal closing of the stock offering occurs, which will be several weeks after the completion of the 401(k) Plan Offering Period. Therefore, this money will not be available for distributions, loans or withdrawals until it is used to purchase New Meridian Common Stock.

 

•   Following the formal closing of the stock offering, your purchased shares of New Meridian Common Stock will be transferred to your account.

 

5


Table of Contents
 

 

•      Following the formal closing of the stock offering, it may take several weeks for the New Meridian Common Stock that you elected to purchase on your Special Investment Election Form to be transferred to your account balance. As a result, your New Meridian Common Stock that you purchased in the stock offering will not be tradable (i.e., you cannot sell it) until it is transferred to your account.

 

If you wish to use a portion of your account balance in the 401(k) Plan to purchase New Meridian Common Stock in the stock offering, you should indicate that decision on your Special Investment Election Form. If you do not wish to make an election, you should check the box at the bottom of the Special Investment Election Form and return the form either using the self-addressed pre-paid envelope, by faxing it to (978) 977-2825, or by delivering it in person or by email at 401kstockpurchase@ebsb.com , to Eric M. Heath at East Boston Savings Bank, 67 Prospect Street, Peabody, MA 01960, no later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on                      .

 

Order Deadline  

If you wish to purchase New Meridian Common Stock with a portion of your 401(k) Plan account balance, you must return your Special Investment Election Form to Eric M. Heath at East Boston Savings Bank, 67 Prospect Street, Peabody, MA 01960 or by faxing it to                     , to be received no later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on                     . You may return your Special Investment Election Form by hand delivery, mail using the self-addressed pre-paid envelope, email (sending it to 401kstockpurchase@ebsb.com or by faxing it so long as it is returned by the time specified .

 

Irrevocability of Transfer Direction  

Once you make an election to transfer amounts in your 401(k) Plan account to be used to purchase shares of New Meridian Common Stock in connection with the stock offering, you may not change your election . Your election is irrevocable. You will, however, continue to have the ability to transfer amounts not directed towards the purchase of shares of New Meridian Common Stock among all of the other investment funds in the 401(k) Plan on a daily basis.

 

Future Direction to Purchase and Sell Common Stock   You will be able to purchase or sell shares of New Meridian Common Stock through your account after the stock offering. You may direct that your future contributions or your account balance in the 401(k) Plan (up to 25%) be used to purchase shares of New Meridian Common Stock. After the offering, to the extent that shares are available, the trustee of the 401(k) Plan will acquire shares of New Meridian Common Stock at your election in open

 

6


Table of Contents
 

market transactions at the prevailing price, which may be less than or more than $10.00 per share. You may change your investment allocation on a daily basis. However, please be advised that your ability to buy or sell New Meridian Common Stock within the 401(k) Plan largely depends upon the existence of an active market for the stock. If New Meridian Common Stock is illiquid (meaning there are a low number of buyers and sellers of the stock) on the date you elect to buy or sell New Meridian Common Stock within the 401(k) Plan, your election may not be immediately processed. As a result, the prevailing price for New Meridian Common Stock may be less than or more than its fair market value on the date of your election .

 

Special restrictions may apply to purchasing shares of New Meridian Common Stock by the participants who are subject to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), relating to the purchase and sale of securities by officers, directors and principal stockholders of New Meridian.

 

Please note that if you are an officer of East Boston Savings Bank that is restricted by the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System from selling shares of New Meridian Common Stock acquired in the stock offering for one year, the New Meridian Common Stock that you purchased in the stock offering will not be tradable until the one-year trading restriction has lapsed.

 

Voting Rights of Common Stock   Although not required by the 401(k) Plan, it is anticipated that you will be given an opportunity to direct the trustee as to how to vote any shares of New Meridian Common Stock that are credited to your account. If the trustee does not receive your voting instructions, the 401(k) Plan administrator will exercise these rights as it determines in its discretion and will direct the trustee accordingly. All voting instructions will be kept confidential.

 

7


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF THE 401(K) PLAN

Introduction

East Boston Savings Bank originally adopted the 401(k) Plan effective as of October 1, 1994, and subsequently amended and restated the 401(k) Plan effective as of March 1, 2004. The 401(k) Plan is a tax-qualified plan established in accordance with the requirements under Section 401(a) and Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”).

The Bank intends that the 401(k) Plan, in form and operation, will comply with the requirements under Section 401(a) and Section 401(k) of the Code. The Bank will adopt any amendments to the 401(k) Plan that may be necessary to ensure the continuing qualified status of the 401(k) Plan under the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations.

Employee Retirement Income Security Act ( ERISA ). The 401(k) Plan is an “individual account plan” other than a “money purchase pension plan” within the meaning of ERISA. As such, the 401(k) Plan is subject to all of the provisions of Title I (Protection of Employee Benefit Rights) and Title II (Amendments to the Code Relating to Retirement Plans) of ERISA, except for the funding requirements contained in Part 3 of Title I of ERISA which by their terms do not apply to an individual account plan (other than a money purchase plan). The 401(k) Plan is not subject to Title IV (Plan Termination Insurance) of ERISA. The funding requirements contained in Title IV of ERISA are not applicable to participants or beneficiaries under the 401(k) Plan.

Reference to Full Text of 401(k) Plan . The following portions of this prospectus supplement summarize certain provisions of the 401(k) Plan. They are not complete and are qualified in their entirety by the full text of the 401(k) Plan. Copies of the 401(k) Plan are available to all employees by filing a request with the 401(k) Plan administrator at East Boston Savings Bank, 67 Prospect Street, Peabody, MA 01960 . You are urged to read carefully the full text of the 401(k) Plan.

Eligibility and Participation

Employees who are at least age 18 and complete three months of service are eligible to make salary deferral contributions. After one year of service, in which an employee completes 1,000 hours, an employee is eligible to receive employer contributions.

As of December 31, 2013, there were approximately 450 employees and former employees eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan. The 401(k) Plan Year is January 1 to December 31.

 

8


Table of Contents

Contributions Under the 401(k) Plan

Salary Deferrals . You are permitted to defer, on a pre-tax basis, up to 75% of your compensation, subject to certain restrictions imposed by the Code, and to have that amount contributed to the 401(k) Plan on your behalf. For purposes of the 401(k) Plan, “compensation” means your total wages received from the Bank. In accordance with Internal Revenue Service (the “ IRS ”) limitations, the annual compensation of each participant taken into account under the 401(k) Plan, for 2014, is limited to $260,000 (and as may be increased annually by the IRS). You may elect to modify the amount contributed to the 401(k) Plan by filing a new elective deferral agreement with the 401(k) Plan administrator, as of the beginning of each payroll period. In addition, participants are allowed to make deferral contributions in an amount up to 100% of any cash bonuses.

Automatic Enrollment Contributions . Unless an eligible employee affirmatively elects otherwise, his or her compensation will be reduced by 3% and deferred to the 401(k) Plan on his or her behalf, effective as of the participant’s entry date. Deferral contributions for each participant having automatic enrollment contributions made on his or her behalf will be increased annually by 1%, up to 8% of compensation.

Non-Discretionary Matching Employer Contributions . The Bank will make a non-discretionary matching employer contribution equal to 50% of a participant’s elective deferrals, up to 6% of a participant’s compensation.

Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions . For each 401(k) Plan year, the Bank will contribute for each eligible participant an amount equal to 3% of such participant’s compensation.

Limitations on Contributions

Limitations on Employee Salary Deferrals . For the 401(k) Plan Year beginning January 1, 2014, the amount of your before-tax contributions may not exceed $17,500 per calendar year. In addition, if you are at least 50 years old in 2014, you will be able to make a “catch-up” contribution of up to $5,500 in addition to the $17,500 limit. The “catch-up” contribution limit may be adjusted periodically by law, based on changes in the cost of living. Contributions in excess of these limits, as applicable to you, are known as excess deferrals. If you defer amounts in excess of these limitations, as applicable to you, your gross income for federal income tax purposes will include the excess in the year of the deferral. In addition, unless the excess deferral is distributed before April 15 of the following year, it will be taxed again in the year distributed. Income on the excess deferral distributed by April 15 of the immediately succeeding year will be treated, for federal income tax purposes, as earned and received by you in the tax year in which the contribution is made.

Contribution Limit . Generally, the law imposes a maximum limit on the amount of contributions you may receive under the 401(k) Plan. This limit applies to all contributions to the 401(k) Plan, including your salary deferrals and all other employer contributions made on your behalf during the year, excluding earnings and any transfers/rollovers. For the 401(k) Plan Year beginning January 1, 2014, this total cannot exceed the lesser of $52,000 or 100% of your annual compensation.

 

9


Table of Contents

Benefits Under the 401(k) Plan

Vesting . At all times, you have a fully vested, nonforfeitable interest in the salary deferrals you have made to the 401(k) Plan. In addition, all employer contributions (nonelective employer contributions and matching employer contributions) are 100% vested immediately.

Withdrawals and Distributions from the 401(k) Plan

Applicable federal law requires the 401(k) Plan to impose substantial restrictions on the right of a 401(k) Plan participant to withdraw amounts held for his or her benefit under the 401(k) Plan prior to the participant’s termination of employment with the employer.

Withdrawals upon Termination . You may request a distribution from your account following your termination of employment. Following your termination, you may elect to leave your account balance in the 401(k) Plan and defer commencement of receipt of your vested balance until no later than April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which you attain age 70  1 2 .

In-Service Distribution . While employed, you are eligible to receive an in-service distribution from your vested account balances after your attainment of age 59  1 2 .

Hardship . In the event you incur a financial hardship, you may request an in-service withdrawal of a portion of your 401(k) Plan account attributable to your salary deferrals.

Form of Distribution . Your benefits under the 401(k) Plan will be distributed to you or your beneficiary as a single lump-sum payment or you may elect distribution in installments.

Participant loans . Participant loans are allowed in accordance with the 401(k) Plan’s participant loan procedures.

 

10


Table of Contents

Investment of Contributions and Account Balances

All amounts credited to your accounts under the 401(k) Plan are held in the 401(k) Plan trust (the “ Trust ”) which is administered by the trustee appointed by the Bank’s Board of Directors. Prior to the effective date of the offering, you were provided the opportunity to direct the investment of your account into one of the following investment options:

COMPANY STOCK

 

  1. Meridian Interstate Stock Fund

LARGE CAP

 

  2. AllianzGI NFJ Dividend Value Fund Administrative Class

 

  3. Fidelity Blue Chip Growth Fund

 

  4. Fidelity Capital Appreciation Fund

 

  5. Fidelity Contrafund

 

  6. Fidelity Dividend Growth Fund

 

  7. Fidelity Equity Dividend Income Fund

 

  8. Spartan 500 Index Fund – Fidelity Advantage Class

MID CAP

 

  9. Artisan Mid Cap Fund Investor Class

 

  10. Artisan Mid Cap Value Fund Investor Shares

 

  11. Fidelity Low-Priced Stock Fund

 

  12. Spartan Extended Market Index Fund – Fidelity Advantage Class

SMALL CAP

 

  13. Fidelity Small Cap Stock Fund

 

  14. Glenmede Small Cap Equity Portfolio Class Advisor

INTERNATIONAL

 

  15. Fidelity Diversified International Fund

 

  16. Spartan International Index Fund – Fidelity Advantage Class

SPECIALTY

 

  17. Fidelity Real Estate Investment Portfolio

BLENDED INVESTMENT

 

  18. Fidelity Freedom 2000 Fund

 

  19. Fidelity Freedom 2005 Fund

 

  20. Fidelity Freedom 2010 Fund

 

  21. Fidelity Freedom 2015 Fund

 

  22. Fidelity Freedom 2020 Fund

 

  23. Fidelity Freedom 2025 Fund

 

  24. Fidelity Freedom 2030 Fund

 

  25. Fidelity Freedom 2035 Fund

 

  26. Fidelity Freedom 2040 Fund

 

  27. Fidelity Freedom 2045 Fund

 

  28. Fidelity Freedom 2050 Fund

 

  29. Fidelity Freedom 2055 Fund

 

  30. Fidelity Freedom Income Fund

BOND INVESTMENTS

 

  31. Fidelity Limited Term Government Fund

 

  32. Spartan U.S. Bond Index Fund – Fidelity Advantage Class

 

11


Table of Contents

SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS

 

  33. Fidelity Money Market Trust Retirement Money Market Portfolio

In connection with the offering, you may direct the trustee, or its representative, to invest a portion of your account in shares of New Meridian Common Stock, provided that such amount does not exceed 25% of your total 401(k) Plan account balance.

Short-Term Redemption Fee . Six of the above funds impose a short-term redemption fee if you buy and sell within a period of up to 90 days. As noted above, upon the conclusion of the 401(k) Plan Offering Period, the percentage of your 401(k) Plan account that you designate to be used to purchase New Meridian Common Stock will be liquidated from your 401(k) Plan account balances on a pro-rata basis. You cannot choose the particular investment fund that will be liquidated to fund the stock purchase. As a result, it is possible that a short-term redemption fee could be charged to your account if a portion of your 401(k) Plan account is invested in one or more of the funds that impose a short-term redemption fee. The funds that impose a short-term redemption fee are as follows:

 

  1. Fidelity Low-Priced Stock Fund

 

  2. Spartan Extended Market Index Fund – Fidelity Advantage Class

 

  3. Fidelity Small Cap Stock Fund

 

  4. Fidelity Diversified International Fund

 

  5. Spartan International Index Fund – Fidelity Advantage Class

 

  6. Fidelity Real Estate Investment Portfolio

 

12


Table of Contents

Performance History and Description of Funds

The following provides performance data with respect to the investment options available under the 401(k) Plan:

 

Fund

  Performance as of December 31, 2013  
  Average
Annual total
Return

1 Yr
    Average
Annual Total
Return

3 Yrs
    Average
Annual Total
Return

5 Yrs
    Average
Annual Total
Return

10 Yrs
    Average
Annual Total
Return

Life
 

COMPANY STOCK FUND

         

Meridian Interstate Stock Fund

    34.56        24.19        19.54        —          —     

LARGE CAP

         

AllianzGI NFJ Dividend Value Fund Administrative Class

    28.77        14.87        14.17        7.42        8.55   

Fidelity Blue Chip Growth Fund

    39.84        17.01        22.67        8.33        11.35   

Fidelity Capital Appreciation Fund

    35.96        17.45        21.20        8.34        11.11   

Fidelity Contrafund

    34.15        15.91        18.67        10.20        12.58   

Fidelity Dividend Growth Fund

    31.61        12.64        21.20        6.60        10.98   

Fidelity Equity Dividend Income Fund

    29.06        12.91        15.38        5.23        10.45   

Spartan 500 Index Fund – Fidelity Advantage Class

    32.33        16.13        17.92        7.36        10.15   

MID-CAP

         

Artisan Mid Cap Fund Investor Class

    37.39        17.15        26.02        11.43        14.84   

Artisan Mid Cap Value Fund Investor Shares

    35.80        17.20        20.72        12.13        12.35   

Fidelity Low-Priced Stock Fund

    34.31        16.73        21.70        10.65        14.75   

Spartan Extended Market Index Fund – Fidelity Advantage Class

    38.23        16.22        22.51        10.36        8.13   

SMALL CAP

         

Fidelity Small Cap Stock Fund

    29.79        7.37        19.88        7.79        9.03   

Glenmede Small Cap Equity Portfolio Class Advisor

    47.91        20.00        23.46        10.79        11.64   

 

13


Table of Contents

INTERNATIONAL

         

Fidelity Diversified International Fund

    25.19        8.83        13.25        7.36        9.18   

Spartan International Index Fund – Fidelity Advantage Class

    21.80        8.33        11.97        6.99        5.48   

SPECIALTY

         

Fidelity Real Estate Investment Portfolio

    1.53        9.07        17.49        8.34        10.06   

BLENDED INVESTMENT—OTHERS

         

Fidelity Freedom 2000 Fund

    4.56        4.31        7.36        4.13        5.58   

Fidelity Freedom 2005 Fund

    8.01        5.60        9.95        4.86        5.09   

Fidelity Freedom 2010 Fund

    11.08        6.95        11.26        5.45        6.83   

Fidelity Freedom 2015 Fund

    11.88        7.26        11.62        5.71        6.00   

Fidelity Freedom 2020 Fund

    13.22        7.67        12.68        5.83        6.99   

Fidelity Freedom 2025 Fund

    16.50        8.67        13.69        6.17        6.53   

Fidelity Freedom 2030 Fund

    18.13        9.09        14.09        6.10        6.92   

Fidelity Freedom 2035 Fund

    20.68        9.64        14.64        6.28        6.67   

Fidelity Freedom 2040 Fund

    21.05        9.76        14.81        6.28        2.97   

Fidelity Freedom 2045 Fund

    21.60        9.85        14.96        —          5.10   

Fidelity Freedom 2050 Fund

    21.87        9.81        15.05        —          4.85   

Fidelity Freedom 2055 Fund

    22.71        —          —          —          9.73   

Fidelity Freedom Income Fund

    4.56        4.31        7.24        4.13        5.07   

BOND INVESTMENTS—INCOME

         

Fidelity Limited Term Government Fund

    -0.31        1.16        1.73        2.99        5.36   

Spartan U.S. Bond Index Fund – Fidelity Advantage Class

    -2.24        3.13        4.41        4.21        6.51   

SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS—OTHERS

         

Fidelity Money Market Trust Retirement Money Market Portfolio

    0.01        0.01        0.13        1.74        3.63   

 

14


Table of Contents

The following is a description of each of the 401(k) Plan’s investment funds and other investments:

COMPANY STOCK

Meridian Interstate Stock Fund

Objective: Seeks to increase the value of your investment over the long term by investing in the stock of your employer or its affiliate.

Strategy: Invests in the stock of Meridian Interstate Stock Fund. Performance is directly tied to the performance of the company, as well as to that of the stock market as a whole. When you exchange into or out of this stock, your transaction is generally processed on a real-time basis. Other purchase and sale requests such as contributions, distributions or other transactions, are aggregated and stock orders are typically sent to market on the following business day. These transactions, which may take multiple days to complete in some circumstances, are based on the volume-weighted average trade price. The amount of an investment option that may be sold to exchange into stock is subject to reserve requirements. Industry-standard settlement periods apply to sales of stock. Commissions and other transaction fees will apply to transactions involving this investment.

Risk: If you invest a significant portion of your retirement savings in any one company or industry, your savings may not be properly diversified. Although diversification is not a guarantee against loss, it can be an effective strategy to help you manage investment risk. This is neither a mutual fund nor a diversified or managed investment option. Investing in a non-diversified, unmanaged single stock inherently involves more investment risk than investing in a diversified fund. As with any stock, the value of your investment may go up or down depending on how the company’s stock performs in the market. Share price and return will vary.

Short-term Redemption Fee: None.

LARGE CAP

AllianzGI NFJ Dividend Value Fund Administrative Class

Objective : The investment seeks long-term growth of capital and income.

Strategy : The fund normally invests at least 80% of its net assets (plus borrowings made for investment purposes) in common stocks and other equity securities of companies that pay or are expected to pay dividends. It normally invests primarily in common stocks of companies with market capitalizations greater than $3.5 billion. The fund may invest in real estate investment trusts (REITs) and in non-U.S. securities, including emerging market securities.

Risk : Value stocks can perform differently than other types of stocks and can continue to be undervalued by the market for long periods of time. Stock markets are volatile and can decline significantly in response to adverse issuer, political, regulatory, market, economic or other developments. These risks may be magnified in foreign markets.

Short-term Redemption Fee : None.

Fidelity Blue Chip Growth Fund

Objective : Seeks growth of capital over the long term.

Strategy : Normally investing at least 80% of assets in blue chip companies (companies whose stock is included in the S&P 500 or the Dow Jones Industrial Average, and companies with

 

15


Table of Contents

market capitalizations of at least $1 billion if not included in either index). Investing in companies that Fidelity believes have above-average growth potential (stocks of these companies are often called “growth” stocks). Normally investing primarily in common stocks of well-known and established companies.

Risk : Stock markets, especially foreign markets, are volatile and can decline significantly in response to adverse issuer, political, regulatory, market, or economic developments. Foreign securities are subject to interest rate, currency exchange rate, economic, and political risks.

Short-term Redemption Fee : None.

Fidelity Capital Appreciation Fund

Objective : Seeks capital appreciation.

Strategy : Normally investing primarily in common stocks. Investing in either “growth” stocks or “value” stocks or both.

Risk : Stock markets, especially foreign markets, are volatile and can decline significantly in response to adverse issuer, political, regulatory, market, or economic developments. Foreign securities are subject to interest rate, currency exchange rate, economic, and political risks.

Short-term Redemption Fee : None.

Fidelity Contrafund

Objective : Seeks capital appreciation.

Strategy : Investing in securities of companies whose value FMR believes is not fully recognized by the public. Investing in either ‘growth’ stocks or ‘value’ stocks or both. Normally investing primarily in common stocks.

Risk : The value of the fund’s domestic and foreign investments will vary from day to day in response to many factors. Stock values fluctuate in response to the activities of individual companies, and general market and economic conditions. Investments in foreign securities involve greater risk than U.S. investments. You may have a gain or loss when you sell your shares.

Short-term Redemption Fee : None.

Fidelity Dividend Growth Fund

Objective : Seeks capital appreciation.

Strategy : Normally investing at least 80% of assets in equity securities. Normally investing primarily in companies that pay dividends or that FMR believes have the potential to pay dividends in the future. Investing in either “growth” stocks or “value” stocks or both. Normally investing primarily in common stocks.

Risk : Stock markets, especially foreign markets, are volatile and can decline significantly in response to adverse issuer, political, regulatory, market, or economic developments. Foreign securities are subject to interest rate, currency exchange rate, economic, and political risks.

Short-term Redemption Fee : None.

Fidelity Equity Dividend Income Fund

Objective : Seeks reasonable income. The fund will also consider the potential for capital appreciation. The fund looks for a yield that exceeds the composite yield on the securities comprising the S & P 500 Index.

 

16


Table of Contents

Strategy : Normally investing at least 80% of assets in equity securities. Normally investing primarily in income-producing equity securities that pay current dividends and show potential for capital appreciation, which tends to lead to investments in large cap “value” stocks.

Risk : Stock markets, especially foreign markets, are volatile and can decline significantly in response to adverse issuer, political, regulatory, market, or economic developments. Foreign securities are subject to interest rate, currency exchange rate, economic, and political risks. Fixed income investments entail interest rate risk (as interest rates rise bond prices usually fall), the risk of issuer default, issuer credit risk and inflation risk. Lower-quality bonds can be more volatile and have greater risk of default than higher-quality bonds. Value stocks can perform differently than other types of stocks and can continue to be undervalued by the market for long periods of time.

Short-term Redemption Fee : None.

Spartan 500 Index Fund – Fidelity Advantage Class

Objective : Seeks to provide investment results that correspond to the total return (i.e., the combination of capital changes and income) performance of common stocks publicly traded in the United States.

Strategy : Normally investing at least 80% of assets in common stocks included in the S&P 500 Index, which broadly represents the performance of common stocks publicly traded in the United States.

Risk : Stock markets, especially foreign markets, are volatile and can decline significantly in response to adverse issuer, political, regulatory, market, or economic developments.

Short-term Redemption Fee : None.

MID-CAP

Artisan Mid Cap Fund Investor Class

Objective : The investment seeks maximum long-term capital growth.

Strategy : The fund normally invests no less than 80% of its net assets in the common stocks of medium-sized companies. It defines a medium-sized company as one with a market capitalization greater than the market capitalization of the smallest company in the Russell Midcap ® Index and less than three times the weighted average market capitalization of companies in the index. The fund maintains a weighted average market capitalization of not more than 1.5 times the weighted average market capitalization of the companies included in the Russell Midcap ® Index.

Risk : Growth stocks can perform differently from the market as a whole and can be more volatile than other types of stocks. The securities of smaller, less well-known companies can be more volatile than those of larger companies. Stock markets are volatile and can decline significantly in response to adverse issuer, political, regulatory, market, economic or other developments. These risks may be magnified in foreign markets. Additional risk information for this product may be found in the prospectus or other product materials, if available.

Short-term Redemption Fee : None.

Artisan Mid Cap Value Fund Investor Shares

Objective : The investment seeks maximum long-term capital growth.

Strategy : The fund normally invests no less than 80% of its net assets plus any borrowings for investment purposes at market value at the time of purchase in the common stocks of medium-sized companies. It defines a medium-sized company as one with a market capitalization

 

17


Table of Contents

greater than the market capitalization of the smallest company in the Russell Midcap ® Index and less than three times the weighted average market capitalization of companies in that Index. The fund will generally not initiate a position in a company unless it has a market capitalization between $2 billion and $15 billion.

Risk : Value stocks can perform differently than other types of stocks and can continue to be undervalued by the market for long periods of time. The securities of smaller, less well-known companies can be more volatile than those of larger companies. Stock markets are volatile and can decline significantly in response to adverse issuer, political, regulatory, market, economic or other developments. These risks may be magnified in foreign markets. Additional risk information for this product may be found in the prospectus or other product materials, if available.

Short-term Redemption Fee : None.

Fidelity Low-Priced Stock Fund

Objective : Seeks capital appreciation.

Strategy : Normally investing at least 80% of assets in low-priced stocks (those priced at or below $35 per share), which can lead to investments in small and medium-sized companies. Investing in either “growth” or “value” stocks or both. Normally investing primarily in common stocks.

Risk : Stock markets, especially foreign markets, are volatile and can decline significantly in response to adverse issuer, political, regulatory, market, or economic developments. Foreign securities are subject to interest rate, currency exchange rate, economic, and political risks. The securities of smaller, less well-known companies can be more volatile than those of larger companies.

Short-term Redemption Fee : 1.5% for shares held less than 90 days.

Spartan Extended Market Index Fund – Fidelity Advantage Class

Objective : Seeks to provide investment results that correspond to the total return stocks of mid- to small-capitalization U.S. companies.

Strategy : Normally investing at least 80% of assets in common stocks included in the Dow Jones U.S. Completion Total Stock Market Index, which represents the performance of stocks of mid- to small-capitalization U.S. companies.

Risk : Stock markets, especially foreign markets, are volatile and can decline significantly in response to adverse issuer, political, regulatory, market, or economic developments. Investments in smaller companies may involve greater risks than those in larger, more well known companies.

Short-term Redemption Fee : 0.75% for shares held less than 90 days.

SMALL CAP

Fidelity Small Cap Stock Fund

Objective : Seeks long-term growth of capital.

Strategy : Normally investing at least 80% of assets in common stocks of companies with small market capitalization (companies with market capitalization similar to companies in the Russell 2000 Index or the S&P SmallCap 600). Investing in either “growth” stocks or “value” stocks or both.

Risk : Stock markets, especially foreign markets, are volatile and can decline significantly in response to adverse issuer, political, regulatory, market, or economic developments. The securities of smaller, less well-known companies can be more volatile than those of larger companies. Foreign securities are subject to interest rate, currency exchange rate, economic, and political risks.

 

18


Table of Contents

Short-term Redemption Fee : 2% for shares held less than 90 days.

Glenmede Small Cap Equity Portfolio Class Advisor

Objective : The investment seeks long-term appreciation consistent with reasonable risk to principal.

Strategy : The fund normally invests at least 80% of the value of its net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) in equity securities, such as common stocks and preferred stocks, of U.S. small cap companies that the fund manager believes are undervalued. Small cap companies include companies with market capitalizations, at the time of purchase, that are within the market capitalization range of any stock in the Russell 2000 ® Index at its last rebalancing.

Risk : The securities of smaller, less well-known companies can be more volatile than those of larger companies. Value and growth stocks can perform differently from other types of stocks. Growth stocks can be more volatile. Value stocks can continue to be undervalued by the market for long periods of time. Stock markets are volatile and can decline significantly in response to adverse issuer, political, regulatory, market, economic or other developments. These risks may be magnified in foreign markets. Additional risk information for this product may be found in the prospectus or other product materials, if available.

Short-term Redemption Fee : None.

INTERNATIONAL

Fidelity Diversified International Fund

Objective : Seeks capital growth.

Strategy : Normally investing primarily in non-U.S. securities. Normally investing primarily in common stocks.

Risk : Stock markets, especially foreign markets, are volatile and can decline significantly in response to adverse issuer, political, regulatory, market, or economic developments. Foreign securities are subject to interest rate, currency exchange rate, economic, and political risks, all of which are magnified in emerging markets.

Short-term Redemption Fee : 1% for shares held less than 30 days.

Spartan International Index Fund – Fidelity Advantage Class

Objective : Seeks to provide investment results that correspond to the total return of foreign stock markets.

Strategy : Normally investing at least 80% of assets in common stocks included in the Morgan Stanley Capital International Europe, Australasia, Far East Index, which represents the performance of foreign stock markets.

Risk : Stock markets, especially foreign markets, are volatile and can decline significantly in response to adverse issuer, political, regulatory, market, or economic developments. Foreign securities are subject to interest rate, currency exchange rate, economic, and political risks, all of which are magnified in emerging markets.

Short-term Redemption Fee : 1% for shares held less than 90 days.

 

19


Table of Contents

SPECIALTY

Fidelity Real Estate Investment Portfolio

Objective : Seeks above-average income and long-term capital growth, consistent with reasonable investment risk. The fund seeks to provide a yield that exceeds the composite yield of the S&P 500 Index.

Strategy : Normally investing at least 80% of assets in securities of companies principally engaged in the real estate industry and other real estate related investments. Normally investing primarily in common stocks.

Risk : Stock markets, especially foreign markets, are volatile and can decline significantly in response to adverse issuer, political, regulatory, market, or economic developments. Foreign securities are subject to interest rate, currency exchange rate, economic, and political risks. Real Estate is a cyclical industry that is sensitive to interest rates, economic conditions (both nationally and locally), property tax rates, and other factors. The fund may have additional volatility because it can invest a significant portion of assets in securities of a small number of individual issuers.

Short-term Redemption Fee : 0.75% for shares held less than 90 days.

BLENDED INVESTMENT—OTHERS

Fidelity Freedom 2000-2055 Funds

Objective : Each of the funds seeks high total return until its target retirement date. Thereafter, the fund’s objective will be to seek high current income and, as a secondary objective, capital appreciation.

Strategy : Investing in a combination of underlying Fidelity domestic equity funds, international equity funds, bond funds, and short-term funds using a moderate asset allocation strategy designed for investors expecting to retire around the target year. Allocating assets among underlying Fidelity funds according to an asset allocation strategy that becomes increasingly conservative until it reaches approximately 17% in domestic equity funds, 7% in international equity funds, 46% in bond funds, and 30% in short-term funds (approximately 10 to 17 years after the target year). Ultimately, the fund will merge with Fidelity Freedom Income Fund.

Risk : The investment risk of each Fidelity Freedom Fund changes over time as its asset allocation changes. The funds are subject to the volatility of the financial markets, including that of equity and fixed income investments in the U.S. and abroad, and may be subject to risks associated with investing in high-yield, small-cap, commodity-linked, and foreign securities. Principal invested is not guaranteed at any time, including at or after the funds’ target dates.

Short-term Redemption Fee : None.

Fidelity Freedom Income Fund

Objective : Seeks high total current income and, as a secondary objective, capital appreciation.

Strategy : Investing in a combination of underlying Fidelity domestic equity funds, international equity funds, bond funds and short-term funds using a moderate asset allocation strategy designed for investors already in retirement. Allocating assets among underlying Fidelity funds according to a stable asset allocation strategy of approximately 17% in domestic equity funds, 7% in international equity funds, 46% in bond funds, and 30% in short-term funds.

Risk : The fund is subject to the volatility of the financial markets, including that of equity and fixed income investments. Fixed income investments entail issuer default and credit risk, inflation risk, and interest rate risk (as interest rates rise, bond prices usually fall and vice versa). This effect is usually more pronounced for longer-term securities. Principal invested is not guaranteed at any time, including at or after retirement.

 

20


Table of Contents

Short-term Redemption Fee : None.

BOND INVESTMENTS—INCOME

Fidelity Limited Term Government Fund

Objective : Seeks a high level of current income in a manner consistent with preserving principal.

Strategy : Normally investing at least 80% of assets in U.S. Government securities and repurchase agreements for those securities. Normally maintaining a dollar-weighted average maturity between two and five years. Engaging in transactions that have a leveraging effect on the fund.

Risk : Fixed income investments entail interest rate risk (as interest rates rise bond prices usually fall), the risk of issuer default, issuer credit risk and inflation risk. Leverage can increase market exposure and magnify investment risk.

Short-term redemption fee : None.

Spartan U.S. Bond Index Fund – Fidelity Advantage Class

Objective : Seeks to provide investment results that correspond to the aggregate price and interest performance of the debt securities in the Barclays U.S. Aggregate Bond Index.

Strategy : Normally investing at least 80% of the fund’s assets in bonds included in the Barclays U.S. Aggregate Bond Index. Using statistical sampling techniques based on duration, maturity, interest rate sensitivity, security structure, and credit quality to attempt to replicate the returns of the Index using a smaller number of securities. Engaging in transactions that have a leveraging effect on the fund, including investments in derivatives – as swaps (interest rate, total return, and credit default) and futures contracts – and forward-settling securities, to adjust the fund’s risk exposure. Investing in Fidelity’s central funds (specialized investment vehicles used by Fidelity funds to invest in particular security types or investment disciplines).

Risk : In general the bond market is volatile, and fixed income securities carry interest rate risk. (As interest rates rise, bond prices usually fall, and vice versa. This effect is usually more pronounced for longer-term securities.) Fixed income securities also carry inflation risk and credit and default risks for both issuers and counterparties. Unlike individual bonds, most bond funds do not have a maturity date, so avoiding losses caused by price volatility by holding them until maturity is not possible. Foreign securities are subject to interest rate, currency exchange rate, economic, and political risks. The fund can invest in securities that may have a leveraging effect (such as derivatives and forward-settling securities) which may increase market exposure, magnify investment risks, and cause losses to be realized more quickly.

Short-term Redemption Fee : None.

SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS—OTHERS

Fidelity Money Market Trust Retirement Money Market Portfolio

Objective : Seeks to obtain as high a level of current income as is consistent with the preservation of capital and liquidity.

Strategy : Investing in U.S. dollar-denominated money market securities of domestic and foreign issuers and repurchase agreements. Investing more than 25% of total assets in the financial services industries. Potentially entering into reverse repurchase agreements.

 

21


Table of Contents

Risk: Interest rate increases can cause the price of a money market security to decrease. Foreign securities are subject to interest rate, currency exchange rate, economic, and political risks. An investment in a money market fund is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. Although the fund seeks to preserve the value of the investment at $1.00 per share, it is possible to lose money by investing in the fund.

Short-term redemption fee : None.

New Meridian Common Stock. In connection with the stock offering, you may, in the manner described earlier, direct the trustee to invest a portion of your 401(k) Plan account in New Meridian Common Stock, provided that such amount does not exceed 25% of your total 401(k) Plan account balance as of the first day of the 401(k) Plan Offering Period. The trustee will use all amounts elected by participants to acquire shares of New Meridian Common Stock in the conversion and common stock offering, subject to the purchase priorities described herein. After the offering, you may elect to invest a portion of your payroll deduction contributions or employer contributions in New Meridian Common Stock. You may also elect to invest in New Meridian Common Stock with a portion of your accounts currently invested in other funds under the 401(k) Plan. However, no more than 25% of your total 401(k) Plan account balance can be invested in New Meridian Common Stock. It is expected that all purchases will be made at prevailing market prices. Pending investment in New Meridian Common Stock, amounts allocated towards the purchase of shares in the offering will be held in a separate account maintained by the 401(k) Plan. In the event of an oversubscription, any earnings that result therefrom will be reinvested among the other funds of the 401(k) Plan in accordance with your then existing investment election. For a discussion of material risks of investing in New Meridian Common Stock, you should read the “Risk Factors” section of the accompanying prospectus and the section of the prospectus supplement called “Notice of Your Rights Concerning Employer Securities” (see below).

An investment in any of the investment options listed above is not a deposit of a bank and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. As with any investment option, there is always a risk that you may lose money on your investment in any of the investment options listed above.

Administration of the 401(k) Plan

The Trustee and Custodian . The trustee of the 401(k) Plan is Fidelity Management Trust Company (the “ Trustee ”).

401(k) Plan Administrator . Pursuant to the terms of the 401(k) Plan, the 401(k) Plan is administered by the 401(k) Plan administrator, East Boston Savings Bank. The address of the 401(k) Plan administrator is 67 Prospect Street, Peabody, Massachusetts 01960, telephone number (978) 977-2820. The 401(k) Plan administrator is responsible for the administration of the 401(k) Plan, interpretation of the provisions of the 401(k) Plan, prescribing procedures for filing applications for benefits, preparation and distribution of information explaining the 401(k) Plan, maintenance of 401(k) Plan records, books of account and all other data necessary for the proper administration of the 401(k) Plan, preparation and filing of all returns and reports relating

to the 401(k) Plan which are required to be filed with the U.S. Department of Labor and the Internal Revenue Service, and for all disclosures required to be made to participants, beneficiaries and others under Sections 104 and 105 of ERISA.

 

22


Table of Contents

Reports to 401(k) Plan Participants . The 401(k) Plan administrator will furnish you a statement at least quarterly showing the balance in your account as of the end of that period, the amount of contributions allocated to your account for that period, and any adjustments to your account to reflect earnings or losses (if any).

Amendment and Termination

It is the intention of the Bank to continue the 401(k) Plan indefinitely. Nevertheless, the Bank may terminate the 401(k) Plan at any time. If the 401(k) Plan is terminated in whole or in part, then regardless of other provisions in the 401(k) Plan, you will have a fully vested interest in your accounts. The Bank reserves the right to make any amendment or amendments to the 401(k) Plan which do not cause any part of the trust to be used for, or diverted to, any purpose other than the exclusive benefit of participants or their beneficiaries; provided, however, that the Bank may make any amendment it determines necessary or desirable, with or without retroactive effect, to comply with ERISA.

Merger, Consolidation or Transfer

In the event of the merger or consolidation of the 401(k) Plan with another plan, or the transfer of the trust assets to another plan, the 401(k) Plan requires that you would, if either the 401(k) Plan or the other plan terminates, receive a benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation or transfer which is equal to or greater than the benefit you would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger, consolidation or transfer, if the 401(k) Plan had then terminated.

Federal Income Tax Consequences

The following is a brief summary of the material federal income tax aspects of the 401(k) Plan. You should not rely on this summary as a complete or definitive description of the material federal income tax consequences relating to the 401(k) Plan. Statutory provisions change, as do their interpretations, and their application may vary in individual circumstances. Finally, the consequences under applicable state and local income tax laws may not be the same as under the federal income tax laws. Please consult your tax advisor with respect to any distribution from the 401(k) Plan and transactions involving the 401(k) Plan.

As a “tax-qualified retirement plan,” the Code affords the 401(k) Plan special tax treatment, including:

 

  (1) the sponsoring employer is allowed an immediate tax deduction for the amount contributed to the 401(k) Plan each year;

 

  (2) participants pay no current income tax on amounts contributed by the employer on their behalf; and

 

  (3) earnings of the 401(k) Plan are tax-deferred, thereby permitting the tax-free accumulation of income and gains on investments.

 

23


Table of Contents

The Bank will administer the 401(k) Plan to comply with the requirements of the Code as of the applicable effective date of any change in the law.

Lump-Sum Distribution . A distribution from the 401(k) Plan to a participant or the beneficiary of a participant will qualify as a lump-sum distribution if it is made within one taxable year, on account of the participant’s death, disability or separation from service, or after the participant attains age 59  1 2 , and consists of the balance credited to participants under the 401(k) Plan and all other profit sharing plans, if any, maintained by the Bank. The portion of any lump-sum distribution required to be included in your taxable income for federal income tax purposes consists of the entire amount of the lump-sum distribution, less the amount of after-tax contributions, if any, you have made to this 401(k) Plan and any other profit sharing plans maintained by the Bank, which is included in the distribution.

New Meridian Common Stock Included in Lump-Sum Distribution . If a lump-sum distribution includes New Meridian Common Stock, the distribution generally will be taxed in the manner described above, except that the total taxable amount may be reduced by the amount of any net unrealized appreciation with respect to New Meridian Common Stock; that is, the excess of the value of New Meridian Common Stock at the time of the distribution over its cost or other basis of the securities to the trust. The tax basis of New Meridian Common Stock, for purposes of computing gain or loss on its subsequent sale, equals the value of New Meridian Common Stock at the time of distribution, less the amount of net unrealized appreciation. Any gain on a subsequent sale or other taxable disposition of New Meridian Common Stock, to the extent of the amount of net unrealized appreciation at the time of distribution, will constitute long-term capital gain, regardless of the holding period of New Meridian Common Stock. Any gain on a subsequent sale or other taxable disposition of New Meridian Common Stock, in excess of the amount of net unrealized appreciation at the time of distribution, will be considered long-term capital gain. The recipient of a distribution may elect to include the amount of any net unrealized appreciation in the total taxable amount of the distribution, to the extent allowed by regulations to be issued by the Internal Revenue Service.

Distributions: Rollovers and Direct Transfers to Another Qualified Plan or to an IRA . You may roll over virtually all distributions from the 401(k) Plan to another qualified plan or to an individual retirement account in accordance with the terms of the other plan or account.

Before Making a Decision to Invest, Please Review Your Rights Concerning Employer Securities and The Importance of Diversification

Federal law provides specific rights concerning investments in employer securities. Because you may in the future have investments in New Meridian Common Stock under the 401(k) Plan, you should take the time to read the following information carefully.

 

24


Table of Contents

Your Rights Concerning Employer Securities . The 401(k) Plan allows you to elect to move any portion of your account that is invested in New Meridian Common Stock from that investment into other investment alternatives under the 401(k) Plan. You may contact the 401(k) Plan administrator shown above for specific information regarding this right, including how to make this election. In deciding whether to exercise this right, you will want to give careful consideration to the information below that describes the importance of diversification. All of the investment options under the 401(k) Plan are available to you if you decide to diversify out of your investment in New Meridian Common Stock.

The Importance of Diversifying Your Retirement Savings . To help achieve long-term retirement security, you should give careful consideration to the benefits of a well-balanced and diversified investment portfolio. Spreading your assets among different types of investments can help you achieve a favorable rate of return, while minimizing your overall risk of losing money. This is because market or other economic conditions that cause one category of assets, or one particular security, to perform very well often cause another asset category, or another particular security, to perform poorly. If you invest more than 20% of your retirement savings in any one company or industry, your savings may not be properly diversified. Although diversification is not a guarantee against loss, it is an effective strategy to help you manage investment risk.

In deciding how to invest your retirement savings, you should take into account all of your assets, including any retirement savings outside of the 401(k) Plan. No single approach is right for everyone because, among other factors, individuals have different financial goals, different time horizons for meeting their goals, and different tolerance for risk. Therefore, you should carefully consider the rights described here and how these rights affect the amount of money that you invest in employer common stock through the 401(k) Plan.

It is also important to periodically review your investment portfolio, your investment objectives, and the investment options under the 401(k) Plan to help ensure that your retirement savings will meet your retirement goals.

Additional ERISA Considerations

As noted above, the 401(k) Plan is subject to certain provisions of ERISA, including special provisions relating to control over the 401(k) Plan’s assets by participants and beneficiaries. The 401(k) Plan’s feature that allows you to direct the investment of your account balances is intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 404(c) of ERISA relating to control over 401(k) Plan assets by a participant or beneficiary. The effect of this is two-fold. First, you will not be deemed a “fiduciary” because of your exercise of investment discretion. Second, no person who otherwise is a fiduciary, such as the Bank, the 401(k) Plan administrator, or the 401(k) Plan’s trustee is liable under the fiduciary responsibility provisions of ERISA for any loss which results from your exercise of control over the assets in your 401(k) Plan account.

Because you will be entitled to invest up to 25% of your account balance in the 401(k) Plan in New Meridian Common Stock, the regulations under Section 404(c) of the ERISA require that the 401(k) Plan establish procedures that ensure the confidentiality of your decision to purchase, hold, or sell employer securities, except to the extent that disclosure of such information is necessary to comply with federal or state laws not preempted by ERISA. These regulations also require that your exercise of voting and similar rights with respect to New Meridian Common Stock be conducted in a way that ensures the confidentiality of your exercise of these rights.

 

25


Table of Contents

Securities and Exchange Commission Reporting and Short-Swing Profit Liability

Section 16 of the Exchange Act imposes reporting and liability requirements on officers, directors, and persons beneficially owning more than 10% of publicly traded companies, such as New Meridian. Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 requires the filing of reports of beneficial ownership. Within 10 days of becoming an officer, director or person beneficially owning more than 10% of the shares of New Meridian, a Form 3 reporting initial beneficial ownership must be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Changes in beneficial ownership, such as purchases, sales and gifts generally must be reported periodically, either on a Form 4 within two business days after the change occurs, or annually on a Form 5 within 45 days after the close of New Meridian’s fiscal year. Discretionary transactions in and beneficial ownership of New Meridian Common Stock by officers, directors and persons beneficially owning more than 10% of New Meridian Common Stock generally must be reported to the Securities and Exchange Commission by such individuals.

In addition to the reporting requirements described above, Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act provides for the recovery by New Meridian of profits realized by an officer, director or any person beneficially owning more than 10% of New Meridian Common Stock resulting from non-exempt purchases and sales of New Meridian Common Stock within any six-month period.

The Securities and Exchange Commission has adopted rules that provide exemptions from the profit recovery provisions of Section 16(b) for all transactions in employer securities within an employee benefit plan, provided certain requirements are met. These requirements generally involve restrictions upon the timing of elections to acquire or dispose of employer securities for the accounts of Section 16(b) persons.

Except for distributions of New Meridian Common Stock due to death, disability, retirement, termination of employment or under a qualified domestic relations order, persons affected by Section 16(b) are required to hold shares of New Meridian Common Stock distributed from the 401(k) Plan for six months following such distribution and are prohibited from directing additional purchases of New Meridian Common Stock for six months after receiving such a distribution.

Financial Information Regarding 401(k) Plan Assets

Financial information representing the net assets available for 401(k) Plan benefits and the change in net assets available for 401(k) Plan benefits at December 31, 2013, is available upon written request to the 401(k) Plan administrator at the address shown above.

 

26


Table of Contents

LEGAL OPINION

The validity of the issuance of New Meridian Common Stock has been passed upon by Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C., Washington, D.C., which firm is acting as special counsel to East Boston Savings Bank in connection with New Meridian’s stock offering.

 

27


Table of Contents

SUBSCRIPTION AND COMMUNITY

OFFERING PROSPECTUS

MERIDIAN BANCORP, INC.

(Proposed Holding Company for East Boston Savings Bank)

Up to 31,625,000 Shares of Common Stock

(Subject to Increase to up to 36,368,750 Shares)

Meridian Bancorp, Inc., a Maryland corporation, is offering up to 31,625,000 shares of common stock for sale at $10.00 per share on a best efforts basis in connection with the conversion of Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated from the mutual holding company to the stock holding company form of organization. The shares we are offering represent the ownership interest in Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation, currently owned by the mutual holding company, Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated. In this prospectus, we refer to Meridian Bancorp, Inc. as “New Meridian,” and we refer to Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. as “Old Meridian.” Old Meridian’s common stock is currently traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the trading symbol “EBSB,” and we expect the shares of New Meridian common stock will also trade on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “EBSB.”

The shares of common stock are first being offered in a subscription offering to eligible depositors and tax-qualified employee benefit plans of East Boston Savings Bank. Employees, officers, trustees, directors and corporators of East Boston Savings Bank or Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated also have rights to purchase shares in the subscription offering, subject to the priority rights of depositors and East Boston Savings Bank’s tax-qualified employee benefit plans. Shares not purchased in the subscription offering may be offered for sale to the general public in a community offering, with a preference given to residents of the communities served by East Boston Savings Bank and existing stockholders of Old Meridian. Any shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription or community offerings may be offered to the public through a syndicate of broker-dealers, referred to in this prospectus as the syndicated offering, or in a separate firm commitment underwritten public offering. The syndicated offering or the firm commitment underwritten offering may commence before the subscription and community offerings (including any extensions) have expired. However, no shares purchased in the subscription offering or the community offering will be issued until the completion of any syndicated or firm commitment underwritten offering.

We may sell up to 36,368,750 shares of common stock because of demand for the shares of common stock or changes in market conditions, without resoliciting subscribers. We must sell a minimum of 23,375,000 shares in order to complete the offering.

In addition to the shares we are selling in the offering, the shares of Old Meridian currently held by the public will be exchanged for shares of common stock of New Meridian based on an exchange ratio that will result in existing public stockholders of Old Meridian owning approximately the same percentage of New Meridian common stock as they owned in Old Meridian common stock immediately prior to the completion of the conversion. We will issue up to 21,542,059 shares in the exchange, which may be increased to up to 24,773,368 shares if we sell 36,368,750 shares of common stock in the offering.

The minimum order is 25 shares. Subscription and community offering orders must be received after [corporator meeting date] but before 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [Expiration Date]. Orders received before or on [corporator meeting date] will be rejected, and orders received after 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [Expiration Date] will be rejected unless we extend this expiration date. We may extend this expiration date without notice to you until [Extension Date]. Once submitted, orders are irrevocable unless the subscription and community offerings are terminated or extended, with regulatory approval, beyond [Extension Date], or the number of shares of common stock to be sold is increased to more than 36,368,750 shares or decreased to less than 23,375,000 shares. If the subscription and community offerings are extended past [Extension Date], all subscribers will be notified and given an opportunity to confirm, change or cancel their orders. If you do not respond to this notice, we will promptly return your funds with interest or cancel your deposit account withdrawal authorization. If the number of shares to be sold in the offering is increased to more than 36,368,750 shares or decreased to less than 23,375,000 shares, we will resolicit subscribers, and all funds delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings will be returned promptly with interest. Funds received in the subscription and the community offerings will be held in a segregated account at East Boston Savings Bank and will earn interest at [interest rate]% per annum until completion or termination of the offering.

Sterne, Agee & Leach, Inc. will assist us in selling the shares on a best efforts basis in the subscription and community offerings, and will serve as sole book-running manager for any syndicated or firm commitment underwritten offering. Sterne, Agee & Leach, Inc. is not required to purchase any shares of common stock that are sold in the subscription and community offerings.

OFFERING SUMMARY

Price: $10.00 per Share

 

     Minimum      Midpoint      Maximum      Adjusted Maximum  

Number of shares

     23,375,000         27,500,000         31,625,000         36,368,750   

Gross offering proceeds

   $ 233,750,000       $ 275,000,000       $ 316,250,000       $ 363,687,500   

Estimated offering expenses, excluding selling agent and underwriters’ commissions

   $ 2,219,000       $ 2,219,000       $ 2,219,000       $ 2,219,000   

Selling agent and underwriters’ commissions (1)

   $ 3,858,594       $ 4,503,125       $ 5,147,656       $ 5,888,867   

Estimated net proceeds

   $ 227,672,406       $ 268,277,875       $ 308,883,344       $ 355,579,633   

Estimated net proceeds per share

   $ 9.74       $ 9.76       $ 9.77       $ 9.78   

 

(1) The amounts shown assume that 80% of the shares are sold in the subscription and community offerings and the remaining 20% are sold in a syndicated or firm commitment underwritten offering. See “Pro Forma Data” and “The Conversion and Offering—Plan of Distribution; Selling Agent and Underwriter Compensation” for information regarding compensation to be received by Sterne, Agee & Leach, Inc. in the subscription and community offerings and the compensation to be received by Sterne, Agee & Leach, Inc. and the other broker-dealers that may participate in the syndicated or firm commitment underwritten offering. If all shares of common stock were sold in the syndicated or firm commitment underwritten offering, the selling agent and underwriters’ commissions would be approximately $11.0 million, $12.9 million, $14.9 million and $17.2 million at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum levels of the offering, respectively.

This investment involves a degree of risk, including the possible loss of principal.

Please read “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 17.

These securities are not deposits or accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, any other government agency or the Depositors Insurance Fund. None of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, nor any state securities regulator has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Sterne Agee

For assistance, please contact the Stock Information Center at [stock center number].

The date of this prospectus is [Prospectus date].


Table of Contents

[MAP TO BE INSERTED ON INSIDE FRONT COVER]


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

SUMMARY

     1   

RISK FACTORS

     17   

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

     32   

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     34   

HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING

     35   

OUR DIVIDEND POLICY

     37   

MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK

     38   

HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE

     39   

CAPITALIZATION

     40   

PRO FORMA DATA

     42   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     48   

BUSINESS OF NEW MERIDIAN AND OLD MERIDIAN

     75   

BUSINESS OF EAST BOSTON SAVINGS BANK

     75   

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

     87   

TAXATION

     98   

MANAGEMENT

     100   

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK

     122   

SUBSCRIPTIONS BY DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

     123   

THE CONVERSION AND OFFERING

     124   

COMPARISON OF STOCKHOLDERS’ RIGHTS FOR EXISTING STOCKHOLDERS OF MERIDIAN INTERSTATE BANCORP, INC.

     146   

RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF NEW MERIDIAN

     154   

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF NEW MERIDIAN FOLLOWING THE CONVERSION

     158   

TRANSFER AGENT

     159   

EXPERTS

     159   

LEGAL MATTERS

     159   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     159   

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1   

 

i


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

The following summary explains the significant aspects of the conversion, the offering and the exchange of existing shares of Old Meridian common stock for shares of New Meridian common stock. It may not contain all of the information that is important to you. Before making an investment decision, you should read this entire document carefully, including the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto, and the section entitled “Risk Factors.”

Our Organizational Structure and the Proposed Conversion

Since 2006 we have operated in a two-tiered mutual holding company structure. Old Meridian is a Massachusetts corporation that is our publicly-traded stock holding company and the parent company of East Boston Savings Bank. At December 31, 2013, Old Meridian had consolidated assets of $2.7 billion, deposits of $2.2 billion and stockholders’ equity of $249.2 million. Old Meridian’s parent company is Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated, a Massachusetts-chartered mutual holding company. At December 31, 2013, Old Meridian had 22,221,179 shares of common stock outstanding, of which 9,057,070 shares, or 40.8%, were owned by the public (including 300,000 shares owned by East Boston Savings Bank Charitable Foundation, Inc.), and the remaining 13,164,109 shares were held by Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated.

Pursuant to the terms of the plan of conversion, we are now converting from the mutual holding company corporate structure to the fully public stock holding company corporate structure. Upon completion of the conversion, Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated and Old Meridian will cease to exist, and New Meridian will become the successor corporation to Old Meridian. The shares of New Meridian being offered in this offering represent the majority ownership interest in Old Meridian currently held by Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated. Public stockholders of Old Meridian will receive shares of common stock of New Meridian in exchange for their shares of Old Meridian at an exchange ratio intended to preserve the same aggregate ownership interest in New Meridian as they had in Old Meridian, adjusted downward to reflect certain assets held by Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated. Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated’s shares of Old Meridian will be cancelled. Shares of Old Meridian currently owned by East Boston Savings Bank Charitable Foundation, Inc. will be exchanged for shares of New Meridian, but no additional shares will be contributed to the foundation in connection with the conversion and offering.

The following diagram shows our current organizational structure, reflecting ownership percentages as of December 31, 2013:

 

LOGO

 

1


Table of Contents

After the conversion and offering are completed, we will be organized as a fully public stock holding company, as follows:

 

LOGO

Our Business

Our business operations are conducted through our wholly-owned subsidiary, East Boston Savings Bank. East Boston Savings Bank is a community bank that has served the banking needs of its customers since 1848.

As of December 31, 2013, East Boston Savings Bank conducts its business from 27 full-service locations and three loan centers in the greater Boston metropolitan area. East Boston Savings Bank operates nine of its full-service locations and a loan center under the name Mt. Washington Bank, a Division of East Boston Savings Bank. We offer a variety of deposit and loan products to individuals and businesses located in our market areas. While our primary deposit-gathering area is concentrated in the greater Boston metropolitan area, in particular Suffolk, Middlesex and Essex Counties, Massachusetts our lending area encompasses a broader market that includes most of eastern Massachusetts east of Route 93, including Cape Cod, and portions of south-eastern New Hampshire and Maine which are considered bedroom communities to Boston and the surrounding technology region. We attract deposits from the general public and use those funds to originate one- to four-family real estate, multi-family and commercial real estate, construction, commercial business and consumer loans, which we primarily hold for investment. Our lending business also involves the purchase and sale of loan participation interests. We also offer non-deposit financial products through a third-party network arrangement.

East Boston Savings Bank is subject to comprehensive regulation and examination by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

East Boston Savings Bank’s main banking office is located at 10 Meridian Street, East Boston, Massachusetts 02128. New Meridian’s executive and administrative offices are located at 67 Prospect Street, Peabody, Massachusetts 01960, and its telephone number is (617) 567-1500. Our website address is www.ebsb.com. Information on this website is not and should not be considered a part of this prospectus.

Business Strategy

We have a community banking strategy that emphasizes responsive and personalized service to our customers. Due to the consolidation of financial institutions in our market, we believe there is a significant opportunity for a community-focused bank to provide a full range of financial services to small and middle-market commercial and retail customers. By offering quicker decision making in the delivery of banking products and services, offering customized products where appropriate, and providing customer access to our senior managers, we

 

2


Table of Contents

distinguish ourselves from larger, regional banks operating in our market areas, while our larger capital base and product mix enable us to compete effectively against smaller banks. As a result, we believe we have a substantial opportunity to attract experienced management, loan officers and banking customers. We believe this will provide us a competitive advantage as we continue to expand into attractive, high growth markets around the Boston metropolitan area through the establishment of de novo bank branch offices, the potential acquisition of community banks and bank branches, and organic expansion where possible by growing our existing branches in their respective communities.

Our strategies center on our continued development into a full-service, community-oriented bank and the expansion of our branch network to more adequately cover the large geography of the Boston metropolitan area. In order to realize these objectives, we are pursuing the following strategies:

Emphasizing growth in commercial lending . We have diversified our loan portfolio by increasing the percentage of our assets consisting of higher-yielding commercial and industrial loans and commercial real estate loans with higher risk-adjusted returns, shorter maturities and more sensitivity to interest rate fluctuations, while still providing high quality loan products for single-family residential borrowers. We have a highly competitive suite of cash management services, technology solutions, and internal support expertise specific to the needs of small to mid-sized commercial business customers. In the third quarter of 2011, we significantly expanded our commercial and industrial lending platform with the establishment of a new corporate banking division comprised of a veteran team of bankers and related underwriting personnel that enhanced our presence in all of our market areas and strengthened our business product offerings and cash management expertise. During 2011, we also successfully expanded our commercial real estate loan origination capacity by adding a team of experienced loan originators and related underwriting personnel. We believe that we distinguish ourselves from larger, national banks operating in our market areas by offering quicker decision making in the delivery of our products and services and competitive customer-driven products with excellent service and responsiveness, and by providing customer access to our senior managers, while our larger capital base and product mix enable us to compete effectively against smaller banks. Our lending staff is experienced and knowledgeable about local commercial business in our markets, enabling us to build on the relationship-style banking that is our hallmark. We also intend to selectively add additional products to provide diversification of revenue sources and to capture our customer’s full relationship. We intend to continue to expand our business by cross selling our loan and deposit products and services to our customers.

Hiring experienced employees with a customer service focus. We have been successful in attracting and retaining banking professionals with strong community relationships and significant knowledge of our markets which is central to our business strategy. Exceptional service, local involvement and timely decision making are integral parts of our business strategy, and we have attracted highly qualified and highly motivated individuals. We believe that by focusing on experienced bankers who are established in their communities, we enhance our market position and add profitable growth opportunities. Our compensation and incentive systems are aligned with our strategies to grow core deposits and commercial loans, while maintaining asset quality. We have a strong corporate culture based on personal accountability, high ethical standards and significant training opportunities, which is supported by our commitment to career development and promotion from within the organization.

Improving profitability through disciplined pricing, expense control and balance sheet management. We have achieved many milestones over the last five years as we have grown total assets from $1.2 billion at December 31, 2009 to $2.7 billion at December 31, 2013. Since 2002, we have opened 14 de novo branches, the most recent in November 2013, and acquired six branch offices in our 2010 acquisition of Mt. Washington Co-operative Bank. We intend to continue our geographic expansion in the greater Boston metropolitan area by opening de novo branches in communities contiguous to those we currently serve, as opportunities present themselves in favorable locations. We have also focused significant efforts and invested heavily in our infrastructure to support future growth, creating brand awareness, competitive products and a strong and experienced workforce. We believe these initiatives have positioned us well to implement a strategy focused on improving operating efficiency and earnings growth. While we expect to continue to drive an appropriate level of loan and deposit growth, we will keenly focus on enhancing our profitability by exercising a disciplined approach to product pricing, expense control and balance sheet mix.

 

3


Table of Contents

Expanding our presence and market share in contiguous and nearby market areas and capturing business opportunities resulting from changes in the competitive environment. Over the last several years, our markets have been subject to large-scale consolidation of local community banks primarily by larger, out-of-state financial institutions. We believe there is a large customer base in our market that prefers doing business with a local institution and may be dissatisfied with the service received from larger regional banks. We believe that opportunities currently exist in contiguous and nearby market areas to grow our franchise and to complement our primary market areas. In addition, by delivering high quality, customer-focused products and services, we expect to attract additional borrowers and depositors and thus increase our market share and revenue generation.

We believe the success of our strategy is evidenced by the growth of our deposits to $2.249 billion at December 31, 2013 from $922.5 million at December 31, 2009, and net loans, which increased to $2.265 billion at December 31, 2013 from $813.3 million at December 31, 2009. We also believe that community bank consolidation will continue to take place and further believe that, with our capital and liquidity positions after this offering, we will be positioned to take advantage of industry consolidation through de novo branching, potential acquisition of individual branches, and the potential for whole bank acquisitions. We do not, however, currently have any understandings or agreements regarding any specific acquisition transaction and will be disciplined when evaluating and deciding on future expansion, acquisitions and de novo branching opportunities. Our focus will be on the Massachusetts markets we know and understand, with a primary view toward continued growth in the Boston metropolitan area. We believe our management team’s unique understanding of the Massachusetts market facilitates our growth into locations that will provide the right complement to our existing franchise and geographic footprint.

It is our intention to achieve significant market penetration in a relatively short period of time when we enter a new market. In advance of any branch expansion we hire experienced local bankers and make a concerted effort to establish as many high profile contacts as possible in the new target area. We are focused on generating key loan relationships and capturing significant deposit market share in our markets. Upon commencement of operations in a new location, we monitor and aggressively pursue a core deposit strategy that enhances profitability and we believe provides quality market penetration in the most expedient manner.

Managing credit risk to maintain a low level of nonperforming assets, and interest rate risk to optimize our net interest margin. Managing risk is an essential part of successfully managing a financial institution. Credit risk and interest rate risk are two prominent risk exposures that we face. Credit risk is the risk of not collecting the interest and/or the principal balance of a loan or investment when it is due. Our strategy for credit risk management focuses on having well-defined credit policies and uniform underwriting criteria and providing prompt attention to potential problem loans. We believe that strong asset quality is a key to long-term financial success. We have sought to grow and diversify the loan portfolio, while maintaining a strong asset quality and moderate credit risk, using underwriting standards that we believe are conservative, as well as diligent monitoring of the portfolio and loans in non-accrual status and on-going collection efforts. Although we will continue to originate commercial real estate, commercial business and construction loans, we intend to continue our philosophy of managing large loan exposures through our experienced, risk-based approach to lending. In addition, we intend to remain focused on lending within our immediate market area, with a specific focus on commercial customers disaffected by their relationships with larger banks as a result of turmoil in the industry.

Interest rate risk is the potential reduction of net interest income as a result of changes in interest rates. Our earnings and the market value of our assets and liabilities are subject to fluctuations caused by changes in the level of interest rates. We manage the interest rate sensitivity of our interest-bearing liabilities and interest-earning assets in an effort to minimize the adverse effects of changes in the interest rate environment. To reduce the potential volatility of our earnings, we have sought to improve the match between asset and liability maturities and rates, while maintaining an acceptable interest rate spread. Our strategy for managing interest rate risk emphasizes: originating loans with adjustable interest rates; selling the residential real estate fixed-rate loans with terms greater than 10 years that we originate; promoting core deposit products; and adjusting the interest rates and maturities of funding sources, as necessary.

Increasing core deposits through aggressive marketing and the offering of new deposit products. Deposits are our primary source of funds for investing and lending. Core deposits, which include all deposit account

 

4


Table of Contents

types except certificates of deposit, comprised 69.9% of our total deposits at December 31, 2013, up from 66.3% of total deposits at December 31, 2012. We value our core deposits because they represent a lower cost of funding and are generally less sensitive to withdrawal when interest rates fluctuate as compared to certificate of deposit accounts. We market core deposits through the internet, in-branch and local mail, print and television advertising, as well as programs that link various accounts and services together, minimizing service fees. We will continue to customize existing deposit products and introduce new products to meet the needs of our customers.

Continuing to grow and diversify our sources of non-interest income. Our profits rely heavily on the spread between the interest earned on loans and securities and interest paid on deposits and borrowings. In order to decrease our reliance on interest rate spread income, we have pursued initiatives to increase non-interest income. Our focus on attaining additional deposit customer relationships and balances has enabled us to increase income from customer service fees to $7.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $6.6 million and $5.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. We have also increased our mortgage banking activities in recent years. We also offer non-deposit financial products, including mutual funds, annuities, stocks, bonds, life insurance and long-term care.

See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Business Strategy” for a more complete discussion of our business strategy.

Reasons for the Conversion and Offering

Our primary reasons for converting to the fully public stock form of ownership and undertaking the stock offering are to:

 

    Enhance our regulatory capital position. A strong capital position is essential to achieving our long-term objective of building stockholder value. While East Boston Savings Bank exceeds all regulatory capital requirements, the proceeds from the offering will greatly strengthen our capital position and enable us to support our planned growth and expansion. Minimum regulatory capital requirements will also increase in the future under recently adopted regulations. Compliance with these new requirements will be essential to the continued implementation of our business strategy.

 

    Transition us to a more familiar and flexible organizational structure . The stock holding company structure is a more familiar form of organization, which we believe will make our common stock more appealing to investors, and will give us greater flexibility to access the capital markets through possible future equity and debt offerings, although we have no current plans, agreements or understandings regarding any additional securities offerings.

 

    Improve the liquidity of our shares of common stock . The larger number of shares that will be outstanding after completion of the conversion and offering is expected to result in a more liquid and active market for New Meridian common stock. A more liquid and active market will make it easier for our stockholders to buy and sell our common stock and will give us greater flexibility in implementing capital management strategies.

 

    Facilitate future mergers and acquisitions . Although we do not currently have any understandings or agreements regarding any specific acquisition transaction, the stock holding company structure will give us greater flexibility to structure, and make us a more attractive and competitive bidder for, mergers and acquisitions of other financial institutions or business lines as opportunities arise. The additional capital raised in the offering also will enable us to consider larger merger transactions. In addition, although we intend to remain an independent financial institution, the stock holding company structure may make us a more attractive acquisition candidate for other institutions. Applicable regulations prohibit anyone from acquiring or offering to acquire more than 10% of our stock without regulatory approval.

 

5


Table of Contents

Terms of the Offering

We are offering between 23,375,000 and 31,625,000 shares of common stock to eligible depositors of East Boston Savings Bank, to our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, to our employees, officers, trustees, directors and corporators and, to the extent shares remain available, in a community offering to the general public, with a preference given first to residents of the Massachusetts cities and towns of Belmont, Boston, Cambridge, Chelsea, Danvers, Everett, Lynn, Lynnfield, Malden, Medford, Melrose, Peabody, Revere, Saugus, Somerville, Wakefield and Winthrop, and then to existing public stockholders of Old Meridian as of [record date]. If necessary, we will also offer shares to the general public in a syndicated or firm commitment underwritten offering. The number of shares of common stock to be sold may be increased to up to 36,368,750 shares as a result of demand for the shares of common stock in the offering or changes in market conditions. Unless the number of shares of common stock to be offered is increased to more than 36,368,750 shares or decreased to fewer than 23,375,000 shares, or the subscription and community offerings are extended beyond [Extension Date], subscribers will not have the opportunity to change or cancel their stock orders once submitted. If the subscription and community offerings are extended past [Extension Date], all subscribers will be notified and given an opportunity to confirm, change or cancel their orders. If you do not respond to this notice, your order will be cancelled and we will promptly return your funds with interest at [interest rate]% per annum or cancel your deposit account withdrawal authorization. If the number of shares to be sold is increased to more than 36,368,750 shares or decreased to less than 23,375,000 shares, all subscribers’ stock orders will be canceled, their withdrawal authorizations will be canceled and funds delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings will be returned promptly with interest at [interest rate]% per annum. We will then resolicit subscribers, giving them an opportunity to place new orders for a period of time. No shares purchased in the subscription offering and community offering will be issued until the completion of any syndicated or firm commitment underwritten offering.

The purchase price of each share of common stock offered for sale in the offering is $10.00. All investors will pay the same purchase price per share, regardless of whether the shares are purchased in the subscription offering, the community offering or a syndicated or firm commitment underwritten offering. Investors will not be charged a commission to purchase shares of common stock in the offering. Sterne, Agee & Leach, Inc., our marketing agent in the subscription and community offerings, will use its best efforts to assist us in selling shares of our common stock in the subscription and community offerings but is not obligated to purchase any shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings.

How We Determined the Offering Range, the Exchange Ratio and the $10.00 Per Share Stock Price

The amount of common stock we are offering for sale and the exchange ratio for the exchange of shares of New Meridian for shares of Old Meridian are based on an independent appraisal of the estimated market value of New Meridian, assuming the offering has been completed. RP Financial, LC., our independent appraiser, has estimated that, as of February 14, 2014, this market value was $462.3 million. Based on federal regulations, this market value forms the midpoint of a valuation range with a minimum of $393.0 million and a maximum of $531.7 million. Based on this valuation range, the 59.2% ownership interest of Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated in Old Meridian as of December 31, 2013 being sold in the offering and the $10.00 per share price, the number of shares of common stock being offered for sale by New Meridian ranges from 23,375,000 shares to 31,625,000 shares. The $10.00 per share price was selected primarily because it is the price most commonly used in mutual-to-stock conversions of financial institutions. The exchange ratio ranges from 1.7580 shares at the minimum of the offering range to 2.3785 shares at the maximum of the offering range, and will generally preserve the existing percentage ownership of public stockholders. If demand for shares or market conditions warrant, the appraisal can be increased by 15%, which would result in an appraised value of $611.4 million, an offering of 36,368,750 shares of common stock, and an exchange ratio of 2.7353 shares.

 

6


Table of Contents

The appraisal is based in part on Old Meridian’s financial condition and results of operations, the pro forma effect of the additional capital raised by the sale of shares of common stock in the offering, and an analysis of a peer group of 11 publicly traded bank holding companies and savings and loan holding companies that RP Financial, LC. considers comparable to Old Meridian. The appraisal peer group consists of the following companies, all of which are traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market.

 

Company Name

   Ticker
Symbol
   Headquarters    Total Assets (1)  
               (In millions)  

BSB Bancorp, Inc.

   BLMT    Belmont, MA    $ 1,023   

Cape Bancorp, Inc.

   CBNJ    Cape May Court House, NJ    $ 1,074   

Dime Community Bancshares, Inc.

   DCOM    Brooklyn, NY    $ 4,015   

ESSA Bancorp, Inc.

   ESSA    Stroudsburg, PA    $ 1,372   

First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.

   FBNK    Farmington, CT    $ 1,992   

Fox Chase Bancorp, Inc.

   FXCB    Hatboro, PA    $ 1,107   

Northfield Bancorp, Inc.

   NFBK    Woodbridge, NJ    $ 2,727   

OceanFirst Financial Corp.

   OCFC    Toms River, NJ    $ 2,286   

Oritani Financial Corp.

   ORIT    Township of Washington, NJ    $ 2,824   

SI Financial Group, Inc.

   SIFI    Willimantic, CT    $ 1,369   

Westfield Financial, Inc.

   WFD    Westfield, MA    $ 1,271   

 

(1) Asset size for all companies is as of September 30, 2013.

The following table presents a summary of selected pricing ratios for New Meridian (on a pro forma basis) as of and for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, and for the peer group companies based on earnings and other information as of and for the twelve months ended September 30, 2013, with stock prices as of February 14, 2014, as reflected in the appraisal report. Compared to the average pricing of the peer group, our pro forma pricing ratios at the midpoint of the offering range indicated a discount of 16.0% on a price-to-book value basis, a discount of 17.7% on a price-to-tangible book value basis, and a premium of 168.7% on a price-to-earnings basis.

 

     Price-to-earnings
multiple (1)
     Price-to-book
value ratio
    Price-to-tangible
book value ratio
 

New Meridian (on a pro forma basis, assuming completion of the conversion)

       

Adjusted Maximum

     69.92x         106.38     108.93

Maximum

     59.95x         99.90     102.56

Midpoint

     51.51x         93.28     95.97

Minimum

     43.26x         85.69     88.34

Valuation of peer group companies, all of which are fully converted (on an historical basis)

       

Averages

     19.17x         111.03     116.55

Medians

     15.90x         109.85     110.76

 

(1) Price-to-earnings multiples calculated by RP Financial, LC. in the independent appraisal are based on an estimate of “core” or recurring earnings. These ratios are different than those presented in “Pro Forma Data.”

The independent appraisal does not indicate trading market value. Do not assume or expect that our valuation as indicated in the appraisal means that after the conversion and offering the shares of our common stock will trade at or above the $10.00 per share purchase price. Furthermore, the pricing ratios presented in the appraisal were used by RP Financial, LC. to estimate our pro forma appraised value for regulatory purposes and not to compare the relative value of shares of our common stock with the value of the capital stock of the peer group. The value of the capital stock of a particular company may be affected by a number of factors such as financial performance, asset size and market location.

 

7


Table of Contents

For a more complete discussion of the amount of common stock we are offering for sale and the independent appraisal, see “The Conversion and Offering—Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued.”

Effect of Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated’s Assets on Minority Stock Ownership

In the exchange, the public stockholders of Old Meridian will receive shares of common stock of New Meridian in exchange for their shares of common stock of Old Meridian pursuant to an exchange ratio that is designed to provide, subject to adjustment, existing public stockholders with the same ownership percentage of the common stock of New Meridian after the conversion as their ownership percentage in Old Meridian immediately prior to the conversion, without giving effect to new shares purchased in the offering or cash paid in lieu of any fractional shares. However, the exchange ratio will be adjusted downward to reflect assets held by Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated (other than shares of stock of Old Meridian), which assets consist primarily of cash. Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated had net assets of $2.7 million as of December 31, 2013, not including Old Meridian common stock. This adjustment would decrease Old Meridian’s public stockholders’ ownership interest in New Meridian from 40.8% to 40.5%, and would increase the ownership interest of persons who purchase stock in the offering from 59.2% (the amount of Old Meridian’s outstanding common stock held by Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated) to 59.5%.

The Exchange of Existing Shares of Old Meridian Common Stock

If you are currently a stockholder of Old Meridian, at the completion of the conversion your shares will be exchanged for shares of common stock of New Meridian. The number of shares of common stock you will receive will be based on the exchange ratio, which will depend upon our final appraised value and the percentage of outstanding shares of Old Meridian common stock owned by public stockholders immediately prior to the completion of the conversion. The following table shows how the exchange ratio will adjust, based on the appraised value of New Meridian as of February 14, 2014, assuming public stockholders of Old Meridian own 40.8% of Old Meridian common stock and Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated had net assets of $2.7 million immediately prior to the completion of the conversion. The table also shows the number of shares of New Meridian common stock a hypothetical owner of Old Meridian common stock would receive in exchange for 100 shares of Old Meridian common stock owned at the completion of the conversion, depending on the number of shares of common stock issued in the offering.

 

     Shares to be Sold in
This Offering
   

 

Shares of New Meridian to be
Issued for Shares of Old
Meridian

    Total Shares
of Common
Stock to be
Issued in
Exchange and
Offering
     Exchange
Ratio
     Equivalent
Value of
Shares
Based
Upon
Offering
Price (1)
     Equivalent
Pro Forma
Tangible
Book Value
Per
Exchanged
Share (2)
     Shares to
be
Received
for 100
Existing
Shares (3)
 
     Amount      Percent     Amount      Percent                

Minimum

     23,375,000         59.5     15,922,391         40.5     39,297,391         1.7580       $ 17.58       $ 19.90         175   

Midpoint

     27,500,000         59.5        18,732,225         40.5        46,232,225         2.0682         20.68         21.55         206   

Maximum

     31,625,000         59.5        21,542,059         40.5        53,167,059         2.3785         23.78         23.19         237   

Adjusted Maximum

     36,368,750         59.5        24,773,368         40.5        61,142,118         2.7353         27.35         25.11         273   

 

(1) Represents the value of shares of New Meridian common stock to be received in the conversion by a holder of one share of Old Meridian, pursuant to the exchange ratio, based upon the $10.00 per share purchase price.
(2) Represents the pro forma tangible book value per share at each level of the offering range multiplied by the respective exchange ratio.
(3) Cash will be paid in lieu of fractional shares.

No fractional shares of New Meridian common stock will be issued to any public stockholder of Old Meridian. For each fractional share that otherwise would be issued, New Meridian will pay in cash an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying the fractional share interest to which the holder otherwise would be entitled by the $10.00 per share offering price.

 

8


Table of Contents

Outstanding options to purchase shares of Old Meridian common stock also will convert into and become options to purchase shares of New Meridian common stock based upon the exchange ratio. The aggregate exercise price, duration and vesting schedule of these options will not be affected by the conversion. At December 31, 2013, there were 933,450 outstanding options to purchase shares of Old Meridian common stock, 763,540 of which have vested. Such outstanding options will be converted into options to purchase 1,641,005 shares of common stock at the minimum of the offering range and 2,553,265 shares of common stock at the adjusted maximum of the offering range. Because federal regulations prohibit us from repurchasing our common stock during the first year following the conversion unless compelling business reasons exist for such repurchases, we may use authorized but unissued shares to fund option exercises that occur during the first year following the conversion. If all existing options were exercised and funded with authorized but unissued shares of common stock following the conversion, stockholders would experience ownership dilution of approximately 4.0% at the minimum of the offering range.

How We Intend to Use the Proceeds From the Offering

We intend to invest at least 50% of the net proceeds from the stock offering in East Boston Savings Bank, fund the loan to our employee stock ownership plan to finance its purchase of shares of common stock in the stock offering and retain the remainder of the net proceeds from the offering at New Meridian. Therefore, assuming we sell 27,500,000 shares of common stock in the stock offering at the midpoint of the offering range, and we have net proceeds of $268.3 million, we intend to invest $134.1 million in East Boston Savings Bank, loan to our employee stock ownership plan (or contribute to a subsidiary to loan to the employee stock ownership plan) $13.8 million to fund its purchase of shares of common stock, and retain the remaining $120.4 million of the net proceeds at New Meridian.

New Meridian may use the funds it retains for investment, to pay cash dividends, to repurchase shares of common stock, to acquire other financial institutions or financial services companies and for other general corporate purposes. East Boston Savings Bank may use the proceeds it receives to support increased lending, enhance existing, or support the development of new products and services or expand its branch network by establishing or acquiring new branches or by acquiring other financial institutions or financial services companies. We do not currently have any agreements or understandings regarding any acquisition transactions.

Please see the section of this prospectus entitled “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering” for more information on the proposed use of the proceeds from the offering.

Persons Who May Order Shares of Common Stock in the Offering

We are offering the shares of common stock in a subscription offering in the following descending order of priority:

 

  (i) To depositors with accounts at East Boston Savings Bank with aggregate balances of at least $50 at the close of business on February 28, 2013.

 

  (ii) To our tax-qualified employee benefit plans (including East Boston Savings Bank’s employee stock ownership plan and East Boston Savings Bank’s 401(k) plan), which may subscribe for, in the aggregate, up to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering. We expect our employee stock ownership plan to purchase 5% of the shares of common stock sold in the stock offering.

 

  (iii) To employees, officers, directors, trustees and corporators of East Boston Savings Bank or Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated who do not have a higher purchase priority.

Shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering will be offered for sale to the general public in a community offering, with a preference given first to natural persons residing in the Massachusetts cities and towns of Belmont, Boston, Cambridge, Chelsea, Danvers, Everett, Lynn, Lynnfield, Malden, Medford, Melrose, Peabody, Revere, Saugus, Somerville, Wakefield and Winthrop, and then to Old Meridian’s public stockholders as

 

9


Table of Contents

of [record date]. The community offering is expected to begin concurrently with the subscription offering, but may begin concurrently with, during or promptly after the subscription offering. We also may offer for sale shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering and the community offering through a syndicated or firm commitment underwritten offering. Sterne, Agee & Leach, Inc. will act as sole book-running manager for the syndicated or firm commitment underwritten offering. We have the right to accept or reject, in our sole discretion, orders received in the community offering or syndicated or firm commitment underwritten offering, and our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the plan of conversion will be final. Any determination to accept or reject stock orders in the community offering or syndicated or firm commitment underwritten offering will be based on the facts and circumstances available to management at the time of the determination.

If we receive orders for more shares than we are offering, we may not be able to fully or partially fill your order. A detailed description of the subscription offering, the community offering and the syndicated or firm commitment underwritten offering, as well as a discussion regarding allocation procedures, can be found in the section of this prospectus entitled “The Conversion and Offering.”

Limits on How Much Common Stock You May Purchase

The minimum number of shares of common stock that may be purchased is 25 shares.

Generally, no individual may purchase more than 50,000 shares ($500,000) of common stock. If any of the following persons purchase shares of common stock, their purchases, in all categories of the offering, when combined with your purchases, cannot exceed 100,000 shares ($1.0 million) of common stock:

 

    most companies, trusts or other entities in which you are a senior officer, partner, trustee or have a substantial beneficial interest; or

 

    your spouse or relatives of you or your spouse living in your house or who is a director, trustee or officer of Old Meridian, Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated, New Meridian or East Boston Savings Bank; or

 

    other persons who may be your associates or persons acting in concert with you.

Unless we determine otherwise, persons having the same address and persons exercising subscription rights through qualifying deposit accounts registered to the same address will be subject to the overall purchase limitation of 100,000 shares ($1.0 million).

In addition to the above purchase limitations, there is an ownership limitation for current stockholders of Old Meridian other than our employee stock ownership plan. Shares of common stock that you purchase in the offering individually and together with persons described above, plus any shares you and they receive in exchange for existing shares of Old Meridian common stock, may not exceed 9.9% of the total shares of common stock to be issued and outstanding after the completion of the conversion and offering. However, if, based on your current ownership level, you will own more than 9.9% of the total shares of common stock to be issued and outstanding after the completion of the conversion and offering following the exchange of your shares of Old Meridian common stock, you will be ineligible to purchase any new shares in the offering. You will be required to obtain regulatory approval or non-objection prior to acquiring 10% or more of New Meridian’s common stock.

Subject to regulatory approval, we may increase or decrease the purchase and ownership limitations at any time. See the detailed description of the purchase limitations in “The Conversion and Offering—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.”

 

10


Table of Contents

How You May Purchase Shares of Common Stock in the Subscription Offering and the Community Offering

In the subscription offering and community offering, you may pay for your shares only by:

 

  (i) personal check, bank check or money order made payable directly to Meridian Bancorp, Inc.; or

 

  (ii) authorizing us to withdraw available funds from your East Boston Savings Bank deposit account(s).

East Boston Savings Bank is not permitted to lend funds to anyone to purchase shares of common stock in the offering. Additionally, you may not use an East Boston Savings Bank line of credit check or any type of third party check to pay for shares of common stock. Please do not submit cash. No wire transfer will be accepted without our prior approval. You may not designate withdrawal from East Boston Savings Bank’s accounts with check-writing privileges; instead, please submit a check. You may not authorize direct withdrawal from an East Boston Savings Bank individual retirement account, or IRA. See “—Using Individual Retirement Account Funds to Purchase Shares of Common Stock.”

You may subscribe for shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings by delivering a signed and completed original stock order form, together with full payment payable to Meridian Bancorp, Inc. or authorization to withdraw funds from one or more of your East Boston Savings Bank deposit accounts, provided that the stock order form is received after [corporator meeting date] but before 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [Expiration Date], which is the end of the subscription offering period. Orders received before or on [corporator meeting date] will be rejected, and orders received after 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [Expiration Date] will be rejected unless we extend this expiration date. You may submit your stock order form and payment by mail using the stock order reply envelope provided or by overnight delivery to our Stock Information Center, which will be located at [stock center address]. You may also hand-deliver stock order forms to the Stock Information Center. Hand-delivered stock order forms will only be accepted at this location. We will not accept stock order forms at our banking offices. Please do not mail stock order forms to East Boston Savings Bank’s offices.

Please see “The Conversion and Offering— Procedure for Purchasing Shares in Subscription and Community Offerings—Payment for Shares” for a complete description of how to purchase shares in the subscription and community offerings.

Using Individual Retirement Account Funds to Purchase Shares of Common Stock

You may be able to subscribe for shares of common stock using funds in your individual retirement account, or IRA. If you wish to use some or all of the funds in your East Boston Savings Bank individual retirement account, the applicable funds must be transferred to a self-directed account maintained by an independent trustee, such as a brokerage firm, and the purchase must be made through that account. If you do not have such an account, you will need to establish one before placing your stock order. An annual administrative fee may be payable to the independent trustee. Because individual circumstances differ and the processing of retirement fund orders takes additional time, we recommend that you contact our Stock Information Center promptly, preferably at least two weeks before the [Expiration Date] offering deadline, for assistance with purchases using your individual retirement account or other retirement account you may have at East Boston Savings Bank or elsewhere . Whether you may use such funds to purchase shares in the stock offering may depend on timing constraints and, possibly, limitations imposed by the institution where the funds are held.

See “The Conversion and Offering—Procedure for Purchasing Shares in Subscription and Community Offerings—Payment for Shares” and “—Using Individual Retirement Account Funds” for a complete description of how to use IRA funds to purchase shares of common stock in the stock offering.

 

11


Table of Contents

Market for Common Stock

Existing publicly held shares of Old Meridian’s common stock are listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “EBSB.” Upon completion of the conversion, the shares of common stock of New Meridian will replace the existing shares, and we expect the shares of New Meridian common stock will also trade on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “EBSB.” In order to list our stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, we are required to have at least three broker-dealers who will make a market in our common stock. As of [record date], Old Meridian had approximately              registered market makers in its common stock. Sterne, Agee & Leach, Inc. has advised us that it intends to make a market in our common stock following the offering, but is under no obligation to do so.

Our Dividend Policy

Following completion of the stock offering, our Board of Directors will have the authority to declare dividends on our common stock, subject to our capital requirements, our financial condition and results of operations, tax considerations, statutory and regulatory limitations, and general economic conditions. However, no decision has been made with respect to the amount, if any, and timing of any dividend payments. The payment and amount of any dividend payments will depend upon a number of factors. We cannot assure you that we will pay dividends in the future, or that any such dividends will not be reduced or eliminated in the future. To date, Old Meridian has not paid any dividends.

For information regarding our current and proposed dividend policy, see “Our Dividend Policy.”

Purchases by Directors and Executive Officers

We expect our directors and executive officers, together with their associates, to subscribe for              shares of common stock in the offering, representing             % of shares to be sold at the minimum of the offering range. The purchase price paid by them will be the same $10.00 per share price paid by all other persons who purchase shares of common stock in the offering. Following the conversion, our directors and executive officers, together with their associates, are expected to beneficially own              shares of common stock (including stock options exercisable within 60 days of [record date]), or             % of our total outstanding shares of common stock at the minimum of the offering range, which includes shares they currently own that will be exchanged for shares of New Meridian.

See “Subscriptions by Directors and Executive Officers” for more information on the proposed purchases of shares of common stock by our directors and executive officers.

Deadline for Orders of Shares of Common Stock in the Subscription and Community Offerings

The deadline for purchasing shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings is 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [Expiration Date], unless we extend this deadline. If you wish to purchase shares of common stock, a properly completed and signed original stock order form, together with full payment, must be received (not postmarked) by this time.

Although we will make reasonable attempts to provide this prospectus and offering materials to holders of subscription rights, the subscription offering and all subscription rights will expire at 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [Expiration Date], whether or not we have been able to locate each person entitled to subscription rights.

See “The Conversion and Offering— Procedure for Purchasing Shares in Subscription and Community Offerings—Expiration Date” for a complete description of the deadline for purchasing shares in the stock offering.

 

12


Table of Contents

You May Not Sell or Transfer Your Subscription Rights

Applicable regulations prohibit you from transferring your subscription rights. If you order shares of common stock in the subscription offering, you will be required to certify that you are purchasing the common stock for yourself and that you have no agreement or understanding to sell or transfer your subscription rights or the shares that you are purchasing. We intend to take legal action, including reporting persons to federal or state agencies, against anyone who we believe has sold or transferred his or her subscription rights. We will not accept your order if we have reason to believe you have sold or transferred your subscription rights. On the order form, you cannot add the names of others for joint stock registration unless they are also named on the qualifying deposit account. Doing so may jeopardize your subscription rights. In addition, the stock order form requires that you list all deposit accounts, giving all names on each account and the account number at the applicable eligibility date. Failure to provide this information, or providing incomplete or incorrect information, may result in a loss of part or all of your share allocation if there is an oversubscription.

Delivery of Shares of Common Stock

All shares of common stock sold will be issued in book entry form. Stock certificates will not be issued. A statement reflecting ownership of shares of common stock issued in the subscription and community offerings will be mailed by our transfer agent to the persons entitled thereto at the registration address noted by them on their stock order forms as soon as practicable following consummation of the conversion and offering. We expect trading in the stock to begin on the day of completion of the conversion and offering or the next business day. The conversion and offering are expected to be completed as soon as practicable following satisfaction of the conditions described below in “—Conditions to Completion of the Conversion.” Until a statement reflecting ownership of shares of common stock is available and delivered to purchasers, purchasers might not be able to sell the shares of common stock that they purchased, even though the common stock will have begun trading. Your ability to sell your shares of common stock before receiving your statement will depend on arrangements you may make with a brokerage firm.

Conditions to Completion of the Conversion

We cannot complete the conversion and offering unless:

 

    The plan of conversion is approved by at least a majority of the corporators of Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated, including a majority of the “independent” corporators;

 

    The plan of conversion is approved by Old Meridian stockholders holding at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of common stock of Old Meridian as of [record date], including shares held by Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated;

 

    The plan of conversion is approved by Old Meridian stockholders holding at least a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock of Old Meridian as of [record date], excluding shares held by Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated;

 

    We sell at least the minimum number of shares of common stock offered in the offering; and

 

    We receive the approval of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks to complete the conversion and offering.

Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated intends to vote its shares in favor of the plan of conversion. At [record date], Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated owned 59.2% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Old Meridian. The directors and executive officers of Old Meridian and their affiliates owned              shares of Old Meridian (excluding exercisable options), or             % of the outstanding shares of common stock and             % of the outstanding shares of common stock excluding shares held by Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated. They intend to vote those shares in favor of the plan of conversion.

 

13


Table of Contents

Steps We May Take if We Do Not Receive Orders for the Minimum Number of Shares

If we do not receive orders for at least 23,375,000 shares of common stock, we may take several steps in order to sell the minimum number of shares of common stock in the offering range. Specifically, we may:

 

  (i) increase the purchase and ownership limitations; and/or

 

  (ii) seek regulatory approval to extend the offering beyond [Extension Date], so long as we resolicit subscribers who previously submitted subscriptions in the offering; and/or

 

  (iii) increase the shares purchased by the employee stock ownership plan.

If we extend the offering past [Extension Date], all subscribers will be notified and given an opportunity to confirm, change or cancel their orders. If you do not respond to this notice, we will cancel your stock order and promptly return your funds with interest for funds received in the subscription and community offering or cancel your deposit account withdrawal authorization. If one or more purchase limitations are increased, subscribers in the subscription offering who ordered the maximum amount will be, and, in our sole discretion, some other large purchasers may be, given the opportunity to increase their subscriptions up to the then-applicable limit.

Possible Change in the Offering Range

RP Financial, LC. will update its appraisal before we complete the offering. If, as a result of demand for the shares or changes in market conditions, RP Financial, LC. determines that our pro forma market value has increased, we may sell up to 36,368,750 shares in the offering without further notice to you. If our pro forma market value at that time is either below $393.0 million or above $611.4 million, then, after consulting with the Federal Reserve Board and the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, we may:

 

    terminate the stock offering and promptly return all funds (with interest paid on funds received in the subscription and community offerings);

 

    set a new offering range; or

 

    take such other actions as may be permitted by the Federal Reserve Board, the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks and the Securities and Exchange Commission.

If we set a new offering range, we will promptly return funds, with interest at [interest rate]% per annum for funds received for purchases in the subscription and community offerings, and cancel any authorization to withdraw funds from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock. We will then resolicit subscribers, allowing them to place a new stock order for a period of time.

Possible Termination of the Offering

We may terminate the offering at any time prior to the special meeting of corporators of Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated that has been called to vote on the conversion, and at any time after corporator approval with regulatory approval. If we terminate the offering, we will promptly return your funds with interest at [interest rate]% per annum, and we will cancel deposit account withdrawal authorizations.

Benefits to Management and Potential Dilution to Stockholders Resulting from the Conversion

We expect our employee stock ownership plan, which is a tax-qualified retirement plan for the benefit of all East Boston Savings Bank employees, to purchase up to 5% of the shares of common stock we sell in the

 

14


Table of Contents

offering. If market conditions warrant, in the judgment of its trustees, the employee stock ownership plan’s subscription order will not be filled and the employee stock ownership plan may elect to purchase shares in the open market following the completion of the conversion, subject to the approval of the Federal Reserve Board and the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks.

We intend to implement one or more new stock-based benefit plans no earlier than six months after completion of the conversion. Stockholder approval of these plans would be required. We have not determined whether we would adopt the plans within 12 months following the completion of the conversion or more than 12 months following the completion of the conversion. If we implement stock-based benefit plans within 12 months following the completion of the conversion, the stock-based benefit plans would reserve a number of shares (i) up to 4% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering (reduced by amounts purchased by our 401(k) plan using its purchase priority in the stock offering) for awards of restricted stock to key employees and directors, at no cost to the recipients, and (ii) up to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering for issuance pursuant to the exercise of stock options by key employees and directors. If the stock-based benefit plan is adopted more than 12 months after the completion of the conversion, it would not be subject to the percentage limitations set forth above. We have not yet determined the number of shares that would be reserved for issuance under these plans. For a description of our current stock-based benefit plan, see “Management—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Equity Awards.”

The following table summarizes the number of shares of common stock and the aggregate dollar value of grants that are available under one or more stock-based benefit plans if such plans reserve a number of shares of common stock equal to 4% and 10% of the shares sold in the stock offering for restricted stock awards and stock options, respectively. The table shows the dilution to stockholders if all such shares are issued from authorized but unissued shares, instead of shares purchased in the open market. A portion of the stock grants shown in the table below may be made to non-management employees. The table also sets forth the number of shares of common stock to be acquired by the employee stock ownership plan for allocation to all qualifying employees.

 

     Number of Shares to be Granted or Purchased     Dilution
Resulting
From
Issuance of
Shares for
Stock-Based
Benefit Plans
    Value of Grants (In
Thousands) (1)
 
   At
Minimum of
Offering
Range
     At
Adjusted
Maximum
of Offering
Range
     As a
Percentage
of Common
Stock to be
Sold in the
Offering
     
             At
Minimum
of Offering
Range
     At
Adjusted
Maximum
of Offering
Range
 

Employee stock ownership plan

     1,168,750         1,818,438         5.0     N/A  (2)    $ 11,688       $ 18,184   

Restricted stock awards

     935,000         1,454,750         4.0        2.32     9,350         14,548   

Stock options

     2,337,500         3,636,875         10.0        5.61     7,784         12,111   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     4,441,250         6,910,063         19.0     7.69   $ 28,822       $ 44,843   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The actual value of restricted stock awards will be determined based on their fair value as of the date grants are made. For purposes of this table, fair value for stock awards is assumed to be the same as the offering price of $10.00 per share. The fair value of stock options has been estimated at $3.33 per option using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: a grant-date share price and option exercise price of $10.00; an expected option term of 10 years; no dividend yield; a risk-free rate of return of 3.04%; and expected volatility of 15.82%. The actual value of option grants will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used and the option pricing model ultimately adopted.
(2) No dilution is reflected for the employee stock ownership plan because such shares are assumed to be purchased in the stock offering.

We may fund our stock-based benefit plans through open market purchases, as opposed to new issuances of stock; however, if any options previously granted under our existing 2008 Equity Incentive Plan are exercised during the first year following completion of the offering, they will be funded with newly issued shares as federal regulations do not permit us to repurchase our shares during the first year following the completion of the offering except to fund the grants of restricted stock under our existing stock-based benefit plan or under extraordinary circumstances.

 

15


Table of Contents

The following table presents information as of December 31, 2013 regarding our employee stock ownership plan, our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan and our proposed stock-based benefit plan. The table below assumes that 61,142,118 shares are outstanding after the offering, which includes the sale of 36,368,750 shares in the offering at the maximum of the offering range and the issuance of new shares in exchange for shares of Old Meridian using an exchange ratio of 2.7353. It also assumes that the value of the stock is $10.00 per share.

 

Existing and New Stock Benefit Plans

   Participants    Shares at Maximum
of Offering Range
    Estimated Value of
Shares
    Percentage of
Shares Outstanding
After the
Conversion
 

Employee Stock Ownership Plan:

   Officers and
Employees
      

Shares purchased in 2008 offering (1)

        2,264,828  (2)    $ 22,648,284        3.70

Shares to be purchased in this offering

        1,818,438        18,184,375        2.97   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total employee stock ownership plan shares

        4,083,266      $ 40,832,659        6.68
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Restricted Stock Awards:

   Directors, Officers
and Employees
      

2008 Equity Incentive Plan (1)

        1,132,414  (3)    $ 11,324,140  (4)      1.85

New shares of restricted stock

        1,454,750        14,547,500  (4)      2.38   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shares of restricted stock

        2,587,164      $ 25,871,640        4.23
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stock Options:

   Directors, Officers
and Employees
      

2008 Equity Incentive Plan (1)

        2,831,036  (5)    $ 9,427,348        4.63

New stock options

        3,636,875        12,110,794  (6)      5.95   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stock options

        6,467,911      $ 21,538,142        10.58
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total of stock benefit plans

        13,138,341      $ 88,242,441        21.49
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) The number of shares indicated has been adjusted for the 2.7353 exchange ratio at the adjusted maximum of the offering range.
(2) As of December 31, 2013, 566,207 of these shares, or 207,000 shares prior to adjustment for the exchange, have been allocated to participants.
(3) As of December 31, 2013, 1,035,994 of these shares, or 378,750 shares prior to adjustment for the exchange, have been awarded, and 751,961 of these shares, or 274,910 shares prior to adjustment for the exchange, have vested.
(4) The value of restricted stock awards is determined based on their fair value as of the date grants are made. For purposes of this table, the fair value of awards under the new stock-based benefit plan is assumed to be the same as the offering price of $10.00 per share.
(5) As of December 31, 2013, options to purchase 2,660,216 of these shares, or 972,550 shares prior to adjustment for the exchange, have been awarded, and options to purchase 2,195,461 of these shares, or 802,640 shares prior to adjustment for the exchange, have vested.
(6) The weighted-average fair value of stock options to be granted has been estimated at $3.33 per option, using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: exercise price, $10.00; trading price on date of grant, $10.00; no dividend yield; expected term, 10 years; expected volatility, 15.82%; and risk-free rate of return, 3.04%. The actual value of option grants will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used and the option pricing model ultimately adopted.

Tax Consequences

Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated, Old Meridian, East Boston Savings Bank and New Meridian have received an opinion of counsel, Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C., regarding the material federal income tax consequences of the conversion, and have received an opinion of Wolf & Company, P.C. regarding the material Massachusetts state tax consequences of the conversion. As a general matter, the conversion will not be a taxable transaction for purposes of federal or state income taxes to Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated, Old Meridian, East Boston Savings Bank, New Meridian, persons eligible to subscribe in the subscription offering, or existing stockholders of Old Meridian (except for cash paid for fractional shares). Existing stockholders of Old Meridian who receive cash in lieu of fractional shares of New Meridian will recognize a gain or loss equal to the difference between the cash received and the tax basis of the fractional share.

How You Can Obtain Additional Information—Stock Information Center

Our banking personnel may not, by law, assist with investment-related questions about the offering. If you have any questions regarding the conversion or offering, please call our Stock Information Center. The telephone number is [stock center number]. The Stock Information Center is open Monday through Friday between 10:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, and will be open Saturday,             , 2014 between 10:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time. The Stock Information Center will be closed on bank holidays.

 

16


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

You should consider carefully the following risk factors in evaluating an investment in the shares of common stock.

Risks Related to Our Business

A worsening of economic conditions could result in increases in our level of non-performing loans and/or reduce demand for our products and services, which could have adverse effect on our results of operations.

Although the U.S. economy has emerged from the severe recession that occurred in 2008 and 2009, economic growth has been slow and unemployment levels remain high despite the Federal Reserve Board’s unprecedented efforts to encourage economic growth by maintaining low interest rates through its targeted federal funds rate and the purchase of U.S. Treasury and mortgage-backed securities. Recovery by many businesses has been impaired by lower consumer spending. If the Federal Reserve Board increases the federal funds rate or more rapidly curtails its bond purchasing program, higher interest rates would likely result, which may reduce our loan originations, and housing markets and U.S. economic activity would be negatively affected.

Unlike larger financial institutions that are more geographically diversified, our profitability depends on the general economic conditions in the Boston metropolitan area. Local economic conditions have a significant impact on our commercial real estate and construction and consumer loans, the ability of the borrowers to repay these loans and the value of the collateral securing these loans. Almost all of our loans are to borrowers located in the greater Boston, Massachusetts metropolitan area or secured by collateral located in the greater Boston, Massachusetts metropolitan area.

A further deterioration in economic conditions or a prolonged delay in economic recovery in the market areas we serve, in particular the greater Boston, Massachusetts metropolitan area, could result in the following consequences, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations:

 

    demand for our products and services may decline;

 

    loan delinquencies, problem assets and foreclosures may increase;

 

    collateral for loans, especially real estate, may decline further in value, in turn reducing customers’ borrowing power, reducing the value of assets and collateral associated with existing loans;

 

    the value of our securities portfolio may decline;

 

    the net worth and liquidity of loan guarantors may decline, impairing their ability to honor commitments to us; and

 

    the amount of our low-cost or non-interest-bearing deposits may decrease.

Moreover, a significant decline in general economic conditions, caused by inflation, recession, acts of terrorism, an outbreak of hostilities or other international or domestic calamities, unemployment or other factors beyond our control could further impact these local economic conditions and could further negatively affect the financial results of our banking operations. In addition, deflationary pressures, while possibly lowering our operating costs, could have a significant negative effect on our borrowers, especially our business borrowers, and the values of underlying collateral securing loans, which could negatively affect our financial performance.

 

17


Table of Contents

Our emphasis on commercial real estate, multi-family, commercial business and construction lending involves risks that could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

In recent years, we have focused on shifting our asset mix from increases in the one- to four-family residential loan portfolio to increases in commercial real estate, multi-family, commercial business and construction loans. As of December 31, 2013, our commercial real estate, multi-family, commercial business and construction loans totaled $1.776 billion, or 77.5% of our loan portfolio. As a result, our credit risk profile is higher than traditional savings institutions that have higher concentrations of one- to four-family residential loans. Also, these types of commercial lending activities, while potentially more profitable than one- to four-family residential lending, are generally more sensitive to regional and local economic conditions, making loss levels more difficult to predict. Collateral evaluation and financial statement analysis in these types of loans requires a more detailed analysis at the time of loan underwriting and on an ongoing basis. A decline in real estate values would reduce the value of the real estate collateral securing our loans and increase the risk that we would incur losses if borrowers defaulted on their loans. In addition, the repayment of commercial real estate and multi-family loans generally is dependent, in large part, on the successful operation of the property securing the loan or the business conducted on the property securing the loan. In addition, loan balances for commercial real estate, multi-family and construction loans are typically larger than those for permanent single-family and consumer loans. Accordingly, when there are defaults and losses on these types of loans, they are often larger on a per loan basis than those for permanent one- to four-family residential and consumer loans. Commercial business loans expose us to additional risks since they typically are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayments from the cash flow of the borrower’s business and are secured by non-real estate collateral that may depreciate over time, may be illiquid and may fluctuate in value based on the success of the business. A secondary market for most types of commercial real estate, multi-family, commercial business and construction loans is not readily liquid, so we have less opportunity to mitigate credit risk by selling part or all of our interest in these loans.

Our construction loans are based upon estimates of costs and values associated with the completed project. These estimates may be inaccurate. Construction lending involves additional risks when compared with permanent residential lending because funds are advanced upon the security of the project, which is of uncertain value prior to its completion. Because of the uncertainties inherent in estimating construction costs, as well as the market value of the completed project and the effects of governmental regulation of real property, it is relatively difficult to evaluate accurately the total funds required to complete a project and the related loan-to-value ratio. This type of lending also typically involves higher loan principal amounts and is often concentrated with a small number of builders. In addition, generally during the term of a construction loan, interest may be funded by the borrower or disbursed from an interest reserve set aside from the construction loan budget. These loans often involve the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment substantially dependent on the success of the ultimate project and the ability of the borrower to sell or lease the property or obtain permanent take-out financing, rather than the ability of the borrower or guarantor to repay principal and interest. If our appraisal of the value of a completed project proves to be overstated, we may have inadequate security for the repayment of the loan upon completion of construction of the project and may incur a loss. In addition, speculative construction loans to a builder are often associated with homes that are not pre-sold, and thus pose a greater potential risk to us than construction loans to individuals on their personal residences. These risks can be significantly affected by supply and demand conditions.

The credit risk related to commercial real estate and multi-family loans is considered to be greater than the risk related to one- to four-family residential or consumer loans because the repayment of commercial real estate loans and multi-family typically is dependent on the income stream of the real estate securing the loan as collateral and the successful operation of the borrower’s business, which can be significantly affected by conditions in the real estate markets or in the economy. For example, if the cash flow from the borrower’s project is reduced as a result of leases not being obtained or renewed, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan may be impaired. In addition, some of our commercial real estate loans are not fully amortizing and contain large balloon payments upon maturity. These balloon payments may require the borrower to either sell or refinance the underlying property in order to make the balloon payment, which may increase the risk of default or non-payment. This risk was exacerbated in the recent recession and could remain an elevated risk in the current slow recovery economic environment.

 

18


Table of Contents

Further, if we foreclose on a commercial real estate, multi-family or construction loan, our holding period for the collateral may be longer than for one- to four-family residential mortgage loans because there are fewer potential purchasers of the collateral. These loans also generally have relatively large balances to single borrowers or related groups of borrowers. Accordingly, if we make any errors in judgment in the collectibility of our commercial real estate loans, any resulting charge-offs may be larger on a per loan basis than those incurred with our residential or consumer loan portfolios.

Our portfolio of loans with a higher risk of loss is increasing and the unseasoned nature of our commercial loan portfolio may result in errors in judging its collectability, which may lead to additional provisions for loan losses or charge-offs, which would hurt our profits.

Our commercial loan portfolio, which includes commercial real estate, multi-family, commercial business and construction loans, has increased to $1.776 billion, or 77.5% of total loans, at December 31, 2013 from $870.0 million, or 64.2% of total loans, at December 31, 2011. A large portion of our commercial loan portfolio is unseasoned, meaning they were originated recently. Our limited experience with these borrowers does not provide us with a significant payment history pattern with which to judge future collectability. Further, these loans have not been subjected to unfavorable economic conditions. As a result, it is difficult to predict the future performance of this part of our loan portfolio. These loans may have delinquency or charge-off levels above our historical experience, which could adversely affect our future performance.

Our business strategy includes the continuation of significant growth plans, and our financial condition and results of operations could be negatively affected if we fail to grow or fail to manage our growth effectively.

We expect to continue to experience growth in the amount of our assets, the level of our deposits and the scale of our operations. Achieving our growth targets requires us to attract customers that currently bank at other financial institutions in our market, thereby increasing our share of the market. Our ability to successfully grow will depend on a variety of factors, including our ability to attract and retain experienced bankers, the continued availability of desirable business opportunities, the competitive responses from other financial institutions in our market areas and our ability to manage our growth. Growth opportunities may not be available or we may not be able to manage our growth successfully. If we do not manage our growth effectively, we may not be able to achieve our business plan, and our business could be harmed.

Declines in property values can increase the loan-to-value ratios on our residential mortgage loan portfolio, which could expose us to greater risk of loss.

Some of our residential mortgage loans are secured by liens on mortgage properties in which the borrowers have little or no equity because either we originated the loan with a relatively high combined loan-to-value ratio or because of the decline in home values in our market areas. Residential loans with high combined loan-to-value ratios will be more sensitive to declining property values than those with lower combined loan-to-value ratios and therefore may experience a higher incidence of default and severity of losses. In addition, if the borrowers sell their homes, such borrowers may be unable to repay their loans in full from the sale proceeds. As a result, these loans may experience higher rates of delinquencies, defaults and losses.

If our allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to cover actual loan losses, our earnings could decrease.

We maintain an allowance for loan losses, which is established through a provision for loan losses that represents management’s best estimate of probable losses within the existing portfolio of loans. We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectibility of our loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of loans. In determining the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, we rely on our experience and our evaluation of economic conditions. If our assumptions prove to be incorrect, our current allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover losses inherent in our loan portfolio and adjustment may be necessary to allow for different economic conditions or adverse developments in our loan portfolio. Consequently, a problem with one or more loans could require us to significantly increase the level of our provision for loan losses. In addition, federal and state regulators periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require us to increase our provision for loan losses or recognize further loan charge-offs. Material additions to the allowance would materially decrease our net income.

 

19


Table of Contents

Our allowance for loan losses increased in 2013, primarily due to growth in the multi-family, commercial real estate, construction and commercial business loan categories, as such loans have higher inherent credit risk than loans in our residential real estate loan categories. Refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition—Asset Quality.”

Historically low interest rates may adversely affect our net interest income and profitability.

During the past five years it has been the policy of the Federal Reserve Board to maintain interest rates at historically low levels through its targeted federal funds rate and the purchase of mortgage-backed securities. As a result, market rates on the loans we have originated and the yields on securities we have purchased have been at lower levels than available prior to 2008. As a general matter, our interest-bearing liabilities reprice or mature more quickly than our interest-earning assets, which can lower interest expense as interest rates decrease. However, our ability to lower our interest expense will be limited at these interest rate levels while the average yield on our interest-earning assets may continue to decrease. The Federal Reserve Board has previously indicated its intention to maintain low interest rates until the unemployment rate is 6.5% or lower. Accordingly, our net interest income may be adversely affected and may even decrease, which may have an adverse effect on our profitability.

Changes in interest rates could hurt our profits.

Our profitability, like most financial institutions, depends to a large extent upon our net interest income, which is the difference between our interest income on interest-earning assets, such as loans and securities, and our interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowed funds. Accordingly, our results of operations depend largely on movements in market interest rates and our ability to manage our interest-rate-sensitive assets and liabilities in response to these movements. Factors such as inflation, recession and instability in financial markets, among other factors beyond our control, may affect interest rates.

If interest rates rise, and if rates on our deposits reprice upwards faster than the rates on our long-term loans and investments, we would experience compression of our interest rate spread, which would have a negative effect on our profitability. Conversely, decreases in interest rates can result in increased prepayments of loans and mortgage-related securities, as borrowers refinance to reduce their borrowing costs. Under these circumstances, we are subject to reinvestment risk as we may have to redeploy such loan or securities proceeds into lower-yielding assets, which might also negatively impact our income.

Any substantial, unexpected, prolonged change in market interest rates could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations. Further, a prolonged period of exceptionally low market interest rates, such as we are currently experiencing, and the Federal Reserve Board has indicated it intends to maintain, limits our ability to lower our interest expense, while the average yield on our interest-earning assets may continue to decrease as our loans reprice or are originated at these low market rates. Accordingly, our net interest income may continue to decrease, which may have an adverse affect on our profitability. Also, our interest rate risk modeling techniques and assumptions likely may not fully predict or capture the impact of actual interest rate changes on our balance sheet or projected operating results.

While we pursue an asset/liability strategy designed to mitigate our risk from changes in interest rates, changes in interest rates can still have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Changes in the level of interest rates also may negatively affect our ability to originate real estate loans, the value of our assets and our ability to realize gains from the sale of our assets, all of which ultimately affect our earnings. For further discussion of how changes in interest rates could impact us, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition—Risk Management—Interest Rate Risk Management.”

 

20


Table of Contents

Changes in the valuation of our securities portfolio could hurt our profits.

Our securities portfolio may be impacted by fluctuations in market value, potentially reducing accumulated other comprehensive income and/or earnings. Fluctuations in market value may be caused by changes in market interest rates, lower market prices for securities and limited investor demand. Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment on a monthly basis, with more frequent evaluation for selected issues. In analyzing a debt issuer’s financial condition, management considers whether the securities are issued by the federal government or its agencies, whether downgrades by bond rating agencies have occurred, industry analysts’ reports and, to a lesser extent given the relatively insignificant levels of depreciation in our debt portfolio, spread differentials between the effective rates on instruments in the portfolio compared to risk-free rates. In analyzing an equity issuer’s financial condition, management considers industry analysts’ reports, financial performance and projected target prices of investment analysts within a one-year time frame. If this evaluation shows impairment to the actual or projected cash flows associated with one or more securities, a potential loss to earnings may occur. Changes in interest rates can also have an adverse effect on our financial condition, as our available-for-sale securities are reported at their estimated fair value, and therefore are impacted by fluctuations in interest rates. We increase or decrease our stockholders’ equity by the amount of change in the estimated fair value of the available-for-sale securities, net of taxes. The declines in market value could result in other-than-temporary impairments of these assets, which would lead to accounting charges that could have a material adverse effect on our net income and capital levels. Refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition — Securities Portfolio.”

Effective December 10, 2013, pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, federal banking and securities regulators issued final rules to implement Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act (the “Volcker Rule”). Generally, subject to a transition period and certain exceptions, the Volcker Rule restricts insured depository institutions and their affiliated companies from engaging in short-term proprietary trading of certain securities, investing in funds with collateral comprised of less than 100% loans that are not registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and from engaging in hedging activities that do not hedge a specific identified risk. After the transition period, the Volcker Rule prohibitions and restrictions will apply to banking entities unless an exception applies. We are currently analyzing the impact of the Volcker Rule on our investment portfolio, and if any changes are required to our investment strategies that could negatively affect our earnings.

The financial services sector represents a significant concentration within our investment portfolio.

Within our investment portfolio, we have a significant amount of marketable equity, corporate debt and mortgage-backed securities issued by companies in the financial services sector. Given the current market conditions, this sector has an enhanced level of credit risk. We are also reviewing the requirements of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (“Basel III”) regulatory capital reforms and the possibility that our retention of these securities may reduce our risk based regulatory capital.

Impairment of goodwill could require charges to earnings, which could result in a negative impact on our results of operations.

Goodwill arises when a business is purchased for an amount greater than the net fair value of its assets. We recognized goodwill as an asset on our balance sheet in connection with its acquisition of Mt. Washington Co-operative Bank. We evaluate goodwill for impairment at least annually. Although we determined that goodwill was not impaired during 2013, a significant and sustained decline in our stock price and market capitalization, a significant decline in our expected future cash flows, a significant adverse change in the business climate, slower growth rates or other factors could result in impairment of goodwill. If we were to conclude that a future write-down of the goodwill was necessary, then we would record the appropriate charge to earnings, which could be materially adverse to the results of operations and financial position. For further discussion of our methodology of evaluating and impairing goodwill, refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition—Critical Accounting Policies—Evaluation of Goodwill and Analysis for Impairment.”

 

21


Table of Contents

The building of market share through de novo branching and expansion of our residential, commercial real estate and commercial business lending capacity could cause our expenses to increase faster than revenues.

We intend to continue to build market share in the greater Boston metropolitan area through de novo branching and expansion of our residential, commercial real estate and commercial business lending capacity. Since 2002, we have opened 14 de novo branches including the most recent branch opened in November 2013. In the third quarter of 2011, we significantly expanded our commercial business lending capacity with the establishment of a new corporate banking division comprised of a veteran team of bankers that is expected to enhance our presence in all of our market areas and add strength to our business platform. There are considerable costs involved in opening branches and expansion of lending capacity that generally require a period of time to generate the necessary revenues to offset their costs, especially in areas in which we do not have an established presence. Accordingly, any such business expansion can be expected to negatively impact our earnings for some period of time until certain economies of scale are reached. Our expenses could be further increased if we encounter delays in the opening of any of our new branches. Finally, our business expansion may not be successful after establishment.

Changes in the programs offered by secondary market purchasers or our ability to qualify for their programs may reduce our mortgage banking revenues, which would negatively impact our non-interest income.

Our mortgage banking operations provide a significant portion of our non-interest income. We generate mortgage revenues primarily from gains on the sale of single-family mortgage loans pursuant to programs currently offered by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, Ginnie Mae and non-GSE investors. These entities account for a substantial portion of the secondary market in residential mortgage loans. Any future changes in these programs, our eligibility to participate in such programs, the criteria for loans to be accepted or laws that significantly affect the activity of such entities could, in turn, materially adversely affect our results of operations. Mortgage banking is generally considered a volatile source of income because it depends largely on the level of loan volume which, in turn, depends largely on prevailing market interest rates. In a rising or higher interest rate environment, our originations of mortgage loans may decrease, resulting in fewer loans that are available to be sold to investors. This would result in a decrease in mortgage banking revenues and a corresponding decrease in non-interest income. In addition, our results of operations are affected by the amount of non-interest expense associated with mortgage banking activities, such as salaries and employee benefits, occupancy and equipment expense, data processing expense and other operating costs. During periods of reduced loan demand, our results of operations may be adversely affected to the extent that we are unable to reduce expenses commensurate with the decline in loan originations. In addition, although we sell most loans into the secondary market without recourse, we are required to give customary representations and warranties about the loans to the buyers. If we breach those representations and warranties, the buyers may require us to repurchase the loans and we may incur a loss on the repurchase.

Failure to manage our growth may adversely affect our performance .

Our financial performance and profitability depend on our ability to manage past and future growth. Future acquisitions and growth may present operating, integration and other issues that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity or results of operations.

Our funding sources may prove insufficient to replace deposits at maturity and support our future growth.

We must maintain sufficient funds to respond to the needs of depositors and borrowers. As a part of our liquidity management, we use a number of funding sources in addition to core deposit growth and repayments and maturities of loans and investments. As we continue to grow, we are likely to become more dependent on these sources, which include Federal Home Loan Bank advances, proceeds from the sale of loans; federal funds purchased and brokered certificates of deposit. Adverse operating results or changes in industry conditions could lead to difficulty or an inability to access these additional funding sources. Our financial flexibility will be severely constrained if we are unable to maintain our access to funding or if adequate financing is not available to accommodate future growth at acceptable interest rates. If we are required to rely more heavily on more expensive funding sources to support future growth, our revenues may not increase proportionately to cover our costs. In this case, our operating margins and profitability would be adversely affected. Additionally, collateralized public funds

 

22


Table of Contents

are bank deposits of state and local municipalities. These deposits are required to be secured by certain investment grade securities to ensure repayment, which on the one hand tends to reduce our contingent liquidity risk by making these funds somewhat less credit sensitive, but on the other hand reduces standby liquidity by restricting the potential liquidity of the pledged collateral. Although these funds historically have been a relatively stable source of funds for us, availability depends on the individual municipality’s fiscal policies and cash flow needs. At December 31, 2013, $88.3 million of our deposits were public funds.

We will become subject to more stringent capital requirements, which may adversely impact our return on equity, require us to raise additional capital, or constrain us from paying dividends or repurchasing shares.

In July 2013, the federal banking agencies approved a new rule that will substantially amend the regulatory risk-based capital rules applicable to East Boston Savings Bank and New Meridian. The final rule implements the Basel III regulatory capital reforms and changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act.

The final rule includes new minimum risk-based capital and leverage ratios, which will be effective for us on January 1, 2015, and refines the definition of what constitutes “capital” for purposes of calculating these ratios. The new minimum capital requirements will be: (i) a new common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%; (ii) a Tier 1 to risk-based assets capital ratio of 6% (increased from 4%); (iii) a total capital ratio of 8% (unchanged from current rules); and (iv) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4%. The final rule also requires unrealized gains and losses on certain “available-for-sale” securities holdings to be included for purposes of calculating regulatory capital requirements unless a one-time opt-out is exercised. East Boston Savings Bank has elected to exercise its one-time option to opt-out of the requirement under the final rule to include certain “available-for-sale” securities holdings for purposes of calculating its regulatory capital requirements. The final rule also establishes a “capital conservation buffer” of 2.5%, and will result in the following minimum ratios: (i) a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 7.0%, (ii) a Tier 1 to risk-based assets capital ratio of 8.5%, and (iii) a total capital ratio of 10.5%. The new capital conservation buffer requirement would be phased in beginning in January 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and would increase each year until fully implemented in January 2019. An institution will be subject to limitations on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases, and paying discretionary bonuses if its capital level falls below the buffer amount. These limitations will establish a maximum percentage of eligible retained income that can be utilized for such actions.

We have analyzed the effects of these new capital requirements, and we believe that, upon completion of this offering, East Boston Savings Bank and New Meridian would meet all of these new requirements, including the full 2.5% capital conservation buffer, as if these new requirements had been in effect as of December 31, 2013.

The application of more stringent capital requirements could, among other things, result in lower returns on equity, require the raising of additional capital, and result in regulatory actions if we were to be unable to comply with such requirements. Furthermore, the imposition of liquidity requirements in connection with the implementation of Basel III could result in our having to lengthen the term of our funding, restructure our business models, and/or increase our holdings of liquid assets. Implementation of changes to asset risk weightings for risk-based capital calculations, items included or deducted in calculating regulatory capital and/or additional capital conservation buffers could result in management modifying its business strategy, and could limit our ability to make distributions, including paying out dividends or buying back shares. Specifically, beginning in 2016, East Boston Savings Bank’s ability to pay dividends will be limited if does not have the capital conservation buffer required by the new capital rules, which may limit our ability to pay dividends to stockholders. See “Supervision and Regulation—Federal Banking Regulation—New Capital Rule.”

The level of our commercial real estate loan portfolio may subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny.

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the other federal bank regulatory agencies have promulgated joint guidance on sound risk management practices for financial institutions with concentrations in commercial real estate lending. Under the guidance, a financial institution that, like us, is actively involved in commercial real estate lending should perform a risk assessment to identify concentrations. A financial institution may have a concentration in commercial real estate lending if, among other factors, (i) total reported loans for

 

23


Table of Contents

construction, land acquisition and development, and other land represent 100% or more of total capital, or (ii) total reported loans secured by multi-family and non-farm residential properties, loans for construction, land acquisition and development and other land, and loans otherwise sensitive to the general commercial real estate market, including loans to commercial real estate related entities, represent 300% or more of total capital. Based on these factors we have a concentration in multi-family and commercial real estate lending, as such loans represent 560% of total bank capital as of December 31, 2013. The particular focus of the guidance is on exposure to commercial real estate loans that are dependent on the cash flow from the real estate held as collateral and that are likely to be at greater risk to conditions in the commercial real estate market (as opposed to real estate collateral held as a secondary source of repayment or as an abundance of caution). The purpose of the guidance is to guide banks in developing risk management practices and capital levels commensurate with the level and nature of real estate concentrations. The guidance states that management should employ heightened risk management practices including board and management oversight and strategic planning, development of underwriting standards, risk assessment and monitoring through market analysis and stress testing. While we believe we have implemented policies and procedures with respect to our commercial real estate loan portfolio consistent with this guidance, bank regulators could require us to implement additional policies and procedures consistent with their interpretation of the guidance that may result in additional costs to us or that may result in a curtailment of our multi-family and commercial real estate lending that would adversely affect our loan originations and profitability.

Changes in laws and regulations and the cost of regulatory compliance with new laws and regulations may adversely affect our operations, increase our costs of operations and decrease our efficiency.

Old Meridian and East Boston Savings Bank are subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the Federal Reserve Board. Such regulation and supervision governs the activities in which an institution and its holding company may engage and are intended primarily for the protection of the insurance fund and the depositors and borrowers of East Boston Savings Bank rather than for holders of our common stock. Regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in their supervisory and enforcement activities, including the imposition of restrictions on our operations, the classification of our assets and determination of the level of our allowance for loan losses. These regulations, along with the currently existing tax, accounting, securities, insurance, monetary laws, rules, standards, policies, and interpretations control the methods by which financial institutions conduct business, implement strategic initiatives and tax compliance, and govern financial reporting and disclosures. Any change in such regulation and oversight, whether in the form of regulatory policy, regulations, legislation or supervisory action, may have a material impact on our operations. Further, changes in accounting standards can be both difficult to predict and involve judgment and discretion in their interpretation by us and our independent accounting firms. These changes could materially impact, potentially even retroactively, how we report our financial condition and results of our operations as could our interpretation of those changes.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act was enacted in 2010. This new law is significantly changing the current bank regulatory structure and affects the lending, deposit, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies. The Dodd-Frank Act requires various federal agencies to adopt a broad range of new implementing rules and regulations, and to prepare numerous studies and reports for Congress. The federal agencies are given significant discretion in drafting the implementing rules and regulations, and consequently, many of the details and much of the impacts of the Dodd-Frank Act may not be known for many months or years.

The Dodd-Frank Act created a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau with broad powers to supervise and enforce consumer protection laws. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks and savings institutions, including the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has examination and enforcement authority over all banks with more than $10 billion in assets. Banks with $10 billion or less in assets will continue to be examined for compliance with the consumer laws by their primary bank regulators. The Dodd-Frank Act also weakened the federal preemption rules that have been applicable for national banks and federal savings associations, and gives state attorneys general the ability to enforce federal consumer protection laws.

 

24


Table of Contents

In January 2013, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau issued several final regulations and changes to certain consumer protections under existing laws. These final rules, most of the provisions of which become effective January 10, 2014, generally prohibit creditors from extending mortgage loans without regard for the consumer’s ability to repay and add restrictions and requirements to mortgage origination and servicing practices. In addition, these rules limit prepayment penalties and require the creditor to retain evidence of compliance with the ability-to-repay requirement for three years. Compliance with these rules will likely increase our overall regulatory compliance costs and may require changes to our underwriting practices with respect to mortgage loans. Moreover, these rules may adversely affect the volume of mortgage loans that we underwrite and may subject us to increased potential liabilities related to such residential loan origination activities.

The Dodd-Frank Act requires minimum leverage (Tier 1) and risk based capital requirements for bank holding companies and savings and loan holding companies that are no less than those applicable to banks, which will limit our ability to borrow at the holding company level and invest the proceeds from such borrowings as capital in East Boston Savings Bank, and will exclude certain instruments that previously have been eligible for inclusion by bank holding companies as Tier 1 capital, such as trust preferred securities.

The full impact of the Dodd-Frank Act on our business will not be known until all of the regulations implementing the statute are adopted and implemented. As a result, we cannot at this time predict the extent to which the Dodd-Frank Act will impact our business, operations or financial condition. However, compliance with these new laws and regulations may require us to make changes to our business and operations and will likely result in additional costs and divert management’s time from other business activities, any of which may adversely impact our results of operations, liquidity or financial condition.

In addition, there have been proposals made by members of Congress and others that would reduce the amount distressed borrowers are otherwise contractually obligated to pay under their mortgage loans and limit an institution’s ability to foreclose on mortgage collateral. If proposals such as these, or other proposals limiting our rights as a creditor, are implemented, we could experience increased credit losses or increased expense in pursuing our remedies as a creditor. Any other additional changes in our regulation and oversight, whether in the form of new laws, rules or regulations, could likewise make compliance more difficult or expensive or otherwise materially adversely affect, along with negative developments in the financial services industry and the credit markets, may significantly affect the markets in which we do business, the markets for and value of our loans and investments, and our business, financial condition or prospects.

Proposed and final regulations could restrict our ability to originate and sell loans.

The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has issued a rule designed to clarify for lenders how they can avoid legal liability under the Dodd-Frank Act, which would hold lenders accountable for ensuring a borrower’s ability to repay a mortgage. Loans that meet this “qualified mortgage” definition will be presumed to have complied with the new ability-to-repay standard. Under the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau’s rule, a “qualified mortgage” loan must not contain certain specified features, including:

 

    excessive upfront points and fees (those exceeding 3% of the total loan amount, less “bona fide discount points” for prime loans);

 

    interest-only payments;

 

    negative-amortization; and

 

    terms longer than 30 years.

Also, to qualify as a “qualified mortgage,” a borrower’s total monthly debt-to-income ratio may not exceed 43%. Lenders must also verify and document the income and financial resources relied upon to qualify the borrower for the loan and underwrite the loan based on a fully amortizing payment schedule and maximum interest rate during the first five years, taking into account all applicable taxes, insurance and assessments. The Consumer Financial

 

25


Table of Contents

Protection Bureau’s rule on qualified mortgages could limit our ability or desire to make certain types of loans or loans to certain borrowers, or could make it more expensive/and or time consuming to make these loans, which could limit our growth or profitability.

In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act requires the regulatory agencies to issue regulations that require securitizers of loans to retain not less than 5% of the credit risk for any asset that is not a “qualified residential mortgage.” The regulatory agencies have issued a proposed rule to implement this requirement. The Dodd-Frank Act provides that the definition of “qualified residential mortgage” can be no broader than the definition of “qualified mortgage” issued by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau for purposes of its regulations (as described above). Although the final rule with respect to the retention of credit risk has not yet been issued, the final rule could have a significant effect on the secondary market for loans and the types of loans we originate, and restrict our ability to make loans.

Non-compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, Bank Secrecy Act, or other laws and regulations could result in fines or sanctions.

The USA PATRIOT and Bank Secrecy Acts require financial institutions to develop programs to prevent financial institutions from being used for money laundering and terrorist activities. If such activities are detected, financial institutions are obligated to file suspicious activity reports with the U.S. Treasury’s Office of Financial Crimes Enforcement Network. These rules require financial institutions to establish procedures for identifying and verifying the identity of customers seeking to open new financial accounts. Failure to comply with these regulations could result in fines or sanctions. During the last year, several banking institutions have received large fines for non-compliance with these laws and regulations. While we have developed policies and procedures designed to assist in compliance with these laws and regulations, these policies and procedures may not be effective in preventing violations of these laws and regulations.

Legal and regulatory proceedings and related matters could adversely affect us or the financial services industry in general.

We, and other participants in the financial services industry upon whom we rely to operate, have been and may in the future become involved in legal and regulatory proceedings. Most of the proceedings we consider to be in the normal course of our business or typical for the industry; however, it is inherently difficult to assess the outcome of these matters and , other participants in the financial services industry or we may not prevail in any proceeding or litigation. There could be substantial cost and management diversion in such litigation and proceedings, and any adverse determination could have a materially adverse effect on our business, brand or image, or our financial condition and results of our operations.

Strong competition within our market area could hurt our profits and slow growth.

We face intense competition in making loans and attracting deposits. Price competition for loans and deposits sometimes results in us charging lower interest rates on our loans and paying higher interest rates on our deposits and may reduce our net interest income. Competition also makes it more difficult and costly to attract and retain qualified employees. Many of the institutions with which we compete have substantially greater resources and lending limits than we have and may offer services that we do not provide. We expect competition to increase in the future as a result of legislative, regulatory and technological changes and the continuing trend of consolidation in the financial services industry. If we are not able to effectively compete in our market area, our profitability may be negatively affected, potentially limiting our ability to pay dividends. The greater resources and broader offering of deposit and loan products of some of our competitors may also limit our ability to increase our interest-earning assets. For more information about our market area and the competition we face, see “Business of East Boston Savings Bank—Market Area” and “—Competition.”

 

26


Table of Contents

Our success depends on hiring and retaining certain key personnel.

Our performance largely depends on the talents and efforts of highly skilled individuals. We rely on key personnel to manage and operate our business, including major revenue generating functions such as loan and deposit generation. The loss of key staff may adversely affect our ability to maintain and manage these functions effectively, which could negatively affect our revenues. In addition, loss of key personnel could result in increased recruiting and hiring expenses, which could cause a decrease in our net income. Our continued ability to compete effectively depends on our ability to attract new employees and to retain and motivate our existing employees.

Our business may be adversely affected by an increasing prevalence of fraud and other financial crimes.

Our loans to businesses and individuals and our deposit relationships and related transactions are subject to exposure to the risk of loss due to fraud and other financial crimes. Nationally, reported incidents of fraud and other financial crimes have increased. We have also experienced losses due to apparent fraud and other financial crimes. While we have policies and procedures designed to prevent such losses, losses may still occur.

Managing reputational risk is important to attracting and maintaining customers, investors and employees.

Threats to our reputation can come from many sources, including adverse sentiment about financial institutions generally, unethical practices, employee misconduct, failure to deliver minimum standards of service or quality, compliance deficiencies, and questionable or fraudulent activities of our customers. We have policies and procedures in place to protect our reputation and promote ethical conduct, but these policies and procedures may not be fully effective. Negative publicity regarding our business, employees, or customers, with or without merit, may result in the loss of customers, investors and employees, costly litigation, a decline in revenues and increased governmental regulation.

System failure or breaches of our network security could subject us to increased operating costs as well as litigation and other liabilities.

The computer systems and network infrastructure we use could be vulnerable to unforeseen problems. Our operations are dependent upon our ability to protect our computer equipment against damage from physical theft, fire, power loss, telecommunications failure or a similar catastrophic event, as well as from security breaches, denial of service attacks, viruses, worms and other disruptive problems caused by hackers. Any damage or failure that causes an interruption in our operations could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Computer break-ins, phishing and other disruptions could also jeopardize the security of information stored in and transmitted through our computer systems and network infrastructure, which may result in significant liability to us and may cause existing and potential customers to refrain from doing business with us. Although we, with the help of third-party service providers, intend to continue to implement security technology and establish operational procedures to prevent such damage, our security measures may not be successful. In addition, advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography or other developments could result in a compromise or breach of the algorithms we and our third-party service providers use to encrypt and protect customer transaction data. A failure of such security measures could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

It is possible that a significant amount of time and money may be spent to rectify the harm caused by a breach or hack. While we have general liability insurance and cyber liability insurance, there are limitations on coverage as well as dollar amount. Furthermore, cyber incidents carry a greater risk of injury to our reputation. Finally, depending on the type of incident, banking regulators can impose restrictions on our business and consumer laws may require reimbursement of customer loss.

 

27


Table of Contents

Our risk management framework may not be effective in mitigating risk and reducing the potential for significant losses.

Our risk management framework is designed to minimize risk and loss to us. We seek to identify, measure, monitor, report and control our exposure to risk, including strategic, market, liquidity, compliance and operational risks. While we use a broad and diversified set of risk monitoring and mitigation techniques, these techniques are inherently limited because they cannot anticipate the existence or future development of currently unanticipated or unknown risks. Recent economic conditions and heightened legislative and regulatory scrutiny of the financial services industry, among other developments, have increased our level of risk. Accordingly, we could suffer losses as a result of our failure to properly anticipate and manage these risks.

Risks Related to the Offering

The future price of the shares of common stock may be less than the $10.00 purchase price per share in the offering.

If you purchase shares of common stock in the offering, you may not be able to sell them later at or above the $10.00 purchase price in the offering. In many cases, shares of common stock issued by newly converted savings institutions or mutual holding companies have traded below the initial offering price. The aggregate purchase price of the shares of common stock sold in the offering will be based on an independent appraisal. The independent appraisal is not intended, and should not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of common stock. The independent appraisal is based on certain estimates, assumptions and projections, all of which are subject to change from time to time. After the shares begin trading, the trading price of our common stock will be determined by the marketplace, and may be influenced by many factors, including prevailing interest rates, the overall performance of the economy, changes in federal tax laws, new regulations, investor perceptions of New Meridian and the outlook for the financial services industry in general. Price fluctuations in our common stock may be unrelated to our operating performance.

Our failure to effectively deploy the net proceeds may have an adverse effect on our financial performance.

We intend to invest between $113.8 million and $154.4 million of the net proceeds of the offering (or $177.8 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range) in East Boston Savings Bank. We may use the remaining net proceeds to invest in short-term investments and for general corporate purposes, including, subject to regulatory limitations, the repurchase shares of common stock and the payment of dividends. We also expect to use a portion of the net proceeds we retain to fund a loan to our employee stock ownership plan to purchase shares of common stock in the offering. East Boston Savings Bank may use the net proceeds it receives to fund new loans, expand its retail banking franchise by establishing or acquiring new branches or by acquiring other financial institutions or other financial services companies, or for other general corporate purposes. However, with the exception of funding the loan to the employee stock ownership plan, we have not allocated specific amounts of the net proceeds for any of these purposes, and we will have significant flexibility in determining the amount of the net proceeds we apply to different uses and when we apply or reinvest such proceeds. Also, certain of these uses, such as opening new branches or acquiring other financial institutions, may require the approval of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or the Federal Reserve Board. We have not established a timetable for reinvesting the net proceeds, and we cannot predict how long we will require to reinvest the net proceeds. Our failure to utilize these funds effectively would reduce our profitability and may adversely affect the value of our common stock.

Our return on equity may be low following the stock offering. This could negatively affect the trading price of our shares of common stock.

Net income divided by average stockholders. equity, known as “return on equity,” is a ratio many investors use to compare the performance of financial institutions. Our return on equity may be low until we are able to leverage the additional capital we receive from the stock offering. Our return on equity will be negatively affected by added expenses associated with our employee stock ownership plan and the stock-based benefit plans we intend

 

28


Table of Contents

to adopt. Until we can increase our net interest income and non-interest income and leverage the capital raised in the stock offering, we expect our return on equity to be low, which may reduce the market price of our shares of common stock.

Our stock-based benefit plans will increase our expenses and reduce our income.

We intend to adopt one or more new stock-based benefit plans after the conversion, subject to stockholder approval, which will increase our annual compensation and benefit expenses related to the stock options and stock awards granted to participants under the new stock-based benefit plans. The actual amount of these new stock-related compensation and benefit expenses will depend on the number of options and stock awards actually granted under the plans, the fair market value of our stock or options on the date of grant, the vesting period, and other factors which we cannot predict at this time. In the event we adopt stock-based benefit plans within 12 months following the conversion, the total shares of common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to awards of restricted stock and grants of options under such plans would be limited to 4% and 10%, respectively, of the total shares of our common stock sold in the stock offering. If we award restricted shares of common stock or grant options in excess of these amounts under stock-based benefit plans adopted more than 12 months after the completion of the conversion, our costs would increase further.

In addition, we will recognize expense for our employee stock ownership plan when shares are committed to be released to participants’ accounts, and we will recognize expense for restricted stock awards and stock options over the vesting period of awards made to recipients. The expense in the first year following the offering for shares purchased in the offering and for our new stock-based benefit plans has been estimated to be approximately $5.5 million ($4.0 million after tax) at the adjusted maximum of the offering range as set forth in the pro forma financial information under “Pro Forma Data,” assuming the $10.00 per share purchase price as fair market value. Actual expenses, however, may be higher or lower, depending on the price of our common stock. For further discussion of our proposed stock-based plans, see “Management—Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Conversion.”

The implementation of stock-based benefit plans may dilute your ownership interest. Historically, stockholders have approved these stock-based benefit plans.

We intend to adopt one or more new stock-based benefit plans following the stock offering. These plans may be funded either through open market purchases or from the issuance of authorized but unissued shares of common stock. Our ability to repurchase shares of common stock to fund these plans will be subject to many factors, including applicable regulatory restrictions on stock repurchases, the availability of stock in the market, the trading price of the stock, our capital levels, alternative uses for our capital and our financial performance. While our intention is to fund the new stock-based benefit plans through open market purchases, stockholders would experience a 7.69% dilution in ownership interest at the adjusted maximum of the offering range in the event newly issued shares of our common stock are used to fund stock options and shares of restricted common stock in amounts equal to 10% and 4%, respectively, of the shares sold in the offering. In the event we adopt the plans more than 12 months following the conversion, new stock-based benefit plans would not be subject to these limitations and stockholders could experience greater dilution.

Although the implementation of new stock-based benefit plans would be subject to stockholder approval, historically, the overwhelming majority of stock-based benefit plans adopted by savings institutions and their holding companies following mutual-to-stock conversions have been approved by stockholders.

We have not determined when we will adopt one or more new stock-based benefit plans. Stock-based benefit plans adopted more than 12 months following the completion of the conversion may exceed regulatory restrictions on the size of stock-based benefit plans adopted within 12 months, which would further increase our costs.

If we adopt stock-based benefit plans more than 12 months following the completion of the conversion, then grants of shares of common stock or stock options under our existing and proposed stock-based benefit plans

 

29


Table of Contents

may exceed 4% and 10%, respectively, of shares of common stock sold in the stock offering. Stock-based benefit plans that provide for awards in excess of these amounts would increase our costs beyond the amounts estimated in “—Our stock-based benefit plans will increase our expenses and reduce our income.” Stock-based benefit plans that provide for awards in excess of these amounts could also result in dilution to stockholders in excess of that described in “—The implementation of stock-based benefit plans may dilute your ownership interest. Historically, stockholders have approved these stock-based benefit plans.” Although the implementation of stock-based benefit plans would be subject to stockholder approval, the timing of the implementation of such plans will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors.

Various factors may make takeover attempts more difficult to achieve.

Certain provisions of our articles of incorporation and state and federal banking laws, including regulatory approval requirements, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of New Meridian without our Board of Directors’ approval. Under regulations applicable to the conversion, for a period of three years following completion of the conversion, no person may acquire beneficial ownership of more than 10% of our common stock without prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board and the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks. Under federal law, subject to certain exemptions, a person, entity or group must notify the Federal Reserve Board before acquiring control of a bank holding company. Acquisition of 10% or more of any class of voting stock of a bank holding company, including shares of our common stock or shares of our preferred stock were those shares to become entitled to vote upon the election of two directors because of missed dividends, creates a rebuttable presumption that the acquirer “controls” the bank holding company. Also, a bank holding company must obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board before, among other things, acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of any class of voting shares of any bank, including East Boston Savings Bank.

There also are provisions in our articles of incorporation that may be used to delay or block a takeover attempt, including a provision that prohibits any person from voting more than 10% of the shares of common stock outstanding. Furthermore, shares of restricted stock and stock options that we have granted or may grant to employees and directors, stock ownership by our management and directors, employment agreements that we have entered into with our executive officers and other factors may make it more difficult for companies or persons to acquire control of New Meridian without the consent of our Board of Directors. Taken as a whole, these statutory provisions and provisions in our articles of incorporation could result in our being less attractive to a potential acquirer and thus could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

For additional information, see “Restrictions on Acquisition of New Meridian,” “Management—Employment Agreements,” “—Change in Control Agreements” and “—Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Conversion.”

You may not revoke your decision to purchase New Meridian common stock in the subscription or community offerings after you send us your order.

Funds submitted or automatic withdrawals authorized in connection with the purchase of shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings will be held by us until the completion or termination of the conversion and offering, including any extension of the expiration date and consummation of a syndicated or firm commitment underwritten offering. Because completion of the conversion and offering will be subject to regulatory approvals and an update of the independent appraisal prepared by RP Financial, LC., among other factors, there may be one or more delays in completing the conversion and offering. Orders submitted in the subscription and community offerings are irrevocable, and purchasers will have no access to their funds unless the offering is terminated, or extended beyond [Extension Date], or the number of shares to be sold in the offering is increased to more than 36,368,750 shares or decreased to fewer than 23,375,000 shares.

The distribution of subscription rights could have adverse income tax consequences.

If the subscription rights granted to certain current or former depositors of East Boston Savings Bank are deemed to have an ascertainable value, receipt of such rights may be taxable in an amount equal to such value.

 

30


Table of Contents

Whether subscription rights are considered to have ascertainable value is an inherently factual determination. We have received an opinion of counsel, Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C., that it is more likely than not that such rights have no value; however, such opinion is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service.

 

31


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following tables set forth selected consolidated historical financial and other data of Old Meridian and its subsidiaries for the periods and at the dates indicated. The following is only a summary and you should read it in conjunction with the business and financial information regarding Old Meridian contained elsewhere in this prospectus, including the consolidated financial statements beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus. The information at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 is derived in part from the audited consolidated financial statements that appear in this prospectus. The information at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 is derived in part from audited consolidated financial statements that do not appear in this prospectus.

 

     At or For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2013      2012      2011      2010      2009  
     (In thousands)  

Financial Condition Data

              

Total assets

   $ 2,682,101       $ 2,278,771       $ 1,974,380       $ 1,835,830       $ 1,211,386   

Securities available for sale

     201,137         262,785         335,230         360,602         293,367   

Loans, net

     2,265,400         1,786,339         1,341,301         1,173,562         813,300   

Deposits

     2,248,600         1,865,433         1,604,488         1,459,729         922,475   

Borrowings

     161,903         161,254         131,450         148,683         75,410   

Total stockholders’ equity

     249,205         233,943         219,944         215,611         200,415   

Operating Data

              

Interest and dividend income

   $ 95,204       $ 84,969       $ 78,812       $ 82,059       $ 56,667   

Interest expense

     20,135         18,945         20,972         21,040         20,392   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income

     75,069         66,024         57,840         61,019         36,275   

Provision for loan losses

     6,470         8,581         3,663         3,181         4,082   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income, after provision for loan losses

     68,599         57,443         54,177         57,838         32,193   

Non-interest income

     19,416         21,261         15,388         11,721         5,295   

Non-interest expenses

     64,515         59,948         50,994         48,804         31,566   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     23,500         18,756         18,571         20,755         5,922   

Provision for income taxes

     8,071         6,330         6,601         7,381         2,159   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 15,429       $ 12,426       $ 11,970       $ 13,374       $ 3,763   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

32


Table of Contents
     At or For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  

Key Performance Ratios

          

Return on average assets

     0.62     0.59     0.63     0.77     0.32

Return on average equity

     6.39        5.42        5.45        6.38        1.94   

Interest rate spread (1)

     3.00        3.16        3.06        3.62        2.95   

Net interest margin (2)

     3.15        3.33        3.24        3.80        3.34   

Non-interest expense to average assets

     2.58        2.84        2.66        2.81        2.71   

Efficiency ratio (3)

     76.04        77.96        74.16        65.00        74.88   

Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities

     118.30        117.32        114.97        114.06        120.76   

Capital Ratios

          

Average equity to average assets

     9.66     10.87     11.47     12.05     16.65

Total capital to risk weighted assets (4)

     10.23        10.23        11.36        11.37        14.17   

Tier I capital to risk weighted assets (4)

     9.05        9.10        10.41        10.49        13.17   

Tier I capital to average assets (4)

     8.24        8.15        8.52        8.50        11.20   

Asset Quality Ratios

          

Allowance for loan losses/total loans

     1.11     1.13     0.96     0.86     1.12

Allowance for loan losses/non-accrual loans

     61.00        51.81        24.31        23.54        42.59   

Net charge-offs/average loans outstanding

     0.08        0.07        0.06        0.19        0.23   

Non-accrual loans/total loans

     1.81        2.19        3.97        3.64        2.63   

Non-performing assets/total assets

     1.60        1.85        2.91        2.57        2.03   

Per Share Data

          

Basic earnings per share

   $ 0.71      $ 0.57      $ 0.55      $ 0.61      $ 0.17   

Diluted earnings per share

     0.70        0.57        0.55        0.61        0.17   

Book value per share

     11.21        10.51        9.85        9.50        9.01   

Tangible book value per share (5)

     10.60        9.90        9.24        8.90        9.01   

Market value per share

     22.58        16.78        12.45        11.79        8.70   

Number of shares outstanding at end of year

     22,221,179        22,254,910        22,326,929        22,693,717        22,231,685   

Other data

          

Number of offices

     27        24        23        19        13   

Number of full-time equivalent employees

     420        415        385        327        197   

 

(1) Represents the difference between the weighted average yield on average interest-earning assets and the weighted average cost of interest-bearing liabilities.
(2) Represents net interest income as a percent of average interest-earning assets.
(3) Represents non-interest expense excluding data processing contract termination costs, divided by the sum of net interest income and non-interest income excluding gains or losses on securities and gain on sale of investment in affiliate bank.
(4) Ratios are for East Boston Savings Bank only.
(5) Tangible book value per share is calculated as follows.

 

     At December 31,  
     2013      2012      2011      2010      2009  
     (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)  

Total stockholders’ equity

   $ 249,205       $ 233,943       $ 219,944       $ 215,611       $ 200,415   

Less: goodwill

     13,687         13,687         13,687         13,687         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Tangible book value

   $ 235,518       $ 220,256       $ 206,257       $ 201,924       $ 200,415   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Number of shares outstanding at end of year

     22,221,179         22,254,910         22,326,929         22,693,717         22,231,685   

Tangible book value per share

   $ 10.60       $ 9.90       $ 9.24       $ 8.90       $ 9.01   

 

33


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements, which can be identified by the use of words such as “estimate,” “project,” “believe,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “seek,” “expect” and words of similar meaning. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

 

    statements of our goals, intentions and expectations;

 

    statements regarding our business plans, prospects, growth and operating strategies;

 

    statements regarding the quality of our loan and investment portfolios; and

 

    estimates of our risks and future costs and benefits.

These forward-looking statements are based on current beliefs and expectations of our management and are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control. In addition, these forward-looking statements are subject to assumptions with respect to future business strategies and decisions that are subject to change.

The following factors, among others, could cause actual results to differ materially from the anticipated results or other expectations expressed in the forward-looking statements:

 

    general economic conditions, either nationally or in our market areas, that are worse than expected;

 

    changes in the level and direction of loan delinquencies and write-offs and changes in estimates of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses;

 

    our ability to access cost-effective funding;

 

    fluctuations in real estate values and both residential and commercial real estate market conditions;

 

    demand for loans and deposits in our market area;

 

    our ability to implement and changes in our business strategies;

 

    competition among depository and other financial institutions;

 

    inflation and changes in the interest rate environment that reduce our margins and yields, our mortgage banking revenues or reduce the fair value of financial instruments or reduce the origination levels in our lending business, or increase the level of defaults, losses and prepayments on loans we have made and make whether held in portfolio or sold in the secondary markets;

 

    adverse changes in the securities or secondary mortgage markets;

 

    changes in laws or government regulations or policies affecting financial institutions, including changes in regulatory fees and capital requirements, including as a result of Basel III;

 

    the impact of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the implementing regulations;

 

34


Table of Contents
    our ability to manage market risk, credit risk and operational risk in the current economic conditions;

 

    our ability to enter new markets successfully and capitalize on growth opportunities;

 

    our ability to successfully integrate any assets, liabilities, customers, systems and management personnel we have acquired or may acquire into our operations and our ability to realize related revenue synergies and cost savings within expected time frames and any goodwill charges related thereto;

 

    changes in consumer spending, borrowing and savings habits;

 

    changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the bank regulatory agencies, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board;

 

    our ability to retain key employees;

 

    significant increases in our loan losses; and

 

    changes in the financial condition, results of operations or future prospects of issuers of securities that we own.

Because of these and other uncertainties, our actual future results may be materially different from the results indicated by these forward-looking statements. Please see “Risk Factors” beginning on page 17.

HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING

Although we cannot determine what the actual net proceeds from the sale of the shares of common stock in the offering will be until the offering is completed, we anticipate that the net proceeds will be between $227.7 million and $308.9 million, or $355.6 million if the offering range is increased by 15%.

We intend to distribute the net proceeds as follows:

 

    Based Upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of  
    23,375,000 Shares     27,500,000 Shares     31,625,000 Shares     36,368,750 Shares (1)  
    Amount     Percent of
Net
Proceeds
    Amount     Percent of
Net
Proceeds
    Amount     Percent of
Net
Proceeds
    Amount     Percent of
Net
Proceeds
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Offering proceeds

  $ 233,750        $ 275,000        $ 316,250        $ 363,688     

Less offering expenses

    6,078          6,722          7,367          8,108     
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Net offering proceeds

  $ 227,672        100.0   $ 268,278        100.0   $ 308,883        100.0   $ 355,580        100.0
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Distribution of net proceeds:

               

To East Boston Savings Bank

  $ 113,836        50.0   $ 134,139        50.0   $ 154,442        50.0   $ 177,790        50.0

To fund loan to employee stock ownership plan

  $ 11,688        5.1   $ 13,750        5.1   $ 15,813        5.1   $ 18,184        5.1

Retained by New Meridian (2)

  $ 102,148        44.9   $ 120,389        44.9   $ 138,628        44.9   $ 159,606        44.9

 

(1) As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares, which could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the offering.
(2) In the event the stock-based benefit plan providing for stock awards and stock options is approved by stockholders, and assuming shares are purchased for the stock awards at $10.00 per share, an additional $9.3 million, $11.0 million, $12.6 million and $14.5 million of net proceeds will be used by New Meridian. In this case, the net proceeds retained by New Meridian would be $92.8 million, $109.4 million, $126.0 million and $145.1 million, respectively, at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range.

 

35


Table of Contents

Payments for shares of common stock made through withdrawals from existing deposit accounts will not result in the receipt of new funds for investment but will result in a reduction of East Boston Savings Bank’s deposits. The net proceeds may vary because total expenses relating to the offering may be more or less than our estimates. For example, our expenses would increase if fewer shares were sold in the subscription and community offerings and more in the syndicated or firm commitment underwritten offering than we have assumed.

New Meridian may use the proceeds it retains from the offering:

 

    to invest in securities;

 

    to pay cash dividends to stockholders;

 

    to repurchase shares of our common stock;

 

    to finance the potential acquisition of financial institutions or financial services companies, although we do not currently have any agreements or understandings regarding any specific acquisition transaction; and

 

    for other general corporate purposes.

See “Our Dividend Policy” for a discussion of our expected dividend policy following the completion of the conversion. Under current federal regulations, we may not repurchase shares of our common stock during the first year following the completion of the conversion, except when extraordinary circumstances exist and with prior regulatory approval, or except to fund management recognition plans (which would require notification to the Federal Reserve Board) or tax qualified employee stock benefit plans. In addition, under state regulations, we may not repurchase shares of our common stock during the first three years following the completion of the conversion except to fund tax-qualified or nontax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, or except in amounts not greater than 5% of our outstanding shares of common stock where compelling and valid business reasons are established to the satisfaction of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks.

East Boston Savings Bank may use the net proceeds it receives from the offering:

 

    to fund new loans;

 

    to enhance existing products and services and to support the development of new products and services;

 

    to expand its retail banking franchise by establishing or acquiring new branches or by acquiring other financial institutions or other financial services companies as opportunities arise, although we do not currently have any understandings or agreements to acquire a financial institution or other entity;

 

    to invest in securities; and

 

    for other general corporate purposes.

Initially, a substantial portion of the net proceeds will be invested in short-term investments, investment-grade debt obligations and mortgage-backed securities. We have not determined specific amounts of the net proceeds that would be used for the purposes described above. The use of the proceeds outlined above may change based on many factors, including, but not limited to, changes in interest rates, equity markets, laws and regulations

 

36


Table of Contents

affecting the financial services industry, the attractiveness of potential acquisitions to expand our operations, and overall market conditions. The use of the proceeds may also change depending on our ability to receive regulatory approval to establish new branches or acquire other financial institutions.

We expect our return on equity to be low until we are able to reinvest effectively the additional capital raised in the offering. Until we can increase our net interest income and non-interest income, we expect our return on equity to be below the industry average, which may negatively affect the value of our common stock. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Offering—Our failure to effectively deploy the net proceeds may have an adverse effect on our financial performance.”

OUR DIVIDEND POLICY

Following completion of the stock offering, our Board of Directors will have the authority to declare dividends on our common stock, subject to our capital requirements, our financial condition and results of operations, tax considerations, statutory and regulatory limitations, and general economic conditions. However, no decision has been made with respect to the amount, if any, and timing of any dividend payments. The payment and amount of any dividend payments will depend upon a number of factors. We cannot assure you that we will pay dividends in the future, or that any such dividends will not be reduced or eliminated in the future.

New Meridian will not be permitted to pay dividends on its common stock if its stockholders’ equity would be reduced below the amount of the liquidation account established by New Meridian in connection with the conversion. The source of dividends will depend on the net proceeds retained by New Meridian and earnings thereon, and dividends from East Boston Savings Bank. In addition, New Meridian will be subject to state law limitations and federal bank regulatory policy on the payment of dividends. Maryland law generally limits dividends if the corporation would not be able to pay its debts in the usual course of business after giving effect to the dividend or if the corporation’s total assets would be less than the corporation’s total liabilities plus the amount needed to satisfy the preferential rights upon dissolution of stockholders whose preferential rights on dissolution are superior to those receiving the distribution.

After the completion of the conversion, East Boston Savings Bank will not be permitted to pay dividends on its capital stock to New Meridian, its sole stockholder, if East Boston Savings Bank’s stockholder’s equity would be reduced below the amount of the liquidation account established in connection with the conversion. In addition, East Boston Savings Bank will not be permitted to make a capital distribution if, after making such distribution, it would be undercapitalized. East Boston Savings Bank must file an application with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation for approval of a capital distribution if the total capital distributions for the applicable calendar year exceed the sum of East Boston Savings Bank’s net income for that year to date plus its retained net income for the preceding two years, or East Boston Savings Bank would not be at least adequately capitalized following the distribution.

In addition, Massachusetts banking law and Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation regulations impose limitations on capital distributions by savings institutions. See “Supervision and Regulation—Massachusetts Banking Laws and Supervision—Dividends.”

Any payment of dividends by East Boston Savings Bank to New Meridian that would be deemed to be drawn from East Boston Savings Bank’s bad debt reserves established prior to 1988, if any, would require a payment of taxes at the then-current tax rate by East Boston Savings Bank on the amount of earnings deemed to be removed from the pre-1988 bad debt reserves for such distribution. East Boston Savings Bank does not intend to make any distribution that would create such a federal tax liability. See “The Conversion and Offering—Liquidation Rights.” For further information concerning additional federal law and regulations regarding the ability of East Boston Savings Bank to make capital distributions, including the payment of dividends to New Meridian, see “Taxation—Federal Taxation” and “Supervision and Regulation—Dividends.”

We will file a consolidated federal tax return with East Boston Savings Bank. Accordingly, it is anticipated that any cash distributions made by us to our stockholders would be treated as cash dividends and not as a

 

37


Table of Contents

non-taxable return of capital for federal tax purposes. Additionally, during the three-year period following the conversion, we will not be permitted to make any capital distribution to stockholders that would be treated by recipients as a tax-free return of capital for federal income tax purposes.

MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK

Old Meridian’s common stock is currently listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “EBSB.” Upon completion of the conversion, we expect the shares of common stock of New Meridian will replace the existing shares of Old Meridian and trade on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “EBSB.” In order to list our stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, we are required to have at least three broker-dealers who will make a market in our common stock. As of [record date], Old Meridian had approximately              registered market makers in its common stock. Sterne, Agee & Leach, Inc. has advised us that it intends to make a market in our common stock following the offering, but is under no obligation to do so.

The following table sets forth the high and low trading prices for shares of Old Meridian common stock for the periods indicated, as obtained from the Nasdaq Stock Market. We have never paid cash dividends on our common stock. As of the close of business on [record date], there were 22,221,179 shares of common stock outstanding, including 9,057,070 publicly held shares (shares held by stockholders other than Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated), and approximately              stockholders of record.

 

     Price Per Share  
     High      Low  

2014

     

Second quarter (through [record date])

   $         $     

First quarter

   $         $     

2013

     

Fourth quarter

   $ 24.40       $ 20.21   

Third quarter

   $ 22.13       $ 18.02   

Second quarter

   $ 18.98       $ 17.50   

First quarter

   $ 21.75       $ 16.50   

2012

     

Fourth quarter

   $ 17.98       $ 15.65   

Third quarter

   $ 17.35       $ 13.38   

Second quarter

   $ 13.92       $ 12.51   

First quarter

   $ 13.60       $ 12.39   

On             , 2014, the business day immediately preceding the public announcement of the conversion, and on             , 2014, the closing prices of Old Meridian common stock as reported on the Nasdaq Global Select Market were $             per share and $             per share, respectively. On the effective date of the conversion, all publicly held shares of Old Meridian common stock, including shares of common stock held by our officers and directors, will be converted automatically into and become the right to receive a number of shares of New Meridian common stock determined pursuant to the exchange ratio. See “The Conversion and Offering—Share Exchange Ratio for Current Stockholders.” Options to purchase shares of Old Meridian common stock will be converted into options to purchase a number of shares of New Meridian common stock determined pursuant to the exchange ratio, for the same aggregate exercise price. See “Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock.”

 

38


Table of Contents

HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE

At December 31, 2013, East Boston Savings Bank exceeded all of the applicable regulatory capital requirements and was considered “well capitalized.” The table below sets forth the historical equity capital and regulatory capital of East Boston Savings Bank at December 31, 2013, and the pro forma equity capital and regulatory capital of East Boston Savings Bank, after giving effect to the sale of shares of common stock at $10.00 per share. The table assumes the receipt by East Boston Savings Bank of 50% of the net offering proceeds. See “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering.”

 

    East Boston Savings
Bank Historical at
    Pro Forma at December 31, 2013, Based Upon the Sale in the Offering of  
    December 31, 2013     23,375,000 Shares     27,500,000 Shares     31,625,000 Shares     36,368,750 Shares (1)  
    Amount     Percent of
Assets (2)
    Amount     Percent of
Assets (2)
    Amount     Percent of
Assets (2)
    Amount     Percent of
Assets (2)
    Amount     Percent of
Assets (2)
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Equity

  $ 235,728        8.80   $ 328,526        11.76   $ 345,117        12.27   $ 361,707        12.77   $ 380,786        13.33

Tier 1 leverage capital

  $ 217,865        8.24   $ 310,662        11.27   $ 327,253        11.79   $ 343,843        12.29   $ 362,922        12.87

Leverage requirement

    105,702        4.00        110,255        4.00        111,067        4.00        111,880        4.00        112,814        4.00   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess

  $ 112,163        4.24   $ 200,407        7.27   $ 216,186        7.79   $ 231,963        8.29   $ 250,108        8.87
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tier 1 risk-based capital (3)

  $ 217,865        9.05   $ 310,662        12.79   $ 327,253        13.45   $ 343,843        14.11   $ 362,922        14.86

Risk-based requirement

    96,256        4.00        97,166        4.00        97,329        4.00        97,491        4.00        97,678        4.00   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess

  $ 121,609        5.05   $ 213,496        8.79   $ 229,924        9.45   $ 246,352        10.11   $ 265,244        10.86
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total risk-based capital (3)

  $ 246,100        10.23   $ 338,897        13.95   $ 355,488        14.61   $ 372,078        15.27   $ 391,157        16.02

Risk-based requirement

    192,511        8.00        194,333        8.00        194,658        8.00        194,982        8.00        195,356        8.00   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess

  $ 53,589        2.23   $ 144,564        5.95   $ 160,830        6.61   $ 177,096        7.27   $ 195,801        8.02
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reconciliation of capital infused into East Boston Savings Bank:

                   

Net proceeds

      $ 113,836        $ 134,139        $ 154,442        $ 177,790     

Less: Common stock acquired by stock-based benefit plan

        (9,350       (11,000       (12,650       (14,548  

Less: Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan

        (11,688       (13,750       (15,813       (18,184  
     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Pro forma increase

      $ 92,798        $ 109,389        $ 125,979        $ 145,058     
     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

(1) As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares, which could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the offering.
(2) Equity and Tier 1 leverage capital levels are shown as a percentage of total average assets. Risk-based capital levels are shown as a percentage of risk-weighted assets.
(3) Pro forma amounts and percentages assume net proceeds are invested in assets that carry a 20% risk weighting.

 

39


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table presents the historical consolidated capitalization of Old Meridian at December 31, 2013 and the pro forma consolidated capitalization of New Meridian after giving effect to the conversion and offering based upon the assumptions set forth in the “Pro Forma Data” section.

 

     Old Meridian
Historical at
December 31,
2013
    Pro Forma at December 31, 2013
Based upon the Sale in the Offering at
$10.00 per Share of
 
     23,375,000
Shares
    27,500,000
Shares
    31,625,000
Shares
    36,368,750
Shares (1)
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Deposits (2)

   $ 2,248,600      $ 2,248,600      $ 2,248,600      $ 2,248,600      $ 2,248,600   

Borrowed funds

     161,903        161,903        161,903        161,903        161,903   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits and borrowed funds

   $ 2,410,503      $ 2,410,503      $ 2,410,503      $ 2,410,503      $ 2,410,503   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

          

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized (post-conversion) (3)

     —          —          —          —          —     

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized (post-conversion); shares to be issued as reflected (3) (4)

     —          393        462        532        611   

Additional paid-in capital (3)

     99,553        316,913        357,450        397,985        444,603   

MHC capital contribution

     —          2,739        2,739        2,739        2,739   

Retained earnings (5)

     162,388        162,388        162,388        162,388        162,388   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     4,104        4,104        4,104        4,104        4,104   

Less:

          

Treasury stock

     (9,919     —          —          —          —     

Common stock held by employee stock ownership plan (6)

     (5,796     (17,484     (19,546     (21,609     (23,980

Common stock to be acquired by stock-based benefit plan (7)

     (1,125     (10,475     (12,125     (13,775     (15,673
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

   $ 249,205      $ 458,578      $ 495,472      $ 532,364      $ 574,792   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro Forma Shares Outstanding

          

Shares offered for sale

     —          23,375,000        27,500,000        31,625,000        36,368,750   

Exchange shares issued

     —          15,922,391        18,732,225        21,542,059        24,773,368   

Total shares outstanding

     —          39,297,391        46,232,225        53,167,059        61,142,118   

Total stockholders’ equity as a percentage of total assets (1)

     9.29     15.86     16.92     17.95     19.11

Tangible equity as a percentage of total assets

     8.83     15.46     16.53     17.57     18.74

 

(1) As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares, which could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the offering.
(2) Does not reflect withdrawals from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock in the conversion and offering. These withdrawals would reduce pro forma deposits and assets by the amount of the withdrawals.
(3) Old Meridian currently has 50,000,000 authorized shares of common stock, no par value per share, and no authorized shares of preferred stock. On a pro forma basis, common stock and additional paid-in capital have been revised to reflect the number of shares of New Meridian common stock to be outstanding.
(4) No effect has been given to the issuance of additional shares of New Meridian common stock pursuant to the exercise of options under one or more stock-based benefit plans. If the plans are implemented within the first year after the closing of the offering, an amount up to 10% of the shares of New Meridian common stock sold in the offering will be reserved for issuance upon the exercise of options under the plans. No effect has been given to the exercise of options currently outstanding. See “Management.”
(5) The retained earnings of East Boston Savings Bank will be substantially restricted after the conversion. See “The Conversion and Offering—Liquidation Rights” and “Supervision and Regulation—Capital Distributions.”

(footnotes continue on following page)

 

40


Table of Contents

(continued from previous page)

 

(6) Assumes that 5% of the shares sold in the offering will be acquired by the employee stock ownership plan financed by a loan from New Meridian or a subsidiary of New Meridian. The loan will be repaid principally from East Boston Savings Bank’s contributions to the employee stock ownership plan. Since New Meridian or a subsidiary will finance the employee stock ownership plan debt, this debt will be eliminated through consolidation and no liability will be reflected on New Meridian’s consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, the amount of shares of common stock acquired by the employee stock ownership plan is shown in this table as a reduction of total stockholders’ equity.
(7) Assumes a number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of the shares of common stock to be sold in the offering will be purchased for grant by one or more stock-based benefit plans. The funds to be used by such plans to purchase the shares will be provided by New Meridian. The dollar amount of common stock to be purchased is based on the $10.00 per share subscription price in the offering and represents unearned compensation. This amount does not reflect possible increases or decreases in the value of common stock relative to the subscription price in the offering. New Meridian will accrue compensation expense to reflect the vesting of shares pursuant to such stock-based benefit plans and will credit capital in an amount equal to the charge to operations. Implementation of such plans will require stockholder approval.

 

41


Table of Contents

PRO FORMA DATA

The following tables summarizes historical data of Old Meridian and pro forma data of New Meridian at and for the year ended December 31, 2013. This information is based on assumptions set forth below and in the tables, and should not be used as a basis for projections of market value of the shares of common stock following the conversion and offering.

The net proceeds in the tables are based upon the following assumptions:

 

  (i) 80% of all shares of common stock will be sold in the subscription and community offerings and 20% will be sold in the syndicated or firm commitment underwritten offering;

 

  (ii) our employees, directors, trustees, corporators and their associates, will purchase 250,000 shares of common stock;

 

  (iii) our employee stock ownership plan will purchase 5% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering with a loan from New Meridian or a subsidiary. The existing loan obligation of our employee stock ownership plan, equal to $6.7 million at December 31, 2013, will be combined with the new loan. The combined loan will be repaid in substantially equal payments of principal and interest (at the prime rate of interest, calculated as of the date of the origination of the loan) over a period of 25 years. Interest income that we earn on the loan will offset the interest paid by East Boston Savings Bank. The net employee stock ownership plan effect on earnings is the cost of amortizing the combined loan over 25 years, net of historical expense for the year ended December 31, 2013;

 

  (iv) we will pay Sterne, Agee & Leach, Inc. a fee equal to 0.75% of the aggregate amount of common stock sold in the subscription and community offerings (net of insider purchases and shares purchased by our employee stock ownership plan);

 

  (v) we will pay Sterne, Agee & Leach, Inc. and any other broker-dealers participating in the syndicated or firm commitment underwritten offering an aggregate fee of 5.0% of the aggregate dollar amount of the common stock sold in the syndicated or firm commitment underwritten offering;

 

  (vi) No fee will be paid with respect to shares of common stock purchased by our tax-qualified and non-qualified employee stock benefit plans, or stock purchased by our officers, directors and employees, and their immediate families, and no fee will be paid with respect to exchange shares; and

 

  (vii) total expenses of the offering, other than the fees and commissions to be paid to Sterne, Agee & Leach, Inc. and other broker-dealers, will be $2.2 million.

We calculated pro forma consolidated net income for the year ended December 31, 2013 as if the estimated net proceeds we received had been invested at the beginning of the period at an assumed interest rate of 1.75% (1.05% on an after-tax basis). This represents the yield on the five-year U.S. Treasury Note as of December 31, 2013, which, in light of current market interest rates, we consider to more accurately reflect the pro forma reinvestment rate than the arithmetic average of the weighted average yield earned on our interest earning assets and the weighted average rate paid on our deposits, which is the reinvestment rate generally required by federal regulations.

 

42


Table of Contents

We further believe that the reinvestment rate is factually supportable because:

 

    the yield on the U.S Treasury Note can be determined and/or estimated from third-party sources; and

 

    we believe that U.S. Treasury securities are not subject to credit losses due to a U.S. Government guarantee of payment of principal and interest.

We calculated historical and pro forma per share amounts by dividing historical and pro forma amounts of consolidated net income and stockholders’ equity by the indicated number of shares of common stock. For purposes of pro forma earnings per share calculations, we adjusted these figures to give effect to the shares of common stock purchased by the employee stock ownership plan. We computed per share amounts as if the shares of common stock were outstanding at the beginning of the period, but we did not adjust per share historical or pro forma stockholders’ equity to reflect the earnings on the estimated net proceeds.

The pro forma tables give effect to the implementation of one or more stock-based benefit plans. Subject to the receipt of stockholder approval, we have assumed that stock-based benefit plans will acquire for restricted stock awards a number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of the shares of common stock sold in the stock offering at the same price for which they were sold in the stock offering. We assume that awards of common stock granted under such plans vest over a five-year period.

We have also assumed that options will be granted under stock-based benefit plans to acquire shares of common stock equal to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the stock offering. In preparing the tables below, we assumed that stockholder approval was obtained, that the exercise price of the stock options and the market price of the stock at the date of grant were $10.00 per share and that the stock options had a term of ten years and vested over five years. We applied the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate a grant-date fair value of $3.33 for each option. In addition to the terms of the options described above, the Black-Scholes option pricing model assumed an estimated volatility rate of 15.82% for the shares of common stock, no dividend yield, an expected option term of 10 years and a risk-free rate of return of 3.04%.

We may grant options and award shares of common stock under one or more stock-based benefit plans in excess of 10% and 4%, respectively, of the shares of common stock sold in the stock offering and that vest sooner than over a five-year period if the stock-based benefit plans are adopted more than one year following the stock offering.

As discussed under “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Stock Offering,” we intend to contribute 50% of the net proceeds from the stock offering to East Boston Savings Bank, and we will retain the remainder of the net proceeds from the stock offering. We will use a portion of the proceeds we retain for the purpose of funding a loan to the employee stock ownership plan and retain the rest of the proceeds for future use.

The pro forma table does not give effect to:

 

    withdrawals from deposit accounts to purchase shares of common stock in the stock offering;

 

    our results of operations after the stock offering; or

 

    changes in the market price of the shares of common stock after the stock offering.

The following pro forma information may not be representative of the financial effects of the offering at the dates on which the offering actually occurs, and should not be taken as indicative of future results of operations. Pro forma consolidated stockholders’ equity represents the difference between the stated amounts of our assets and liabilities. The pro forma stockholders’ equity is not intended to represent the fair market value of the shares of common stock and may be different than the amounts that would be available for distribution to stockholders if we

 

43


Table of Contents

liquidated. Moreover, pro forma stockholders’ equity per share does not give effect to the liquidation accounts to be established in the conversion or, in the unlikely event of a liquidation of East Boston Savings Bank, to the tax effect of the recapture of the bad debt reserve. See “The Conversion and Offering—Liquidation Rights.”

 

44


Table of Contents
    At or for the Year Ended December 31, 2013
Based upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of
 
    23,375,000
Shares
    27,500,000
Shares
    31,625,000
Shares
    36,368,750
Shares
 
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Gross proceeds of offering

  $ 233,750      $ 275,000      $ 316,250      $ 363,688   

Market value of shares issued in the exchange

    159,224        187,322        215,421        247,734   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma market capitalization

  $ 392,974      $ 462,322      $ 531,671      $ 611,422   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross proceeds of offering

  $ 233,750      $ 275,000      $ 316,250      $ 363,688   

Expenses

    6,078        6,722        7,367        8,108   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Estimated net proceeds

    227,672        268,278        308,883        355,580   

Common stock purchased by employee stock ownership plan

    (11,688     (13,750     (15,813     (18,184

Common stock purchased by stock-based benefit plans

    (9,350     (11,000     (12,650     (14,548
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Estimated net proceeds, as adjusted

  $ 206,634      $ 243,528      $ 280,420      $ 322,848   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2013

       

Consolidated net earnings:

       

Historical

  $ 15,429      $ 15,429      $ 15,429      $ 15,429   

Income on adjusted net proceeds

    2,170        2,557        2,944        3,390   

Income on mutual holding company asset contribution

    29        29        29        29   

Employee stock ownership plan (2)

    57        7        (42     (99

Stock awards (3)

    (1,122     (1,320     (1,518     (1,746

Stock options (4)

    (1,401     (1,648     (1,896     (2,180
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income

  $ 15,162      $ 15,054      $ 14,946      $ 14,823   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share (5):

       

Historical

  $ 0.41      $ 0.35      $ 0.30      $ 0.26   

Income on adjusted net proceeds

    0.06        0.06        0.06        0.06   

Income on mutual holding company asset contribution

    —          —          —          —     

Employee stock ownership plan (2)

    —          —          —          —     

Stock awards (3)

    (0.03     (0.03     (0.03     (0.03

Stock options (4)

    (0.04     (0.04     (0.04     (0.04
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma earnings per share (5)

  $ 0.40      $ 0.34      $ 0.29      $ 0.25   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Offering price to pro forma net earnings per share

    25.00x        29.41x        34.48x        40.00x   

Number of shares used in earnings per share calculations

    37,527,391        44,264,225        51,001,059        58,748,416   

At December 31, 2013

       

Stockholders’ equity:

       

Historical

  $ 249,205      $ 249,205      $ 249,205      $ 249,205   

Estimated net proceeds

    227,672        268,278        308,883        355,580   

Equity increase from the mutual holding company

    2,739        2,739        2,739        2,739   

Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (2)

    (11,688     (13,750     (15,813     (18,184

Common stock acquired by stock-based benefit plans (3)

    (9,350     (11,000     (12,650     (14,548
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma stockholders’ equity

  $ 458,578      $ 495,472      $ 532,364      $ 574,792   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Intangible assets

  $ (13,687   $ (13,687   $ (13,687   $ (13,687
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity (6)

  $ 444,891      $ 481,785      $ 518,678      $ 561,105   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity per share (7):

       

Historical

  $ 6.35      $ 5.40      $ 4.69      $ 4.08   

Estimated net proceeds

    5.79        5.80        5.81        5.82   

Equity increase from the mutual holding company

    0.07        0.06        0.05        0.04   

Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (2)

    (0.30     (0.30     (0.30     (0.30

Common stock acquired by stock-based benefit plans (3)

    (0.24     (0.24     (0.24     (0.24
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma stockholders’ equity per share (6) (7)

  $ 11.67      $ 10.72      $ 10.01      $ 9.40   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Intangible assets

  $ (0.35   $ (0.30   $ (0.26   $ (0.22
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity per share (6) (7)

  $ 11.32      $ 10.42      $ 9.75      $ 9.18   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Offering price as percentage of pro forma stockholders’ equity per share

    85.69     93.28     99.90     106.38

Offering price as percentage of pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity per share

    88.34     95.97     102.56     108.93

Number of shares outstanding for pro forma book value per share calculations

    39,297,391        46,232,225        53,167,059        61,142,118   

(footnotes begin on following page)

 

45


Table of Contents
(1) As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares, which could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the offering.
(2) Assumes that 5% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering will be purchased by the employee stock ownership plan. For purposes of this table, the funds used to acquire these shares are assumed to have been borrowed by the employee stock ownership plan from New Meridian or a subsidiary of New Meridian, and the outstanding loan with respect to existing shares of Old Meridian held by the employee stock ownership plan will be refinanced and consolidated with the new loan. East Boston Savings Bank intends to make annual contributions to the employee stock ownership plan in an amount at least equal to the required principal and interest payments on the debt. East Boston Savings Bank’s total annual payments on the employee stock ownership plan debt are based upon 25 equal annual installments of principal and interest. Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 718-40, “Compensation—Stock Compensation—Employee Stock Ownership Plans” (“ASC 718-40”) requires that an employer record compensation expense in an amount equal to the fair value of the shares committed to be released to employees. The pro forma adjustments assume that the employee stock ownership plan shares are allocated in equal annual installments based on the number of loan repayment installments assumed to be paid by East Boston Savings Bank, the fair value of the common stock remains equal to the subscription price and the employee stock ownership plan expense reflects an effective combined federal and state tax rate of 40.0%. The unallocated employee stock ownership plan shares are reflected as a reduction of stockholders’ equity. No reinvestment is assumed on proceeds contributed to fund the employee stock ownership plan. The pro forma net income further assumes that 73,750, 82,000, 90,250 and 99,738 shares were committed to be released during the year at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively, and in accordance with ASC 718-40, only the employee stock ownership plan shares committed to be released during the period were considered outstanding for purposes of net income per share calculations.
(3) Assumes that one or more stock-based benefit plans purchase an aggregate number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of the shares to be sold in the offering. Stockholder approval of the plans and purchases by the plans may not occur earlier than six months after the completion of the conversion. The shares may be acquired directly from New Meridian or through open market purchases. Shares in the stock-based benefit plan are assumed to vest over a period of five years. The funds to be used to purchase the shares will be provided by New Meridian. The table assumes that (i) the stock-based benefit plan acquires the shares through open market purchases at $10.00 per share, (ii) 20% of the amount contributed to the plan is amortized as an expense during the year ended December 31, 2013, and (iii) the plan expense reflects an effective combined federal and state tax rate of 40.0%. Assuming stockholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans and that shares of common stock (equal to 4% of the shares sold in the offering) are awarded through the use of authorized but unissued shares of common stock, stockholders would have their ownership and voting interests diluted by approximately 2.32%.
(4) Assumes that options are granted under one or more stock-based benefit plans to acquire an aggregate number of shares of common stock equal to 10% of the shares to be sold in the offering. Stockholder approval of the plans may not occur earlier than six months after the completion of the conversion. In calculating the pro forma effect of the stock-based benefit plans, it is assumed that the exercise price of the stock options and the trading price of the common stock at the date of grant were $10.00 per share, the estimated grant-date fair value determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model was $3.33 for each option, the aggregate grant-date fair value of the stock options was amortized to expense on a straight-line basis over a five-year vesting period of the options, and that 25% of the amortization expense (or the assumed portion relating to options granted to directors) resulted in a tax benefit using an assumed tax rate of 40.0%. The actual expense will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used and the option pricing model ultimately adopted. Under the above assumptions, the adoption of the stock-based benefit plans will result in no additional shares under the treasury stock method for purposes of calculating earnings per share. There can be no assurance that the actual exercise price of the stock options will be equal to the $10.00 price per share. If a portion of the shares used to satisfy the exercise of options comes from authorized but unissued shares, our net income per share and stockholders’ equity per share would decrease. The issuance of authorized but unissued shares of common stock pursuant to the exercise of options under such plan would dilute stockholders’ ownership and voting interests by approximately 5.61%.

(footnotes continue on following page)

 

46


Table of Contents

(continued from previous page)

 

(5) Per share figures include publicly held shares of Old Meridian common stock that will be exchanged for shares of New Meridian common stock in the conversion. See “The Conversion and Offering—Share Exchange Ratio for Current Stockholders.” Net income per share computations are determined by taking the number of shares assumed to be sold in the offering and the number of new shares assumed to be issued in exchange for publicly held shares and, in accordance with ASC 718-40, subtracting the employee stock ownership plan shares which have not been committed for release during the year. See note 1, above. The number of shares of common stock actually sold and the corresponding number of exchange shares may be more or less than the assumed amounts.
(6) The retained earnings of East Boston Savings Bank will be substantially restricted after the conversion. See “Our Dividend Policy,” “The Conversion and Offering—Liquidation Rights” and “Supervision and Regulation—Capital Distributions.”
(7) Per share figures include publicly held shares of Old Meridian common stock that will be exchanged for shares of New Meridian common stock in the conversion. Stockholders’ equity per share calculations are based upon the sum of (i) the number of shares assumed to be sold in the offering and (ii) shares to be issued in exchange for publicly held shares at the minimum, midpoint and maximum of the offering range, respectively. The exchange shares reflect an exchange ratio of 1.7580, 2.0682, 2.3785 and 2.7353 at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively. The number of shares actually sold and the corresponding number of exchange shares may be more or less than the assumed amounts.

 

47


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

This discussion and analysis reflects our consolidated financial statements and other relevant statistical data, and is intended to enhance your understanding of our financial condition and results of operations. The information in this section has been derived from the audited financial statements that appear beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus. You should read the information in this section in conjunction with the business and financial information regarding Old Meridian and the financial statements provided in this prospectus.

Critical Accounting Policies

A summary of significant accounting policies is described in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Prospectus. Critical accounting estimates are necessary in the application of certain accounting policies and procedures and are particularly susceptible to significant change. Critical accounting policies are defined as those involving significant judgments and assumptions by management that could have a material impact on the carrying value of certain assets or on income under different assumptions or conditions. Management believes that the most critical accounting policies, which involve the most complex or subjective decisions or assessments, are as follows:

Allowance for Loan Losses. The determination of the allowance for loan losses is considered critical due to the high degree of judgment involved, the subjectivity of the underlying assumptions used, and the potential for changes in the economic environment that could result in material changes in the amount of the allowance for loan losses considered necessary. The allowance for loan losses is utilized to absorb losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The allowance represents management’s estimate of losses as of the date of the financial statements. The allowance includes an allocated component for impaired loans and a general component for pools of non-impaired loans.

The adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management and is based upon management’s periodic review of the collectability of the loans in light of historical experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.

While management believes that it uses the best information available to establish the allowance for loan losses, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary and results of operations could be adversely affected if circumstances differ substantially from the assumptions used in making its determinations. Because the estimation of inherent losses cannot be made with certainty, there can be no assurance that the existing allowance for loan losses is adequate or that increases will not be necessary should the quality of any loan deteriorate as a result of the factors noted above. Any material increase in the allowance for loan losses may adversely affect the financial condition and results of operations and will be recorded in the period in which the circumstances become known.

Valuation of Goodwill and Analysis for Impairment. Our goodwill resulted from the acquisition of another financial institution accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. The amount of goodwill recorded at acquisition is impacted by the recorded fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, which is an estimate determined by the use of internal or other valuation techniques.

Goodwill is subject to an annual impairment review by management that first assesses qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. We would not be required to calculate our fair value of the reporting unit unless management determines, based on the qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that its fair value is less than its carrying amount. If the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test is necessary, step one compares our book value of the reporting unit to our fair value, or to the fair value of the reporting unit. If test one is failed, a more detailed analysis is performed, which involves measuring the excess of the fair value of the reporting unit, as determined in step one, over the aggregate fair value of the individual assets, liabilities, and identifiable intangibles as if the financial reporting unit was being acquired in a business combination. In the event of future changes in fair value, we may be exposed to an impairment charge that could be material.

 

48


Table of Contents

Other-than-temporary Impairment of Securities. In analyzing a debt issuer’s financial condition, management considers whether the securities are issued by the federal government or its agencies, whether downgrades by bond rating agencies have occurred, industry analysts’ reports and, to a lesser extent given the relatively insignificant levels of depreciation in our debt portfolio, spread differentials between the effective rates on instruments in the portfolio compared to risk-free rates. Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment at least on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market concerns warrant such evaluation.

From time to time, management’s intent to hold depreciated debt securities to recovery or maturity may change as a result of prudent portfolio management. If management’s intent changes, unrealized losses are recognized either as impairment charges to the consolidated income statement or as realized losses if a sale has been executed. In most instances, management sells the securities at the time their intent changes.

In analyzing an equity issuer’s financial condition, management considers industry analysts’ reports, financial performance and projected target prices of investment analysts within a one-year time frame. A decline of 10% or more in the value of an acquired equity security is generally the triggering event for management to review individual securities for liquidation and/or classification as other-than-temporarily impaired. Impairment losses are recognized when management concludes that declines in the value of equity securities are other than temporary, or when they can no longer assert that they have the intent and ability to hold depreciated equity securities for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. Unrealized losses on marketable equity securities that are in excess of 25% of cost and that have been sustained for more than twelve months are generally considered-other-than temporary and charged to earnings as impairment losses, or realized through sale of the security.

Income Taxes. We reduce deferred tax assets by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is not more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will be realized. We assess the realizability of our deferred tax assets by assessing the likelihood of our generating federal and state tax income, as applicable, in future periods in amounts sufficient to offset the deferred tax charges in the periods they are expected to reverse. Based on this assessment, management concluded that a valuation allowance was not required as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

Business Strategy

We have a community banking strategy that emphasizes responsive and personalized service to our customers. Due to the consolidation of financial institutions in our market, we believe there is a significant opportunity for a community-focused bank to provide a full range of financial services to small and middle-market commercial and retail customers. By offering quicker decision making in the delivery of banking products and services, offering customized products where appropriate, and providing customer access to our senior managers, we distinguish ourselves from larger, regional banks operating in our market areas, while our larger capital base and product mix enable us to compete effectively against smaller banks. As a result, we believe we have a substantial opportunity to attract experienced management, loan officers and banking customers. We believe this will provide us a competitive advantage as we continue to expand into attractive, high growth markets around the Boston metropolitan area through the establishment of de novo bank branch offices, the potential acquisition of community banks and bank branches, and organic expansion where possible by growing our existing branches in their respective communities.

 

49


Table of Contents

Our strategies center on our continued development into a full-service, community-oriented bank and the expansion of our branch network to more adequately cover the large geography of the Boston metropolitan area. In order to realize these objectives, we are pursuing the following strategies:

Emphasizing growth in commercial lending . We have diversified our loan portfolio by increasing the percentage of our assets consisting of higher-yielding commercial and industrial loans and commercial real estate loans with higher risk-adjusted returns, shorter maturities and more sensitivity to interest rate fluctuations, while still providing high quality loan products for single-family residential borrowers. We have a highly competitive suite of cash management services, technology solutions, and internal support expertise specific to the needs of small to mid-sized commercial business customers. In the third quarter of 2011, we significantly expanded our commercial and industrial lending platform with the establishment of a new corporate banking division comprised of a veteran team of bankers and related underwriting personnel that enhanced our presence in all of our market areas and strengthened our business product offerings and cash management expertise. During 2011, we also successfully expanded our commercial real estate loan origination capacity by adding a team of experienced loan originators and related underwriting personnel. We believe that we distinguish ourselves from larger, national banks operating in our market areas by offering quicker decision making in the delivery of our products and services and competitive customer-driven products with excellent service and responsiveness, and by providing customer access to our senior managers, while our larger capital base and product mix enable us to compete effectively against smaller banks. Our lending staff is experienced and knowledgeable about local commercial business in our markets, enabling us to build on the relationship-style banking that is our hallmark. We also intend to selectively add additional products to provide diversification of revenue sources and to capture our customer’s full relationship. We intend to continue to expand our business by cross selling our loan and deposit products and services to our customers.

Hiring experienced employees with a customer service focus. We have been successful in attracting and retaining banking professionals with strong community relationships and significant knowledge of our markets which is central to our business strategy. Exceptional service, local involvement and timely decision making are integral parts of our business strategy, and we have attracted highly qualified and highly motivated individuals. We believe that by focusing on experienced bankers who are established in their communities, we enhance our market position and add profitable growth opportunities. Our compensation and incentive systems are aligned with our strategies to grow core deposits and commercial loans, while maintaining asset quality. We have a strong corporate culture based on personal accountability, high ethical standards and significant training opportunities, which is supported by our commitment to career development and promotion from within the organization.

Improving profitability through disciplined pricing, expense control and balance sheet management. We have achieved many milestones over the last five years as we have grown total assets from $1.2 billion at December 31, 2009 to $2.7 billion at December 31, 2013. Since 2002, we have opened 14 de novo branches, the most recent in November 2013, and acquired six branch offices in our 2010 acquisition of Mt. Washington Co-operative Bank. We intend to continue our geographic expansion in the greater Boston metropolitan area by opening de novo branches in communities contiguous to those we currently serve, as opportunities present themselves in favorable locations. We have also focused significant efforts and invested heavily in our infrastructure to support future growth, creating brand awareness, competitive products and a strong and experienced workforce. We believe these initiatives have positioned us well to implement a strategy focused on improving operating efficiency and earnings growth. While we expect to continue to drive an appropriate level of loan and deposit growth, we will keenly focus on enhancing our profitability by exercising a disciplined approach to product pricing, expense control and balance sheet mix.

Expanding our presence and market share in contiguous and nearby market areas and capturing business opportunities resulting from changes in the competitive environment. Over the last several years, our markets have been subject to large-scale consolidation of local community banks primarily by larger, out-of-state financial institutions. We believe there is a large customer base in our market that prefers doing business with a local institution and may be dissatisfied with the service received from larger regional banks. We believe that opportunities currently exist in contiguous and nearby market areas to grow our franchise and to complement our primary market areas. In addition, by delivering high quality, customer-focused products and services, we expect to attract additional borrowers and depositors and thus increase our market share and revenue generation.

We believe the success of our strategy is evidenced by the growth of our deposits to $2.249 billion at December 31, 2013 from $922.5 million at December 31, 2009, and net loans, which increased to $2.265 billion at December 31, 2013 from $813.3 million at December 31, 2009. We also believe that community bank consolidation

 

50


Table of Contents

will continue to take place and further believe that, with our capital and liquidity positions after this offering, we will be positioned to take advantage of industry consolidation through de novo branching, potential acquisition of individual branches, and the potential for whole bank acquisitions. We do not, however, currently have any understandings or agreements regarding any specific acquisition transaction and will be disciplined when evaluating and deciding on future expansion, acquisitions and de novo branching opportunities. Our focus will be on the Massachusetts markets we know and understand, with a primary view toward continued growth in the Boston metropolitan area. We believe our management team’s unique understanding of the Massachusetts market facilitates our growth into locations that will provide the right complement to our existing franchise and geographic footprint.

It is our intention to achieve significant market penetration in a relatively short period of time when we enter a new market. In advance of any branch expansion we hire experienced local bankers and make a concerted effort to establish as many high profile contacts as possible in the new target area. We are focused on generating key loan relationships and capturing significant deposit market share in our markets. Upon commencement of operations in a new location, we monitor and aggressively pursue a core deposit strategy that enhances profitability and we believe provides quality market penetration in the most expedient manner.

Managing credit risk to maintain a low level of nonperforming assets, and interest rate risk to optimize our net interest margin. Managing risk is an essential part of successfully managing a financial institution. Credit risk and interest rate risk are two prominent risk exposures that we face. Credit risk is the risk of not collecting the interest and/or the principal balance of a loan or investment when it is due. Our strategy for credit risk management focuses on having well-defined credit policies and uniform underwriting criteria and providing prompt attention to potential problem loans. We believe that strong asset quality is a key to long-term financial success. We have sought to grow and diversify the loan portfolio, while maintaining a strong asset quality and moderate credit risk, using underwriting standards that we believe are conservative, as well as diligent monitoring of the portfolio and loans in non-accrual status and on-going collection efforts. Although we will continue to originate commercial real estate, commercial business and construction loans, we intend to continue our philosophy of managing large loan exposures through our experienced, risk-based approach to lending. In addition, we intend to remain focused on lending within our immediate market area, with a specific focus on commercial customers disaffected by their relationships with larger banks as a result of turmoil in the industry.

Interest rate risk is the potential reduction of net interest income as a result of changes in interest rates. Our earnings and the market value of our assets and liabilities are subject to fluctuations caused by changes in the level of interest rates. We manage the interest rate sensitivity of our interest-bearing liabilities and interest-earning assets in an effort to minimize the adverse effects of changes in the interest rate environment. To reduce the potential volatility of our earnings, we have sought to improve the match between asset and liability maturities and rates, while maintaining an acceptable interest rate spread. Our strategy for managing interest rate risk emphasizes: originating loans with adjustable interest rates; selling the residential real estate fixed-rate loans with terms greater than 10 years that we originate; promoting core deposit products; and adjusting the interest rates and maturities of funding sources, as necessary.

Increasing core deposits through aggressive marketing and the offering of new deposit products. Deposits are our primary source of funds for investing and lending. Core deposits, which include all deposit account types except certificates of deposit, comprised 69.9% of our total deposits at December 31, 2013, up from 66.3% of total deposits at December 31, 2012. We value our core deposits because they represent a lower cost of funding and are generally less sensitive to withdrawal when interest rates fluctuate as compared to certificate of deposit accounts. We market core deposits through the internet, in-branch and local mail, print and television advertising, as well as programs that link various accounts and services together, minimizing service fees. We will continue to customize existing deposit products and introduce new products to meet the needs of our customers.

Continuing to grow and diversify our sources of non-interest income. Our profits rely heavily on the spread between the interest earned on loans and securities and interest paid on deposits and borrowings. In order to decrease our reliance on interest rate spread income, we have pursued initiatives to increase non-interest income. Our focus on attaining additional deposit customer relationships and balances has enabled us to increase income from customer service fees to $7.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $6.6 million and $5.9 million

 

51


Table of Contents

for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. We have also increased our mortgage banking activities in recent years. We also offer non-deposit financial products, including mutual funds, annuities, stocks, bonds, life insurance and long-term care.

Balance Sheet Analysis

Assets . Our total assets increased $403.3 million, or 17.7%, to $2.682 billion at December 31, 2013 from $2.279 billion at December 31, 2012. Net loans increased $479.1 million, or 26.8%, to $2.265 billion at December 31, 2013 from $1.786 billion at December 31, 2012. Cash and cash equivalents decreased $6.9 million, or 7.4%, to $86.3 million at December 31, 2013 from $93.2 million at December 31, 2012. Securities available for sale decreased $61.6 million, or 23.5%, to $201.1 million at December 31, 2013 from $262.8 million at December 31, 2012.

 

52


Table of Contents

Loan Portfolio Analysis. At December 31, 2013, net loans were $2.265 billion, or 84.5% of total assets. During the year ended December 31, 2013, net loans increased $479.1 million, or 26.8%. The increase was primarily due to increases of $236.8 million in commercial real estate loans, $109.2 million in multi-family loans, $35.5 million in construction loans, $99.2 million in commercial business loans and $10.9 million in one- to four-family residential loans.

Our loan portfolio consists primarily of residential real estate, commercial real estate, construction, commercial and consumer segments. The residential real estate loans include classes for one- to four-family, multi-family and home equity lines of credit. There are no foreign loans outstanding. Interest rates charged on loans are affected principally by the demand for such loans, the supply of money available for lending purposes and the rates offered by our competitors. Loan detail by category was as follows:

 

     At December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  
     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Real estate loans:

                    

Residential real estate:

                    

One- to four-family

   $ 454,148        19.8   $ 443,228        24.5   $ 417,889        30.9   $ 402,887        34.0   $ 276,122        33.5

Multi-family

     288,172        12.6        178,948        9.9        176,668        13.0        135,290        11.4        53,402        6.5   

Home equity lines of credit

     54,499        2.4        60,907        3.4        60,989        4.5        62,750        5.3        29,979        3.6   

Commercial real estate

     1,032,408        45.0        795,642        44.0        528,585        39.0        433,504        36.6        350,648        42.6   

Construction

     208,799        9.1        173,255        9.6        93,158        6.9        113,142        9.6        94,102        11.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total real estate loans

     2,038,026        88.9        1,651,980        91.4        1,277,289        94.3        1,147,573        96.9        804,253        97.6   

Commercial business loans

     247,005        10.8        147,814        8.2        71,544        5.3        30,189        2.6        18,029        2.2   

Consumer

     7,225        0.3        7,143        0.4        5,195        0.4        6,043        0.5        1,205        0.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

     2,292,256        100.0     1,806,937        100.0     1,354,028        100.0     1,183,805        100.0     823,487        100.0
    

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

     (25,335       (20,504       (13,053       (10,155       (9,242  

Net deferred loan origination (fees) costs

     (1,521       (94       326          (88       (945  
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Loans, net

   $ 2,265,400        $ 1,786,339        $ 1,341,301        $ 1,173,562        $ 813,300     
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

53


Table of Contents

Loan Maturity. The following table sets forth certain information at December 31, 2013 regarding the dollar amount of loan principal repayments becoming due during the periods indicated. The table does not include any estimate of prepayments which significantly shorten the average life of all loans and may cause our actual repayment experience to differ from that shown below. Demand loans having no stated schedule of repayments and no stated maturity are reported as due in one year or less. The amounts shown below exclude net deferred loan origination fees. Our adjustable-rate mortgage loans generally do not provide for downward adjustments below the initial discounted contract rate, other than declines due to a decline in the index rate.

 

     December 31, 2013  
   Real Estate      Commercial
Business
     Consumer      Total  
     (In thousands)  

Amounts due in:

           

One year or less

   $ 210,690       $ 36,773       $ 644       $ 248,107   

More than one to five years

     1,176,867         83,916         6,581         1,267,364   

More than five to ten years

     443,909         66,060         —           509,969   

More than ten years

     206,560         60,256         —           266,816   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,038,026       $ 247,005       $ 7,225       $ 2,292,256   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest rate terms on amounts due after one year:

           

Fixed-rate loans

   $ 368,372       $ 44,237       $ 6,581       $ 419,190   

Adjustable-rate loans

     1,458,964         165,995         —           1,624,959   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,827,336       $ 210,232       $ 6,581       $ 2,044,149   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2013, our loan portfolio consisted of $469.1 million of fixed-rate loans and $1.823 billion of adjustable-rate loans.

Asset Quality

Credit Risk Management. Our strategy for credit risk management focuses on having well-defined credit policies and uniform underwriting criteria and providing prompt attention to potential problem loans. Management of asset quality is accomplished by internal controls, monitoring and reporting of key risk indicators, and both internal and independent third-party loan reviews. The primary objective of our loan review process is to measure borrower performance and assess risk for the purpose of identifying loan weakness in order to minimize loan loss exposure. From the time of loan origination through final repayment, multi-family, commercial real estate, construction and commercial business loans are assigned a risk rating based on pre-determined criteria and levels of risk. The risk rating is monitored annually for most loans; however, it may change during the life of the loan as appropriate.

Internal and independent third-party loan reviews vary by loan type, as well as the nature and complexity of the loan. Depending on the size and complexity of the loan, some loans may warrant detailed individual review, while other loans may have less risk based upon size, or be of a homogeneous nature reducing the need for detailed individual analysis. Assets with these characteristics, such as consumer loans and loans secured by residential real estate, may be reviewed on the basis of risk indicators such as delinquency or credit rating. In cases of significant concern, a total re-evaluation of the loan and associated risks are documented by completing a loan risk assessment and action plan. Some loans may be re-evaluated in terms of their fair market value or net realizable value in order to determine the likelihood of potential loss exposure and, consequently, the adequacy of specific and general loan loss reserves.

When a borrower fails to make a required loan payment, we take a number of steps to have the borrower cure the delinquency and restore the loan to current status, including contacting the borrower by letter and phone at regular intervals. When the borrower is in default, we may commence collection proceedings. If a foreclosure action is instituted and the loan is not brought current, paid in full, or refinanced before the foreclosure sale, the real property securing the loan generally is sold at foreclosure. Management informs the Executive Committee monthly of the amount of loans delinquent more than 30 days. Management provides detailed information to the Board of Directors on loans 60 or more days past due and all loans in foreclosure and repossessed property that we own.

 

54


Table of Contents

Delinquencies. Total past due loans increased $2.5 million, or 7.8%, to $34.5 million at December 31, 2013 from $32.0 million at December 31, 2012, reflecting increases of $1.8 million in loans 90 days or greater past due and $711,000 in loans 30 to 89 days past due. Delinquent loans at December 31, 2013 included $12.5 million of loans acquired in the Mt. Washington Co-operative Bank merger completed in January 2010, including $5.1 million that were 30 to 59 days past due, $703,000 that were 60 to 89 days past due and $6.7 million that were 90 days or greater past due. At December 31, 2013, non-accrual loans exceeded loans 90 days or greater past due primarily due to loans which were placed on non-accrual status based on a determination that the ultimate collection of all principal and interest due was not expected and certain loans that remain on non-accrual status until they attain a sustained payment history of six months.

Non-performing Assets. Non-performing assets include loans that are 90 or more days past due or on non-accrual status, including troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”) on non-accrual status, and real estate and other loan collateral acquired through foreclosure and repossession. Loans 90 days or greater past due may remain on an accrual basis if adequately collateralized and in the process of collection. At December 31, 2013, we did not have any accruing loans past due 90 days or greater. For non-accrual loans, interest previously accrued but not collected is reversed and charged against income at the time a loan is placed on non-accrual status. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

Real estate that we acquire as a result of foreclosure or by deed-in-lieu of foreclosure is classified as foreclosed real estate until it is sold. When property is acquired, it is initially recorded at the fair value less costs to sell at the date of foreclosure, establishing a new cost basis. Holding costs and declines in fair value after acquisition of the property result in charges against income. The following table provides information with respect to our non-performing assets at the dates indicated.

 

     At December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis:

          

Real estate loans:

          

Residential real estate:

          

One- to four-family

   $ 17,622      $ 18,870      $ 15,795      $ 11,529      $ 4,098   

Multi-family

     —          976        1,605        2,246        850   

Home equity lines of credit

     2,689        2,674        1,765        2,408        —     

Commercial real estate

     8,972        8,844        11,588        11,290        7,388   

Construction

     11,298        7,785        22,434        15,326        9,224   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total real estate loans

     40,581        39,149        53,187        42,799        21,560   

Commercial business loans

     949        424        508        335        —     

Consumer

     —          —          —          —          138   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-accrual loans (1)

     41,530        39,573        53,695        43,134        21,698   

Foreclosed assets

     1,390        2,604        3,853        4,080        2,869   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-performing assets

   $ 42,920      $ 42,177      $ 57,548      $ 47,214      $ 24,567   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-accrual loans to total loans

     1.81     2.19     3.97     3.64     2.63

Non-accrual loans to total assets

     1.55     1.74     2.72     2.35     1.79

Non-performing assets to total assets

     1.60     1.85     2.91     2.57     2.03

 

(1) TDRs on accrual status not included above totaled $4.1 million at December 31, 2013, $6.8 million at December 31, 2012, $1.3 million at December 31, 2011, $1.3 million at December 31, 2010 and $189,000 at December 31, 2009.

Non-performing assets increased to $42.9 million or 1.60% of total assets, at December 31, 2013, from $42.2 million, or 1.85% of total assets, at December 31, 2012, following a decrease from $57.5 million, or 2.91% of total assets, at December 31, 2011. Non-performing assets at December 31, 2013 included $15.8 million of assets acquired in the Mt. Washington merger, comprised of $15.4 million of non-accrual loans and $401,000 of foreclosed real estate. Interest income that would have been recorded for the year ended December 31, 2013 had non-accruing loans been current according to their original terms amounted to $1.2 million. Construction loans, including related foreclosed real estate, represented approximately 28.6% of our non-performing assets at December 31, 2013. Approximately $8.3 million, or 73.5%, of our $11.3 million of non-accrual construction loans relate to the following three construction projects originated in 2007 and 2008.

 

55


Table of Contents
    A construction loan relationship collateralized by a 42 unit townhouse development project located in eastern Massachusetts, originated for $3.7 million with an aggregate balance of $3.1 million at December 31, 2013. This loan relationship was modified with a new borrower as a TDR in 2011 based on a common guarantor. The property was appraised in May 2013 for $3.2 million based on the “as is” market value of the then-remaining 28 unsold units, including 22 units where construction had not begun. As of December 31, 2013, 16 completed units were sold. The loan relationship is also collateralized by other properties owned by the guarantors consisting of a second mortgage with a first mortgage of less than $300,000 on a commercial property and first mortgages on two residential properties in northern Massachusetts, appraised in early 2013 with a cumulative value of $1.5 million. This loan relationship is secured by multiple guarantors including one individual guarantor. We have commenced foreclosure proceedings on the other properties owned by the guarantors at this time and the foreclosure sale dates were stayed due to the individual guarantor’s Chapter 7 Bankruptcy filing.

 

    A construction loan relationship collateralized by a 45 unit townhouse development project located in eastern Massachusetts originated for $11.2 million with an aggregate balance of $2.9 million at December 31, 2013 after loan charge-offs totaling $996,000. This loan relationship was modified as a TDR in 2013 with an extension of the maturity date to allow for loan repayments of $3.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2013. The property was appraised in April 2012 for $6.6 million based on the “as is” value of the then remaining 16 unsold units, including eight units where construction had not begun. To date, 37 units have been sold, five units are under sales agreements and marketing activity continues for the three remaining units. The principal developer is the co-borrower on the loan relationship. We expect the sales proceeds from the remaining eight units to be sufficient to repay the remaining loan balance.

 

    A construction loan relationship collateralized by a seven lot single-family residential development project located in Nantucket, Massachusetts originated for $5.4 million with a balance of $2.3 million as of December 31, 2013 after loan charge-offs totaling $1.7 million. This loan relationship was modified as a TDR in 2010 with a reduction of the interest rate and an extension of the maturity date. The property was appraised in May 2013 for $1.8 million based on the “developer cost” approach. This loan relationship is also collateralized by other properties, owned by the individual co-borrowers, which consist of a second mortgage on a single family residence located in Nantucket, Massachusetts with a first mortgage of less than $600,000 and a first mortgage on a single family residence located in Rhode Island. The Nantucket, Massachusetts single family property was appraised in May 2013 for $855,000 and the Rhode Island single family residence was appraised in June 2013 for $407,000. We have filed foreclosure actions on all collateral. The residential development project foreclosure action was stayed by the corporate entity’s Chapter 11 Bankruptcy filing. We have entered into a forbearance agreement with the borrowers for the Rhode Island collateral only to allow for the orderly disposition of the property and collection of net proceeds.

Together, these three non-accrual construction loan relationships comprised 19.9% of total non-accrual loans at December 31, 2013.

Non-accrual loans increased $2.0 million, or 4.9%, to $41.5 million, or 1.81% of total loans outstanding at December 31, 2013, from $39.6 million, or 2.19% of total loans outstanding at December 31, 2012, primarily due to a net increase of $3.5 million related to two construction loans. See “—Troubled Debt Restructurings.” Achieving and maintaining a moderate risk profile by aggressively managing troubled assets has been and will continue to be a primary focus for us. Although our non-accrual loans increased over the last year, non-accrual loans have decreased significantly from $53.7 million at December 31, 2011 or 3.97% of total loans outstanding at that date to 1.81% at December 31, 2013 and 2.19% at December 31, 2012. At December 31, 2013, our allowance for loan losses was

 

56


Table of Contents

$25.3 million, or 1.11% of total loans and 61.0% of non-performing loans, compared to $20.5 million, or 1.13% of total loans and 51.8% of non-performing loans at December 31, 2012. We increased our allowance primarily as a result of the increase in the size of our loan portfolio, in particular non-residential loans. Included in our allowance at December 31, 2013 was a general component of $25.0 million, which is based upon our evaluation of various factors relating to loans not deemed to be impaired. We continue to believe our level of non-performing loans and assets, which declined significantly during the past two years, is manageable and we believe that we have sufficient capital and human resources to manage the collection of our non-performing assets in an orderly fashion.

Foreclosed real estate decreased $1.2 million, or 46.6%, to $1.4 million at December 31, 2013 from $2.6 million at December 31, 2012. At December 31, 2013, foreclosed real estate consisted of a townhouse construction development project, one commercial property and one residential property held for sale. We continue to be actively engaged with our borrowers in resolving remaining problem assets and with the effective management of real estate owned as a result of foreclosures.

Troubled Debt Restructurings. In the course of resolving loans of borrowers with financial difficulties, we may choose to restructure the contractual terms of certain loans, with terms modified to fit the ability of the borrower to repay in line with its current financial status. A loan is considered a troubled debt restructure if, for reasons related to the debtor’s financial difficulties, a concession is granted to the debtor that would not otherwise be considered.

The following table summarizes our TDRs at the dates indicated.

 

     At December 31,  
     2013      2012      2011  
     (In thousands)  

TDRs on accrual status:

        

One- to four-family

   $ 2,588       $ 1,992       $ 1,269   

Multi-family

     109         110         —     

Home equity lines of credit

     21         22         —     

Commercial real estate

     1,368         1,393         —     

Construction

     —           3,319         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total TDRs on accrual status

     4,086         6,836         1,269   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TDRs on non-accrual status:

        

One- to four-family

     1,500         2,493         2,052   

Commercial real estate

     4,309         4,466         4,663   

Construction

     9,489         3,838         7,715   

Commercial business loans

     192         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total TDRs on non-accrual status

     15,490         10,797         14,430   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total TDRs

   $ 19,576       $ 17,633       $ 15,699   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total TDRs increased $1.9 million, or 11.0%, to $19.6 million at December 31, 2013 from $17.6 million at December 31, 2012, consisting of an increase of $4.7 million in TDRs on non-accrual status partially offset by a decrease of $2.8 million in TDRs on accrual status. Construction TDRs on non-accrual status increased due to one loan relationship totaling $3.1 million that was transferred to non-accrual status from accrual status and a second loan relationship totaling $2.9 million where the maturity date was extended to allow for principal repayments of $3.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2013. Modifications of one- to four-family TDRs consist of rate reductions, loan term extensions or provisions for interest-only payments for specified periods up to 12 months. We have generally been successful with the concessions we have offered to borrowers to date. We generally return TDRs to accrual status when they have sustained payments for six months based on the restructured terms and future payments are reasonably assured. Interest income that would have been recorded for the year ended December 31, 2013 had TDRs been current according to their original terms amounted to $753,000.

Potential Problem Loans. Certain loans are identified during our loan review process that are currently performing in accordance with their contractual terms and we expect to receive payment in full of principal and interest, but it is deemed probable that we will be unable to collect all the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. This may result from deteriorating conditions such as cash flows, collateral values or creditworthiness of the borrower. These loans are classified as impaired but are not accounted for on a non-accrual basis.

 

57


Table of Contents

Other potential problem loans are those loans that are currently performing, but where known information about possible credit problems of the borrowers causes us to have concerns as to the ability of such borrowers to comply with contractual loan repayment terms. These other potential problem loans are generally loans classified as “substandard” or 5-rated loans in accordance with our nine-grade internal loan rating system that is consistent with guidelines established by banking regulators. At December 31, 2013, other potential problem loans totaled $25.5 million, including $16.5 million of construction loans, $6.7 million of multi-family loans, $2.1 million of commercial real estate loans and $123,000 of commercial business loans.

Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses is maintained at levels considered adequate by management to provide for probable loan losses inherent in the loan portfolio as of the consolidated balance sheet reporting dates. The allowance for loan losses is based on management’s assessment of various factors affecting the loan portfolio, including portfolio composition, delinquent and non-accrual loans, national and local business conditions and loss experience and an overall evaluation of the quality of the underlying collateral.

Changes in the allowance for loan losses during the years indicated were as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Beginning balance

   $ 20,504      $ 13,053      $ 10,155      $ 9,242      $ 6,912   

Provision for loan losses

     6,470        8,581        3,663        3,181        4,082   

Charge offs:

          

Residential real estate:

          

One- to four-family

     531        599        192        826        697   

Multi-family

     96        72        —          71        —     

Home equity lines of credit

     —          52        123        122        —     

Commercial real estate

     —          719        150        378        755   

Construction

     1,362        398        869        1,322        486   

Commercial business loans

     288        —          72        93        —     

Consumer

     283        164        96        199        87   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total charge-offs

     2,560        2,004        1,502        3,011        2,025   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Recoveries:

          

Residential real estate:

          

One- to four-family

     232        326        128        85        —     

Multi-family

     —          28        43        —          —     

Home equity lines of credit

     —          —          5        —          —     

Commercial real estate

     —          227        17        —          —     

Construction

     555        242        497        561        250   

Commercial business loans

     24        11        —          8        —     

Consumer

     110        40        47        89        23   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recoveries

     921        874        737        743        273   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

     (1,639     (1,130     (765     (2,268     (1,752
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 25,335      $ 20,504      $ 13,053      $ 10,155      $ 9,242   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance to non-accrual loans

     61.00     51.81     24.31     23.54     42.59

Allowance to total loans outstanding

     1.11     1.13     0.96     0.86     1.12

Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding

     0.08     0.07     0.06     0.19     0.23

Our provision for loan losses was $6.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $8.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and $3.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The changes in the provision for loan losses were based primarily on management’s assessment of loan portfolio growth and composition changes, historical charge-off trends, an ongoing evaluation of credit quality and current economic conditions. The allowance for loan losses was $25.3 million or 1.11% of total loans outstanding at December 31, 2013, compared to $20.5 million or 1.13% of total loans outstanding at December 31, 2012. The increases in the allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were primarily due to increases in the multi-family, commercial real estate, construction and commercial business loan categories, as such loans have higher inherent credit risk than loans in our residential real estate loan categories. We continue to assess the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses in accordance with established policies.

 

58


Table of Contents

The following tables set forth the breakdown of the allowance for loan losses by loan category at the dates indicated:

 

     At December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  
     Amount      Percent of
Allowance
to Total
Allowance
    Percent of
Loans in
Category
of Total
Loans
    Amount      Percent of
Allowance
to Total
Allowance
    Percent of
Loans in
Category
of Total
Loans
    Amount      Percent of
Allowance
to Total
Allowance
    Percent of
Loans in
Category
of Total
Loans
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Real estate loans:

                     

Residential real estate:

                     

One- to four-family

   $ 1,991         7.9     19.8   $ 2,507         12.2     24.5   $ 1,861         14.3     30.9

Multi-family

     2,419         9.5        12.6        1,431         7.0        9.9        1,361         10.4        13.0   

Home equity lines of credit

     155         0.6        2.4        226         1.1        3.4        245         1.9        4.5   

Commercial real estate

     12,831         50.6        45.0        10,405         50.8        44.0        6,980         53.4        39.0   

Construction

     4,374         17.3        9.1        3,656         17.8        9.6        1,430         11.0        6.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total real estate loans

     21,770         85.9        88.9        18,225         88.9        91.4        11,877         91.0        94.3   

Commercial business loans

     3,433         13.6        10.8        2,174         10.6        8.2        1,061         8.1        5.3   

Consumer

     132         0.5        0.3        105         0.5        0.4        115         0.9        0.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 25,335         100.0     100.0   $ 20,504         100.0     100.0   $ 13,053         100.0     100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     At December 31,  
     2010     2009  
     Amount      Percent of
Allowance
to Total
Allowance
    Percent of
Loans in
Category
of Total
Loans
    Amount      Percent of
Allowance
to Total
Allowance
    Percent of
Loans in
Category
of Total
Loans
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Real estate loans:

              

Residential real estate:

              

One- to four-family

   $ 1,130         11.1     34.0   $ 1,730         18.7     33.5

Multi-family

     1,038         10.2        11.4        467         5.1        6.5   

Home equity lines of credit

     227         2.2        5.3        128         1.4        3.6   

Commercial real estate

     5,238         51.7        36.6        4,435         48.0        42.6   

Construction

     2,042         20.1        9.6        1,859         20.1        11.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total real estate loans

     9,675         95.3        96.9        8,619         93.3        97.6   

Commercial business loans

     448         4.4        2.6        586         6.3        2.2   

Consumer

     32         0.3        0.5        37         0.4        0.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 10,155         100.0     100.0   $ 9,242         100.0     100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The allowance consists of general and allocated components. The general component relates to pools of non-impaired loans and is based on historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors. The allocated component relates to loans that are classified as impaired, whereby an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows, collateral value or observable market price of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan.

We had impaired loans totaling $33.5 million and $41.2 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. At December 31, 2013, impaired loans totaling $3.6 million had a valuation allowance of $376,000. Impaired loans totaling $6.7 million had a valuation allowance of $649,000 at December 31, 2012. Our average investment in impaired loans was $40.8 million and $51.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that we will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the

 

59


Table of Contents

loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Impairment is measured on a loan by loan basis by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.

Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment based on payment status. Accordingly, we do not separately identify individual one- to four-family residential and consumer loans for impairment disclosures, unless such loans are subject to a troubled debt restructuring. We periodically may agree to modify the contractual terms of loans. When a loan is modified and a concession is made to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty, the modification is considered a TDR. All TDRs are initially classified as impaired.

We review residential and commercial loans for impairment based on the fair value of collateral, if collateral-dependent, or the present value of expected cash flows. Management has reviewed the collateral value for all impaired and non-accrual loans that were collateral-dependent as of December 31, 2013 and considered any probable loss in determining the allowance for loan losses.

For residential loans measured for impairment based on the collateral value, we will do the following:

 

    When a loan becomes seriously delinquent, generally 60 days past due, we obtain third-party appraisals that are generally the basis for charge-offs when a loss is indicated, prior to the foreclosure sale, but usually no later than when such loans are 180 days past due. We generally are able to complete the foreclosure process within six to nine months from receipt of the third-party appraisal.

 

    We make adjustments to appraisals based on updated economic information, if necessary, prior to the foreclosure sale. We review current market factors to determine whether, in management’s opinion, downward adjustments to the most recent appraised values may be warranted. If so, we use our best estimate to apply an estimated discount rate to the appraised values to reflect current market factors.

 

    Appraisals we receive are based on comparable property sales.

For commercial loans measured for impairment based on the collateral value, we will do the following:

 

    We obtain a third party appraisal at the time a loan is deemed to be in a workout situation and there is no indication that the loan will return to performing status, generally when the loan is 90 days or more past due. One or more updated third party appraisals are obtained prior to foreclosure depending on the foreclosure timeline. In general we order new appraisals annually on loans in the process of foreclosure.

 

    We make downward adjustments to appraisals when conditions warrant. Adjustments are made by applying a discount to the appraised value based on occupancy, recent changes in condition to the property and certain other factors. Adjustments are also made to appraisals for construction projects involving residential properties based on recent sales of units. Losses are recognized if the appraised value less estimated costs to sell is less than our carrying value of the loan.

 

    Appraisals we receive are generally based on a reconciliation of comparable property sales and income capitalization approaches. For loans on construction projects involving residential properties, appraisals are generally based on a discounted cash flow analysis assuming a bulk sale to a single buyer.

 

60


Table of Contents

Loans that are partially charged off generally remain on non-accrual status until foreclosure or such time that they are performing in accordance with the terms of the loan and have a sustained payment history of at least six months. The accrual of interest is generally discontinued when the contractual payment of principal or interest has become 90 days past due or management has serious doubts about further collectability of principal or interest, even though the loan is currently performing. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when we believe the uncollectability of a loan balance is confirmed; for collateral-dependent loans, generally when appraised values (as adjusted values, if applicable) less estimated costs to sell, are less than our carrying values.

Although we believe that we use the best information available to establish the allowance for loan losses, future adjustments to the allowance for loan losses may be necessary and our results of operations could be adversely affected if circumstances differ substantially from the assumptions used in making the determinations. Furthermore, while we believe we have established our allowance for loan losses in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, there can be no assurance that regulators, in reviewing our loan portfolio, will not require us to increase our allowance for loan losses. In addition, because future events affecting borrowers and collateral cannot be predicted with certainty, there can be no assurance that the existing allowance for loan losses is adequate or that increases will not be necessary should the quality of any loans deteriorate as a result of the factors discussed above. Any material increase in the allowance for loan losses may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Securities Portfolio

At December 31, 2013, our securities portfolio was $201.1 million, or 7.5% of total assets. At that date, 46.4% of the securities portfolio, or $93.4 million, was invested in corporate bonds. The amortized cost and fair value of corporate bonds in the financial services sector was $58.2 million, and $59.2 million, respectively. The remainder of the corporate bond portfolio includes companies from a variety of industries. Refer to Note 2, Securities Available for Sale, in Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus for more detail regarding industry concentrations in our corporate bond portfolio. The portfolio also includes debt securities issued by government-sponsored enterprises, municipal bonds, mortgage-backed securities issued by government-sponsored enterprises and private companies and marketable equity securities. Included in marketable equity securities are money market mutual funds and common stocks. We purchase marketable equity securities with the intent to generate long-term capital gains through purchasing investment grade dividend paying securities in companies with relatively low long-term debt and a history of sustained earnings and above-average growth. We typically initiate a securities position based on market opportunities and add to our position through dollar cost averaging on a monthly basis.

The following table sets forth the amortized cost and fair value of our securities, all of which at the dates indicated were available for sale.

 

     At December 31,  
     2013      2012      2011  
     Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
     Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
     Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
 
     (In thousands)  

Debt securities:

                 

Corporate bonds

   $ 91,816       $ 93,388       $ 117,714       $ 121,420       $ 163,746       $ 165,704   

Government-sponsored enterprises

     34,562         33,148         53,084         53,149         82,898         83,195   

Municipal bonds

     5,721         5,858         7,236         7,461         7,401         7,574   

Residential mortgage-backed securities:

                 

Government-sponsored enterprises

     11,138         11,730         16,280         17,298         25,296         26,664   

Private label

     1,578         1,664         3,169         3,309         7,322         7,055   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt securities

     144,815         145,788         197,483         202,637         286,663         290,192   

Marketable equity securities:

                 

Common stocks

     46,841         53,325         42,406         46,334         31,820         36,007   

Money market mutual funds

     2,065         2,024         13,833         13,814         9,049         9,031   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total marketable equity securities

     48,906         55,349         56,239         60,148         40,869         45,038   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 193,721       $ 201,137       $ 253,722       $ 262,785       $ 327,532       $ 335,230   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

61


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2013, we had no investments in a single company or entity, other than Government-sponsored enterprises, that had an aggregate book value in excess of 10% of our equity.

 

62


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the stated maturities and weighted average yields of the securities at December 31, 2013.

 

     One Year or Less     More than One Year to
Five Years
    More than Five Years
to Ten Years
    More than Ten Years     Total  
     Amortized
Cost
     Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
     Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
     Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
     Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
     Weighted
Average
Yield
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Debt securities:

                         

Corporate bonds

   $ 41,128         2.75   $ 50,688         2.30   $ —           —     $ —           —   %   $ 91,816         2.50

Government-sponsored enterprises

     —           —          62         1.19        34,500         1.04        —           —          34,562         1.04   

Municipal bonds

     250         2.60        5,471         3.16        —           —          —           —          5,721         3.13   

Residential mortgage-backed securities:

                         

Government-sponsored enterprises

     —           —          2         12.46        16         9.52        11,120         4.34        11,138         4.35   

Private label

     —           —          —           —          —           —          1,578         5.40        1,578         5.40   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total debt securities

   $ 41,378         2.75   $ 56,223         2.38   $ 34,516         1.04   $ 12,698         4.47   $ 144,815         2.35
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

63


Table of Contents

The available-for-sale securities portfolio decreased $61.6 million, or 23.5% to $201.1 million at December 31, 2013 from $262.8 million at December 31, 2012. Money market mutual funds included in the marketable equity securities portfolio totaled $2.0 million and $13.8 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Each reporting period, we evaluate all securities with a decline in fair value below the amortized cost of the investment to determine whether or not the impairment is deemed to be other-than-temporary. OTTI is required to be recognized if (1) we intend to sell the security; (2) it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis; or (3) for debt securities, the present value of expected cash flows is not sufficient to recover the entire amortized cost basis. Marketable equity securities are evaluated for OTTI based on the severity and duration of the impairment and, if deemed to be other than temporary, the declines in fair value are reflected in earnings as realized losses. For impaired debt securities that we intend to sell, or more likely than not will be required to sell, the full amount of the depreciation is recognized as OTTI through earnings. For all other impaired debt securities, credit-related OTTI is recognized through earnings and non-credit related OTTI is recognized in other comprehensive income/loss, net of applicable taxes. At December 31, 2013, unrealized losses in our debt portfolio ranged from 0% to 6.0% of amortized cost, and unrealized losses in our equity portfolio ranged from 0% to 4.0% of cost.

As of December 31, 2013, the net unrealized gain on the total debt securities portfolio was $973,000. The most significant market valuation decrease related to any one debt security within the portfolio at December 31, 2013 is $111,000. We have no indication that the issuer will be unable to continue to service the obligations, and management does intend not to sell, and more likely than not will not be required to sell, such bond before the earlier of recovery or maturity. As a result, management considers the decline in market value to be temporary. No other debt securities had a market decline greater than 6.0% of amortized cost.

As of December 31, 2013, the net unrealized gain on the total marketable equity securities portfolio was $6.4 million. The most significant market valuation decrease related to any one equity security within the portfolio at December 31, 2013 is $41,000. Although the issuers have shown declines in earnings as a result of the weakened economy, no credit issues have been identified that cause management to believe the decline in market value is other than temporary, and we have the ability and intent to hold these investments until a recovery of fair value. In analyzing an equity issuer’s financial condition, management considers industry analysts’ reports, financial performance and projected target prices of investment analysts within a one-year time frame.

Refer to Note 2, Securities Available for Sale, in Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Prospectus for more detail regarding our assessment of other-than-temporary impairment.

Deposits

Deposits are a major source of our funds for lending and other investment purposes. Deposit inflows and outflows are significantly influenced by general interest rates and money market conditions. Our deposit base is comprised of demand, NOW, money market, regular savings and other deposits, and certificates of deposit. We consider demand, NOW, money market, and regular savings and other deposits to be core deposits. Total deposits increased $383.2 million, or 20.5%, to $2.249 billion at December 31, 2013 from $1.865 billion at December 31, 2012. Our continuing focus on the acquisition and expansion of core deposit relationships resulted in net growth in those non-term deposits of $335.7 million, or 27.1%, to $1.573 billion, or 69.9% of total deposits.

 

64


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the average balances of deposits for the periods indicated.

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  
     Average
Balance
     Average
Rate
    Percent
of Total
Deposits
    Average
Balance
     Average
Rate
    Percent
of Total
Deposits
    Average
Balance
     Average
Rate
    Percent
of Total
Deposits
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Demand deposits

   $ 226,691         —       11.4   $ 172,258         —       10.9   $ 126,737         —       9.1

NOW deposits

     187,426         0.53        9.4        154,375         0.48        9.7        134,557         0.46        9.6   

Money market deposits

     718,159         0.91        37.6        523,133         0.86        32.5        376,546         0.93        27.8   

Regular savings and other deposits

     252,723         0.26        11.5        231,274         0.38        13.2        205,664         0.49        13.3   

Certificates of deposit

     676,345         1.31        30.1        630,349         1.53        33.7        692,638         1.82        40.2   
  

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,061,344         0.83        100.0   $ 1,711,389         0.92        100.0   $ 1,536,142         1.15        100.0
  

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

The following table indicates the amount of certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more by time remaining until maturity as of December 31, 2013.

 

     Certificates
of Deposit
 
     (In thousands)  

Maturity Period:

  

Three months or less

   $ 47,380   

Over three through six months

     95,427   

Over six through twelve months

     100,462   

Over twelve months

     135,922   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 379,191   
  

 

 

 

Borrowings

We use borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston to supplement our supply of funds for loans and investments. In addition, we may also purchase federal funds from local banking institutions as an additional short-term funding source for East Boston Savings Bank. Total borrowings increased $649,000, or 0.4%, to $161.9 million at December 31, 2013 from $161.3 million at December 31, 2012, reflecting new advances with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston totaling $47.5 million with terms of two to seven years and fixed interest rates of 0.61% to 1.22% during the year ended December 31, 2013. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston advances totaled $161.9 million and $161.3 million, respectively, with a weighted average rate of 1.48% and 2.05%, respectively. At December 31, 2013, we also had an available line of credit of $9.4 million with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston at an interest rate that adjusts daily, none of which was outstanding at that date.

Information relating to borrowings, including the federal funds purchased, is detailed in the following table.

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Balance outstanding at end of year

   $ 161,903      $ 161,254      $ 131,450   

Average amount outstanding during the year

   $ 179,708      $ 152,730      $ 143,346   

Weighted average interest rate during the year

     1.72     2.10     2.26

Maximum outstanding at any month end

   $ 188,576      $ 182,061      $ 157,848   

Weighted average interest rate at end of year

     1.48     2.05     2.29

 

65


Table of Contents

Stockholders’ Equity

Total stockholders’ equity increased $15.3 million, or 6.5%, to $249.2 million at December 31, 2013, from $233.9 million at December 31, 2012. The increase for the year ended December 31, 2013 was due primarily to $15.4 million in net income and $2.2 million related to stock-based compensation plans, partially offset by a decrease of $811,000 in net accumulated other comprehensive income reflecting a decrease in the fair value of available for sale securities, net of tax and a $1.6 million increase in treasury stock resulting from our repurchasing 91,086 shares of common stock. Stockholders’ equity to assets was 9.29% at December 31, 2013, compared to 10.27% at December 31, 2012. Book value per share increased to $11.21 at December 31, 2013 from $10.51 at December 31, 2012. Tangible book value per share increased to $10.60 at December 31, 2013 from $9.90 at December 31, 2012. At December 31, 2013, Old Meridian and East Boston Savings Bank continued to exceed all regulatory capital requirements.

 

66


Table of Contents

Average Balance Sheets and Related Yields and Rates

The following table presents information regarding average balances of assets and liabilities, the total dollar amounts of interest income and dividends from average interest-earning assets, the total dollar amounts of interest expense on average interest-bearing liabilities and the resulting annualized average yields and costs. The yields and costs for the periods indicated are derived by dividing income or expense by the average balances of assets or liabilities, respectively, for the periods presented. For purposes of this table, average balances have been calculated using daily average balances, and non-accrual loans are included in average balances but are not deemed material. Loan fees are included in interest income on loans but are not material.

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011  
    Average
Balance
    Interest
(1)
    Yield/
Cost (1)
    Average
Balance
    Interest
(1)
    Yield/
Cost (1)
    Average
Balance
    Interest
(1)
    Yield/
Cost (1)
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Assets:

                 

Interest-earning assets:

                 

Loans (2)

  $ 2,010,624      $ 90,680        4.51   $ 1,550,707      $ 76,826        4.95   $ 1,230,294      $ 66,229        5.38

Securities and certificates of deposits

    227,695        6,122        2.69        298,918        9,224        3.09        364,199        12,637        3.47   

Other interest-earning assets (3)

    144,689        344        0.24        135,183        332        0.25        190,634        502        0.26   
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total interest-earning assets

    2,383,008        97,146        4.08        1,984,808        86,382        4.35        1,785,127        79,368        4.45   
   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

   

Noninterest-earning assets

    117,506            124,727            128,955       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total assets

  $ 2,500,514          $ 2,109,535          $ 1,914,082       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity:

                 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

                 

NOW deposits

  $ 187,426        994        0.53      $ 154,375        741        0.48      $ 134,557        613        0.46   

Money market deposits

    718,159        6,530        0.91        523,133        4,484        0.86        376,546        3,515        0.93   

Regular savings and other deposits

    252,723        663        0.26        231,274        887        0.38        205,664        1,003        0.49   

Certificates of deposit

    676,345        8,866        1.31        630,349        9,627        1.53        692,638        12,607        1.82   
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total interest-bearing deposits

    1,834,653        17,053        0.93        1,539,131        15,739        1.02        1,409,405        17,738        1.26   

Borrowings

    179,708        3,082        1.72        152,730        3,206        2.10        143,346        3,234        2.26   
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total interest-bearing liabilities

    2,014,361        20,135        1.00        1,691,861        18,945        1.12        1,552,751        20,972        1.35   
   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

   

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits

    226,691            172,258            126,737       

Other noninterest-bearing liabilities

    17,924            16,166            15,138       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total liabilities

    2,258,976            1,880,285            1,694,626       

Total stockholders’ equity

    241,538            229,250            219,456       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $ 2,500,514          $ 2,109,535          $ 1,914,082       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Net interest-earning assets

  $ 368,647          $ 292,947          $ 232,376       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Fully tax-equivalent net interest income

      77,011            67,437            58,396     

Less: tax-equivalent adjustments

      (1,942         (1,413         (556  
   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

   

Net interest income

    $ 75,069          $ 66,024          $ 57,840     
   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

   

Interest rate spread (1)(4)

        3.08         3.23         3.10

Net interest margin (1)(5)

        3.23         3.40         3.27

Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities

      118.30         117.32         114.97  

Supplemental Information:

                 

Total deposits, including noninterest-bearing demand deposits

  $ 2,061,344      $ 17,053        0.83   $ 1,711,389      $ 15,739        0.92   $ 1,536,142      $ 17,738        1.15

Total deposits and borrowings, including noninterest-bearing demand deposits

  $ 2,241,052      $ 20,135        0.90   $ 1,864,119      $ 18,945        1.02   $ 1,679,488      $ 20,972        1.25

(footnotes begin on following page)

 

67


Table of Contents

(footnotes from previous page)

 

(1) Income on debt securities, equity securities and revenue bonds included in commercial real estate loans, resulting yields, and interest rate spread and net interest margin, are presented on a tax-equivalent basis. The tax-equivalent adjustments are deducted from tax-equivalent net interest income to agree to amounts reported in the consolidated statements of net income. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, yields on loans before tax-equivalent adjustments were 4.44%, 4.90% and 5.38%, respectively, yields on securities and certificates of deposit before tax-equivalent adjustments were 2.42%, 2.87% and 3.34%, respectively, and yield on total interest-earning assets before tax-equivalent adjustments were 4.00%, 4.28% and 4.41%, respectively. Interest rate spread before tax-equivalent adjustments for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was 3.00%, 3.16% and 3.06%, respectively, while net interest margin before tax-equivalent adjustments for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was 3.15%, 3.33% and 3.24%, respectively.
(2) Loans on non-accrual status are included in average balances.
(3) Includes Federal Home Loan Bank stock and associated dividends.
(4) Interest rate spread represents the difference between the tax-equivalent yield on interest-earning assets and the cost of interest-bearing liabilities.
(5) Net interest margin represents net interest income (tax-equivalent basis) divided by average interest-earning assets.

Rate/Volume Analysis

The following table sets forth the effects of changing rates and volumes on our fully tax-equivalent net interest income. The rate column shows the effects attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume). The volume column shows the effects attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate). The net column represents the sum of the prior columns. For purposes of this table, changes attributable to changes in both rate and volume that cannot be segregated have been allocated proportionally based on the changes due to rate and the changes due to volume.

 

     Year Ended December 31,
2013 Compared to 2012
Increase (Decrease) Due to
    Year Ended December 31,
2012 Compared to 2011
Increase (Decrease) Due to
 
     Volume     Rate     Net     Volume     Rate     Net  
     (In thousands)  

Interest Income:

            

Loans

   $ 21,217      $ (7,363   $ 13,854      $ 16,196      $ (5,599   $ 10,597   

Securities and certificates of deposits

     (2,014     (1,088     (3,102     (2,110     (1,303     (3,413

Other interest-earning assets

     23        (11     12        (138     (32     (170
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     19,226        (8,462     10,764        13,948        (6,934     7,014   

Interest Expense:

            

Deposits

     2,674        (1,360     1,314        416        (2,415     (1,999

Borrowings

     515        (639     (124     205        (233     (28
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     3,189        (1,999     1,190        621        (2,648     (2,027
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in fully tax-equivalent net interest income

   $ 16,037      $ (6,463   $ 9,574      $ 13,327      $ (4,286   $ 9,041   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Net Income. Our primary source of income is net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between interest income, which is the income that we earn on our loans and investments, and interest expense, which is the interest that we pay on our deposits and borrowings. Changes in levels of interest rates affect our net interest income. A secondary source of income is non-interest income, which includes revenue that we receive from providing products and services. The majority of our non-interest income generally comes from customer service fees, loan fees, bank-owned life insurance, mortgage banking gains and gains on sales of securities.

 

68


Table of Contents

Net income information is as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Change 2013/2012     Change 2012/2011  
     2013     2012     2011     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Net interest income

   $ 75,069      $ 66,024      $ 57,840      $ 9,045        13.7   $ 8,184        14.1

Provision for loan losses

     6,470        8,581        3,663        (2,111     (24.6     4,918        134.3   

Non-interest income

     19,416        21,261        15,388        (1,845     (8.7     5,873        38.2   

Non-interest expenses

     64,515        59,948        50,994        4,567        7.6        8,954        17.6   

Net income

     15,429        12,426        11,970        3,003        24.2        456        3.8   

Return on average assets

     0.62     0.59     0.63     0.03        5.1        (0.04     (6.3

Return on average equity

     6.39     5.42     5.45     0.97        17.9        (0.03     (0.6

Old Meridian recorded a pre-tax gain of $4.8 million on June 8, 2012 due to the sale of Hampshire First Bank, which was 43% owned by Old Meridian, to NBT Bancorp, Inc. and NBT Bank, N.A. On an after-tax basis, this gain increased net income by $2.9 million, or $0.13 per diluted share, for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Net Interest Income. Net interest income increased $9.0 million, or 13.7%, to $75.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $66.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The net interest rate spread and net interest margin were 3.00% and 3.15%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 3.16% and 3.33%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increases in net interest income were due primarily to loan growth along with declines in the cost of funds, partially offset by declines in yields on interest-earning assets and deposit growth for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 2012.

The average balance of our loan portfolio increased $459.9 million, or 29.7%, to $2.011 billion, which was partially offset by the decline in the yield on loans of 46 basis points to 4.44% for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 4.90% for the year ended December 31, 2012. The average balance of our total deposits increased $350.0 million, or 20.4%, to $2.061 billion, which was partially offset by the decline in cost of total deposits of nine basis points to 0.83% for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. Our yield on interest-earning assets declined 28 basis points to 4.00% for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 4.28% for the year ended December 31, 2012, while the cost of funds declined 12 basis points to 0.90% for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 1.02% for the year ended December 31, 2012.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, net interest income increased $8.2 million, or 14.1%, to $66.0 million from $57.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The net interest rate spread and net interest margin were 3.16% and 3.33%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to 3.06% and 3.24%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in net interest income was due primarily to strong loan growth along with a decline in the cost of funds for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to 2011.

The average balance of our loan portfolio increased $320.4 million, or 26.0%, to $1.551 billion, which was partially offset by the decline in the yield on loans of 48 basis points to 4.90% for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. Our cost of total deposits declined 23 basis points to 0.92%, which was partially offset by the increase in the average balance of total deposits of $175.2 million, or 11.4%, to $1.711 billion for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. Our yield on interest-earning assets declined 13 basis points to 4.28% for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to 4.41% for the year ended December 31, 2011, while the cost of funds declined 23 basis points to 1.02% for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to 1.25% for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Provision for Loan Losses. Our provision for loan losses was $6.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $8.6 million and $3.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. For further discussion of the changes in the provision and allowance for loan losses, refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition—Allowance for Loan Losses.”

 

69


Table of Contents

Non-Interest Income. Non-interest income information is as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,      Change 2013/2012     Change 2012/2011  
     2013      2012      2011      Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Customer service fees

   $ 7,129       $ 6,645       $ 5,867       $ 484        7.3   $ 778        13.3

Loan fees

     508         339         584         169        49.9        (245     (42.0

Mortgage banking gains, net

     583         2,371         2,125         (1,788     (75.4     246        11.6   

Gain on sales of securities, net

     9,636         5,568         4,464         4,068        73.1        1,104        24.7   

Income from bank-owned life insurance

     1,195         1,201         1,221         (6     (0.5     (20     (1.6

Equity income on investment in affiliate bank

     —           310         1,110         (310     (100.0     (800     (72.1

Gain on sale of investment in affiliate bank

     —           4,819         —           (4,819     (100.0     4,819        —     

Other income

     365         8         17         357        4,462.5        (9     (52.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total non-interest income

   $ 19,416       $ 21,261       $ 15,388       $ (1,845     (8.7 )%    $ 5,873        38.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

   

Non-interest income decreased $1.8 million, or 8.7%, to $19.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $21.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, primarily due to the prior year $4.8 million gain on sale of the Hampshire First Bank affiliate and a decrease of $1.8 million in mortgage banking gains, net, partially offset by increases of $4.1 million in gain on sales of securities, net, $484,000 in customer service fees and $357,000 in other income. The decrease in mortgage banking gains, net are primarily due to declines in mortgage loan sales, reflecting the decline in refinancing activity due to rising interest rates in 2013, along with related derivative valuations on commitments to originate loans for sale and contracts to sell loans. The increase in other income was primarily due to loan level interest rate swap fee income recognized in the fourth quarter of 2013.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, non-interest income increased $5.9 million, or 38.2%, to $21.3 million from $15.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, primarily due to a $4.8 million gain on sale of the Hampshire First Bank affiliate and increases of $1.1 million in gain on sales of securities, net, $778,000 in customer service fees and $246,000 in mortgage banking gains, net, partially offset by decreases of $800,000 in equity income from the Hampshire First Bank affiliate and $245,000 in loan fees.

Non-Interest Expense. Non-interest expense information is as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,      Change 2013/2012     Change 2012/2011  
     2013      2012      2011      Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Salaries and employee benefits

   $ 39,618       $ 36,386       $ 29,474       $ 3,232        8.9   $ 6,912        23.5

Occupancy and equipment

     8,798         7,932         7,831         866        10.9        101        1.3   

Data processing

     4,274         3,511         2,909         763        21.7        602        20.7   

Marketing and advertising

     2,949         2,537         2,450         412        16.2        87        3.6   

Professional services

     2,308         2,966         2,685         (658     (22.2     281        10.5   

Foreclosed real estate

     479         599         328         (120     (20.0     271        82.6   

Deposit insurance

     2,053         1,760         1,893         293        16.6        (133     (7.0

Other general and administrative

     4,036         4,257         3,424         (221     (5.2     833        24.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total non-interest expense

   $ 64,515       $ 59,948       $ 50,994       $ 4,567        7.6   $ 8,954        17.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

   

Non-interest expense increased $4.6 million, or 7.6%, to $64.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $59.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, primarily due to increases of $3.2 million in salaries and employee benefits, $866,000 in occupancy and equipment expense, $763,000 in data processing, $412,000 in marketing and advertising and $293,000 in deposit insurance, partially offset by decreases of $658,000 in professional services reflecting a decline in legal and consulting expenses, $120,000 in foreclosed real estate expense and $221,000 in other non-interest expenses. The increases in salaries and employee benefits and occupancy and equipment expenses were primarily associated with the opening of new branches and costs associated with the expansion of residential and commercial lending capacity.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, non-interest expense increased $9.0 million, or 17.6%, to $59.9 million from $51.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, primarily due to increases of $6.9 million in salaries and employee benefits, $602,000 in data processing expenses and $1.4 million in other non-interest

 

70


Table of Contents

expenses. The increases in non-interest expenses were primarily associated with the new branches opened and costs associated with the expansion of residential and commercial lending capacity in the past year. In addition, the increase in salaries and employee benefits reflected an increase in incentive compensation plan expense of $1.2 million to $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 based on our achievement of various performance measures.

Income Tax Provision. We recorded a provision for income taxes of $8.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, reflecting an effective tax rate of 34.3%, compared to $6.3 million, or 33.7%, for the year ended December 31, 2012. For the year ended December 31, 2011, we recorded a provision for income taxes of $6.6 million, reflecting an effective tax rate of 35.5%. The changes in the income tax provision were primarily due to changes in the components of pre-tax income.

Risk Management

Overview. Managing risk is an essential part of successfully managing a financial institution. Our most prominent risk exposures are credit risk, interest rate risk and market risk. Credit risk is the risk of not collecting the interest and/or the principal balance of a loan or investment when it is due. Interest rate risk is the potential reduction of net interest income as a result of changes in interest rates. Market risk arises from fluctuations in interest rates that may result in changes in the values of financial instruments, such as available-for-sale securities that are accounted for on a mark-to-market basis. Other risks that we face are operational risks, liquidity risk and reputation risk. Operational risks include risks related to fraud, regulatory compliance, processing errors, and technology and disaster recovery. Liquidity risk is the possible inability to fund obligations to depositors, lenders or borrowers. Reputation risk is the risk that negative publicity or press, whether true or not, could cause a decline in our customer base or revenue.

Old Meridian’s Risk Management Officer and the Compliance/Risk Management Committee oversee the risk management process on behalf of Old Meridian’s Board of Directors, with responsibility for the overall risk program and strategy, determining risks and implementing risk mitigation strategies in the following risk areas: interest rates, operational/compliance, liquidity, strategic, reputation, credit and legal/regulatory. The Risk Management Officer reports the activities of the Compliance/Risk Management Committee to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors on a quarterly basis, or more often as necessary. The Risk Management Officer provides counsel to members of our management team on all issues that affect our risk positions.

In addition, the Risk Management Officer is responsible for the following:

 

    Develops, implements and maintains a risk management program for the entire Bank to withstand regulatory scrutiny and provides operational safety and efficiency;

 

    Recommends policy to the Board of Directors;

 

    Chairs Old Meridian’s Compliance/Risk Management Committee;

 

    Participates in developing long-term strategic risk objectives for Old Meridian;

 

    Coordinates and reviews risk assessments and provides recommendations on risk controls, testing and mitigation strategies;

 

    Reviews and provides recommendations and approvals for all proposed business initiatives;

 

    Implements and maintains the Vendor Management Program; and

 

    Keeps abreast of risk management and regulatory trends and mitigation strategies.

 

71


Table of Contents

Asset/Liability Management. Our earnings and the market value of our assets and liabilities are subject to fluctuations caused by changes in the level of interest rates. We manage the interest rate sensitivity of our interest-bearing liabilities and interest-earning assets in an effort to minimize the adverse effects of changes in the interest rate environment. Deposit accounts typically react more quickly to changes in market interest rates than mortgage loans because of the shorter maturities of deposits. As a result, sharp increases in interest rates may adversely affect our earnings while decreases in interest rates may beneficially affect our earnings. To reduce the potential volatility of our earnings, we have sought to improve the match between asset and liability maturities and rates, while maintaining an acceptable interest rate spread. Our strategy for managing interest rate risk emphasizes: originating loans with adjustable interest rates; selling the residential real estate fixed-rate loans with terms greater than 10 years that we originate; promoting core deposit products; and adjusting the interest rates and maturities of funding sources, as necessary.

We have an Asset/Liability Management Committee to coordinate all aspects of asset/liability management. The committee establishes and monitors the volume, maturities, pricing and mix of assets and funding sources with the objective of managing assets and funding sources to provide results that are consistent with liquidity, growth, risk limits and profitability goals.

We analyze our interest rate sensitivity position to manage the risk associated with interest rate movements through the use of interest income simulation. The matching of assets and liabilities may be analyzed by examining the extent to which such assets and liabilities are “interest sensitive.” An asset or liability is said to be interest rate sensitive within a specific time period if it will mature or reprice within that time period.

Our goal is to manage asset and liability positions to moderate the effects of interest rate fluctuations on net interest income. Interest income simulations are completed quarterly and presented to the Asset/Liability Committee and the Board of Directors. The simulations provide an estimate of the impact of changes in interest rates on net interest income under a range of assumptions. The numerous assumptions used in the simulation process are reviewed by the Asset/Liability Committee and the Executive Committee on a quarterly basis. Changes to these assumptions can significantly affect the results of the simulation. The simulation incorporates assumptions regarding the potential timing in the repricing of certain assets and liabilities when market rates change and the changes in spreads between different market rates. The simulation analysis incorporates management’s current assessment of the risk that pricing margins will change adversely over time due to competition or other factors.

Simulation analysis is only an estimate of our interest rate risk exposure at a particular point in time. We continually review the potential effect changes in interest rates could have on the repayment of rate sensitive assets and funding requirements of rate sensitive liabilities.

The simulation uses projected repricing of assets and liabilities on the basis of contractual maturities, anticipated repayments and scheduled rate adjustments. Prepayment rates can have a significant impact on interest income simulation. Because of the large percentage of loans we hold, rising or falling interest rates have a significant impact on the prepayment speeds of our earning assets that in turn affect the rate sensitivity position. When interest rates rise, prepayments tend to slow. When interest rates fall, prepayments tend to rise. Our asset sensitivity would be reduced if prepayments slow and vice versa. While we believe such assumptions to be reasonable, there can be no assurance that assumed prepayment rates will approximate actual future mortgage-backed security and loan repayment activity.

 

72


Table of Contents

The following table reflects changes in estimated net interest income for East Boston Savings Bank due to immediate non-parallel changes in interest rates at January 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014.

 

     Net Interest Income  
   Amount      Change     Percent  
     (Dollars in Thousands)  

Increase (Decrease) in Market Interest Rates

                   

300

   $ 70,839       $ (10,267     (12.66 )% 

Flat

     81,106        

-100

     81,932         826        1.02   

Liquidity Management. Liquidity is the ability to meet current and future financial obligations of a short-term nature. Our primary sources of funds consist of deposit inflows, loan repayments, maturities of and payments on investment securities and borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston. While maturities and scheduled amortization of loans and securities are predictable sources of funds, deposit flows and mortgage prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions and competition.

We regularly adjust our investments in liquid assets based upon our assessment of (1) expected loan demand, (2) expected deposit flows, (3) yields available on interest-earning deposits and securities and (4) the objectives of our asset/liability management policy.

Our most liquid assets are cash and cash equivalents. The levels of these assets depend on our operating, financing, lending and investing activities during any given period. At December 31, 2013, cash and cash equivalents totaled $86.3 million. In addition, at December 31, 2013, we had $240.1 million of available borrowing capacity with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston, including a $9.4 million line of credit. On December 31, 2013, we had $161.9 million of advances outstanding.

A significant use of our liquidity is the funding of loan originations. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, we had total loan commitments outstanding of $613.6 million and $439.3 million, respectively. Historically, many of the commitments expire without being fully drawn; therefore the total amount of commitments does not necessarily represent future cash requirements. For further information, see Note 10 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Another significant use of our liquidity is the funding of deposit withdrawals. Certificates of deposit due within one year of December 31, 2013 totaled $440.2 million, or 65.1% of total certificates of deposit. If these maturing deposits do not remain with us, we will be required to utilize other sources of funds. Historically, a significant portion of certificates of deposit that mature have remained with us. We have the ability to attract and retain deposits by adjusting the interest rates offered.

Contractual Obligations. The following table presents our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2013.

 

     Payments Due by Period  
     Total      Up to One
Year
     More than
One Year to
Three Years
     More than
Three Years
to Five Years
     More Than
Five Years
 
     (In thousands)  

Contractual obligations:

              

Long-term debt obligations

   $ 161,903       $ 4,000       $ 36,000       $ 102,500       $ 19,403   

Operating lease obligations

     10,708         1,341         2,622         2,099         4,646   

Other long-term obligations (1)

     8,940         2,235         4,470         2,235         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 181,551       $ 7,576       $ 43,092       $ 106,834       $ 24,049   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Consists entirely of expenses related to obligations under a data processing agreement.

 

73


Table of Contents

Our primary investing activities are the origination of loans and the purchase of securities. Our primary financing activities consist of activity in deposit accounts and Federal Home Loan Bank advances. Deposit flows are affected by the overall level of interest rates, the interest rates and products offered by us and our local competitors and other factors. We generally manage the pricing of our deposits to be competitive. Occasionally, we offer promotional rates on certain deposit products to attract deposits.

We have a contract with our core data processing provider through December 2017, with a related outstanding commitment of $8.9 million as of December 31, 2013 and with total annual payments of $2.2 million.

Capital Management. Both Old Meridian and East Boston Savings Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the Federal Reserve Board and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, respectively, including a risk-based capital measure. The risk-based capital guidelines include both a definition of capital and a framework for calculating risk-weighted assets by assigning balance sheet assets and off-balance sheet items to broad risk categories. At December 31, 2013, both Old Meridian and East Boston Savings Bank exceeded all of their respective regulatory capital requirements. East Boston Savings Bank is considered “well capitalized” under regulatory guidelines. We have also analyzed the effects of the pending new Basel III capital requirements, and we believe that, upon completion of this offering, East Boston Savings Bank and New Meridian would meet all of these new requirements, including the full 2.5% capital conservation buffer, as if these new requirements had been in effect as of December 31, 2013. See Risk Factors—We will become subject to more stringent capital requirements, which may adversely impact our return on equity, require us to raise additional capital, or constrain us from paying dividends or repurchasing shares,” “Historical and Pro Forma Regulatory Capital Compliance,” “Regulation and Supervision—Federal Bank Regulation—Capital Requirements,” “—Regulatory Capital Compliance” and Note 13, Stockholders’ Equity, “Minimum Regulatory Capital Requirements” in Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included with this prospectus.

We may use capital management tools such as cash dividends and common share repurchases. Pursuant to Federal Reserve Board approval conditions imposed in connection with the formation of Old Meridian, we have committed (i) to seek the Federal Reserve Board’s prior approval before repurchasing any equity securities from Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated and (ii) that any repurchases of equity securities from stockholders other than Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated will be at the current market price for such stock repurchases. We are also subject to the Federal Reserve Board’s notice provisions for stock repurchases.

As of December 31, 2013, we had repurchased 287,652 shares of our stock at an average price of $14.68 per share, or 31.8% of the 904,224 shares authorized for repurchase under our fourth repurchase program as adopted during 2011. We have repurchased 1,691,580 shares at an average price of $10.89 per share since December 2008. We terminated the repurchase program in connection with Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated’s adoption of the plan of conversion.

The net proceeds from the stock offering will significantly increase our liquidity and capital resources. Over time, the initial level of liquidity will be reduced as net proceeds from the stock offering are used for general corporate purposes, including the funding of loans. Our financial condition and results of operations will be enhanced by the net proceeds from the stock offering, resulting in increased net interest-earning assets and net interest income. However, due to the increase in equity resulting from the net proceeds from the stock offering, our return on equity will be adversely affected following the stock offering.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements. In the normal course of operations, we engage in a variety of financial transactions that, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America are not recorded in our financial statements. These transactions involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit, interest rate and liquidity risk. Such transactions are used primarily to manage customers’ requests for funding and take the form of loan commitments and lines of credit.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, we engaged in no off-balance sheet transactions reasonably likely to have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

74


Table of Contents

Impact of Recent Accounting Pronouncements. For a discussion of the impact of recent accounting pronouncements, see Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included with this prospectus.

Effect of Inflation and Changing Prices

The consolidated financial statements and related financial data included in this prospectus have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering the change in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The primary impact of inflation on our operations is reflected in increased operating costs. Unlike most industrial companies, virtually all the assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates generally have a more significant impact on a financial institution’s performance than do general levels of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or to the same extent as the prices of goods and services.

BUSINESS OF NEW MERIDIAN AND OLD MERIDIAN

New Meridian

New Meridian is a Maryland corporation that was organized in March 2014. Upon completion of the conversion, New Meridian will become the holding company of East Boston Savings Bank and will succeed to all of the business and operations of Old Meridian and each of Old Meridian and Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated will cease to exist.

Initially following the completion of the conversion, New Meridian will have a total of $3.9 million in cash and securities held by Old Meridian and Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated as of December 31, 2013, and the net proceeds it retains from the offering, part of which will be used to fund a loan to the East Boston Savings Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan. New Meridian will have no significant liabilities. New Meridian intends to use the support staff and offices of East Boston Savings Bank and will pay East Boston Savings Bank for these services. If New Meridian expands or changes its business in the future, it may hire its own employees.

New Meridian intends to invest the net proceeds of the offering as discussed under “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds From the Offering.” In the future, we may pursue other business activities, including mergers and acquisitions, investment alternatives and diversification of operations. There are, however, no current understandings or agreements for these activities.

Old Meridian

Old Meridian is a Massachusetts corporation that owns all of the outstanding shares of common stock of East Boston Savings Bank. At December 31, 2013, Old Meridian had consolidated assets of $2.7 billion, deposits of $2.2 billion and stockholders’ equity of $249.2 million.

East Boston Savings Bank became the wholly-owned subsidiary of Old Meridian’s in 2006, when East Boston Savings Bank reorganized into the two-tier mutual holding company structure. In 2008, Old Meridian sold 10,050,000 shares of its common stock to the public, representing 43.7% of its then-outstanding shares, at $10.00 per share. An additional 12,650,000 shares, or 55.0% of the outstanding shares, were issued to Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated, and 300,000 shares, or 1.3% of the outstanding shares were issued to the East Boston Savings Bank Charitable Foundation, Inc.

BUSINESS OF EAST BOSTON SAVINGS BANK

Our business operations are conducted through our wholly-owned subsidiary, East Boston Savings Bank. East Boston Savings Bank is a community bank that has served the banking needs of its customers since 1848.

 

75


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2013, East Boston Savings Bank conducts its business from 27 full-service locations and three loan centers in the greater Boston metropolitan area. East Boston Savings Bank operates nine of its full-service locations and a loan center under the name Mt. Washington Bank, a Division of East Boston Savings Bank. We offer a variety of deposit and loan products to individuals and businesses located in our primary market, which consists of Suffolk, Middlesex and Essex Counties, Massachusetts. We attract deposits from the general public and use those funds to originate one- to four-family real estate, multi-family and commercial real estate, construction, commercial business and consumer loans, which we primarily hold for investment. Our lending business also involves the purchase and sale of loan participation interests. We also offer non-deposit financial products through a third-party network arrangement.

East Boston Savings Bank is subject to comprehensive regulation and examination by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

East Boston Savings Bank’s executive offices are located at 10 Meridian Street, East Boston, Massachusetts 02128, and its telephone number is (617) 567-1500. Its website address is www.ebsb.com . Information on this website is not and should not be considered to be a part of this prospectus.

Market Area

We consider the greater Boston metropolitan area to be our primary market area. While our primary deposit-gathering area is concentrated in the greater Boston metropolitan area, our lending area encompasses a broader market that includes most of eastern Massachusetts east of Route 93, including Cape Cod, and portions of southeastern New Hampshire and Maine. We conduct our operations through our 27 full-service offices and three loan centers located in the following counties, all of which are located in the greater Boston metropolitan area: Essex (five offices and two loan centers), Middlesex (seven offices) and Suffolk (15 offices and one loan center). The greater Boston metropolitan area is the 10th largest metropolitan area in the United States. Located adjacent to major transportation corridors, the Boston metropolitan area provides a highly diversified economic base, with major employment sectors ranging from services, manufacturing and wholesale retail trade, to finance, technology and medical care. The largest employment sector however, is health care and social services, accounting for 20.9% of businesses in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. Based on data from the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston, the unemployment rate for Massachusetts remained unchanged at 6.7% in December 2013 after peaking at 7.4% in June 2013. Home prices in Massachusetts rose at an annual rate of 19.46% in the third quarter of 2013 compared to 0.9% for the third quarter of 2012.

Competition

We face significant competition for the attraction of deposits and origination of loans. Our most direct competition for deposits has historically come from the many financial institutions operating in our market area and, to a lesser extent, from other financial service companies such as brokerage firms and insurance companies. Several large holding companies operate banks in our market area. These institutions are significantly larger than us and, therefore, have greater resources. We also face competition for investors’ funds from money market funds, mutual funds and other corporate and government securities. Based on data from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation as of June 30, 2013 (the latest date for which information is available), East Boston Savings Bank had 0.83% of the deposit market share within the Boston-Cambridge-Quincy, Massachusetts — New Hampshire metropolitan statistical area, giving us the 17th largest market share in our metropolitan statistical area out of 144 financial institutions in our metropolitan statistical area as of that date.

Our competition for loans comes from financial institutions in our market area and from other financial service providers, such as mortgage companies and mortgage brokers. Competition for loans also comes from the increasing number of non-depository financial service companies entering the mortgage market, such as insurance companies, securities companies and specialty finance companies. Some of our competitors offer products and services that we do not offer, such as insurance services, trust services, wealth management and asset-based financing.

 

76


Table of Contents

Lending Activities

Commercial Real Estate Loans. At December 31, 2013, commercial real estate loans were $1.032 billion, or 45.0%, of our total loan portfolio. The commercial real estate loan portfolio consisted of $209.8 million of fixed-rate loans and $822.6 million of adjustable-rate loans at December 31, 2013. Our commercial real estate loans are generally secured by properties used for business purposes such as office buildings, industrial facilities and retail facilities. At December 31, 2013, $183.5 million of our commercial real estate portfolio was owner occupied commercial real estate, and the remaining $848.9 million was secured by income producing, or non-owner occupied commercial real estate. We currently target new individual commercial real estate loan originations to small- and mid-size owners and investors in our market area and can, by policy, originate loans to one borrower up to $30.0 million, with exceptions greater than $30.0 million as approved by East Boston Savings Bank’s Executive Committee of the Board of Directors. We intend to continue to grow our commercial real estate loan portfolio while maintaining prudent underwriting standards. In addition to originating these loans, we also participate in loans with other financial institutions.

We originate a variety of fixed- and adjustable-rate commercial real estate loans for terms and amortization periods up to 30 years, which may include balloon loans. Interest rates and payments on our adjustable-rate loans adjust every three, five or seven years and generally are adjusted to a rate equal to a percentage above the corresponding U.S. Treasury rate or Federal Home Loan Bank borrowing rate. Most of our adjustable-rate commercial real estate loans adjust every five years and amortize over terms of 20 to 25 years. We also include pre-payment penalties on loans we originate. Loan amounts generally do not exceed 75% to 80% of the property’s appraised value at the time the loan is originated. In addition, aggregate debt service ratios, including the guarantor’s cash flow and the borrower’s other projects, are by policy, required to have a minimum income to debt service ratio of 1.20x. We require independent appraisals or evaluations on all loans secured by commercial real estate from an approved appraisers list. We require most of our commercial real estate loan borrowers to submit annual financial statements and/or rent rolls on the subject property. These properties may also be subject to annual inspections with pictures to support that appropriate maintenance is being performed by the owner/borrower. All commercial real estate loans over $500,000 are reviewed at least annually along with each commercial real estate borrower and as applicable, each guarantor. The loan and its borrowers and/or guarantors are subject to an annual risk certification verifying that the loan is properly risk rated based upon covenant compliance and other terms as provided for in the loan agreements. While this process does not prevent loans from becoming delinquent, it provides us with the opportunity to better identify problem loans in a timely manner and to work with the borrower prior to the loan becoming delinquent.

The following table provides information with respect to our commercial real estate loans by type at the dates indicated.

 

     At December 31, 2013  
     Amount      Percent  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Industrial/Warehouse

   $ 228,101         22.0

Mixed use

     275,392         26.7   

Accommodations

     52,183         5.1   

Office condominium

     19,506         1.9   

Retail

     222,997         21.5   

Office building

     164,712         16.0   

Restaurant

     8,845         0.9   

Other

     60,672         5.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,032,408         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

If we foreclose on a commercial real estate loan, the marketing and liquidation period to convert the real estate asset to cash can be a lengthy process with substantial holding costs. In addition, vacancies, deferred maintenance, repairs and market stigma can result in prospective buyers expecting sale price concessions to offset

 

77


Table of Contents

their real or perceived economic losses for the time it takes them to return the property to profitability. Depending on the individual circumstances, initial charge-offs and subsequent losses on commercial real estate loans can be unpredictable and substantial.

The average outstanding loan size in our commercial real estate portfolio was $1.2 million as of December 31, 2013. We target individual commercial real estate loans between $250,000 and $30.0 million to small and mid-size owner and investors in our market area and can, by policy, originate loans to one borrower up to $30.0 million, with exceptions greater than $30.0 million as approved by East Boston Savings Bank’s Executive Committee of the Board of Directors. We generally do not make commercial real estate loans outside our primary market areas.

Our largest single commercial real estate relationship at December 31, 2013, totaled $24.0 million and was originated in 2013 and secured by an office building. Our next largest borrowing relationship at December 31, 2013, was for $22.7 million and secured by an office building. The third largest relationship was for $21.3 million and was secured by an office building. At December 31, 2013, all of these loans were performing in accordance with their repayment terms.

One- to Four-Family Residential Loans. Our one- to four-family residential loan portfolio consists of mortgage loans that enable borrowers to purchase or refinance existing homes, most of which serve as the primary residence of the owner. At December 31, 2013, one- to four-family residential loans were $454.1 million, or 19.8% of our total loan portfolio, consisting of $110.9 million and $343.2 million of fixed-rate and adjustable-rate loans, respectively. We generally offer fixed-rate loans and adjustable-rate loans with terms up to 30 years. Generally, our fixed-rate loans conform to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac underwriting guidelines and those with longer terms (more than 15 years) are originated with the intention to sell. Our adjustable-rate mortgage loans generally adjust annually or every three years after an initial fixed period that ranges from three to ten years. Management has the intent and ability to hold the remaining fixed-rate loans in our loan portfolio for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off. Interest rates and payments on our adjustable-rate loans generally are adjusted to a rate equal to a percentage above the one or three year U.S. Treasury index. Depending on the loan type, the maximum amount by which the interest rate may be increased or decreased is generally 2% per adjustment period and the lifetime interest rate caps range from 2% to 4% over the initial interest rate of the loan. Our residential loans generally do not have prepayment penalties.

Borrower demand for adjustable-rate compared to fixed-rate loans is a function of the level of interest rates, the expectations of changes in the level of interest rates, and the difference between the interest rates and loan fees offered for fixed-rate mortgage loans as compared to the interest rates and loan fees for adjustable-rate loans. The relative amount of fixed-rate and adjustable-rate mortgage loans that can be originated at any time is largely determined by the demand for each in a competitive environment. The loan fees, interest rates and other provisions of mortgage loans are determined by us on the basis of our own pricing criteria and competitive market conditions.

While one- to four-family residential real estate loans are normally originated with up to 30-year terms, such loans typically remain outstanding for substantially shorter periods because borrowers often prepay their loans in full either upon sale of the property pledged as security or upon refinancing the original loan. Therefore, average loan maturity is a function of, among other factors, the level of purchase and sale activity in the real estate market, prevailing interest rates and the interest rates payable on outstanding loans. We do not offer loans with negative amortization and generally do not offer interest-only one -to four-family residential real estate loans. Additionally, our current practice is generally (1) to sell to the secondary market newly originated longer term (more than 15 year terms) fixed-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans, and (2) to hold in our portfolio shorter-term fixed-rate loans, bi-weekly amortization loans and adjustable-rate loans. We sell residential real estate loans in the secondary market, primarily with servicing released. We also sell loans to Fannie Mae, the Federal Home Loan Bank Mortgage Partnership Finance Program and other investors with servicing retained.

We will make loans with loan-to-value ratios up to 95% (100% for first time home buyers) with such value measured at origination; however, we generally require private mortgage insurance for loans with a loan-to-value ratio over 80%. We require all properties securing mortgage loans to be appraised by a licensed real estate appraiser. We generally require title insurance on all first mortgage loans. Borrowers must obtain hazard insurance, and flood insurance is required for loans on properties located in a flood zone.

 

78


Table of Contents

In an effort to provide financing for first-time buyers, we offer five-year adjustable-rate and fixed-rate 30-year residential real estate loans through the Massachusetts Housing Finance Agency First Time Home Buyer Program. We offer mortgage loans through this program to qualified individuals and originate the loans using modified underwriting guidelines and loan conditions.

We also offer adjustable-rate loans secured by one- to four-family properties that are not owner-occupied. Non-owner-occupied one- to four-family residential loans generally can be made with a loan-to-value ratio of up to 80% with such value measured at origination. At December 31, 2013, these loans totaled $68.2 million. Non-owner-occupied residential loans can have higher risk of loss than owner-occupied residential loans, as payment on such loans often depends on successful operation and management of the properties. In addition, non-owner-occupied residential borrowers may be more willing to default on a loan than an owner-occupied residential borrower as the non-owner-occupied residential borrower would not be losing his or her residence.

Multi-Family Real Estate Loans. At December 31, 2013, multi-family real estate loans were $288.2 million, or 12.6%, of our total loan portfolio. The multi-family loan portfolio consisted of $18.7 million of fixed-rate loans and $269.5 million of adjustable-rate loans at December 31, 2013. We currently target new individual multi-family real estate loan originations to small- and mid-size owners and investors in our market area and can, by policy, originate loans to one borrower up to $30.0 million, with exceptions greater than $30.0 million as approved by East Boston Savings Bank’s Executive Committee of the Board of Directors. Our multi-family real estate loans are generally secured by apartment buildings. We intend to continue to grow our multi-family loan portfolio, while maintaining prudent underwriting standards. In addition to originating these loans, we also participate in loans with other financial institutions.

We originate a variety of adjustable-rate multi-family real estate loans for terms up to 30 years. Interest rates and payments on our adjustable-rate loans adjust every three, five or seven years and generally are adjusted to a rate equal to a percentage above the corresponding U.S. Treasury rate or Federal Home Loan Bank borrowing rate. Most of our adjustable-rate multi-family real estate loans adjust every five years and amortize over terms of 20 to 25 years. We also include pre-payment penalties on loans we originate. Loan amounts generally do not exceed 75% to 80% of the property’s appraised value at the time the loan is originated. Aggregate debt service ratios, including the guarantor’s cash flow and the borrower’s other projects, are by policy, required to have a minimum income to debt service ratio of 1.20x. We require most of our multi-family real estate loan borrowers to submit annual financial statements and/or rent rolls on the subject property. These properties may also be subject to annual inspections with pictures to support that appropriate maintenance is being performed by the owner/borrower.

If we foreclose on a multi-family real estate loan, the marketing and liquidation period to convert the real estate asset to cash can be a lengthy process with substantial holding costs. In addition, vacancies, deferred maintenance, repairs and market stigma can result in prospective buyers expecting sale price concessions to offset their real or perceived economic losses for the time it takes them to return the property to profitability. Depending on the individual circumstances, initial charge-offs and subsequent losses on commercial real estate loans can be unpredictable and substantial.

The average outstanding loan size in our multi-family real estate portfolio was $1.1 million as of December 31, 2013. We target individual commercial and multifamily real estate loans between $250,000 and $30.0 million to small and mid-size owner and investors in our market area and can, by policy, originate loans to one borrower up to $30.0 million, with exceptions greater than $30.0 million as approved by East Boston Savings Bank’s Executive Committee of the Board of Directors. We generally do not make multi-family real estate loans outside our primary market areas.

Our largest multi-family real estate relationship at December 31, 2013, totaled $17.8 million and originated in 2013 and secured by an apartment building. Our next largest multi-family borrowing relationship at December 31, 2013 was for $15.1 million, and was secured by an apartment building. The third largest multi-family borrowing relationship was for $14.9 million, and was secured by an apartment building. At December 31, 2013, all of these loans were performing in accordance with their terms.

 

79


Table of Contents

Construction Loans. Historically, we have invested a significant portion of our loan portfolio in residential construction and land loans to professional home builders and developers. More recently, in response to improvement in the housing market, our construction lending increased in 2013. We also originate construction loans for commercial and multifamily real estate. Although well diversified with respect to price ranges and borrowers, our construction loans are significantly concentrated in the greater Boston metropolitan area.

At December 31, 2013, construction loans were $208.8 million, or 9.1% of our total loan portfolio consisting of $58.7 million of one- to four-family residential and condominium construction loans, $888,000 of residential land or development loans, $135.2 million of commercial and multifamily real estate construction loans and $14.0 million of commercial land or land development loans. All of the one- to four-family construction loans and residential land or development loans at December 31, 2013 will convert to permanent loans upon completion of the construction phase.

We primarily make construction loans for commercial development projects, including apartment buildings, small industrial buildings and retail and office buildings. We also originate adjustable loans to individuals and to builders to finance the construction of residential dwellings. Most of our construction loans are interest-only loans that provide for the payment of only interest during the construction phase, which is usually up to 12 to 24 months, although some construction loans are renewed, generally for one or two additional years. At the end of the construction phase, the loan may convert to a permanent mortgage loan or the loan may be paid in full. Loans generally can be made with a maximum loan-to-value ratio of 80% of the appraised market value upon completion of the project. As appropriate to the underwriting, a “discounted cash flow analysis” is utilized. Before making a commitment to fund a construction loan, we require an appraisal of the property by an independent licensed appraiser. We also will generally require an inspection of the property before disbursement of funds during the term of the construction loan.

We also originate construction and site development loans to contractors and builders to finance the construction of single-family homes and subdivisions. While we may originate these loans whether or not the collateral property underlying the loan is under contract for sale, we consider each project carefully in light of current residential real estate market conditions. We actively monitor the number of unsold homes in our construction loan portfolio and local housing markets to attempt to maintain an appropriate balance between home sales and new loan originations. The maximum number of speculative loans (loans that are not pre-sold) approved for each builder is based on a combination of factors, including the financial capacity of the builder, the market demand for the finished product and the ratio of sold to unsold inventory the builder maintains. We have attempted to diversify the risk associated with speculative construction lending by doing business with a large number of experienced small and mid-sized builders within our market area.

Residential real estate construction loans include single-family tract construction loans for the construction of entry level residential homes. The maximum loan-to-value limit applicable to these loans is generally 75% to 80% of the appraised market value upon completion of the project. Development plans are required from builders prior to making the loan. Our loan officers are required to personally visit the proposed site of the development and the sites of competing developments. We require that builders maintain adequate insurance coverage. While maturity dates for residential construction loans are largely a function of the estimated construction period of the project, and generally do not exceed one year, land development loans generally are for 18 to 24 months. Substantially all of our residential construction loans have adjustable rates of interest based on U.S. Treasury rates, Federal Home Loan Bank rates or The Wall Street Journal prime rate. Construction loan proceeds are disbursed periodically in increments as construction progresses and as inspection by our approved inspectors warrant.

We regularly monitor the construction and land loan portfolios and the economic conditions and housing inventory in each of our markets and increase or decrease this type of lending as we observe market conditions change. Housing markets in the greater Boston metropolitan area significantly deteriorated beginning in 2008 and our origination of new construction loans declined sharply as a result; however, our level of construction lending has

 

80


Table of Contents

increased since then as housing markets have improved. We believe that the underwriting policies and internal monitoring systems we have in place have helped to mitigate some of the risks inherent in construction and land lending; however, weak housing market conditions nonetheless resulted in material delinquencies and charge-offs in our construction loan portfolio prior to 2010. We have focused on reducing the amount of non-accrual construction loans and we have made substantial progress in this regard, as reflected in the decline in non-accrual construction loans to $11.3 million at December 31, 2013 from $22.4 million at December 31, 2011.

The composition of our construction and land portfolio at December 31, 2013 is as follows.

 

     At December 31, 2013  
     Amount      Percent  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Condominium

   $ 11,213         5.4

One- to four-family residential real estate

     47,451         22.7   

Apartment

     81,764         39.2   

Commercial real estate

     24,879         11.9   

Mixed use

     8,091         3.9   

Retail

     3,549         1.7   

Office building

     6,503         3.1   

Land

     14,912         7.1   

Other

     10,437         5.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 208,799         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial Business Loans. We make commercial business loans primarily in our market area to a variety of professionals, sole proprietorships, nonprofit organizations and small businesses. At December 31, 2013, commercial business loans were $247.0 million, or 10.8% of our total loan portfolio, and we intend to increase the amount of commercial business loans that we originate. A portion of our commercial business loans is also secured by owner-occupied commercial real estate. However, the primary source of repayment for all of our commercial business loans is income from the underlying business. In the third quarter of 2011, we significantly expanded our commercial business lending platform with the establishment of a new corporate banking division comprised of a veteran team of bankers and related underwriting personnel that enhanced our presence in all of our market areas and strengthened our business product offerings and cash management expertise. As part of our relationship driven focus, we require many of our commercial business borrowers to maintain their primary deposit accounts with us, which enhances our interest rate spread and overall profitability.

A significant portion of our commercial business loans consists of our direct purchase of tax-exempt bonds issued by non-profit organizations (primarily educational and health organizations) and manufacturers through programs sponsored by the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and the states of Maine and New Hampshire. We underwrite these bonds in substantially the same manner as our other commercial business loans. At December 31, 2013, tax exempt bonds included in our commercial business loan portfolio were $140.1 million, or 56.7% of our total commercial business loans at that date.

Commercial lending products include term loans and revolving lines of credit. Commercial loans and lines of credit are made with either variable or fixed rates of interest. Variable rates are based on the prime rate as published in The Wall Street Journal , plus a margin. Initial rates on fixed-rate business loans are generally based on a corresponding U.S. Treasury or Federal Home Loan Bank rate, plus a margin. Commercial business loans typically have shorter maturity terms and higher interest rates than commercial real estate loans, but may involve more credit risk because of the type and nature of the collateral. We are focusing our efforts on small- to medium-sized, privately-held companies with local or regional businesses and non-profit entities that operate in our market area and can, by policy, originate loans to one borrower up to $30.0 million, with exceptions greater than $30.0 million as approved by East Boston Savings Bank’s Executive Committee of the Board of Directors.

 

81


Table of Contents

When making commercial loans, we consider the financial statements of the borrower, our lending history with the borrower, the debt service capabilities of the borrower, the projected cash flows of the business and the value of the collateral, primarily real estate, accounts receivable, inventory and equipment. Depending on the collateral used to secure the loans, commercial loans are made in amounts of up to 80% of the value of the collateral securing the loan. All of these loans are secured by assets of the respective borrowers.

Home Equity Lines of Credit. We offer home equity lines of credit, which are secured by owner-occupied one- to four-family residences. At December 31, 2013, the outstanding balance owed on home equity lines of credit amounted to $54.5 million, or 2.4% of our total loan portfolio. Home equity lines of credit have adjustable rates of interest with ten-year draws and terms of 15 years that are indexed to the Prime Rate as published by The Wall Street Journal on the last business day of the month. Our home equity lines either have a monthly variable interest rate or an interest rate that is fixed for five years and that adjusts in years six and 11. We offer home equity lines of credit with cumulative loan-to-value ratios generally up to 80%, when taking into account both the balance of the home equity loans and first mortgage loan.

The procedures for underwriting home equity lines of credit include an assessment of the applicant’s payment history on other debts and ability to meet existing obligations and payments on the proposed loan. Although the applicant’s creditworthiness is a primary consideration, the underwriting process also includes a comparison of the value of the collateral to the proposed loan amount. The procedures for underwriting one- to four-family residential real estate loans apply equally to home equity loans.

Consumer Loans. We offer automobile loans, loans secured by passbook or certificate accounts and overdraft loans. At December 31, 2013, consumer loans were $7.2 million, or 0.3% of total loans. The procedures for underwriting consumer loans include an assessment of the applicant’s payment history on other debts and ability to meet existing obligations and payments on the proposed loan. Although the applicant’s creditworthiness is a primary consideration, the underwriting process also includes a comparison of the value of the collateral, if any, to the proposed loan amount.

Loan Underwriting Risks

Adjustable-Rate Loans. While we anticipate that adjustable-rate loans will better offset the adverse effects of an increase in interest rates as compared to fixed-rate mortgage loans, an increased monthly mortgage payment required of adjustable-rate loan borrowers in a rising interest rate environment could cause an increase in delinquencies and defaults. The marketability of the underlying property also may be adversely affected in a high interest rate environment. In addition, although adjustable-rate mortgage loans make our asset base more responsive to changes in interest rates, the extent of this interest sensitivity is limited by the annual and lifetime interest rate adjustment limits on residential loans.

Commercial and Multi-Family Real Estate Loans. Loans secured by commercial and multi-family real estate generally have larger balances and involve a greater degree of risk than one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. Of primary concern in commercial and multi-family real estate lending is the borrower’s creditworthiness and the feasibility and cash flow potential of the project. Payments on loans secured by income properties often depend on successful operation and management of the properties. As a result, repayment of such loans may be subject to a greater extent than residential real estate loans, to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy. To monitor cash flows on income properties, we require borrowers and loan guarantors, if any, to provide annual financial statements on commercial and multi-family real estate loans. In reaching a decision on whether to make a commercial or multi-family real estate loan, we consider and review a global cash flow analysis of the borrower and consider the net operating income of the property, the borrower’s expertise, credit history and profitability and the value of the underlying property. We have generally required that the properties securing these real estate loans have debt service coverage ratios (the ratio of earnings before debt service to debt service) of at least 1.20x. An environmental phase one report is obtained when the possibility exists that hazardous materials may have existed on the site, or the site may have been impacted by adjoining properties that handled hazardous materials. Land loans secured by improved lots generally involve greater risks than residential mortgage lending because land loans are more difficult to evaluate. If the estimate of value proves to be inaccurate, in the event of default and foreclosure, we may be confronted with a property the value of which is insufficient to assure full payment.

 

82


Table of Contents

Construction Loans. Our construction loans are based upon estimates of costs and values associated with the completed project. Underwriting is focused on the borrowers’ financial strength, credit history and demonstrated ability to produce a quality product and effectively market and manage their operations. All speculative construction loans must be approved by senior loan officers.

Construction lending involves additional risks when compared with permanent residential lending because funds are advanced upon the security of the project, which is of uncertain value prior to its completion. Because of the uncertainties inherent in estimating construction costs, as well as the market value of the completed project and the effects of governmental regulation of real property, it is relatively difficult to evaluate accurately the total funds required to complete a project and the related loan-to-value ratio. This type of lending also typically involves higher loan principal amounts and is often concentrated with a small number of builders. In addition, generally during the term of a construction loan, interest may be funded by the borrower or disbursed from an interest reserve set aside from the construction loan budget. These loans often involve the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment substantially dependent on the success of the ultimate project and the ability of the borrower to sell or lease the property or obtain permanent take-out financing, rather than the ability of the borrower or guarantor to repay principal and interest. If our appraisal of the value of a completed project proves to be overstated, we may have inadequate security for the repayment of the loan upon completion of construction of the project and may incur a loss. A discounted cash flow analysis is utilized for determining the value of any construction project of five or more units. Our ability to continue to originate a significant amount of construction loans is dependent on the strength of the housing market in our market areas.

Commercial Business Loans. Unlike residential mortgage loans, which generally are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from his or her employment or other income, and which are secured by real property whose value tends to be more easily ascertainable, commercial business loans are of higher risk and typically are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from the cash flow of the borrower’s business and the collateral securing these loans may fluctuate in value. Our commercial business loans are originated primarily based on the identified cash flow of the borrower and secondarily on the underlying collateral provided by the borrower. Most often, this collateral consists of real estate, accounts receivable, inventory or equipment. Credit support provided by the borrower for most of these loans and the probability of repayment is based on the liquidation of the pledged collateral and enforcement of a personal guarantee, if any. As a result, the availability of funds for the repayment of commercial business loans may depend substantially on the success of the business itself. Further, any collateral securing such loans may depreciate over time, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value.

Consumer Loans. Consumer loans may entail greater risk than residential mortgage loans, particularly in the case of consumer loans that are unsecured or secured by assets that depreciate rapidly, such as motor vehicles. Repossessed collateral for a defaulted consumer loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment for the outstanding loan and a small remaining deficiency often does not warrant further substantial collection efforts against the borrower. Consumer loan collections depend on the borrower’s continuing financial stability, and therefore are likely to be adversely affected by various factors, including job loss, divorce, illness or personal bankruptcy. Furthermore, the application of various federal and state laws, including federal and state bankruptcy and insolvency laws, may limit the amount that can be recovered on such loans.

Loan Originations, Purchase and Sales

Loan originations come from a variety of sources. The primary sources of loan originations are current customers, business development by our relationship managers, walk-in traffic, our website, advertising and referrals from customers as well as our directors, trustees and corporators, business owners, investors, entrepreneurs, builders, realtors, existing customers and other professional third parties, including brokers. Loan originations are further supported by lending services offered through our internet website, direct mail, cross-selling, and employees’ community service. We also advertise in newspapers that are widely circulated throughout our market area and on local radio and television. We also participate in loans with others to supplement our origination efforts. We generally do not purchase whole loans.

 

83


Table of Contents

We generally originate loans for our portfolio; however, we generally agree to sell to the secondary market newly originated conforming fixed-rate, 16- to 30-year one- to four-family residential real estate loans. Our decision to sell loans is based on prevailing market interest rate conditions and interest rate risk management. We sell residential real estate loans in the secondary market, primarily with servicing released. We also sell loans to Fannie Mae, the Federal Home Loan Bank Mortgage Partnership Finance Program and other investors with servicing retained. In addition, we sell participation interests in commercial real estate loans to local financial institutions, primarily on the portion of loans exceeding our borrowing limits, or as is prudent in concert with recognition of credit risk. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, we originated $108.0 million and $191.6 million of residential real estate loans for sale, respectively, and sold $119.9 million and $183.0 million of loans, respectively. At December 31, 2013, we were servicing $163.4 million of residential real estate loans for others.

Loan Approval Procedures and Authority

Our lending activities follow written, non-discriminatory, underwriting standards and loan origination procedures established by East Boston Savings Bank’s Board of Directors and management. East Boston Savings Bank’s Board of Directors has granted loan approval authority to certain officers up to prescribed limits, depending on the officer’s experience, the type of loan and whether the loan is secured or unsecured. Loans below $1.0 million require approval by members of senior management. Loans from $1.0 million up to $2.5 million require approval by management’s loan committee. Loans in excess of $2.5 million generally must be authorized by East Boston Savings Bank’s Executive Committee of the Board of Directors. Exceptions are fully disclosed to the approving authority, either an individual officer or the appropriate management or board committee prior to commitment. Exceptions are reported to the Board of Directors monthly.

Loans-to-One Borrower Limit and Loan Category Concentration

The maximum amount that we may lend to one borrower and the borrower’s related entities is generally limited, by statute, to 20% of our capital, which is defined under Massachusetts law as the sum of our capital stock, surplus account and undivided profits. At December 31, 2013, our regulatory limit on loans-to-one borrower was $47.7 million. At that date, our largest lending relationship consisted of one loan for $42.0 million and was secured by commercial real estate. This loan was performing in accordance with its original repayment terms at December 31, 2013.

Loan Commitments

We issue commitments for fixed- and adjustable-rate mortgage loans conditioned upon the occurrence of certain events. Commitments to originate mortgage loans are legally binding agreements to lend to our customers. Generally, our loan commitments expire after 60 days.

Investment Activities

We have legal authority to invest in various types of liquid assets, including U.S. Treasury obligations, securities of various government-sponsored enterprises, residential mortgage-backed securities and municipal governments, deposits at the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston, certificates of deposit of federally insured institutions, investment grade corporate bonds and investment grade marketable equity securities, including common stock and money market mutual funds. Our equity securities generally pay dividends. We also are required to maintain an investment in Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston stock, which investment is based on the level of our FHLB borrowings. While we have the authority under applicable law to invest in derivative securities, we had no investments in derivative securities at December 31, 2013.

 

84


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2013, our investment portfolio consisted primarily of corporate bonds, municipal bonds, investment-grade marketable equity securities, money market mutual fund investments, short-term obligations of government-sponsored enterprises and mortgage-backed securities.

Our investment objectives are to provide and maintain liquidity, to establish an acceptable level of interest rate and credit risk, to provide a use of funds when demand for loans is weak and to generate a favorable return. Our Board of Directors has the overall responsibility for the investment portfolio, including approval of our investment policy. The Executive Committee of the Board of Directors and management are responsible for implementation of the investment policy and monitoring our investment performance. Our Executive Committee reviews the status of our investment portfolio monthly.

Each reporting period, we evaluate all securities with a decline in fair value below the amortized cost of the investment to determine whether or not the impairment is deemed to be other-than-temporary (“OTTI”). OTTI is required to be recognized if (1) we intend to sell the security; (2) it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis; or (3) for debt securities, the present value of expected cash flows is not sufficient to recover the entire amortized cost basis. Marketable equity securities are evaluated for OTTI based on the severity and duration of the impairment and, if deemed to be other than temporary, the declines in fair value are reflected in earnings as realized losses. For impaired debt securities that we intend to sell, or more likely than not will be required to sell, the full amount of the depreciation is recognized as OTTI through earnings. For all other impaired debt securities, credit-related OTTI is recognized through earnings and non-credit related OTTI is recognized in other comprehensive income/loss, net of applicable taxes.

Deposit Activities and Other Sources of Funds

General. Deposits, borrowings and loan repayments are the major sources of our funds for lending and other investment purposes. Scheduled loan repayments are a relatively stable source of funds, while deposit inflows and outflows and loan prepayments are significantly influenced by general interest rates and market conditions.

Deposit Accounts. The substantial majority of our depositors reside in our market area. Deposits are attracted by advertising and through our website, primarily from within our market area through the offering of a broad selection of deposit instruments, including non-interest-bearing demand deposits (such as checking accounts), interest-bearing demand accounts (such as NOW and money market accounts), savings accounts and certificates of deposit. In addition to accounts for individuals, we also offer several commercial checking accounts designed for the businesses operating in our market area.

Deposit account terms vary according to the minimum balance required, the time period that funds must remain on deposit, and the interest rate, among other factors. In determining the terms of our deposit accounts, we consider the rates offered by our competition, our liquidity needs, profitability, and customer preferences and concerns. We generally review our deposit mix and pricing on a weekly basis. Our deposit pricing strategy has generally been to offer competitive rates and to periodically offer special rates in order to attract deposits of a specific type or term.

Borrowings. We may utilize advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston to supplement our supply of investable funds. The Federal Home Loan Bank functions as a central reserve bank providing credit for its member financial institutions. As a member, we are required to own capital stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank and are authorized to apply for advances on the security of such stock and certain of our whole first mortgage loans and other assets (principally securities which are obligations of, or guaranteed by, the United States), provided certain standards related to creditworthiness have been met. Advances are made under several different programs, each having its own interest rate and range of maturities. Depending on the program, limitations on the amount of advances are based either on a fixed percentage of an institution’s net worth or on the Federal Home Loan Bank’s assessment of the institution’s creditworthiness. As of December 31, 2013, we had $240.1 million of available borrowing capacity with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston, including an available line of credit of $9.4 million at an interest rate that adjusts daily. All of our borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank are secured by investment securities and qualified collateral, including one- to four-family loans and multi-family and commercial real estate loans held in East Boston Savings Bank’s portfolio.

 

85


Table of Contents

Financial Services

We offer customers a range of non-deposit financial products, including mutual funds, annuities, stocks and bonds which are offered and cleared by a third-party broker-dealer. We receive a portion of the commissions generated by sales to our customers. We also offer customers long-term care insurance through a third-party insurance company, which generates commissions for us. Our non-deposit financial products generated $336,000, $432,000 and $198,000 of non-interest income during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Personnel

As of December 31, 2013, we had 369 full-time and 86 part-time employees, none of whom is represented by a collective bargaining unit. We believe our working relationship with our employees is excellent.

Subsidiaries and Affiliates

In addition to East Boston Savings Bank, Old Meridian has another wholly-owned subsidiary, Meridian Interstate Funding Corporation, a Massachusetts corporation established in 2008 to loan funds to Old Meridian’s Employee Stock Ownership Plan to purchase stock in our initial public offering. At December 31, 2013, Meridian Interstate Funding Corporation had total assets of $10.2 million and total equity of $10.0 million.

Old Meridian previously owned a 43% share in Hampshire First Bank, a New Hampshire chartered bank, organized and headquartered in Manchester, New Hampshire, which was accounted for using the equity method. In 2012, Hampshire First Bank was acquired by NBT Bancorp, Inc. and NBT Bank, N.A., with Old Meridian recognizing a pre-tax gain of $4.8 million and receiving $6.6 million of cash and 547,481 shares of NBT Bancorp, Inc. common stock totaling $11.1 million as proceeds from the sale. We subsequently sold the shares of NBT Bancorp, Inc. common stock from July 2012 to September 2013 at an average price of $22.28 per share, for a gain on sale of $1.1 million.

East Boston Savings Bank’s subsidiaries include Prospect, Inc., which engages in securities transactions on its own behalf, EBOSCO, LLC and Berkley River Bend Estates, LLC, both of which hold foreclosed real estate; and East Boston Investment Services, Inc. which is authorized for third-party investment sales and is currently inactive.

Legal Proceedings

Periodically, there have been various claims and lawsuits against us, such as claims to enforce liens, condemnation proceedings on properties in which we hold security interests, claims involving the making and servicing of real property loans and other issues incident to our business. We are not a party to any pending legal proceedings that we believe would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Properties

At December 31, 2013, we conducted business through our 27 full service offices and three loan centers located in Allston, Belmont, Boston, Cambridge, Danvers, East Boston, Revere, Somerville, South Boston, Dorchester, Jamaica Plain, West Roxbury, Everett, Medford, Melrose, Wakefield, Winthrop, Lynn, Peabody and Saugus, Massachusetts. We also operate in two administrative/support offices. We own 18 and lease 14 of our offices. At December 31, 2013, the total net book value of our land, buildings, furniture, fixtures and equipment was $39.4 million.

 

86


Table of Contents

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

General

East Boston Savings Bank is a Massachusetts-charted stock savings bank. East Boston Savings Bank’s deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and by the Depositors Insurance Fund for amounts in excess of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance limits. East Boston Savings Bank is subject to extensive regulation by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, as its chartering agency, and by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, as its deposit insurer. East Boston Savings Bank is required to file reports with, and is periodically examined by, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks concerning its activities and financial condition and must obtain regulatory approvals prior to entering into certain transactions, including, but not limited to, mergers with or acquisitions of other financial institutions. East Boston Savings Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston.

The regulation and supervision of East Boston Savings Bank establish a comprehensive framework of activities in which an institution can engage and is intended primarily for the protection of depositors and borrowers and, for purposes of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the protection of the insurance fund. The regulatory structure also gives the regulatory authorities extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and examination policies, including policies with respect to the classification of assets and the establishment of adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory purposes.

As a bank holding company following the conversion, New Meridian will be required to comply with the rules and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board. It will be required to file certain reports with the Federal Reserve Board and will be subject to examination by and the enforcement authority of the Federal Reserve Board. New Meridian will also be subject to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission under the federal securities laws.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) made extensive changes in the regulation of depository institutions and their holding companies. The Dodd-Frank Act created a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau as an independent bureau of the Federal Reserve Board. On July 21, 2011, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau assumed responsibility for the implementation of the federal financial consumer protection and fair lending laws and regulations, a function currently assigned to prudential regulators, and will have authority to impose new requirements. However, institutions of less than $10 billion in assets, such as East Boston Savings Bank, continue to be examined for compliance with consumer protection and fair lending laws and regulations by, and be subject to the enforcement authority of, their federal prudential regulator, although the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has back-up authority to examine and enforce consumer protection laws against all institutions, including institutions with less than $10 billion in assets.

In addition to creating the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, the Dodd-Frank Act, among other things, directed changes in the way that institutions are assessed for deposit insurance, mandated the imposition of tougher consolidated capital requirements on holding companies, required the issuance of regulations requiring originators of securitized loans to retain a percentage of the risk for the transferred loans, imposed regulatory rate-setting for certain debit card interchange fees, repealed restrictions on the payment of interest on commercial demand deposits and contained a number of reforms related to mortgage originations. Many of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are subject to delayed effective dates and/or still require the issuance of implementing regulations. Their impact on operations cannot yet be fully assessed. However, there is significant possibility that the Dodd-Frank Act will, at a minimum, result in increased regulatory burden, compliance costs and interest expense for East Boston Savings Bank and New Meridian.

The Dodd-Frank Act contained the so-called “Volcker Rule,” which generally prohibits banking organizations from engaging in proprietary trading and from investing in, sponsoring or having certain relationships with hedge or private equity funds (“covered funds”). On December 13, 2013, federal agencies issued a final rule implementing the Volcker Rule which, among other things, requires banking organizations to restructure and limit certain of their investments in and relationships with covered funds.

 

87


Table of Contents

Any change in applicable laws or regulations, whether by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board, the Commonwealth of Massachusetts or Congress, could have a material adverse impact on the operations and financial performance of New Meridian and East Boston Savings Bank. In addition, New Meridian and East Boston Savings Bank will be affected by the monetary and fiscal policies of various agencies of the United States Government, including the Federal Reserve Board. In view of changing conditions in the national economy and in the money markets, it is impossible for management to accurately predict future changes in monetary policy or the effect of such changes on the business or financial condition of the New Meridian and East Boston Savings Bank.

Set forth below is a brief description of material regulatory requirements that are or will be applicable to East Boston Savings Bank and New Meridian. The description is limited to certain material aspects of the statutes and regulations addressed, and is not intended to be a complete description of such statutes and regulations and their effects on East Boston Savings Bank and New Meridian.

Massachusetts Banking Laws and Supervision

East Boston Savings Bank, as a Massachusetts savings bank, is regulated and supervised by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks. The Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks is required to regularly examine each state-chartered bank. The approval of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks is required to establish or close branches, to merge with another bank, to issue stock or to undertake many other activities. Any Massachusetts bank that does not operate in accordance with the regulations, policies and directives of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks may be sanctioned. The Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks may suspend or remove directors or officers of a bank who have violated the law, conducted a bank’s business in a manner that is unsafe, unsound or contrary to the depositors’ interests, or been negligent in the performance of their duties. In addition, the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks has the authority to appoint a receiver or conservator if it is determined that the bank is conducting its business in an unsafe or unauthorized manner, and under certain other circumstances.

The powers that Massachusetts-chartered savings banks can exercise under these laws include, but are not limited to, the following:

Lending Activities. A Massachusetts-chartered savings bank may make a wide variety of mortgage loans including fixed-rate loans, adjustable-rate loans, variable-rate loans, participation loans, graduated payment loans, construction and development loans, condominium and co-operative loans, second mortgage loans and other types of loans that may be made in accordance with applicable regulations. Commercial loans may be made to corporations and other commercial enterprises with or without security. Consumer and personal loans may also be made with or without security.

Insurance Sales. Massachusetts banks may engage in insurance sales activities if the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks has approved a plan of operation for insurance activities and the bank obtains a license from the Massachusetts Division of Insurance. A bank may be licensed directly or indirectly through an affiliate or a subsidiary corporation established for this purpose. Customers of East Boston Savings Bank are offered certain insurance products through a third party. East Boston Savings Bank has not sought approval for insurance sales activities.

Investment Activities. In general, Massachusetts-chartered savings banks may invest in preferred and common stock of any corporation organized under the laws of the United States or any state provided such investments do not involve control of any corporation and do not, in the aggregate, exceed 4.0% of the bank’s deposits. Massachusetts-chartered savings banks may in addition invest an amount equal to 1.0% of their deposits in stocks of Massachusetts corporations or companies with substantial employment in the Commonwealth which have pledged to the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks that such monies will be used for further development within the Commonwealth. At the present time, East Boston Savings Bank has the authority to invest in equity securities. However, such investment authority is constrained by federal law. See “—Federal Bank Regulation—Investment Activities” for such federal restrictions.

 

88


Table of Contents

Dividends. A Massachusetts stock bank may declare from net profits cash dividends not more frequently than quarterly and non-cash dividends at any time. No dividends may be declared, credited or paid if the bank’s capital stock is impaired. The approval of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks is required if the total of all dividends declared in any calendar year exceeds the total of its net profits for that year combined with its retained net profits of the preceding two years. Net profits for this purpose means the remainder of all earnings from current operations plus actual recoveries on loans and investments and other assets after deducting current operating expenses, actual losses, accrued dividends on preferred stock, if any, and all federal and state taxes.

Protection of Personal Information. Massachusetts has adopted regulatory requirements intended to protect personal information. The requirements, which are similar to existing federal laws such as the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, discussed below under “—Federal Regulations—Privacy Regulations”, that require organizations to establish written information security programs to prevent identity theft. The Massachusetts regulation also contains technology system requirements, especially for the encryption of personal information sent over wireless or public networks or stored on portable devices.

Parity Regulation. A Massachusetts bank may, in accordance with regulations issued by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, exercise any power and engage in any activity that has been authorized for national banks, federal thrifts or state banks in a state other than Massachusetts, provided that the activity is permissible under applicable federal and not specifically prohibited by Massachusetts law. Such powers and activities must be subject to the same limitations and restrictions imposed on the national bank, federal thrift or out-of-state bank that exercised the power or activity.

Loans to One Borrower Limitations. Massachusetts banking law grants broad lending authority. However, with certain limited exceptions, total obligations of one borrower to a bank may not exceed 20.0% of the total of the bank’s capital, which is defined under Massachusetts law as the sum of the bank’s capital stock, surplus account and undivided profits.

Loans to a Bank’s Insiders. The Massachusetts banking laws prohibit any executive officer, director or trustee from borrowing, otherwise becoming indebted, or becoming liable for a loan or other extension of credit by such bank to any other person, except for any of the following loans or extensions of credit: (i) loans or extension of credit, secured or unsecured, to an officer of the bank in an amount not exceeding $100,000; (ii) loans or extensions of credit intended or secured for educational purposes to an officer of the bank in an amount not exceeding $200,000; (iii) loans or extensions of credit secured by a mortgage on residential real estate to be occupied in whole or in part by the officer to whom the loan or extension of credit is made, in an amount not exceeding $750,000 and (iv) loans or extensions of credit to a director or trustee of the bank who is not also an officer of the bank in an amount permissible under the bank’s loan to one borrower limit. Massachusetts banking laws also prohibit officers and directors from receiving a preferential interest rate or terms on loans or extensions of credit.

Loans to insiders as described above require approval of the majority of the members of East Boston Savings Bank’s Board of Directors, excluding any member involved in the loan or extension of credit. No such loan or extension of credit may be granted with an interest rate or other terms that are preferential in comparison to loans granted to persons not affiliated with the savings bank.

Regulatory Enforcement Authority. Any Massachusetts bank that does not operate in accordance with the regulations, policies and directives of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks may be subject to sanctions for non-compliance, including seizure of the property and business of the bank and suspension or revocation of its charter. The Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks may, under certain circumstances, suspend or remove officers or directors who have violated the law, conducted the bank’s business in a manner which is unsafe, unsound or contrary to the depositors interests or been negligent in the performance of their duties. In addition, upon finding that a bank has engaged in an unfair or deceptive act or practice, the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks may issue an order to cease and desist and impose a fine on the bank concerned. Massachusetts consumer protection and

 

89


Table of Contents

civil rights statutes applicable to East Boston Savings Bank permit private individual and class action law suits and provide for the rescission of consumer transactions, including loans, and the recovery of statutory and punitive damage and attorney’s fees in the case of certain violations of those statutes.

Depositors Insurance Fund. All Massachusetts-chartered savings banks are required to be members of the Depositors Insurance Fund, a corporation that insures savings bank deposits in excess of federal deposit insurance coverage. The Depositors Insurance Fund is authorized to charge savings banks a risk-based assessment on deposits balances in excess of the amounts insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

Massachusetts has other statutes and regulations that are similar to the federal provisions discussed below.

Federal Bank Regulation

Capital Requirements. Under Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation regulations, federally insured state-chartered banks that are not members of the Federal Reserve System (“state non-member banks”), such as East Boston Savings Bank, are required to comply with minimum leverage capital requirements. For an institution determined by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to not be anticipating or experiencing significant growth and to be, in general, a strong banking organization rated composite 1 under the Uniform Financial Institutions Ranking System established by the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council, the minimum capital leverage requirement is a ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets of 3.0%. For all other institutions, the minimum leverage capital ratio is not less than 4.0%. Tier 1 capital is the sum of common stockholders’ equity, noncumulative perpetual preferred stock (including any related surplus) and minority investments in certain subsidiaries, less intangible assets (except for certain servicing rights and credit card relationships) and certain other specified items.

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation regulations require state non-member banks to maintain certain levels of regulatory capital in relation to regulatory risk-weighted assets. The ratio of regulatory capital to regulatory risk-weighted assets is referred to as a bank’s “risk-based capital ratio.” Risk-based capital ratios are determined by allocating assets and specified off-balance sheet items (including recourse obligations, direct credit substitutes and residual interests) to risk-weighted categories ranging from 0.0% to 200.0%, with higher levels of capital being required for the categories perceived as representing greater risk.

State non-member banks must maintain a minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.0%, of which at least one-half must be Tier 1 capital. Total capital consists of Tier 1 capital plus Tier 2 or supplementary capital items, which include allowances for loan losses in an amount of up to 1.25% of risk-weighted assets, cumulative preferred stock and certain other capital instruments, and a portion of the net unrealized gain on equity securities. The includable amount of Tier 2 capital cannot exceed the amount of the institution’s Tier 1 capital. Banks that engage in specified levels of trading activities are subject to adjustments in their risk based capital calculation to ensure the maintenance of sufficient capital to support market risk.

In July 2013, the FDIC and the other federal bank regulatory agencies issued a final rule that will revise their leverage and risk-based capital requirements and the method for calculating risk-weighted assets to make them consistent with agreements that were reached by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. Among other things, the rule establishes a new common equity Tier 1 minimum capital requirement (4.5% of risk-weighted assets), increases the minimum Tier 1 capital to risk-based assets requirement (from 4% to 6% of risk-weighted assets), sets the leverage ratio at a uniform 4% of total assets and assigns a higher risk weight (150%) to exposures that are more than 90 days past due or are on nonaccrual status and to certain commercial real estate facilities that finance the acquisition, development or construction of real property. The final rule also requires unrealized gains and losses on certain “available-for-sale” securities holdings to be included for purposes of calculating regulatory capital requirements unless a one-time opt-out is exercised. East Boston Savings Bank has elected to exercise its one-time option to opt-out of the requirement under the final rule to include certain “available-for-sale” securities holdings for purposes of calculating its regulatory capital requirements. The rule limits a banking organization’s capital distributions and certain discretionary bonus payments to executive officers if the banking organization does not hold a “capital conservation buffer” consisting of 2.5% of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets in addition to the amount necessary to meet its

 

90


Table of Contents

minimum risk-based capital requirements. The final rule also implements the Dodd-Frank Act’s directive to apply to savings and loan holding companies consolidated capital requirements that are not less stringent than those applicable to their subsidiary institutions. The final rule is effective January 1, 2015. The “capital conservation buffer” will be phased in from January 1, 2016 to January 1, 2019, when the full capital conservation buffer will be effective.

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act required each federal banking agency to revise its risk-based capital standards for insured institutions to ensure that those standards take adequate account of interest-rate risk, concentration of credit risk, and the risk of nontraditional activities, as well as to reflect the actual performance and expected risk of loss on multi-family residential loans. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, along with the other federal banking agencies, has adopted a regulation providing that the agencies will take into account the exposure of a bank’s capital and economic value to changes in interest rate risk in assessing a bank’s capital adequacy. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation also has authority to establish individual minimum capital requirements in appropriate cases upon determination that an institution’s capital level is, or is likely to become, inadequate in light of the particular circumstances.

Standards for Safety and Soundness. As required by statute, the federal banking agencies adopted final regulations and Interagency Guidelines Establishing Standards for Safety and Soundness to implement safety and soundness standards. The guidelines set forth the safety and soundness standards that the federal banking agencies use to identify and address problems at insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired. The guidelines address internal controls and information systems, internal audit system, credit underwriting, loan documentation, interest rate exposure, asset growth, asset quality, earnings and compensation, fees and benefits. Most recently, the agencies have established standards for safeguarding customer information. If the appropriate federal banking agency determines that an institution fails to meet any standard prescribed by the guidelines, the agency may require the institution to submit to the agency an acceptable plan to achieve compliance with the standard.

Investment Activities. All state-chartered Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insured banks, including savings banks, are generally limited in their investment activities to principal and equity investments of the type and in the amount authorized for national banks, notwithstanding state law, subject to certain exceptions. For example, state chartered banks may, with Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation approval, continue to exercise state authority to invest in common or preferred stocks listed on a national securities exchange or the NASDAQ Global Market and in the shares of an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. The maximum permissible investment is 100.0% of Tier 1 Capital, as specified by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s regulations, or the maximum amount permitted by Massachusetts law, whichever is less. East Boston Savings Bank received approval from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to retain and acquire such equity instruments equal to the lesser of 100% of East Boston Savings Bank’s Tier 1 capital or the maximum permissible amount specified by Massachusetts law. Such grandfathered authority may be terminated under certain circumstances including a determination by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation that such investments pose a safety and soundness risk.

In addition, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation is authorized to permit such a state bank to engage in state-authorized activities or investments not permissible for national banks (other than non-subsidiary equity investments) if it meets all applicable capital requirements and it is determined that such activities or investments do not pose a significant risk to the Deposit Insurance Fund. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has adopted procedures for institutions seeking approval to engage in such activities or investments. In addition, a nonmember bank may control a subsidiary that engages in activities as principal that would only be permitted for a national bank to conduct in a “financial subsidiary” if a bank meets specified conditions and deducts its investment in the subsidiary for regulatory capital purposes.

Interstate Banking and Branching. Federal law permits well capitalized and well managed bank holding companies to acquire banks in any state, subject to Federal Reserve Board approval, certain concentration limits and other specified conditions. Interstate mergers of banks are also authorized, subject to regulatory approval and other specified conditions. In addition, among other things, recent amendments made by the Dodd-Frank Act permit banks to establish de novo branches on an interstate basis provided that branching is authorized by the law of the host state for the banks chartered by that state.

 

91


Table of Contents

Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action. Federal law requires, among other things, that federal bank regulatory authorities take “prompt corrective action” with respect to banks that do not meet minimum capital requirements. For these purposes, the law establishes five capital categories: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized.

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has adopted regulations to implement the prompt corrective action legislation. An institution is deemed to be “well capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or greater and a leverage ratio of 5.0% or greater. An institution is “adequately capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.0% or greater, and generally a leverage ratio of 4.0% or greater. An institution is “undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4.0%, or generally a leverage ratio of less than 4.0%. An institution is deemed to be “significantly undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 3.0%, or a leverage ratio of less than 3.0%. An institution is considered to be “critically undercapitalized” if it has a ratio of tangible equity (as defined in the regulations) to total assets that is equal to or less than 2.0%. As of December 31, 2013, East Boston Savings Bank was classified as a “well capitalized” institution.

“Undercapitalized” banks must adhere to growth, capital distribution (including dividend) and other limitations and are required to submit a capital restoration plan. A bank’s compliance with such a plan is required to be guaranteed by any company that controls the undercapitalized institution in an amount equal to the lesser of 5.0% of the institution’s total assets when deemed undercapitalized or the amount necessary to achieve the status of adequately capitalized. If an “undercapitalized” bank fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is treated as if it is “significantly undercapitalized.” “Significantly undercapitalized” banks must comply with one or more of a number of additional restrictions, including but not limited to an order by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to sell sufficient voting stock to become adequately capitalized, requirements to reduce total assets, cease receipt of deposits from correspondent banks or dismiss directors or officers, and restrictions on interest rates paid on deposits, compensation of executive officers and capital distributions by the parent holding company. “Critically undercapitalized” institutions are subject to additional measures including, subject to a narrow exception, the appointment of a receiver or conservator within 270 days after it obtains such status.

The previously discussed rule that will increase regulatory capital requirements will adjust the prompt corrective action categories accordingly, effective January 1, 2015. Under the revised prompt corrective action requirements, insured depository institutions would be required to meet the following in order to qualify as “well capitalized:” (1) a common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6.5%; (2) a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 8% (increased from 6%); (3) a total risk-based capital ratio of at least (10%) (unchanged from current rules) and (4) A Tier 1 leverage ratio of 5% or greater (unchanged from current rules).

Transaction with Affiliates and Regulation W of the Federal Reserve Regulations. Transactions between banks and their affiliates are governed by federal law. An affiliate of a bank is any company or entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the bank. In a holding company context, the parent bank holding company and any companies which are controlled by such parent holding company are affiliates of the bank (although subsidiaries of the bank itself, except financial subsidiaries, are generally not considered affiliates). Generally, Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act and the Federal Reserve Board’s Regulation W limits the extent to which the bank or its subsidiaries may engage in “covered transactions” with any one affiliate to an amount equal to 10.0% of such institution’s capital stock and surplus, and with all such transactions with all affiliates to an amount equal to 20.0% of such institution’s capital stock and surplus. Section 23B applies to “covered transactions” as well as to certain other transactions and requires that all such transactions be on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable, to the institution or subsidiary as those provided to a non-affiliate. The term “covered transaction” includes the making of loans, purchase of assets from, and issuance of a guarantee to an affiliate, and other similar transactions. Section 23B transactions also include the provision of services and the sale of assets by a bank to an affiliate. In addition, loans or other extensions of credit by the financial institution to the affiliate are required to be collateralized in accordance with the requirements set forth in Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act.

 

92


Table of Contents

Sections 22(h) and (g) of the Federal Reserve Act place restrictions on loans to a bank’s insiders, i.e., executive officers, directors and principal stockholders. Under Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act, loans to a director, an executive officer and to a greater than 10.0% stockholder of a financial institution, and certain affiliated interests of these, together with all other outstanding loans to such person and affiliated interests, may not exceed specified limits. Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act also requires that loans to directors, executive officers and principal stockholders be made on terms substantially the same as offered in comparable transactions to other persons and also requires prior board approval for certain loans. In addition, the aggregate amount of extensions of credit by a financial institution to insiders cannot exceed the institution’s unimpaired capital and surplus. Section 22(g) of the Federal Reserve Act places additional restrictions on loans to executive officers.

Enforcement. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has extensive enforcement authority over insured state savings banks, including East Boston Savings Bank. The enforcement authority includes, among other things, the ability to assess civil money penalties, issue cease and desist orders and remove directors and officers. In general, these enforcement actions may be initiated in response to violations of laws and regulations, breaches of fiduciary duty and unsafe or unsound practices. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation is required, with certain exceptions, to appoint a receiver or conservator for an insured state non-member bank if that bank was “critically undercapitalized” on average during the calendar quarter beginning 270 days after the date on which the institution became “critically undercapitalized.” The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation may also appoint itself as conservator or receiver for an insured state non-member bank under specified circumstances, including: (1) insolvency; (2) substantial dissipation of assets or earnings through violations of law or unsafe or unsound practices; (3) existence of an unsafe or unsound condition to transact business; (4) insufficient capital; or (5) the incurrence of losses that will deplete substantially all of the institution’s capital with no reasonable prospect of replenishment without federal assistance.

Federal Insurance of Deposit Accounts. East Boston Savings Bank is a member of the Deposit Insurance Fund, which is administered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Deposit accounts in East Boston Savings Bank are insured up to a maximum of $250,000 for each separately insured depositor.

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation imposes an assessment for deposit insurance on all depository institutions. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s risk-based assessment system, insured institutions are assigned to risk categories based on supervisory evaluations, regulatory capital levels and certain other factors. An institution’s assessment rate depends upon the category to which it is assigned and certain adjustments specified by Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation regulations, with less risky institutions paying lower rates. Assessment rates (inclusive of possible adjustments) currently range from 2  1 / 2 to 45 basis points of each institution’s total assets less tangible capital. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation may increase or decrease the scale uniformly, except that no adjustment can deviate more than two basis points from the base scale without notice and comment rulemaking. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s current system represents a change, required by the Dodd-Frank Act, from its prior practice of basing the assessment on an institution’s volume of deposits.

The Dodd-Frank Act increased the minimum target Deposit Insurance Fund ratio from 1.15% of estimated insured deposits to 1.35% of estimated insured deposits. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation must seek to achieve the 1.35% ratio by September 30, 2020. Insured institutions with assets of $10 billion or more are supposed to fund the increase. The Dodd-Frank Act eliminated the 1.5% maximum fund ratio, instead leaving it to the discretion of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has recently exercised that discretion by establishing a long range fund of 2%.

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has authority to increase insurance assessments. A significant increase in insurance premiums would likely have an adverse effect on the operating expenses and results of operations of East Boston Savings Bank. Future insurance assessment rates cannot be predicted.

 

93


Table of Contents

Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule order or regulatory condition imposed in writing. We do not know of any practice, condition or violation that might lead to termination of deposit insurance.

In addition to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation assessments, the Financing Corporation (“FICO”) is authorized to impose and collect, with the approval of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, assessments for anticipated payments, issuance costs and custodial fees on bonds issued by the FICO in the 1980s to recapitalize the former Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation. The bonds issued by the FICO are due to mature in 2017 through 2019. For the quarter ended December 31, 2013, the annualized FICO assessment was equal to 64 basis points of total assets less tangible capital.

Privacy Regulations. Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation regulations generally require that East Boston Savings Bank disclose its privacy policy, including identifying with whom it shares a customer’s “non-public personal information,” to customers at the time of establishing the customer relationship and annually thereafter. In addition, East Boston Savings Bank is required to provide its customers with the ability to “opt-out” of having their personal information shared with unaffiliated third parties and not to disclose account numbers or access codes to non-affiliated third parties for marketing purposes. East Boston Savings Bank currently has a privacy protection policy in place and believes that such policy is in compliance with the regulations.

Community Reinvestment Act. Under the Community Reinvestment Act, or CRA, as implemented by Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation regulations, a non-member bank has a continuing and affirmative obligation, consistent with its safe and sound operation, to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community, consistent with the CRA. The CRA does require the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, in connection with its examination of a non-member bank, to assess the institution’s record of meeting the credit needs of its community and to take such record into account in its evaluation of certain applications by such institution, including applications to acquire branches and other financial institutions. The CRA requires the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to provide a written evaluation of an institution’s CRA performance utilizing a four-tiered descriptive rating system. East Boston Savings Bank’s latest Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation CRA rating was “Satisfactory.”

Massachusetts has its own statutory counterpart to the CRA which is also applicable to East Boston Savings Bank. The Massachusetts version is generally similar to the CRA but utilizes a five-tiered descriptive rating system. Massachusetts law requires the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks to consider, but not be limited to, a bank’s record of performance under Massachusetts law in considering any application by the bank to establish a branch or other deposit-taking facility, to relocate an office or to merge or consolidate with or acquire the assets and assume the liabilities of any other banking institution. East Boston Savings Bank’s most recent rating under Massachusetts law was “Satisfactory.”

Consumer Protection and Fair Lending Regulations. Massachusetts savings banks are subject to a variety of federal and Massachusetts statutes and regulations that are intended to protect consumers and prohibit discrimination in the granting of credit. These statutes and regulations provide for a range of sanctions for non-compliance with their terms, including imposition of administrative fines and remedial orders, and referral to the Attorney General for prosecution of a civil action for actual and punitive damages and injunctive relief. Certain of these statutes authorize private individual and class action lawsuits and the award of actual, statutory and punitive damages and attorneys’ fees for certain types of violations.

USA Patriot Act. East Boston Savings Bank is subject to the USA PATRIOT Act, which gave federal agencies additional powers to address terrorist threats through enhanced domestic security measures, expanded surveillance powers, increased information sharing, and broadened anti-money laundering requirements. By way of amendments to the Bank Secrecy Act, Title III of the USA PATRIOT Act provided measures intended to encourage information sharing among bank regulatory agencies and law enforcement bodies. Further, certain provisions of Title III impose affirmative obligations on a broad range of financial institutions, including banks, thrifts, brokers, dealers, credit unions, money transfer agents, and parties registered under the Commodity Exchange Act.

 

94


Table of Contents

Other Regulations

Interest and other charges collected or contracted for by East Boston Savings Bank are subject to state usury laws and federal laws concerning interest rates. Loan operations are also subject to state and federal laws applicable to credit transactions, such as the:

 

    Home Mortgage Disclosure Act of 1975, requiring financial institutions to provide information to enable the public and public officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligation to help meet the housing needs of the community it serves;

 

    Equal Credit Opportunity Act, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, creed or other prohibited factors in extending credit;

 

    Fair Credit Reporting Act of 1978, governing the use and provision of information to credit reporting agencies;

 

    Massachusetts Debt Collection Regulations, establishing standards, by defining unfair or deceptive acts or practices, for the collection of debts from persons within the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and the General Laws of Massachusetts, Chapter 167E, which governs East Boston Savings Bank’s lending powers; and

 

    Rules and regulations of the various federal and state agencies charged with the responsibility of implementing such federal and state laws.

The deposit operations of East Boston Savings Bank also are subject to, among others, the:

 

    Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records;

 

    Check Clearing for the 21st Century Act (also known as “Check 21”), which gives “substitute checks,” such as digital check images and copies made from that image, the same legal standing as the original paper check;

 

    Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E promulgated thereunder, and, as to East Boston Savings Bank Chapter 167B of the General Laws of Massachusetts, which govern automatic deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers’ rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller machines and other electronic banking services; and

 

    General Laws of Massachusetts, Chapter 167D, which governs East Boston Savings Bank’s deposit powers.

Federal Reserve System

The Federal Reserve Board regulations require depository institutions to maintain non-interest-earning reserves against their transaction accounts (primarily NOW and regular checking accounts). The Federal Reserve Board regulations generally require that reserves be maintained against aggregate transaction accounts as follows: for that portion of transaction accounts aggregating $89.0 million or less (which may be adjusted by the Federal Reserve Board) the reserve requirement is 3.0% and the amounts greater than $89.0 million require a 10.0% reserve (which may be adjusted annually by the Federal Reserve Board between 8.0% and 14.0%). The first $13.3 million of otherwise reservable balances (which may be adjusted by the Federal Reserve Board) are exempted from the reserve requirements. East Boston Savings Bank is in compliance with these requirements.

 

95


Table of Contents

Federal Home Loan Bank System

East Boston Savings Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System, which consists of 12 regional Federal Home Loan Banks. The Federal Home Loan Bank provides a central credit facility primarily for member institutions. Members of the Federal Home Loan Bank are required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank. East Boston Savings Bank was in compliance with this requirement at December 31, 2013. Based on redemption provisions of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston, the stock has no quoted market value and is carried at cost. East Boston Savings Bank reviews for impairment based on the ultimate recoverability of the cost basis of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston stock. As of December 31, 2013, no impairment has been recognized.

At its discretion, the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston may declare dividends on the stock. The Federal Home Loan Banks are required to provide funds for certain purposes including the resolution of insolvent thrifts in the late 1980s and to contributing funds for affordable housing programs. These requirements could reduce the amount of dividends that the Federal Home Loan Banks pay to their members and result in the Federal Home Loan Banks imposing a higher rate of interest on advances to their members. As a result of losses incurred, the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston suspended and did not pay dividends in 2009 and 2010. However, the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston resumed payment of quarterly dividends in 2011 equal to an annual yield of 0.30% and continued to pay quarterly dividends in 2012 equal to an annual yield of 0.50% and in 2013 equal to an annual yield of 0.38%. There can be no assurance that such dividends will continue in the future. Further, there can be no assurance that the impact of recent or future legislation on the Federal Home Loan Banks also will not cause a decrease in the value of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston stock held by East Boston Savings Bank.

Holding Company Regulation

New Meridian will be subject to examination, regulation, and periodic reporting under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, as administered by the Federal Reserve Board. New Meridian will be required to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board to acquire all, or substantially all, of the assets of any bank or bank holding company. Prior Federal Reserve Board approval would be required for the New Meridian to acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of any voting securities of any bank or bank holding company if, after such acquisition, it would, directly or indirectly, own or control more than 5% of any class of voting shares of the bank or bank holding company. In addition to the approval of the Federal Reserve Board, prior approval may also be necessary from other agencies having supervisory jurisdiction over the bank to be acquired before any bank acquisition can be completed.

A bank holding company is generally prohibited from engaging in non-banking activities, or acquiring direct or indirect control of more than 5% of the voting securities of any company engaged in non-banking activities. One of the principal exceptions to this prohibition is for activities found by the Federal Reserve Board to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. Some of the principal activities that the Federal Reserve Board has determined by regulation to be so closely related to banking are: (i) making or servicing loans; (ii) performing certain data processing services; (iii) providing discount brokerage services; (iv) acting as fiduciary, investment or financial advisor; (v) leasing personal or real property; (vi) making investments in corporations or projects designed primarily to promote community welfare; and (vii) acquiring a savings and loan association whose direct and indirect activities are limited to those permitted for bank holding companies.

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 authorized a bank holding company that meets specified conditions, including being “well capitalized” and “well managed,” to opt to become a “financial holding company” and thereby engage in a broader array of financial activities than previously permitted. Such activities can include insurance underwriting and investment banking.

 

96


Table of Contents

New Meridian will be subject to the Federal Reserve Board’s capital adequacy guidelines for bank holding companies (on a consolidated basis) which have historically been similar to, though less stringent than, those of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation for East Boston Savings Bank. The Dodd-Frank Act, however, required the Federal Reserve Board to promulgate consolidated capital requirements for depository institution holding companies that are no less stringent, both quantitatively and in terms of components of capital, than those applicable to institutions themselves. Instruments such as cumulative preferred stock and trust preferred securities would no longer be includable as Tier 1 capital, as is currently the case with bank holding companies, subject to certain grandfathering rules. The previously discussed final rule regarding regulatory capital requirements implements the Dodd-Frank Act as to bank holding company capital standards. Consolidated regulatory capital requirements identical to those applicable to the subsidiary banks will apply to bank holding companies (with greater than $500 million of assets) as of January 1, 2015. As is the case with institutions themselves, the capital conservation buffer will be phased in between 2016 and 2019.

A bank holding company is generally required to give the Federal Reserve Board prior written notice of any purchase or redemption of then outstanding equity securities if the gross consideration for the purchase or redemption, when combined with the net consideration paid for all such purchases or redemptions during the preceding 12 months, is equal to 10% or more of the company’s consolidated net worth. The Federal Reserve Board may disapprove such a purchase or redemption if it determines that the proposal would constitute an unsafe and unsound practice, or would violate any law, regulation, Federal Reserve Board order or directive, or any condition imposed by, or written agreement with, the Federal Reserve Board. There is an exception to this approval requirement for well-capitalized bank holding companies that meet certain other conditions.

The Federal Reserve Board has issued a policy statement regarding capital distributions, including dividends, by bank holding companies. In general, the Federal Reserve Board’s policies provide that dividends should be paid only out of current earnings and only if the prospective rate of earnings retention by the bank holding company appears consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. The Federal Reserve Board’s policies also require that a bank holding company serve as a source of financial strength to its subsidiary banks by standing ready to use available resources to provide adequate capital funds to those banks during periods of financial stress or adversity and by maintaining the financial flexibility and capital-raising capacity to obtain additional resources for assisting its subsidiary banks where necessary. The Dodd-Frank Act codified the source of strength doctrine. Under the prompt corrective action laws, the ability of a bank holding company to pay dividends may be restricted if a subsidiary bank becomes undercapitalized. These regulatory policies could affect the ability of the New Meridian to pay dividends or otherwise engage in capital distributions.

Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, depository institutions are liable to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation for losses suffered or anticipated by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation in connection with the default of a commonly controlled depository institution or any assistance provided by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to such an institution in danger of default.

The status of New Meridian as a registered bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act will not exempt it from certain federal and state laws and regulations applicable to corporations generally, including, without limitation, certain provisions of the federal securities laws.

Massachusetts Holding Company Regulation. Under the Massachusetts banking laws, a company owning or controlling two or more banking institutions, including a savings bank, is regulated as a bank holding company. The term “company” is defined by the Massachusetts banking laws similarly to the definition of “company” under the Bank Holding Company Act. Each Massachusetts bank holding company: (i) must obtain the approval of the Massachusetts Board of Bank Incorporation before engaging in certain transactions, such as the acquisition of more than 5% of the voting stock of another banking institution; (ii) must register, and file reports, with the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks; and (iii) is subject to examination by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks.

 

97


Table of Contents

Federal Securities Laws

New Meridian common stock will be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission after the conversion and stock offering. New Meridian will be subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading restrictions and other requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

The registration under the Securities Act of 1933 of shares of common stock issued in New Meridian’s public offering does not cover the resale of those shares. Shares of common stock purchased by persons who are not affiliates of New Meridian may be resold without registration. Shares purchased by an affiliate of New Meridian will be subject to the resale restrictions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933. If New Meridian meets the current public information requirements of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, each affiliate of New Meridian that complies with the other conditions of Rule 144, including those that require the affiliate’s sale to be aggregated with those of other persons, would be able to sell in the public market, without registration, a number of shares not to exceed, in any three-month period, the greater of 1% of the outstanding shares of New Meridian, or the average weekly volume of trading in the shares during the preceding four calendar weeks. In the future, New Meridian may permit affiliates to have their shares registered for sale under the Securities Act of 1933.

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 is intended to improve corporate responsibility, to provide for enhanced penalties for accounting and auditing improprieties at publicly traded companies and to protect investors by improving the accuracy and reliability of corporate disclosures pursuant to the securities laws. We have policies, procedures and systems designed to comply with these regulations, and we review and document such policies, procedures and systems to ensure continued compliance with these regulations.

Change in Control Regulations

Under the Change in Bank Control Act, no person, or group of persons acting in concert, may acquire control of a bank holding company such as New Meridian unless the Federal Reserve Board has been given 60 days’ prior written notice and not disapproved the proposed acquisition. The Federal Reserve Board considers several factors in evaluating a notice, including the financial and managerial resources of the acquirer and competitive effects. Control, as defined under the applicable regulations, means the power, directly or indirectly, to direct the management or policies of the company or to vote 25% or more of any class of voting securities of the company. Acquisition of more than 10% of any class of a bank holding company’s voting securities constitutes a rebuttable presumption of control under certain circumstances, including where, as will be the case with New Meridian, the issuer has registered securities under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

In addition, federal regulations provide that no company may acquire control (as defined in the Bank Holding Company Act) of a bank holding company without the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board. Any company that acquires such control becomes a “bank company” subject to registration, examination and regulation by the Federal Reserve Board.

TAXATION

Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated, Old Meridian and East Boston Savings Bank are, and New Meridian will be, subject to federal and state income taxation in the same general manner as other corporations, with some exceptions discussed below. The following discussion of federal and state taxation is intended only to summarize certain pertinent tax matters and is not a comprehensive description of the tax rules applicable to Old Meridian, New Meridian or East Boston Savings Bank.

Federal Taxation

General . Old Meridian reports its income on a calendar year basis using the accrual method of accounting. The federal income tax laws apply to Old Meridian in the same manner as to other corporations with some exceptions, including the reserve for bad debts discussed below. Old Meridian’s federal income tax returns have been either audited or closed under the statute of limitations through December 31, 2008. For its 2013 tax year, East Boston Savings Bank’s maximum federal income tax rate was 35%.

 

98


Table of Contents

Bad Debt Reserves. For taxable years beginning before January 1, 1996, thrift institutions that qualified under certain definitional tests and other conditions of the Internal Revenue Code were permitted to use certain favorable provisions to calculate their deductions from taxable income for annual additions to their bad debt reserve. A reserve could be established for bad debts on qualifying real property loans, generally secured by interests in real property improved or to be improved, under the percentage of taxable income method or the experience method. The reserve for non-qualifying loans was computed using the experience method. Federal legislation enacted in 1996 repealed the reserve method of accounting for bad debts and the percentage of taxable income method for tax years beginning after 1995 and required savings institutions to recapture or take into income certain portions of their accumulated bad debt reserves. However, those bad debt reserves accumulated prior to 1988 (“Base Year Reserves”) were not required to be recaptured unless the savings institution failed certain tests. At December 31, 2013, $9.8 million of East Boston Savings Bank’s accumulated bad debt reserves would not be recaptured into taxable income unless East Boston Savings Bank makes a “non-dividend distribution” to Old Meridian as described below.

Distributions. If East Boston Savings Bank makes “non-dividend distributions” to Old Meridian, the distributions will be considered to have been made from East Boston Savings Bank’s un-recaptured tax bad debt reserves, including the balance of its Base Year Reserves as of December 31, 1987, to the extent of the “non-dividend distributions,” and then from East Boston Savings Bank’s supplemental reserve for losses on loans, to the extent of those reserves, and an amount based on the amount distributed, but not more than the amount of those reserves, will be included in East Boston Savings Bank’s taxable income. Non-dividend distributions include distributions in excess of East Boston Savings Bank’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, as calculated for federal income tax purposes, distributions in redemption of stock and distributions in partial or complete liquidation. Dividends paid out of East Boston Savings Bank’s current or accumulated earnings and profits will not be so included in Old Meridian’s taxable income.

The amount of additional taxable income triggered by a non-dividend is an amount that, when reduced by the tax attributable to the income, is equal to the amount of the distribution. Therefore, if East Boston Savings Bank makes a non-dividend distribution to Old Meridian, approximately one and one-half times the amount of the distribution not in excess of the amount of the reserves would be includable in income for federal income tax purposes, assuming a 35% federal corporate income tax rate. East Boston Savings Bank does not intend to pay dividends that would result in a recapture of any portion of its bad debt reserves.

State Taxation. Financial institutions in Massachusetts are required to file combined income tax returns beginning with the year ended December 31, 2009. Starting in 2010, decreasing over a three year period, the Massachusetts excise tax rate for savings banks changed from 10.5% to 9.0% of federal taxable income, adjusted for certain items. Taxable income includes gross income as defined under the Internal Revenue Code, plus interest from bonds, notes and evidences of indebtedness of any state, including Massachusetts, less deductions, but not the credits, allowable under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, except for those deductions relating to dividends received and income or franchise taxes imposed by a state or political subdivision. Carryforwards and carrybacks of net operating losses and capital losses are not allowed. Old Meridian’s state tax returns, as well as those of its subsidiaries, are not currently under audit.

A financial institution or business corporation is generally entitled to special tax treatment as a “security corporation” under Massachusetts law provided that: (a) its activities are limited to buying, selling, dealing in or holding securities on its own behalf and not as a broker; and (b) it has applied for, and received, classification as a “security corporation” by the Commissioner of the Massachusetts Department of Revenue. A security corporation that is also a bank holding company under the Internal Revenue Code must pay a tax equal to 0.33% of its gross income. A security corporation that is not a bank holding company under the Internal Revenue Code must pay a tax equal to 1.32% of its gross income. Prospect, Inc. is qualified as a security corporation. As such, it has received security corporation classification by the Massachusetts Department of Revenue; and does not conduct any activities deemed impermissible under the governing statutes and the various regulations, directives, letter rulings and administrative pronouncements issued by the Massachusetts Department of Revenue.

 

99


Table of Contents

As a Maryland business corporation, New Meridian is required to file an annual report with and pay franchise taxes to the state of Maryland.

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers

The following sets forth information regarding our executive officers, excluding Messrs. Gavegnano and Merritt, who are listed below under “—Directors.” Age information is as of December 31, 2013. The executive officers of New Meridian and East Boston Savings Bank are elected annually. Except as noted below, each of our executive officers has held their positions listed below for at least the past five years.

Mark L. Abbate , Senior Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. and East Boston Savings Bank, joined us in January 2010. From July 2009 to December 2009, Mr. Abbate served as Chief Financial Officer of Home Loan Investment Bank, FSB, Warwick, Rhode Island. From December 2007 through July 2009, Mr. Abbate was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Service Bancorp, Inc. and Strata Bank of Franklin, Massachusetts. From March 2006 through December 2007, Mr. Abbate was a consultant based in Boston providing project consulting leadership to financial institutions in need of finance, accounting and risk management support. Age 58.

John Migliozzi , Executive Vice President of East Boston Savings Bank, joined us in 1998. Mr. Migliozzi began his career with us as a Commercial Lender. Age 56.

Directors

Directors serve three-year staggered terms so that approximately one-third of the directors are elected at each annual meeting. Directors of East Boston Savings Bank will be elected by New Meridian as its sole stockholder.

The following sets forth information regarding our directors. Age information is as of December 31, 2013. Except as noted below, each of our directors has held their positions listed below for at least the past five years. None of the directors listed below currently serves as a director, or served as a director during the past five years, of a publicly-held entity (other than Old Meridian). The following also includes the particular experience, qualifications, attributes, or skills considered by the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee that led the Board of Directors to conclude that such person should serve as a director of Old Meridian. The mailing address for each person listed is c/o East Boston Savings Bank, 10 Meridian Street, East Boston, Massachusetts 02128.

Directors with terms ending in 2015

Marilyn A. Censullo , a Certified Public Accountant, has been a partner in the accounting firm of Naffah & Company, P.C. since 2000, and has over 30 years of experience as an accountant. Ms. Censullo has significant experience with the application of generally accepted accounting principles and matters of business finance and business transactions. Ms. Censullo’s professional and business experience provides the Board with valuable insight into the accounting and public reporting issues we face and in assessing strategic transactions. Age 56. Director since 2007.

Richard J. Gavegnano was in the investment business for 37 years with national New York Stock Exchange member firms, and retired in 2006 ending his career as a Vice President with A.G. Edwards & Sons, Inc. He has been associated with East Boston Savings Bank for 40 years serving as corporator, trustee and director. Mr. Gavegnano has served as Chairman of the Board of East Boston Savings Bank, Old Meridian and Meridian Financial Services since 2003, 2006 and 2003, respectively. In 2007, Mr. Gavegnano was appointed Chief Executive Officer of Old Meridian and Meridian Financial Services and Investor Relations Officer of Old Meridian, and in 2014 was appointed President of East Boston Savings Bank and Old Meridian. Mr. Gavegnano has experience in business development, commercial real estate and investments. Mr. Gavegnano’s positions as

 

100


Table of Contents

Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer foster clear accountability, effective decision-making, a clear and direct channel of communication from senior management to the full Board, and alignment on corporate strategy. Age 66. Director since 1995.

Edward L. Lynch has been an Attorney at Law, Sole Practitioner, for the past 38 years specializing in real estate closings. His experience as a lawyer assists the Board in analyzing and addressing the legal requirements of Old Meridian and its subsidiaries, including any litigation matters. Age 72. Director since 2001.

Gregory F. Natalucci is a former auditor with CNA Financial Corporation, a commercial and property-casualty insurer. Mr. Natalucci practiced in this field for over 35 years. In connection with his position with CNA Financial he gained extensive knowledge of audit practices and of the insurance industry. Mr. Natalucci’s experience provides the Board with experience when assessing our accounting and internal audit practices and with respect to our insurance needs in general. Age 68. Director since 2002.

Directors with terms ending in 2016

Anna R. DiMaria has been an Attorney at Law with the Law Offices of Michael A. D’Avolio for over 20 years. Ms. DiMaria’s background as an attorney provides the Board of Directors with a unique perspective in addressing the legal requirements of Old Meridian and its subsidiaries. Her professional experience also provides Old Meridian with expertise in the areas of real estate and estate law. Age 68. Director since 2006.

Richard F. Fernandez has been Chief Financial Officer at Stoughton Recycling Technologies, LLC since 2010 and has been a merger and acquisition/banking consultant since 2006. Mr. Fernandez was a Commercial Lending Regional Manager for Sovereign Bank from 2000 to 2006. Mr. Fernandez has 40 years commercial lending experience at several institutions, including Sovereign Bank, US Trust Company, and Shawmut Bank. Mr. Fernandez’s extensive knowledge in mergers and acquisitions is valuable in assisting the Board of Directors with evaluating strategic planning initiatives and growth opportunities, which from to time are important strategies for us. Age 71. Director since 2008.

Domenic A. Gambardella is the former owner and President of Meridian Insurance Agency Inc., an insurance agency, and was the owner of a financial services firm focused on small businesses. Mr. Gambardella’s experience as President of an insurance agency gives him unique insights into Old Meridian’s challenges, opportunities and operations in the insurance products field and generally in the area of wealth management and non-depository products that are offered by Old Meridian and its subsidiaries. Age 67. Director since 1995.

Thomas J. Gunning is Executive Director of Building Trades Employers Association, a multi-trade organization that represents over 250 contractors affiliated with 11 different building trade unions. Mr. Gunning’s experience in legislative matters, labor relations and contract negotiations brings the Board of Directors the perspective of someone who is familiar with all facets of labor matters. Mr. Gunning served as a director of Mt. Washington Co-operative Bank since 2008 and became a director of Old Meridian as result of our acquisition of Mt. Washington Co-operative Bank in January 2010. Mr. Gunning’s service with and knowledge of the operations, customers and employees of Mt. Washington Co-operative Bank provide the Board with greater institutional knowledge of Mt. Washington and assist the Board with the integration of Mt. Washington Co-operative Bank and maximizing the opportunities resulting from the merger. Age 60. Director since 2010.

 

101


Table of Contents

Directors with terms ending in 2017

Vincent D. Basile is a self-employed management consultant who has published articles on management leadership in national journals and has served as Clerk of Meridian Financial Services and East Boston Savings Bank since 2007 and has served as the Corporate Secretary of Old Meridian since its formation. Mr. Basile’s knowledge of best management practices, corporate governance matters and his contacts with local community leaders, politicians and municipalities gives him insights into Old Meridian’s challenges and opportunities in its lending area and in assessing and securing the location of branches and offices. Previously, Mr. Basile was a Regional Administrator in the Massachusetts Office of the Commissioner of Probation, and served as the Chairman of the Board of Omega Marketing, formerly an East Boston-based manufacturer of high performance life jackets. Mr. Basile is also a retired Lt. Colonel in the U.S. Army Reserve. He has been a Corporator of Meridian Financial Services since 1977. Age 74. Director since 2002.

Edward J. Merritt serves as President of the Mt. Washington Division of East Boston Savings Bank and became a Board member as a result of Old Meridian’s acquisition of Mt. Washington Co-operative Bank. Previously, Mr. Merritt served as the President and Chief Executive Officer and a director of Mt. Washington Co-operative Bank for over 11 years. Mr. Merritt’s direct experience in managing the operations and employees of Mt. Washington provides the Board of Directors with insight into the operations of Mt. Washington Co-operative Bank and assists the Board with the integration of Mt. Washington Co-operative Bank into our operations. Mr. Merritt’s long-term experience with managing the day-to-day operations of a community banking institution operating in a community in which we previously had limited market penetration also provides the Board with additional perspective with respect to such market area and assists the Board in recognizing and assessing growth opportunities in the market area in which Mt. Washington Co-operative Bank operated. Age 54. Director since 2010.

James G. Sartori retired as Treasurer of Bandwagon, Inc., an importer and distributor company, in 2011. Mr. Sartori’s experience as Treasurer for over 37 years provides the Board with the perspective of someone experienced in financial and accounting issues. Age 70. Director since 2001.

Carl A. LaGreca is a Certified Public Accountant. He is the President of Forman, Itzkowitz, Berenson & LaGreca, PC, an accounting firm in Waltham, Massachusetts, where he has been employed for 28 years. Mr. LaGreca has significant expertise and background with regard to accounting matters, the application of generally accepted accounting principles and matters of business finance and business transactions. Mr. LaGreca’s professional and business experience provides the Board with valuable insight into the accounting and public reporting issues we face and in assessing strategic transactions. Age 68. Director since January 2009.

Board Independence

All of our directors except for Messrs. Gavegnano, Merritt and Lynch are independent under the current listing standards of the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc. Messrs. Gavegnano and Merritt are not independent because they are executive officers of Old Meridian and East Boston Savings Bank. Mr. Lynch is not independent because of the legal fees paid to him or received by him, directly or indirectly, from East Boston Savings Bank. In determining the independence of our other directors, the Board of Directors considered loans to directors and members of their immediate families, and legal fees paid to, or received by, directly or indirectly, Director DiMaria, which were not required to be disclosed individually under “—Transactions with Certain Related Persons.”

Codes of Ethics and Business Conduct

Old Meridian has adopted a Code of Ethics and Business Conduct that is designed to promote the highest standards of ethical conduct by Old Meridian’s directors, executive officers and employees. The Code of Ethics and Business Conduct requires that our directors, executive officers and employees avoid conflicts of interest, comply with all laws and other legal requirements, conduct business in an honest and ethical manner and otherwise act with integrity and in the our best interest. Under the terms of the Code of Ethics and Business Conduct, directors, executive officers and employees are required to report any conduct that they believe in good faith to be an actual or apparent violation of the Code of Ethics and Business Conduct. A copy of the Code of Ethics and Business Conduct

 

102


Table of Contents

can be found in the “Investor Relations—Corporate Governance” section of our website, www.ebsb.com. Amendments to and waivers from the Code of Ethics with respect to directors and executive officers will also be disclosed on our website.

As a mechanism to encourage compliance with the Code of Ethics and Business Conduct, we have established procedures to receive, retain and treat complaints regarding accounting, internal accounting controls and auditing matters. These procedures ensure that individuals may submit concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters in a confidential and anonymous manner. The Code of Ethics and Business Conduct also prohibits us from retaliating against any director, executive officer or employee who reports actual or apparent violations of the Code of Ethics and Business Conduct.

Transactions With Certain Related Persons

The aggregate amount of loans by East Boston Savings Bank to executive officers, directors and trustees of East Boston Savings Bank, Old Meridian and Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated, and members of their immediate families, was $3.0 million at December 31, 2013. The outstanding loans made to Old Meridian’s and East Boston Savings Bank’s directors and executive officers, and members of their immediate families, were made in the ordinary course of business, were made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable loans with persons not related to East Boston Savings Bank, and did not involve more than the normal risk of collectibility or present other unfavorable features.

Pursuant to Old Meridian’s Audit Committee Charter, the Audit Committee periodically reviews, no less frequently than quarterly, a summary of Old Meridian’s transactions with directors and executive officers of Old Meridian and with firms that employ directors, as well as any other related person transactions, for the purpose of recommending to the disinterested members of the Board of Directors that the transactions are fair, reasonable and within company policy and should be ratified and approved. Also, in accordance with banking regulations, the Board of Directors reviews all loans made to a director or executive officer in an amount that, when aggregated with the amount of all other loans to such person and his or her related interests, exceed the greater of $25,000 or 5% of Old Meridian’s capital and surplus (up to a maximum of $500,000) and such loan must be approved in advance by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors. Additionally, pursuant to our Code of Ethics and Business Conduct, all of our executive officers and directors must disclose any existing or emerging conflicts of interest to our Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer. Such potential conflicts of interest include, but are not limited to, the following: (i) Old Meridian conducting business with or competing against an organization in which a family member of an executive officer or director has an ownership or employment interest and (ii) the ownership of more than 1% of the outstanding securities or 5% of total assets of any business entity that does business with or is in competition with Old Meridian.

Executive Compensation

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

Our Compensation Philosophy. Our compensation philosophy starts from the premise that the success of Old Meridian and East Boston Savings Bank depends, in large part, on the dedication and commitment of the people we place in key operating positions to drive our business strategy. We strive to provide our management team with incentives tied to the successful implementation of our corporate objectives. We also recognize that we operate in a competitive environment for talent. Therefore, our approach to compensation considers the full range of compensation techniques that enable us to compare favorably with our peers as we seek to attract and retain key personnel.

 

103


Table of Contents

We base our compensation decisions on four basic principles:

 

    Meeting the Demands of the Market – Our goal is to compensate our employees at competitive levels in relation to surveyed averages. We strive to position the bank as a preferred employer among our peers who provide similar financial services in the regional market. Base pay and incentive pay for all employees, and stock-based benefit plans for eligible employees are positioned relative to our peers’ offerings to either meet or exceed, or in some cases lag, depending on the employment environment. Base pay at equitable levels is most important in meeting the market. It is the component of compensation that most directly affects current and near-term standard of living and it is the most easily compared between competing job offers. Our annual cash bonus plan (the “Incentive Compensation Plan”) is almost as important as it focuses rewards based on current year individual and bank performance.

 

    Aligning with Stockholders – We use equity compensation as a key component of our compensation mix to develop a culture of ownership among our key personnel and to align their individual financial interests with the interests of our stockholders. Long-term incentives such as the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (the “EIP”) and the Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the “ESOP”) are important in aligning interests with stockholders. The ESOP and the EIP place stock in the hands of employees and executives over the course of time and have become an increasingly important part of total compensation.

 

    Driving Performance – We will structure compensation around the attainment of company-wide, business unit and individual targets that return positive results to our bottom line. Base pay rates are subject to annual merit increases that result from performance evaluations. These performance-based increases are directly tied to individual contributions to bank performance and, over time, become a material portion of pay resulting from accomplishments. Our Incentive Compensation Plan is tied directly to individuals’ performance and loan production, deposit generation, net earnings, cost of funds and efficiency of enterprise-wide performance. In this plan, individuals’ performance is rewarded, but only if East Boston Savings Bank performance reaches certain targets established by the Compensation Committee. The plan itself sets a target bonus payout if bank performance meets budget projections. There are also significantly lesser payouts available under the plan at two lower tiers of performance and two higher tiers set as stretch targets. The difference between tiers is determined in order to draw a clear relationship between bank performance and rewards.

 

    Reflecting our Business Philosophy – Our approach to compensation reflects our values and the way we do business in the communities we serve: compensation rates that are priced to be valued by the market and prudent for the organization’s strategic well-being. Base pay and the incentive compensation plan are meant to place a recognizable fair value on employment at East Boston Savings Bank. Long-term incentives, such as the EIP, represent longer-term value in the employment relationship.

We have considered the most recent stockholder say-on-pay advisory vote in determining compensation policies and decisions. In light of strong stockholder support, the Compensation Committee concluded that no revisions were necessary to our executive officer compensation program.

Elements of the Compensation Package . The executive compensation program has three key elements of total direct compensation: base salary, annual incentives and long-term incentives, such as stock option and restricted stock awards.

Adjustments to base pay in the form of merit increases are limited by a cap on increases. The cap is recommended by the Senior Vice President of Human Resources to the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. It is based on surveyed projected caps of peers, the current competitive position being assumed by East Boston Savings Bank for recruitment purposes and informed by the current Consumer Price Index – All Urban

 

104


Table of Contents

Consumers (the “CPI-U”) as a proxy for inflation, and by the unemployment rate. The inflation rate is used as an additional benchmark when possible to ensure that merit increases will have meaning to employees in terms of purchasing power. At times of high inflation it is not necessarily possible to use this benchmark due to prohibitive cost. Base pay merit increases are computed using a numerical performance evaluation score for each individual on a scale from one to five, calculating that score as a percentage of a top score of 5; then applying that percentage to the actual cap. Caps in recent years have been 3.25% and 3.50%.

The Incentive Compensation Plan is structured for all eligible employees on the basis of five tiers of overall bank performance. The middle tier reflects bank performance centered on our budgets for loan production, deposit generation, net earnings, cost of funds and efficiency. Each of these five performance elements is assigned a numerical value for middle tier performance and for two lower performance tiers and two higher performance tiers. Depending on how we score regarding these five elements an overall score will place the level of bonus payout at one of these five levels, or below the scale entirely, in which case the Board may pay a bonus using other criteria, or not pay a bonus at all. This plan has been benchmarked to peers’ similar plans using data from the Pearl Meyer & Partners survey, as explained below.

An individual’s performance determines the level of bonus they can receive within the bank’s performance level as described above. An employee who is rated as satisfactory on his or her performance evaluation would receive a certain percentage of gross pay in the form of a bonus. An employee who is rated as less than satisfactory forfeits the bonus entirely and employees who are rated above satisfactory receive a higher percentage of pay as bonus.

Base Compensation. The salaries of our executive and other officers are reviewed at least annually to assess our competitive position and make any necessary adjustments. Our goal is to maintain salary levels for our officers at a level consistent with base pay received by those in comparable positions at peer banks. To further that goal, we obtain peer group information from a variety of independent sources. Our primary source is a comprehensive annual “Banking Compensation Survey Report” issued by Pearl Meyer & Partners in conjunction with the Massachusetts Bankers Association. Its 2013 report contained data from 103 institutions and included a peer group that we use as a reference: a $1 billion and above asset size peer group (consisting of 26 institutions).

The $1 billion and above asset size peer group consisted of the following institutions:

 

Avidia Bank    Jeanne D’Arc Credit Union
Bank Newport    Middlesex Savings Bank
Berkshire Bank    Needham Bank
Bristol County Savings Bank    Pawtucket Credit Union
Cambridge Savings Bank    PeoplesBank
Century Bancorp Inc.    Rockland Trust Company
Country Bank    The Cape Cod Five Cents Savings Bank
Dedham Institution for Savings    The Washington Trust Company (RI)
East Boston Savings Bank    Unibank
Eastern Bank    United Bank
Enterprise Bank and Trust    Watertown Savings Bank
HarborOne Credit Union    Webster Bank (CT)
Institution for Savings in Newburyport    Westfield Bank

The survey’s data on projected pay raise budgets and adjustments to pay grades are used in our decision-making process, as well as data on short-term incentives.

The midpoints of our pay grades are compared to those averaged in the survey, then adjusted for the age of the data and the survey’s forecast of future grade changes. Individuals’ compensation was reviewed with the comparable surveyed position in terms of competitive pay grade and current rate of pay in relation to the average surveyed 25 th , 50 th and 75 th percentiles. Ultimately, any individual’s rate of pay was determined with these criteria in mind, but mainly through performance evaluations and those particulars of the recruitment process that determined the rate of pay at hire. Rates that may diverge materially from time to time from survey averages are typically driven by our particular needs and employment market trends.

 

105


Table of Contents

We also evaluate salary levels at the time of promotion or other change in responsibilities or as a result of commitments we made when a particular officer was hired. Individual performance and retention risk are also considered as part of our annual compensation assessment. Officers are rated on competencies, such as knowledge and business development but are also rated on the attainment of mutually agreed upon pre-determined goals and objectives for each individual officer which are specific to each calendar-year rating period based on our strategic plan, and market, performance and regulatory initiatives. These evaluations are performed at the end of each year and are used to determine both merit increases to base salary and the individual performance component of the incentive compensation plan.

The Compensation Committee used an analysis of sample jobs’ salary grade midpoints from the Pearl Meyer & Partners 2013 Banking Compensation Survey to measure the competitiveness of the bank’s salary grade structure. That analysis plotted the average salary grade midpoints of 30 jobs against the actual salary grade midpoints of those comparable bank jobs (representing approximately 25% of the bank’s jobs). Average differences were calculated and the Committee found that the trend line of the differences warranted adjustment of East Boston Savings Bank’s salary grade midpoints up by 2.0%. The committee also took into consideration East Boston Savings Bank’s competitive position in recruitment and the change in cost of living over the previous year as measured by CPI.

Annual Cash Bonuses under our Incentive Compensation Plan. The objective of our Incentive Compensation Plan is to motivate and reward our employees for achieving specific company and individual goals that support the strategic plan. All bonus payments under this plan are determined at the discretion of the Compensation Committee and no officer or employee has a right to a bonus under this plan unless the Compensation Committee has specifically authorized the bonus. Rewards under this plan represent compensation that must be earned each year based on performance relative to company and individual standards.

All of our “Named Executive Officers” are eligible to receive an annual cash bonus under our Incentive Compensation Plan upon the successful performance of East Boston Savings Bank and the attainment of individual performance goals. Our Named Executive Officers for the year ended December 31, 2013 were Richard J. Gavegnano, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, Deborah J. Jackson, President and Chief Operating Officer, Edward J. Merritt, President, Mt. Washington Bank, a Division of East Boston Savings Bank, Mark L. Abbate, Senior Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer, and John Migliozzi, Executive Vice President. Ms. Jackson passed away in March 2014, and Mr. Gavegnano was appointed President at that time. The entire amount of the bonus is discretionary and is determined by the Compensation Committee. For 2013, the Compensation Committee determined the bonus amounts by reviewing East Boston Savings Bank’s loan growth, deposit growth, cost of funds, net operating income and efficiency ratio, as well as the contributions of our Named Executive Officers to our success. The amounts of the bonuses paid in 2014 for the year 2013 under this plan are included in the Summary Compensation Table in the column labeled “Bonus.” For 2013, the amount of the incentive cash bonus payable to a Named Executive Officer could range from 0% to 50% of a Named Executive Officer’s salary.

The total bonus pool which may be distributed under the Incentive Compensation Plan equals 10% of the net operating income of Old Meridian, unless the Compensation Committee authorizes a different amount.

 

106


Table of Contents

To determine the amount of the cash bonus payable to our Named Executive Officers in 2014 for the year 2013,cCompany goals, which are defined each year, are first measured by comparing five Company performance measures with actual results. For 2013, Old Meridian’s performance measures were as follows:

 

Performance Measure (1)

   Weight
(%)
     Threshold     Target     Maximum     Actual
Results
    Points      Weighted
Points
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Net Loan Growth

     25.0         4.36     13.37     20.87     25.93     5         5   

Deposit Growth

     12.5         6.32     9.83     13.33     20.54     5         2.5   

Cost of Funds

     12.5         1.06     0.86     0.73     0.90     3         1.5   

Net Operating Income

     25.0       $ 10,316      $ 15,066      $ 17,916      $ 23,500        5         5   

Efficiency Ratio

     25.0         81.45     76.20     70.94     76.04     3         3   

 

(1) Each Performance Measure is calculated in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) or from amounts presented in accordance with GAAP. Net Operating Income is referred to as Income before Income Taxes in Old Meridian’s Form 10-K filed on March 17, 2014 with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

The Incentive Compensation Plan weights the relative importance of each of the performance measures and assigns a number of points (from “1” to “5”) to the level of achievement of each such performance measure. The Plan may achieve five points for each 25% weighted measure if the maximum goal is achieved under a performance measure and no points if the threshold goal is not achieved. Achievement between threshold and maximum will result in attainment of one to four points for the relevant performance measure. For 2013, based on actual results, 5 points were achieved for Deposit Growth, 5 points were achieved for Net Loan Growth, 3 points were achieved for Cost of Funds, 5 points were achieved for Net Operating Income and 3 points were achieved for Efficiency Ratio. The points achieved were then adjusted based on the relative weight given to the performance measure and the weighted points were multiplied by “5” in order to determine the percentage achievement of the performance goals. Based on the above, Old Meridian achieved 85% of the maximum performance measures.

After determining performance, the Compensation Committee uses a table to determine the amount of the bonus payable to a Named Executive Officer, which is as follows:

 

Performance Scale

   Amount of Bonus for
Richard J. Gavegnano
  Amount of Bonus for
Deborah J. Jackson
and Edward J. Merritt
  Amount of Bonus for
Mark L. Abbate and
John Migliozzi

20

   10%   8%   6%

40

   14% – 18%   10% – 14%   8% – 12%

60

   17% – 25%   13% – 18%   11% – 15%

80

   25% – 35%   17% – 25%   14% – 20%

100

   35% – 50%   25% – 35%   20% – 27%

In 2013, since Old Meridian achieved 85% on the performance scale, Mr. Gavegnano was eligible to receive a bonus in 2014 equal to 25% to 35% of his base salary; Ms. Jackson and Mr. Merritt were eligible to receive bonuses equal to 17% to 25% of their base salaries; and the other Named Executive Officers were eligible to receive a bonus equal to 14% to 20% of their base salary. As described above, all bonuses are subject to the discretion of the Compensation Committee and the Compensation Committee may decide to award a bonus that is higher or lower than suggested in the above tables. The Compensation Committee considers the executive’s individual performance in determining the amount of his or her award.

 

107


Table of Contents

For the 2013 year, the Compensation Committee awarded bonuses to Mr. Gavegnano, Ms Jackson, Mr. Merritt, Mr. Abbate and Mr. Migliozzi in the amounts of $189,000, $53,204, $64,181, $43,584 and $58,762 respectively, with such bonuses paid in the first quarter of 2014.

Long-Term Compensation. We established a long-term incentive compensation program, the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (“EIP”) to deliver competitive awards to our management team. We use the EIP to reward outstanding performance with incentives that focus our management team on the task of creating long-term stockholder value. By increasing the equity holdings of our management team, we provide them with a continuing stake in our success. The nature and size of awards made under the EIP are based on a number of considerations, including regulatory requirements, awards made to individuals holding comparable positions among our peer group of financial institutions, internal equity, revenue generation and the tax or accounting treatment of specific equity compensation techniques. In April 2013, we granted awards under the EIP that will time vest in equal increments over five years, acting on the recommendation of the Compensation Committee and consistent with industry practices and trends.

Role of the Compensation Committee. We have established a Compensation Committee of Old Meridian to develop our executive compensation program and to monitor the success of the program in achieving the objectives of our compensation philosophy. The Committee, which consists of Ms. DiMaria, Ms. Censullo and Mr. Gambardella, all independent directors, are responsible for the administration of our compensation programs and policies, including the administration of our cash- and stock-based incentive programs. The Committee evaluates the performance of our Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers and approves all compensation decisions relating to our executive officers. The Chief Executive Officer does not participate in discussions related to his compensation or the Committee’s review of any documents specifically related to his compensation. The Committee operates under the mandate of a formal charter that establishes a framework for the fulfillment of its responsibilities.

Role of Management. Our Chief Executive Officer makes recommendations as to the appropriate mix and level of compensation for other executive officers to the Compensation Committee and determines the compensation for subordinates of executive officers. In making his recommendations, the Chief Executive Officer considers the objectives of our compensation philosophy and the range of compensation programs authorized by the Compensation Committee. Our Chief Executive Officer will not participate in discussions related to his compensation or the Committee’s review of any documents related to the determination of his compensation, however.

Peer Group Analysis. In its review of overall compensation, the Compensation Committee has referred to information published by Massachusetts Banking Association/Pearl Meyer and Partners with respect to compensation paid by a peer group of 26 financial institutions of similar asset size and geographic location. We are also a participant in McLagan’s Regional & Community Banks compensation survey, and we use the data in our Northeast Region Custom Report for comparison purposes. As a public company, a critical element of our compensation philosophy and a key determinant of specific compensation decisions for our management team will be a comparative analysis of our compensation mix and levels relative to a peer group of publicly-traded banks and thrifts. We firmly believe that the cornerstone of our compensation program is the maintenance of a competitive compensation program relative to the companies with whom we compete for talent. The peer group will reflect consideration of several factors, including geographic location, size, operating characteristics, and financial performance.

Allocation Among Compensation Components. Under our present structure, base salary has represented the largest component of compensation for our executive officers. As a public company, we expect that the mix of base salary, bonus and long-term cash and equity compensation will vary, depending upon the role of the individual officer in the organization. In allocating compensation among these elements, we believe it is important that the compensation of our named executive officers should be predominantly performance-based (other than base salary), while lower levels of management should receive a greater portion of their compensation in base salary.

 

108


Table of Contents

Severance and Change in Control Benefits. We have entered into employment agreements with Mr. Gavegnano and Mr. Merritt and change in control agreements with Messrs. Abbate and Migliozzi on terms consistent with the compensation packages for the senior management among our peers and a severance plan for certain other employees. The severance payments under these agreements, which are contingent on the occurrence of certain termination events, are intended to provide the executive with a sense of security in making the commitment to dedicate his or her professional career to the success of our company.

Tax and Accounting Considerations. In consultation with our advisors, we evaluate the tax and accounting treatment of each of our compensation programs at the time of adoption and on an annual basis to ensure that we understand the financial impact of the program. Our analysis includes a detailed review of recently adopted and pending changes in tax and accounting requirements. As part of our review, we consider modifications and/or alternatives to existing programs to take advantage of favorable changes in the tax or accounting environment or to avoid adverse consequences. To preserve maximum flexibility in the design and implementation of our compensation program, we have not adopted a formal policy that requires all compensation to be tax deductible. However, to the greatest extent possible, it is our intent to structure our compensation programs in a tax efficient manner.

Retirement Benefits; Employee Welfare Benefits. Currently, our primary retirement savings vehicle is our defined contribution 401(k) plan, which enables our employees to supplement their retirement savings with elective deferral contributions that we match at specified levels. In connection with our stock offering, East Boston Savings Bank adopted an employee stock ownership plan for eligible employees of East Boston Savings Bank. (See “—Employee Stock Ownership Plan.”) In addition to retirement programs, we provide our employees with coverage under medical, life insurance and disability plans on terms consistent with industry practice. We also entered into supplemental executive retirement agreements with certain officers to provide them with supplemental benefits. (See “—Pension Benefits.”)

Director Compensation. Our outside directors are compensated with meeting fees. We do not pay any annual or other retainer fees. Directors who are also employees of East Boston Savings Bank do not receive additional compensation for service on the board. The level and mix of director compensation is revised by the Compensation Committee on a periodic basis to ensure consistency with the objectives of our overall compensation philosophy. We also entered into supplemental executive retirement agreements with certain directors to provide them with supplemental benefits (See “—Directors Compensation.”) Our review of director compensation also considers the increased responsibility and liability of directors at publicly traded companies due to changes in the regulatory environment and the heightened scrutiny of corporate governance practices.

Stock Compensation Grant and Award Practices. As a public company, we expect that our Compensation Committee’s grant-making process will be independent of any consideration of the timing of the release of material nonpublic information, including with respect to the determination of grant dates or stock option exercise prices. Similarly, we expect that the release of material nonpublic information will never be timed with the purpose or intent to affect the value of executive compensation.

Stock Ownership Requirements. We have not adopted formal stock ownership requirements for our senior officers and board members. The Compensation Committee reviews prevailing practices among peer companies, including those with respect to stock ownership guidelines, in determining whether such guidelines are appropriate.

The Compensation Committee believes that any risks arising from our compensation policies and practices for our employees are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on Old Meridian. and East Boston Savings Bank. In addition, the Compensation Committee believes that the mix and design of the elements of our executive compensation does not encourage management to assume excessive risks. In its review, the Compensation Committee concluded that significant weighting towards long-term incentive compensation discourages short-term risk taking and that the significant number of shares of stock of Old Meridian owned by the Named Executive Officers discourages excessive risk taking.

 

109


Table of Contents

Compensation for the Named Executive Officers in 2013

Chief Executive Officer Compensation. In determining compensation for Mr. Gavegnano, our Chief Executive Officer, the Compensation Committee reviewed salaries and pay grades of similar executives at peer institutions as compiled by an industry standard survey. Using this data the Committee determined an equitable base salary for Mr. Gavegnano of $540,000 for 2013.

Compensation for our Other Named Executive Officers . In determining base salary for Ms. Jackson and Messrs. Merritt, Abbate and Migliozzi, the Compensation Committee reviewed salaries and pay grades of similar executives at peer institutions as compiled by the survey mentioned above. Using this data, the Committee determined equitable pay scales within which annual merit increases would be made. The Committee then determined the merit increases based on written analyses of the accomplishments and attainment of goals for each executive during the preceding year. This resulted in annual base salaries of $312,962 for Ms. Jackson, $305,622 for Mr. Merritt, $217,917 for Mr. Abbate and $235,046 for Mr. Migliozzi for 2013.

Three factors affect the salaries of our named executives: salary negotiated at hire or appointment, annual merit increases and market adjustments. Mr. Gavegnano’s salary was adjusted to a market competitive rate based on the Pearl Meyer & Partners survey. The $540,000 salary equated to the 3 rd quartile of the average base salary of the Chief Executive Officers within our peer group according to the 2012 Pearl Meyer & Partners survey. Ms. Jackson’s salary was adjusted for merit for 2012 and was within the 3 rd quartile of average base salaries for Chief Operating Officers in our peer group in the 2012 Pearl Meyer & Partners survey. Mr. Merritt’s salary was within the 2 nd quartile for top executives within his division’s asset size group in the survey. Mr. Abbate’s was within the 2 nd quartile and Mr. Migliozzi’s in the 3 rd quartile of the survey.

Incentive Compensation/Bonus . Bonus amounts were paid to the named executives according to the terms of the Incentive Compensation Plan. The plan places greater emphasis on overall bank performance than on individual performance and resulted in payments in 2013 for the year 2012 that were 84% of surveyed average for Mr. Gavegnano, 57% of average for Ms. Jackson, 81% of average for Mr. Migliozzi, 61% of average for Mr. Abbate and 77% of average for Mr. Merritt. Surveyed averages are not yet available for comparison to the bonus amounts paid in 2014 for 2013. The particulars of this plan are discussed in greater detail elsewhere in this document.

Compensation Decisions for the Named Executive Officers in 2014. For the 2014 year, the Compensation Committee increased annual base salaries for Mr. Gavegnano, Ms. Jackson, Mr. Merritt, Mr. Abbate and Mr. Migliozzi to amounts of $600,000, $319,973, $314,394, $225,392 and $242,779, respectively.

 

110


Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information concerning compensation received for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively by the Named Executive Officers.

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year     Salary ($)     Bonus ($)     Stock
Awards ($)
(1)
    Option
Awards ($)
(1)
    Change in
Pension Value
and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings ($)
(2)
    All Other
Compensation
($) (3)
    Total ($)  

Richard J. Gavegnano,

    2013      $ 540,000      $ 189,000      $ 63,980      $ 43,800      $ 859,285      $ 39,373      $ 1,735,438   

Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer

    2012      $ 500,000      $ 175,000      $ —        $ —        $ 619,535      $ 36,280      $ 1,330,815   
    2011      $ 450,000      $ 123,750      $ —        $ —        $ 465,132      $ 28,368      $ 1,067,250   

Deborah J. Jackson,

    2013      $ 312,962      $ 53,204      $ 18,280      $ 5,840      $ —        $ 145,561      $ 535,847   

President and Chief Operating Officer (4)

    2012      $ 306,106      $ 52,038      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 140,924      $ 499,068   
    2011      $ 298,581      $ 49,266      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 144,472      $ 492,319   

Edward J. Merritt,

    2013      $ 305,622      $ 64,181      $ 18,280      $ 5,840      $ —        $ 75,474      $ 469,397   

President, Mt. Washington Bank, a Division of East Boston Savings Bank

    2012      $ 296,490      $ 70,123      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 73,793      $ 440,406   
    2011      $ 288,415      $ 47,588      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 76,529      $ 412,532   
               

Mark L. Abbate,

    2013      $ 217,917      $ 43,584      $ 18,280      $ 5,840      $ —        $ 25,720      $ 311,341   

Senior Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer

    2012      $ 211,449      $ 42,290      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 24,345      $ 278,084   
    2011      $ 205,760      $ 29,424      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 25,702      $ 260,886   

John Migliozzi,

    2013      $ 235,046      $ 58,762      $ 18,280      $ 5,840      $ —        $ 25,039      $ 342,967   

Executive Vice President

    2012      $ 220,000      $ 44,000      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 24,625      $ 288,625   
    2011      $ 198,396      $ 33,000      $ 40,170      $ 22,400      $ —        $ 24,372      $ 318,338   

 

(1) The amounts shown reflect the grant date fair value of restricted stock awards or stock options, as applicable, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Refer to Note 11 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements for the assumptions relating to these awards.
(2) Represents the actuarial change in pension value in the executive’s account from December 31 of the prior year to December 31 of the reported year under a Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement.
(3) For 2013, employer contributions under the company match and safe harbor provisions of the 401(k) Plan were $14,769, $15,300, $14,742, $15,300, and $14,956 for Messrs. Gavegnano, Merritt, Abbate, Migliozzi and Ms. Jackson, respectively. The amount of premiums paid for long term care insurance was $1,441 for Mr. Gavegnano. For 2013, employer contributions under the ESOP were $8,160, $8,160, $7,862, $8,160, and $8,160 for Messrs. Gavegnano, Merritt, Abbate, Migliozzi and Ms. Jackson, respectively. For 2013, imputed income from life insurance provided by the bank was $15,003, $2,014, $3,116, $1,579, and $4,587 for Messrs. Gavegnano, Merritt, Abbate, Migliozzi and Ms. Jackson, respectively. For Ms. Jackson, for 2013 we contributed $117,858 under her Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement and for Mr. Merritt we contributed $50,000 under his Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement.
(4) Ms. Jackson passed away in March 2014.

Employment Agreements

East Boston Savings Bank has entered into substantially similar employment agreements with Richard J. Gavegnano, its Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer, and Edward J. Merritt, President of the Mt. Washington Division of East Boston Savings Bank.

Each employment agreement provides for a two-year term. The term of Mr. Gavegnano’s agreement extends on a daily basis and Mr. Merritt’s extends on an annual basis, unless written notice of non-renewal is given by the Board of Directors of East Boston Savings Bank or by the executive. The current base salary under the

 

111


Table of Contents

employment agreement for Mr. Gavegnano is $600,000 and $314,394 for Mr. Merritt. In addition to a base salary, each employment agreement provides for, among other things, participation in our annual incentive plan and certain employee benefits plans. Each employment agreement provides for termination by East Boston Savings Bank for cause, as defined in the agreement, at any time. If East Boston Savings Bank terminates the executive’s employment for reasons other than for cause, or if the executive resigns from East Boston Savings Bank for good reason (as defined in the employment agreement), then the executive would receive a lump sum severance payment equal to the sum of (i) two times current annual base salary (Mr. Merritt is also entitled to two times the average cash bonuses earned in the three years preceding the year of termination), and (ii) the value of 24 months of health insurance premiums. In that case, assuming a December 31, 2013 termination, Mr. Gavegnano would receive a severance benefit equal to $1,096,270 and Mr. Merritt would receive a severance benefit equal to $753,571. Upon termination of the executive for reasons other than a change in control (see below), the executive must adhere to a two year non-competition restriction.

Under each employment agreement, if voluntary or involuntary termination follows a change in control of East Boston Savings Bank or Old Meridian, the executive would receive a severance payment equal to 2.99 times the executive’s “base amount,” less any other “parachute payments,” as those terms are defined under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code. In the event the executive terminates employment in connection with a change in control, the maximum severance payment Mr. Gavegnano and Mr. Merritt would receive (based on taxable compensation earned) would equal $1,354,470 and $865,415, respectively, assuming a December 31, 2013 termination. Generally, an executive’s “base amount” equals the average of the taxable compensation paid during the preceding five taxable years. In the event severance payments to the executive include an “excess parachute payment” as defined in Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code, such payment will be cutback by the minimum dollar amount necessary to avoid this result.

Change in Control Agreements

East Boston Savings Bank has entered into substantially similar change in control agreements with Mark L. Abbate, its Senior Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer, and with John Migliozzi, its Executive Vice President & Senior Loan Officer. The change in control agreements provide that upon an involuntary termination, other than for cause, or voluntary termination for good reason (as defined in the agreement) following a change in control of Old Meridian or East Boston Savings Bank, the executives would be entitled to a cash severance payment equal to two times their base salary and the highest level of cash bonus earned in any one of the three calendar years preceding the year of termination. In addition, the executives would be entitled to receive non-taxable medical and dental coverage substantially identical to the coverage maintained for the executive prior to their termination of employment for 24 months following their termination of employment. In the event severance payments to the executives include an “excess parachute payment” as defined in Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code, such payment will be cutback by the minimum dollar amount necessary to avoid this result. In the event of a termination of employment in connection with a change in control, the maximum severance payment Mr. Abbate and Mr. Migliozzi would receive (based on taxable compensation earned) equals $549,404 and $620,557, respectively, assuming a December 31, 2013 termination of employment.

Benefit Plans

Employee Stock Ownership Plan. East Boston Savings Bank maintains an employee stock ownership plan for eligible employees of East Boston Savings Bank. Eligible employees who have attained age 18 and completed three months of service during a continuous 12-month period are eligible to participate in the employee stock ownership plan as of the first entry date following completion of the plan’s eligibility requirements. The employee stock ownership plan received a favorable determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service as recently as May 22, 2012.

The employee stock ownership plan purchased 828,000 shares of common stock, representing 8.0% of the total number of shares of Old Meridian sold in the 2008 stock offering. The purchase was funded by a subsidiary capitalized by Old Meridian. The loan equaled 100% of the aggregate purchase price of the common stock. The loan to the employee stock ownership plan will be repaid principally from East Boston Savings Bank’s contributions to the employee stock ownership plan and dividends payable on common stock held by the employee stock ownership plan over the 20-year term of the loan. The interest rate for the employee stock ownership plan loan is 6.5%.

 

112


Table of Contents

Shares purchased by the employee stock ownership plan with the proceeds of the employee stock ownership plan loan are held in a suspense account and released on a pro rata basis as the loan is repaid. Discretionary contributions to the employee stock ownership plan and shares released from the suspense account are allocated among participants on the basis of each participant’s proportional share of compensation.

Participants vest 100% in the benefits allocated under the employee stock ownership plan upon completing three years of service with East Boston Savings Bank or its affiliates. A participant will become fully vested at retirement, upon death or disability, upon a change in control or upon termination of the employee stock ownership plan. Benefits are generally distributable upon a participant’s separation from service. Any unvested shares that are forfeited upon a participant’s termination of employment will be reallocated among the remaining plan participants.

Plan participants are entitled to direct the plan trustee on how to vote common stock credited to their accounts. The trustee will vote allocated shares held in the employee stock ownership plan as instructed by the plan participants and unallocated shares and allocated shares for which no instructions are received will be voted in the same ratio on any matter as those shares for which instructions are given.

Under applicable accounting requirements, compensation expenses for a leveraged employee stock ownership plan is recorded at the average fair market value of the employee stock ownership plan shares when committed to be released to participants accounts.

In connection with the conversion, the trustee for our existing employee stock ownership plan is expected to purchase, on behalf of the employee stock ownership plan, 5% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering. We anticipate that the employee stock ownership plan will fund its stock purchase with a loan from a subsidiary capitalized by Old Meridian equal to the aggregate purchase price of the common stock. The loan will have a 25-year term and be repaid principally through East Boston Savings Bank contributions to the employee stock ownership plan and dividends payable on common stock held by the employee stock ownership plan over the term of the loan. The interest rate for the employee stock ownership plan loan is expected to be a fixed rate equal to the prime rate, as published in The Wall Street Journal, on the closing date of the offering.

Grants of Plan-Based Awards .

Below are the details of awards granted to the Named Executive Officers during 2013.

 

Name

   Grant Date    All Other Stock
Awards: Number
of Shares of Stock
(#)(1)
     All Other Option
Awards: Number
of Securities
Underlying
Options

(#)(1)
     Exercise Price of
Option Awards
     Grant Date Fair
Value of Stock and
Option Awards

(3)
 

Richard J. Gavegnano

   April 23, 2013      3,500         7,500       $ 18.28       $ 107,780   

Deborah J. Jackson

   April 23, 2013      1,000         1,000       $ 18.28       $ 24,120   

Edward J. Merritt

   April 23, 2013      1,000         1,000       $ 18.28       $ 24,120   

Mark L. Abbate

   April 23, 2013      1,000         1,000       $ 18.28       $ 24,120   

John Migliozzi

   April 23, 2013      1,000         1,000       $ 18.28       $ 24,120   

 

(1) Awards vest at a rate of 20% per year, commencing on April 23, 2014.
(2) Amounts reflect the full grant date fair value of the awards calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718.

 

113


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following table provides information concerning unexercised stock options and stock awards that have not vested as of December 31, 2013 for each Named Executive Officer.

 

     Option Awards      Stock Awards  

Name

   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options

Exercisable
(#)
     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options

Unexercisable
(#)
    Option
Exercise
Price

($)
     Option
Expiration
Date
     Number of Shares
or Units of Stock
That Have Not
Vested

(#)
    Market Value of
Shares or Units of
Stock That Have
Not Vested

($) (6)
 

Richard J. Gavegnano

     175,000         —        $ 9.50         10/13/2018         —        $ —     
     60,000         15,000 (1)    $ 8.99         10/27/2019         7,000 (1)    $ 158,060   
     —           7,500 (5)    $ 18.28         04/23/2023         3,500 (5)    $ 79,030   

Deborah J. Jackson

     40,000         10,000 (2)    $ 8.57         03/27/2019         2,000 (2)    $ 45,160   
     20,000         5,000 (1)    $ 8.99         10/27/2019         1,000 (1)    $ 22,580   
     —           1,000 (5)    $ 18.28         04/23/2023         1,000 (5)    $ 22,580   

Edward J. Merritt

     3,000         2,000 (3)    $ 9.29         01/26/2020         1,000 (3)    $ 22,580   
     —           1,000 (5)    $ 18.28         04/23/2023         1,000 (5)    $ 22,580   

Mark L. Abbate

     10,500         7,000 (3)    $ 9.29         01/26/2020         2,400 (3)    $ 54,192   
     —           1,000 (5)    $ 18.28         04/23/2023         1,000 (5)    $ 22,580   

John Migliozzi

     10,000         —        $ 9.50         10/13/2018         —        $ —     
     4,000         1,000 (1)    $ 8.99         10/27/2019         600 (1)    $ 13,548   
     2,000         3,000 (4)    $ 13.39         05/11/2021         1,800 (4)    $ 40,644   
     —           1,000 (5)    $ 18.28         04/23/2023         1,000 (5)    $ 22,580   

 

(1) Awards vest at a rate of 20% per year with the remaining awards vesting on October 27, 2014.
(2) Awards vest at a rate of 20% per year with the remaining awards vesting on March 27, 2014.
(3) Awards vest at a rate of 20% per year with the remaining awards vesting on January 26, 2014 and 2015.
(4) Awards vest at a rate of 20% per year with the remaining awards vesting on May 11, 2014, 2015 and 2016.
(5) Awards vest at a rate of 20% per year on April 23, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017 and 2018.
(6) Based on the $22.58 per share trading price of our common stock on December 31, 2013.

Option Exercises and Stock Vested

The following table sets forth information regarding the value realized by our Named Executive Officers on option award exercise and stock awards vested during the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

     Option Awards      Stock Awards  

Name

   Number of Shares
Acquired on
Exercise
     Value Realized on
Exercise
     Number of Shares
Acquired on Vesting
     Value Realized on
Vesting
 

Richard J. Gavegnano

     —         $ —           20,000       $ 454,890   

Deborah J. Jackson

     —         $ —           3,000       $ 59,890   

Edward J. Merritt

     —         $ —           500       $ 8,675   

Mark L. Abbate

     —         $ —           1,200       $ 20,820   

John Migliozzi

     —         $ —           2,000       $ 42,776   

Equity Award Plan

The 2008 Equity Incentive Plan authorizes the issuance or delivery to participants of up to 1,449,000 shares of our common stock pursuant to grants of restricted stock awards, incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options and stock appreciation rights; provided, however, that no more than 1,035,000 shares may be issued or delivered in the aggregate pursuant to the exercise of stock options or stock appreciation rights, and no more than 414,000 shares may be issued or delivered pursuant to restricted stock awards. Upon a participant’s termination of service for reasons of death or disability, or in the event of a change in control, the participant would become fully

 

114


Table of Contents

vested in all equity awards under the plan. As of December 31, 2013, upon death or disability, Messrs. Gavegnano, Merritt, Abbate, Migliozzi and Ms. Jackson would be entitled to the acceleration of their unvested restricted stock awards in the amount of $237,090, $45,160, $76,772, $76,772 and $90,320, respectively.

Pension Benefits

Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement. East Boston Savings Bank has entered into a supplemental executive retirement agreement with Mr. Gavegnano.

The following table provides information with respect to Mr. Gavegnano’s supplemental executive retirement benefits that are not defined contribution plans and that provide for payments or benefits in connection with his retirement as of December 31, 2013.

 

Name

 

Plan Name

   Number of
Years
Credited
Service
    Present
Value of
Accumulated
Benefit (1)
    Payments during
Last Fiscal Year
 

Richard J. Gavegnano

  Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement      7.5      $ 3,026,113        —     

 

(1) Refer to note 11 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements for material assumptions relating to the Plan.

Under Mr. Gavegnano’s agreement, if the executive terminates employment for any reason other than for cause, he will receive an annual benefit (paid monthly) equal to 70% of his final average compensation. For purposes of the agreement, final average compensation equals the three years’ base salary that results in the highest average. The annual benefit is generally payable in the form of an unreduced life annuity with a 50% spousal survivor annuity. However, the executive is permitted to elect an actuarial equivalent optional form of benefit that is offered under the SBERA Plan, including a single lump sum distribution, provided that the election is in compliance with Internal Revenue Code Section 409A.

Mr. Gavegnano will become 100% vested in the annual benefit upon the completion of eight years of service (12.5% per year), which will occur when he attains the age of 68. He will become fully vested in his annual benefit immediately upon his death prior to his termination, a change in control of Old Meridian or East Boston Savings Bank, or upon any involuntary termination other than for cause by Old Meridian or East Boston Savings Bank.

Upon death, Mr. Gavegnano’s beneficiary is entitled to the annual benefit, which will be calculated as if Mr. Gavegnano had retired the day before his death. In the event Mr. Gavegnano becomes disabled, he will be entitled to his annual benefit, which will be calculated as if he had terminated his employment on the date of his disability with eight years of service.

As of December 31, 2013, Mr. Gavegnano’s lump sum benefit under his agreement is $4,252,648 upon his voluntary or involuntary termination, disability, death, or in the event of a change in control of Old Meridian or East Boston Savings Bank followed by his termination of employment.

 

115


Table of Contents

Non-qualified Deferred Compensation

The following table provides information for each nonqualified deferred compensation plan in which the named executive officers participated in 2013.

 

Name

  Plan Name    Registrant
Contributions in Last
Fiscal Year ($)(1)
    Aggregate Earnings in
2013 ($)
    Aggregate Balance at
Last Fiscal Year End
($)(2)
 

Deborah J. Jackson

  Supplemental Executive
Retirement Agreement
   $ 117,858        —        $ 589,290   

Edward J. Merritt

  Supplemental Executive
Retirement Agreement
   $ 50,000        —        $ 916,921   

 

(1) Contributions included in the “Registrant Contributions in Last Fiscal Year” column are included as compensation for the individuals in the Summary Compensation Table.
(2) Amounts included in the “Aggregate Balance at Last Fiscal Year End” have been reported as compensation for the individuals for years in which their summary compensation has been reported.

East Boston Savings Bank entered into substantially similar supplemental executive retirement agreements with Deborah J. Jackson and Edward J. Merritt. Under the terms of each agreement, East Boston Savings Bank shall credit an accumulation account on behalf of Ms. Jackson and Mr. Merritt with $117,858 and $50,000, respectively, as of each December 31 st , provided that all amounts credited to the account shall not exceed $1,650,000 for Ms. Jackson and $750,000 for Mr. Merritt. Upon a termination of employment, death or disability, the accumulation account shall be paid in a single lump sum payment to Ms. Jackson or her beneficiary, as applicable, and in installments to Mr. Merritt or his beneficiary, as applicable. As of December 31, 2013, Ms. Jackson would have received a lump sum payment in the amount of $589,290, and Mr. Merritt would have received installment payments worth a total of $916,921, if the executive’s employment had terminated due to death, disability or if the executive voluntarily resigned. In the event the executive’s employment is terminated by East Boston Savings Bank without cause or by the executive for good reason within two years (one year for Mr. Merritt) of a change in control (as defined in the agreement), an amount equal to $1,650,000 shall be paid to Ms. Jackson and $1,466,921 shall be paid to Mr. Merritt, in a single lump sum.

 

116


Table of Contents

Director Compensation

The following table provides the compensation we paid to our directors who are not named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2013. Messrs. Gavegnano and Merritt do not receive separate compensation for their service as a director, and information with respect to the compensation paid to Messrs. Gavegnano and Merritt is included above in the Summary Compensation Table.

 

Name

   Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash ($)
     Stock Awards
($)(1)
     Option
Awards

($)(1)
     Change in
Pension Value
and
Nonqualified
Deferred

($) (9)
     All Other
Compensation
($) (10)
     Total ($)  

Vincent D. Basile (2)

   $ 71,100       $ 45,700       $ 14,600       $ —         $ 6,474       $ 137,874   

Marilyn A. Censullo (4)

     35,600         27,420         8,760         —           —           71,780   

Anna R. DiMaria (5)

     17,200         18,280         5,840         —           —           41,320   

Richard F. Fernandez (3)

     59,200         45,700         14,600         —           —           119,500   

Domenic A. Gambardella (2)

     61,600         45,700         14,600         15,600         3,811         141,311   

Thomas J. Gunning (7)

     6,400         18,280         5,840         —           —           30,520   

Carl A. LaGreca (8)

     30,000         27,420         8,760         —           —           66,180   

Edward L. Lynch (6)

     14,800         18,280         5,840         —           3,206         42,126   

Gregory F. Natalucci (4)

     34,000         27,420         8,760         7,800         3,515         81,495   

James G. Sartori (2)

     52,600         45,700         14,600         18,100         4,060         135,060   

 

(1) The amounts shown reflect the grant date fair value of restricted stock awards or stock options, as applicable, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Refer to Old Meridian’s Form 10-K filed on March 17, 2014 with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the assumptions relating to these awards. The number of shares of restricted stock and stock options granted during the 2013 fiscal year are as follows: 2,500 shares of restricted stock and 2,500 options awarded to Mr. Basile on April 23, 2013; 1,500 shares of restricted stock and 1,500 options awarded to Ms. Censullo on April 23, 2013; 1,000 shares of restricted stock and 1,000 options awarded to Ms. DiMaria on April 23, 2013; 2,500 shares of restricted stock and 2,500 options awarded to Mr. Fernandez on April 23, 2013; 2,500 shares of restricted stock and 2,500 options awarded to Mr. Gambardella on April 23, 2013; 1,000 shares of restricted stock and 1,000 options awarded to Mr. Gunning on April 23, 2013; 1,500 shares of restricted stock and 1,500 options awarded to Mr. LaGreca on April 23, 2013; 1,000 shares of restricted stock and 1,000 options awarded to Mr. Lynch on April 23, 2013; 1,500 shares of restricted stock and 1,500 options awarded to Mr. Natalucci on April 23, 2013; and 2,500 shares of restricted stock and 2,500 options awarded to Mr. Sartori on April 23, 2013. All awards vest at a rate of 20% per year, commencing on April 23, 2014.
(2) At December 31, 2013, Messrs. Basile, Gambardella and Sartori had 3,500 unvested shares of restricted stock and held 25,000 stock options with an exercise price of $9.50 per share, 10,000 stock options with an exercise price of $8.99 per share and 2,500 stock options with an exercise price of $18.28 per share, except Mr. Basile had 3,000 stock options with an exercise price of $9.50 per share, 10,000 stock options with an exercise price of $8.99 per share and 2,500 stock options with an exercise price of $18.28 per share.
(3) At December 31, 2013, Mr. Fernandez had 3,500 unvested shares of restricted stock and held 15,000 stock options with an exercise price of $9.50 per share, 5,000 stock options with an exercise price of $8.99 per share and 2,500 stock options with an exercise price of $18.28 per share.
(4) At December 31, 2013, Ms. Censullo and Mr. Natalucci had 2,500 unvested shares of restricted stock and held 15,000 stock options with an exercise price of $9.50 per share, 5,000 stock options with an exercise price of $8.99 per share and 1,500 stock options with an exercise price of $18.28 per share.
(5) At December 31, 2013, Ms. DiMaria had 2,000 unvested shares of restricted stock and held 15,000 stock options with an exercise price of $9.50 per share, 5,000 stock options with an exercise price of $8.99 per share and 1,000 stock options with an exercise price of $18.28 per share.
(6) At December 31, 2013, Mr. Lynch had 2,000 unvested shares of restricted stock and held 12,000 stock options with an exercise price of $9.50 per share, 5,000 stock options with an exercise price of $8.99 per share and 1,000 stock options with an exercise price of $18.28 per share.

 

117


Table of Contents
(7) At December 31, 2013, Mr. Gunning had 1,400 unvested shares of restricted stock and held 2,000 stock options with an exercise price of $9.29 per share and 1,000 stock options with an exercise price of $18.28 per share.
(8) At December 31, 2013, Mr. LaGreca had 2,500 unvested shares of restricted stock and held 2,000 stock options with an exercise price of $8.99 per share and 1,500 stock options with an exercise price of $18.28 per share.
(9) Represents the actuarial change in pension value in the directors’ accounts from January 1, 2013 to December 31, 2013 under each director’s Supplemental Retirement Agreement. However, for the year ended December 31, 2013, Messrs. Basile and Lynch had a decrease in pension value of $17,100 and $30,300, respectively. Applicable Securities and Exchange Commission regulations require that we not reflect such negative values in the summary compensation table.
(10) Represents premiums paid for long-term care insurance and life insurance, respectively, as follows: $5,684 and $790 for Mr. Basile; $3,427 and $384 for Mr. Gambardella; $2,514 and $692 for Mr. Lynch; $3,134 and $381 for Mr. Natalucci; and $3,527 and $533 for Mr. Sartori.

Supplemental Retirement Agreements. East Boston Savings Bank has entered into supplemental retirement agreements with each of Messrs. Basile, Gambardella, Lynch, Natalucci and Sartori. Under the agreements, if the director terminates service for any reason, the director will receive an annual benefit equal to 50% of his final average compensation. For purposes of the agreements, a director’s final average compensation equals the average of the director’s annual fees from East Boston Savings Bank and Meridian Financial Services, Inc. for the three years during which the director’s annual fees were the highest. The annual benefit is generally payable in the form of an unreduced life annuity with a 50% spousal survivor annuity, which will commence on the first day of the first month following the director’s termination of service. However, the director is permitted to elect an actuarial equivalent optional form of benefit, which may be a lump sum distribution or a life annuity with 120 monthly payments guaranteed, provided that the election is in compliance with Internal Revenue Code Section 409A.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the director’s annual benefit will be reduced by 2.5% for each year that he terminates service prior to reaching age 72. Upon death, the director is entitled to the annual benefit, which will be calculated as if the director had retired the day before his death. In the event the director becomes disabled, the director will be entitled to the annual benefit, calculated as if the director had retired age 72 with 120 months of service.

Meeting Fees for Non-Employee Directors. The following table sets forth the applicable fees that will be paid to our non-employee directors for their service on the boards of directors, trustees or corporators of Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated, Old Meridian and East Boston Savings Bank during 2014. The meeting fee for the East Boston Savings Bank is paid only to the two independent directors of East Boston Savings Bank who are not directors of Old Meridian or Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated, who serve as required under Massachusetts state law.

 

Old Meridian

  

Board meeting fee

   $ 850   

Meeting fee for Audit Committee member

   $ 2,000   

Meeting fee for Audit Committee Chairman

   $ 2,600   

Meeting fee for Audit Committee Clerk

   $ 2,300   

Meeting fee for Strategic Planning Committee member

   $ 800   

Meeting fees for all members

   $ 850   

East Boston Savings Bank

  

Monthly fee for Executive Committee members

   $ 3,600   

Meeting fee for independent non-holding company members

   $ 850   

Monthly fee for one visiting trustee

   $ 800   

Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated

  

Trustee meeting fee

   $ 700   

Annual Corporator fee $250

   $ 300   

 

118


Table of Contents

Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Conversion

Stock-Based Benefit Plans. Following the stock offering, we intend to adopt one or more new stock-based benefit plans that will provide for grants of stock options and restricted common stock awards. If adopted within 12 months following the completion of the conversion, the aggregate number of shares reserved for the exercise of stock options or available for stock awards under the stock-based benefit plans would be limited to 10% and 4%, respectively, of the shares sold in the stock offering.

The stock-based benefit plans will not be established sooner than six months after the stock offering, and if adopted within one year after the stock offering, the plans must be approved by at least two-thirds of the votes eligible to be cast by our stockholders, unless otherwise determined by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks in which case such plans must be approved by a majority of the votes eligible to be cast by our stockholders. If stock-based benefit plans are established more than one year after the stock offering, they must be approved by a majority of votes cast by our stockholders. The following additional restrictions would apply to our stock-based benefit plans only if such plans are adopted within one year after the stock offering:

 

    non-employee directors in the aggregate may not receive more than 30% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plans;

 

    any one non-employee director may not receive more than 5% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plans;

 

    any officer or employee may not receive more than 25% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plans;

 

    any tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans and restricted stock plan, in the aggregate, may not acquire more than 10% of the shares sold in the offering, unless East Boston Savings Bank has tangible capital of 10% or more, in which case tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans and restricted stock plans may acquire up to 12% of the shares sold in the offering;

 

    the options and restricted stock awards may not vest more rapidly than 20% per year, beginning on the first anniversary of stockholder approval of the plans;

 

    accelerated vesting is not permitted except for death, disability or upon a change in control of East Boston Savings Bank or New Meridian; and

 

    our executive officers or directors must exercise or forfeit their options in the event that East Boston Savings Bank becomes critically undercapitalized, is subject to enforcement action or receives a capital directive.

We have not determined whether we will present stock-based benefit plans for stockholder approval prior to or more than 12 months after the completion of the conversion. In the event either federal or state regulators change their regulations or policies regarding stock-based benefit plans, including any regulations or policies restricting the size of awards and vesting of benefits as described above, the restrictions described above may not be applicable.

We may obtain the shares needed for our stock-based benefit plans by issuing additional shares of common stock from authorized but unissued shares or through stock repurchases.

 

119


Table of Contents

The actual value of the shares awarded under stock-based benefit plans would be based in part on the price of New Meridian’s common stock at the time the shares are awarded. The stock-based benefit plans are subject to stockholder approval, and cannot be implemented until at least six months after the offering. The following table presents the total value of all shares of restricted stock that would be available for issuance under the stock-based benefit plans, assuming the shares are awarded when the market price of our common stock ranges from $8.00 per share to $14.00 per share.

 

Share Price     935,000 Shares
Awarded at Minimum
of Offering Range
    1,100,000 Shares
Awarded at Midpoint

of Offering Range
    1,265,000 Shares
Awarded at Maximum
of Offering Range
    1,454,750 Shares
Awarded at

Adjusted Maximum
of Offering Range
 
(In thousands, except share price information)  
$ 8.00      $ 7,480      $ 8,800      $ 10,120      $ 11,638   
  10.00        9,350        11,000        12,650        14,548   
  12.00        11,220        13,200        15,180        17,457   
  14.00        13,090        15,400        17,710        20,367   

The grant-date fair value of the options granted under the stock-based benefit plans will be based in part on the price of shares of common stock of New Meridian at the time the options are granted. The value also will depend on the various assumptions utilized in the option pricing model ultimately adopted. The following table presents the total estimated value of the options to be available for grant under the stock-based benefit plans, assuming the market price and exercise price for the stock options are equal and the range of market prices for the shares is $8.00 per share to $14.00 per share. The Black-Scholes option pricing model provides an estimate only of the fair value of the options, and the actual value of the options may differ significantly from the value set forth in this table.

 

Exercise Price     Grant-Date Fair
Value Per Option
    2,337,500 Options
at Minimum of
Offering Range
    2,750,000 Options
at Midpoint of
Offering Range
    3,162,500 Options
at Maximum of
Offering Range
    3,636,875 Options
at Adjusted
Maximum of
Offering Range
 
(In thousands, except exercise price and fair value information)  
$ 8.00      $ 2.66      $ 6,218      $ 7,315      $ 8,412      $ 9,674   
  10.00        3.33        7,784        9,158        10,531        12,111   
  12.00        4.00        9,350        11,000        12,650        14,548   
  14.00        4.66        10,893        12,815        14,737        16,948   

The tables presented above are provided for informational purposes only. There can be no assurance that our stock price will not trade below $10.00 per share. Before you make an investment decision, we urge you to read this prospectus carefully, including, but not limited to, the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 17.

Supplemental Employee Stock Ownership Plan . In connection with the conversion, East Boston Savings Bank intends to adopt a supplemental employee stock ownership plan (the “Supplemental ESOP”). The Supplemental ESOP is a non-tax qualified benefit restoration plan that will provide additional cash benefits, equal to the participant’s account balance, at retirement or other termination of employment (or upon a change in control) to participants who are key employees who are approved by the Compensation Committee and whose benefits under the tax-qualified employee stock ownership plan described above are limited by tax limitation laws applicable to tax-qualified plans. It is expected that Mr. Gavegnano will be the only participant in the Supplemental ESOP.

Each plan year, the Supplemental ESOP will credit each participant who also participates in the tax-qualified employee stock ownership plan with an annual amount equal to the sum of the difference (denominated in shares of phantom stock) between (i) the number of shares of common stock of New Meridian that would have been allocated to the participant’s account in the employee stock ownership plan, but for the tax law limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code, and (ii) the actual number of shares allocated to the participant’s account in the employee stock ownership plan. East Boston Savings Bank, at its discretion, may establish a rabbi trust to hold

 

120


Table of Contents

assets attributable to the Supplemental ESOP to fund its benefit obligation or may account for the assets of the Supplemental ESOP solely as bookkeeping entries. One share of phantom stock will have a value equal to the fair market value of one share of New Meridian common stock. Dividends deemed paid on shares of phantom stock held in the participant’s account will immediately be deemed to be reinvested in shares of phantom stock.

The participant’s accumulated benefit under the Supplemental ESOP will be payable in a lump sum payment within 30 days following the first to occur of: (i) the participant’s separation from service; (ii) the participant’s death; (iii) the participant’s disability; or (iv) a change in control of East Boston Savings Bank or New Meridian. The accumulated benefit will be paid to the participant in cash equal to the fair market value of the participant’s phantom shares as of the date of distribution.

Director Emeritus Program. In connection with the conversion, New Meridian intends to adopt a director emeritus program for certain retired directors. A director emeritus must represent and promote the interests of New Meridian and its affiliates and refrain from business that competes with the business of New Meridian and its affiliates. Under the program, all duly elected directors of New Meridian will be eligible to be appointed as a director emeritus, subject to the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors of New Meridian. As of the date hereof, there are no directors participating in the Director Emeritus Program.

 

121


Table of Contents

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK

The following table provides the beneficial ownership of shares of common stock of Old Meridian held by our directors and executive officers, individually and as a group, and all individuals known to management to own more than 5% of our common stock as of [record date].

 

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Total Shares Beneficially
Owned
     Percent of All Common
Stock Outstanding
 

Directors

     

Vincent D. Basile

     

Marilyn A. Censullo

     

Anna R. DiMaria

     

Richard F. Fernandez

     

Domenic A. Gambardella

     

Richard J. Gavegnano

     

Thomas J. Gunning

     

Carl A. LaGreca

     

Edward L. Lynch

     

Edward J. Merritt

     

Gregory F. Natalucci

     

James G. Sartori

     

Named Executive Officers Who Are Not Also Directors

     

Mark L. Abbate

     

John Migliozzi

     

All directors and executive officers as a group (14 persons)

          

Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated

     13,164,109         59.2

10 Meridian Street

East Boston, Massachusetts 02128

     

 

* Less than 1%.

 

122


Table of Contents

SUBSCRIPTIONS BY DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

The table below sets forth, for each of New Meridian’s directors and executive officers, and for all of these individuals as a group, the following information:

 

  (i) the number of exchange shares to be held upon completion of the conversion, based upon their beneficial ownership of Old Meridian common stock as of [record date];

 

  (ii) the proposed purchases of subscription shares, assuming sufficient shares of common stock are available to satisfy their subscriptions; and

 

  (iii) the total shares of common stock to be held upon completion of the conversion.

In each case, it is assumed that subscription shares are sold at the minimum of the offering range. See “The Conversion and Offering—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” Federal and state regulations prohibit our directors and officers from selling the shares they purchase in the offering for one year after the date of purchase. Subscriptions by management through our 401(k) plan are included in the proposed purchases set forth below and will be counted as part of the maximum number of shares such individuals may subscribe for in the stock offering and as part of the maximum number of shares directors and officers may purchase in the stock offering.

 

     Number of
Exchange
Shares to Be
Held (1)
   Proposed Purchases of Stock
in the Offering (2)
     Total Common Stock to be
Held at Minimum of
Offering Range (3)
 

Name of Beneficial Owner

      Number of
Shares
   Amount      Number of
Shares
   Percentage
of Shares
Outstanding
 

Vincent D. Basile

         $           

Marilyn A. Censullo

              

Anna R. DiMaria

              

Richard F. Fernandez

              

Domenic A. Gambardella

              

Richard J. Gavegnano

              

Thomas J. Gunning

              

Carl A. LaGreca

              

Edward L. Lynch

              

Edward J. Merritt

              

Gregory F. Natalucci

              

James G. Sartori

              

Mark L. Abbate

              

John Migliozzi

              
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

    

 

  

 

 

 

Total for Directors and Executive Officers

         $                
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

    

 

  

 

 

 

 

* Less than 1%.
(1) Based on information presented in “Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock,” and assuming an exchange ratio of 1.7580 at the minimum of the offering range.
(2) Includes proposed subscriptions, if any, by associates.
(3) At the maximum of the offering range, directors and executive officers would beneficially own                  shares, or     % of our outstanding shares of common stock when including stock options exercisable within 60 days of [record date].

 

123


Table of Contents

THE CONVERSION AND OFFERING

The Board of Trustees of Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated and the Board of Directors of Old Meridian have approved the plan of conversion. The plan of conversion must also be approved by the corporators of Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated and the stockholders of Old Meridian. A special meeting of corporators and a special meeting of stockholders have been called for this purpose. The Federal Reserve Board has approved the application that includes the plan of conversion. We have filed an application with respect to the conversion with the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, and the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks has authorized us to commence the offering. However, the final approval of the Massachusetts of Banks is required before we can consummate the conversion and issue shares of common stock. Any approval by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks or the Federal Reserve Board does not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the plan of conversion.

General

The Board of Trustees of Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated and the Board of Directors of Old Meridian initially adopted the plan of conversion on March 5, 2014. Pursuant to the plan of conversion, our organization will convert from the mutual holding company form of organization to the fully stock form. Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated, the mutual holding company parent of Old Meridian, will be merged into Old Meridian, and Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated will no longer exist. Old Meridian, which owns 100% of East Boston Savings Bank, will be merged into a new Maryland corporation named Meridian Bancorp, Inc. As part of the conversion, the 59.2% ownership interest of Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated in Old Meridian will be offered for sale in the stock offering. When the conversion is completed, all of the outstanding common stock of East Boston Savings Bank will be owned by New Meridian, and all of the outstanding common stock of New Meridian will be owned by public stockholders. Old Meridian and Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated, as will the board of corporators of Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated, will cease to exist. A diagram of our corporate structure before and after the conversion is set forth in the “Summary” section of this prospectus.

Under the plan of conversion, at the completion of the conversion and offering, each share of Old Meridian common stock owned by persons other than Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated will be converted automatically into the right to receive new shares of New Meridian common stock determined pursuant to an exchange ratio. The exchange ratio will ensure that immediately after the exchange of existing shares of Old Meridian for new shares of New Meridian, the public stockholders will own the same aggregate percentage of shares of common stock of New Meridian that they owned in Old Meridian immediately prior to the conversion, excluding any shares they purchased in the offering and their receipt of cash paid in lieu of fractional shares, adjusted downward to reflect certain assets held by Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated.

We intend to retain between $102.1 million and $159.6 million of the net proceeds of the offering and to invest between $113.8 million and $177.8 million of the net proceeds in East Boston Savings Bank. The conversion will be consummated only upon the issuance of at least the minimum number of shares of our common stock offered pursuant to the plan of conversion.

The plan of conversion provides that we will offer shares of common stock for sale in the subscription offering to our eligible account holders, our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, including our employee stock ownership plan and 401(k) plans, and our employees, officers, trustees, directors and corporators. In addition, we will offer common stock for sale in a community offering to members of the general public, with a preference given in the following order:

 

  (i) Natural persons residing in the Massachusetts cities and towns of Belmont, Boston, Cambridge, Chelsea, Danvers, Everett, Lynn, Lynnfield, Malden, Medford, Melrose, Peabody, Revere, Saugus, Somerville, Wakefield and Winthrop; and

 

  (ii) Old Meridian’s public stockholders as of [record date].

 

124


Table of Contents

We have the right to accept or reject, in whole or in part, any orders to purchase shares of the common stock received in the community offering. The community offering will begin at the same time as the subscription offering and must be completed within 45 days after the completion of the subscription offering unless otherwise extended by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks. See “—Community Offering.”

We also may offer for sale shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription or community offerings through a syndicated or firm commitment underwritten offering in which Sterne, Agee & Leach, Inc. will be sole book-running manager. See “—Syndicated or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering” herein.

We determined the number of shares of common stock to be offered in the offering based upon an independent valuation appraisal of the estimated pro forma market value of New Meridian. All shares of common stock to be sold in the offering will be sold at $10.00 per share. Investors will not be charged a commission to purchase shares of common stock. The independent valuation will be updated and the final number of the shares of common stock to be issued in the offering will be determined at the completion of the offering. See “—Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued” for more information as to the determination of the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock.

The following is a brief summary of the conversion and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of the plan of conversion. A copy of the plan of conversion is available for inspection at each branch office of East Boston Savings Bank. The plan of conversion is also filed as an exhibit to Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated’s applications to convert from mutual to stock form of which this prospectus is a part, copies of which may be obtained from the Federal Reserve Board or inspected, without charge, at the Massachusetts Division of Banks. The plan of conversion is also filed as an exhibit to the registration statement we have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, of which this prospectus is a part. Copies of the registration statement may be obtained from the Securities and Exchange Commission or online at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website, www.sec.gov . See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

Reasons for the Conversion

Our primary reasons for converting and undertaking the stock offering are to:

 

    Enhance our regulatory capital position. A strong capital position is essential to achieving our long-term objective of building stockholder value. While East Boston Savings Bank exceeds all regulatory capital requirements, the proceeds from the offering will greatly strengthen our capital position and enable us to support our planned growth and expansion. Minimum regulatory capital requirements will also increase in the future under recently adopted regulations. Compliance with these new requirements will be essential to the continued implementation of our business strategy.

 

    Transition us to a more familiar and flexible organizational structure . The stock holding company structure is a more familiar form of organization, which we believe will make our common stock more appealing to investors, and will give us greater flexibility to access the capital markets through possible future equity and debt offerings, although we have no current plans, agreements or understandings regarding any additional securities offerings.

 

    Improve the liquidity of our shares of common stock . The larger number of shares that will be outstanding after completion of the conversion and offering is expected to result in a more liquid and active market for New Meridian common stock. A more liquid and active market will make it easier for our stockholders to buy and sell our common stock and will give us greater flexibility in implementing capital management strategies.

 

    Facilitate future mergers and acquisitions . Although we do not currently have any understandings or agreements regarding any specific acquisition transaction, the stock holding company structure will give us greater flexibility to structure, and make us a more attractive and competitive bidder for, mergers and acquisitions of other financial institutions or business lines as opportunities arise. The additional capital raised in the offering also will enable us to consider larger merger transactions. In addition, although we intend to remain an independent financial institution, the stock holding company structure may make us a more attractive acquisition candidate for other institutions. Applicable regulations prohibit anyone from acquiring or offering to acquire more than 10% of our stock without regulatory approval.

 

125


Table of Contents

Approvals Required

The affirmative vote of a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by the corporators of Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated, including the “independent” corporators, is required to approve the plan of conversion. By their approval of the plan of conversion, the corporators of Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated will also be approving the merger of Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated into Old Meridian. The affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of common stock of Old Meridian and the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock of Old Meridian held by the public stockholders of Old Meridian (stockholders other than Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated) also are required to approve the plan of conversion. The Federal Reserve Board has approved the application that includes the plan of conversion. We have filed an application with respect to the conversion with the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, and the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks has authorized us to commence the offering. However, the final approval of the Massachusetts of Banks is required before we can consummate the conversion and issue shares of common stock.

Share Exchange Ratio for Current Stockholders

At the completion of the conversion, each publicly held share of Old Meridian common stock will be converted automatically into the right to receive a number of shares of New Meridian common stock. The number of shares of common stock will be determined pursuant to the exchange ratio, which ensures that the public stockholders will own the same percentage of common stock in New Meridian after the conversion as they held in Old Meridian immediately prior to the conversion, exclusive of their purchase of additional shares of common stock in the offering and their receipt of cash in lieu of fractional exchange shares, adjusted downward to reflect certain assets held by Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated. The exchange ratio will not depend on the market value of Old Meridian common stock. The exchange ratio will be based on the percentage of Old Meridian common stock held by the public, the independent valuation of New Meridian prepared by RP Financial, LC., and the number of shares of common stock issued in the offering. The exchange ratio is expected to range from approximately 1.7580 shares for each publicly held share of Old Meridian at the minimum of the offering range to 2.7353 shares for each publicly held share of Old Meridian at the adjusted maximum of the offering range.

 

126


Table of Contents

The following table shows how the exchange ratio will adjust, based on the appraised value of New Meridian as of February 14, 2014, assuming public stockholders of Old Meridian own 40.8% of Old Meridian common stock and Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated has net assets of $2.7 million immediately prior to the completion of the conversion. The table also shows how many shares of New Meridian a hypothetical owner of Old Meridian common stock would receive in the exchange for 100 shares of common stock owned at the completion of the conversion, depending on the number of shares issued in the offering.

 

    Shares to be Sold in
This Offering
    Shares of New Meridian to be
Issued for Shares of Old
Meridian
    Total Shares
of Common
Stock to be
Issued in
Exchange and
    Exchange     Equivalent
Value of
Shares
Based
Upon
Offering
    Equivalent
Pro Forma
Tangible
Book Value
Per
Exchanged
    Shares to
be
Received
for 100
Existing
 
    Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Offering     Ratio     Price (1)     Share (2)     Shares (3)  

Minimum

    23,375,000        59.5     15,922,391        40.5     39,297,391        1.7580      $ 17.58      $ 19.90        175   

Midpoint

    27,500,000        59.5        18,732,225        40.5        46,232,225        2.0682        20.68        21.55        206   

Maximum

    31,625,000        59.5        21,542,059        40.5        53,167,059        2.3785        23.78        23.19        237   

Adjusted Maximum

    36,368,750        59.5        24,773,368        40.5        61,142,118        2.7353        27.35        25.11        273   

 

(1) Represents the value of shares of New Meridian common stock to be received in the conversion by a holder of one share of Old Meridian, pursuant to the exchange ratio, based upon the $10.00 per share offering price.
(2) Represents the pro forma tangible book value per share at each level of the offering range multiplied by the respective exchange ratio.
(3) Cash will be paid in lieu of fractional shares.

Options to purchase shares of Old Meridian common stock that are outstanding immediately prior to the completion of the conversion will be converted into options to purchase shares of New Meridian common stock, with the number of shares subject to the option and the exercise price per share to be adjusted based upon the exchange ratio. The aggregate exercise price, term and vesting period of the options will remain unchanged.

Effects of Conversion

Continuity . The conversion will not affect the normal business of East Boston Savings Bank of accepting deposits and making loans. East Boston Savings Bank will continue to be a Massachusetts-chartered savings bank and will continue to be regulated by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. After the conversion, East Boston Savings Bank will continue to offer existing services to depositors, borrowers and other customers. The directors of Old Meridian serving at the time of the conversion will be the directors of New Meridian upon the completion of the conversion.

Effect on Deposit Accounts . Pursuant to the plan of conversion, each depositor of East Boston Savings Bank at the time of the conversion will automatically continue as a depositor after the conversion, and the deposit balance, interest rate and other terms of such deposit accounts will not change as a result of the conversion. Each such account will be insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to the same extent as before the conversion, and each such account will continue to be insured in full for amounts in excess of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation limits by the excess insurer of savings bank deposits, the Depositors Insurance Fund. Depositors will continue to hold their existing certificates, passbooks and other evidences of their accounts.

Effect on Loans . No loan outstanding from East Boston Savings Bank will be affected by the conversion, and the amount, interest rate, maturity and security for each loan will remain as it was contractually fixed prior to the conversion.

Tax Effects . We have received an opinion of counsel with regard to the federal income tax consequences of the conversion and an opinion of our tax advisor with regard to the state income tax consequences of the conversion to the effect that the conversion will not be a taxable transaction for federal or state income tax purposes to Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated, Old Meridian, the public stockholders of Old Meridian (except for cash paid for fractional shares), eligible account holders or East Boston Savings Bank. See “—Material Income Tax Consequences.”

Effect on Liquidation Rights . Each depositor in East Boston Savings Bank has both a deposit account in East Boston Savings Bank and a pro rata ownership interest in the net worth of Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated based upon the deposit balance in his or her account. This ownership interest is tied to the depositor’s account and has no tangible market value separate from the deposit account. This ownership interest may only be realized in the event of a complete liquidation of Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated and East Boston Savings

 

127


Table of Contents

Bank; however, there has never been a liquidation of a solvent mutual holding company. Any depositor who opens a deposit account obtains a pro rata ownership interest in Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated without any additional payment beyond the amount of the deposit. A depositor who reduces or closes his or her account receives a portion or all of the balance in the deposit account but nothing for his or her ownership interest in the net worth of Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated, which is lost to the extent that the balance in the account is reduced or closed.

Consequently, depositors in a stock depository institution that is a subsidiary of a mutual holding company normally have no way of realizing the value of their ownership interest, which would be realizable only in the unlikely event that Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated and East Boston Savings Bank are liquidated. If this occurs, the depositors of record at that time, as owners, would share pro rata in any residual surplus and reserves of Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated after other claims, including claims of depositors to the amounts of their deposits, are paid.

Under the plan of conversion, Eligible Account Holders will receive an interest in liquidation accounts maintained by New Meridian and East Boston Savings Bank in an aggregate amount equal to (i) Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated’s ownership interest in Old Meridian’s total stockholders’ equity as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition included in this prospectus plus (ii) the value of the net assets of Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition of Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated prior to the consummation of the conversion (excluding its ownership of Old Meridian). New Meridian and East Boston Savings Bank will hold the liquidation accounts for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain deposits in East Boston Savings Bank after the conversion. The liquidation accounts are designed to provide payments to depositors of their liquidation interests, if any, in the end of a liquidation of (a) New Meridian and East Boston Savings Bank or (b) East Boston Savings Bank. See “—Liquidation Rights.”

Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued

The plan of conversion and applicable regulations require that the aggregate purchase price of the common stock sold in the offering must be based on the appraised pro forma market value of the common stock, as determined by an independent valuation. We have retained RP Financial, LC. to prepare an independent valuation appraisal. For its services in preparing the initial valuation, RP Financial, LC. will receive a fee of $90,000, as well as payment for reimbursable expenses and an additional $10,000 for each updated valuation prepared. We have paid RP Financial, LC. no other fees during the previous three years. We have agreed to indemnify RP Financial, LC. and its employees and affiliates against specified losses, including any losses in connection with claims under the federal securities laws, arising out of its services as independent appraiser, except where such liability results from RP Financial, LC.’s bad faith or negligence.

The independent valuation was prepared by RP Financial, LC. in reliance upon the information contained in this prospectus, including the consolidated financial statements of Old Meridian. RP Financial, LC. also considered the following factors, among others:

 

    the present results and financial condition of Old Meridian and the projected results and financial condition of New Meridian;

 

    the economic and demographic conditions in Old Meridian’s existing market area;

 

    certain historical, financial and other information relating to Old Meridian;

 

    a comparative evaluation of the operating and financial characteristics of Old Meridian with those of other publicly traded savings institutions;

 

    the effect of the conversion and offering on New Meridian’s stockholders’ equity and earnings potential;

 

128


Table of Contents
    the proposed dividend policy of New Meridian; and

 

    the trading market for securities of comparable institutions and general conditions in the market for such securities.

The independent valuation is also based on an analysis of a peer group of publicly traded bank holding companies and savings and loan holding companies that RP Financial, LC. considered comparable to New Meridian under regulatory guidelines applicable to the independent valuation. Under these guidelines, a minimum of ten peer group companies are selected from the universe of all publicly-traded financial institutions with relatively comparable resources, strategies and financial and other operating characteristics. Such companies must also be traded on an exchange (such as Nasdaq or the New York Stock Exchange). The peer group companies selected for New Meridian also consisted of fully-converted stock institutions that were not subject to an actual or rumored acquisition and that had been in fully-converted form for at least one year. In addition, RP Financial, LC. limited the peer group companies to the following two selection criteria: (1) New England institutions with assets between $1.0 billion and $5.0 billion, tangible equity-to-assets ratios of greater than 8.0%, positive core earnings and market capitalizations of at least $100 million; and, (2) Mid-Atlantic institutions with assets between $1.0 billion and $5.0 billion, tangible equity-to-assets ratios of greater than 8.0%, positive core earnings and market capitalizations of at least $100 million.

The independent valuation appraisal considered the pro forma effect of the offering. Consistent with federal appraisal guidelines, the appraisal applied three primary methodologies: (i) the pro forma price-to-book value approach applied to both reported book value and tangible book value; (ii) the pro forma price-to-earnings approach applied to reported and core earnings; and (iii) the pro forma price-to-assets approach. The market value ratios applied in the three methodologies were based on the current market valuations of the peer group companies. RP Financial, LC. placed the greatest emphasis on the price-to-earnings and price-to-book approaches in estimating pro forma market value. RP Financial, LC. did not consider a pro forma price-to-assets approach to be meaningful in preparing the appraisal, as this approach is more meaningful when a company has low equity or earnings. The price-to-assets approach is less meaningful for a company like us, as we have equity in excess of regulatory capital requirements and positive reported and core earnings.

In applying each of the valuation methods, RP Financial, LC. considered adjustments to the pro forma market value based on a comparison of New Meridian with the peer group. RP Financial made a slight upward adjustment for asset growth, a slight upward adjustment for primary market area and a slight downward adjustment for profitability growth and viability of earnings. RP Financial made no adjustments for financial condition, dividends, liquidity of the shares, marketing of the issue, management, or effect of government regulations and regulatory reform. The slight upward adjustment applied for asset growth was due to New Meridian’s stronger historical asset growth that was supported by stronger loan growth relative to the peer group’s comparable growth rates, and New Meridian’s greater pro forma leverage capacity compared to the peer group. The slight upward adjustment applied for primary market area took into consideration Suffolk County’s relative strong population growth and relatively low unemployment rate compared to the peer group’s primary market area counties. The slight downward adjustment applied for profitability, growth and viability of earnings took into consideration New Meridian’s less favorable efficiency ratio, higher ratio of loan loss provisions as a percent of average assets and lower core return on equity on a pro forma basis relative to the comparable peer group measures.

Included in RP Financial, LC.’s independent valuation were certain assumptions as to the pro forma earnings of New Meridian after the conversion that were used in determining the appraised value. These assumptions included estimated expenses, an assumed after-tax rate of return of 1.05% as of December 31, 2013 on the net offering proceeds and purchases in the open market of 4% of the common stock issued in the offering by the stock-based benefit plan at the $10.00 per share purchase price. See “Pro Forma Data” for additional information concerning assumptions included in the independent valuation and used in preparing pro forma data. The use of different assumptions may yield different results.

The independent valuation states that as of February 14, 2014, the estimated pro forma market value of New Meridian was $462.3 million. Based on federal regulations, this market value forms the midpoint of a range

 

129


Table of Contents

with a minimum of $393.0 million and a maximum of $531.7 million. The aggregate offering price of the shares will be equal to the valuation range multiplied by the percentage of Old Meridian common stock owned by Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated. The number of shares offered will be equal to the aggregate offering price of the shares divided by the price per share. Based on the valuation range, the percentage of Old Meridian common stock owned by Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated and the $10.00 price per share, the minimum of the offering range is 23,375,000 shares, the midpoint of the offering range is 27,500,000 shares and the maximum of the offering range is 31,625,000 shares.

The Board of Directors of New Meridian reviewed the independent valuation and, in particular, considered the following:

 

    Old Meridian’s financial condition and results of operations;

 

    a comparison of financial performance ratios of Old Meridian to those of other financial institutions of similar size;

 

    market conditions generally and in particular for financial institutions; and

 

    the historical trading price of the publicly held shares of Old Meridian common stock.

All of these factors are set forth in the independent valuation. The Board of Directors also reviewed the methodology and the assumptions used by RP Financial, LC. in preparing the independent valuation and believes that such assumptions were reasonable. The offering range may be amended with the approval of the Federal Reserve Board and the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, if required, as a result of subsequent developments in the financial condition of Old Meridian or East Boston Savings Bank or market conditions generally. In the event the independent valuation is updated to amend the pro forma market value of New Meridian to less than $393.0 million or more than $611.4 million, the appraisal will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by a post-effective amendment to New Meridian’s registration statement.

 

130


Table of Contents

The following table presents a summary of selected pricing ratios for New Meridian (on a pro forma basis) as of and for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, and for the peer group companies based on earnings and other information as of and for the twelve months ended September 30, 2013, with stock prices as of February 14, 2014, as reflected in the appraisal report. Compared to the average pricing of the peer group, our pro forma pricing ratios at the midpoint of the offering range indicated a discount of 16.0% on a price-to-book value basis, a discount of 17.7% on a price-to-tangible book value basis and a premium of 168.7% on a price-to-earnings basis. Our Board of Directors, in reviewing and approving the appraisal, considered the range of price-to-earnings multiples and the range of price-to-book value and price-to-tangible book value ratios at the different amounts of shares to be sold in the offering. The appraisal did not consider one valuation approach to be more important than the other. The estimated appraised value and the resulting premium/discount took into consideration the potential financial effect of the conversion and offering as well as the trading price of Old Meridian’s common stock. The closing price of the common stock was $23.66 per share on February 14, 2014, the effective date of the appraisal, and $         per share on             , 2014, the last trading day immediately preceding the announcement of the conversion.

 

     Price-to-earnings
multiple (1)
     Price-to-book
value ratio
    Price-to-tangible
book value ratio
 

New Meridian (on a pro forma basis, assuming completion of the conversion)

       

Adjusted Maximum

     69.92x         106.38     108.93

Maximum

     59.95x         99.90     102.56

Midpoint

     51.51x         93.28     95.97

Minimum

     43.26x         85.69     88.34

Valuation of peer group companies, all of which are fully converted (on an historical basis)

       

Averages

     19.17x         111.03     116.55

Medians

     15.90x         109.85     110.76

 

(1) Price-to-earnings multiples calculated by RP Financial, LC. in the independent appraisal are based on an estimate of “core,” or recurring, earnings. These ratios are different than those presented in “Pro Forma Data.”

The independent valuation is not intended, and must not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing our shares of common stock. RP Financial, LC. did not independently verify our consolidated financial statements and other information that we provided to them, nor did RP Financial, LC. independently value our assets or liabilities. The independent valuation considers East Boston Savings Bank as a going concern and should not be considered as an indication of the liquidation value of East Boston Savings Bank. Moreover, because the valuation is necessarily based upon estimates and projections of a number of matters, all of which may change from time to time, no assurance can be given that persons purchasing our common stock in the offering will thereafter be able to sell their shares at prices at or above the $10.00 price per share.

Following commencement of the subscription offering, the maximum of the valuation range may be increased by up to 15%, or up to $611.4 million, without resoliciting subscribers, which will result in a corresponding increase of up to 15% in the maximum of the offering range to up to 36,368,750 shares, to reflect changes in the market and financial conditions or demand for the shares. We will not decrease the minimum of the valuation range and the minimum of the offering range without a resolicitation of subscribers. The subscription price of $10.00 per share will remain fixed. See “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases” as to the method of distribution of additional shares to be issued in the event of an increase in the offering range of up to 36,368,750 shares.

If the update to the independent valuation at the conclusion of the offering results in an increase in the maximum of the valuation range to more than $611.4 million and a corresponding increase in the offering range to more than 36,368,750 shares, or a decrease in the minimum of the valuation range to less than $393.0 million and a corresponding decrease in the offering range to fewer than 23,375,000 shares, then we will promptly return with interest at [interest rate]% per annum all funds previously delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings and cancel deposit account withdrawal authorizations and, after consulting with the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks and the Federal Reserve Board, we may terminate the plan of conversion. Alternatively, we may establish a new offering range, extend the offering period and commence a resolicitation of purchasers or take other actions as permitted by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks and the Federal Reserve Board in order to complete the offering. In the event that we extend the offering and conduct a resolicitation due to a change in the independent valuation, we will notify subscribers of the extension of time and of the rights of subscribers to place a new stock order for a specified period of time. Any single offering extension will not exceed 90 days; aggregate extensions may not conclude beyond March 5, 2016, which is two years after the special meeting of trustees to approve the plan of conversion.

An increase in the number of shares to be issued in the offering would decrease both a subscriber’s ownership interest and New Meridian’s pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on a per share basis while increasing stockholders’ equity on an aggregate basis. A decrease in the number of shares to be issued in the offering would increase both a subscriber’s ownership interest and New Meridian’s pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on a per share basis, while decreasing stockholders’ equity on an aggregate basis.

 

131


Table of Contents

Copies of the independent valuation appraisal report of RP Financial, LC. and the detailed memorandum setting forth the method and assumptions used in the appraisal report are filed as exhibits to the documents specified under “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

Subscription Offering and Subscription Rights

In accordance with the plan of conversion, rights to subscribe for shares of common stock in the subscription offering have been granted in the following descending order of priority. The filling of all subscriptions that we receive will depend on the availability of common stock after satisfaction of all subscriptions of all persons having prior rights in the subscription offering and on the purchase and ownership limitations set forth in the plan of conversion and as described below under “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.”

Priority 1: Eligible Account Holders . Each depositor of East Boston Savings Bank with aggregate deposit account balances of $50.00 or more (a “Qualifying Deposit”) at the close of business on February 28, 2013 (an “Eligible Account Holder”) will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase, subject to the overall purchase limitations, up to the greater of $500,000 (50,000 shares) of our common stock, 0.10% of the total number of shares of common stock issued in the offering, or 15 times the product of the number of subscription shares offered multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the aggregate Qualifying Deposit account balances of the Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is the aggregate Qualifying Deposit account balances of all Eligible Account Holders. See “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, shares will first be allocated so as to permit each Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed. Thereafter, any remaining unallocated shares will be allocated to each remaining Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unfilled in same the proportion that the amount of his or her Qualifying Deposit bears to the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled. If an amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated among those Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are not fully satisfied until all available shares have been allocated.

To ensure proper allocation of our shares of common stock, each Eligible Account Holder must list on his or her stock order form all deposit accounts in which he or she has an ownership interest on February 28, 2013. In the event of an oversubscription, failure to list an account could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all accounts had been disclosed. In the event of an oversubscription, the subscription rights of Eligible Account Holders who are also directors or executive officers of Old Meridian or who are associates of such persons will be subordinated to the subscription rights of other Eligible Account Holders to the extent attributable to their increased deposits in the 12 months preceding February 28, 2013.

Priority 2: Tax-Qualified Plans . Our tax-qualified employee plans, including East Boston Savings Bank’s employee stock ownership plan and 401(k) plan, will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering, although our employee stock ownership plan intends to purchase 5% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering. If market conditions warrant, in the judgment of its trustees, the employee stock ownership plan may instead elect to purchase shares in the open market following the completion of the conversion, subject to the approval of the Federal Reserve Board and the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks. The amount of the subscription requests by the 401(k) plan will be determined by its participants, who will have the right to invest all or a portion of their 401(k) plan accounts in our common stock, subject to the maximum purchase limitations.

Priority 3: Employees, Officers, Directors, Trustees and Corporators . To the extent that there are sufficient shares of common stock remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders and tax-qualified plans, each employee, officer, director, trustee and corporator of East Boston Savings Bank or Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated at the time of the offering who is not eligible in the first priority category will receive, without payment therefor, subject to the overall purchase limitations, non-transferable subscription rights to purchase up to $500,000 (50,000 shares) of common stock; provided, however, that the aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be purchased by employees, officers, directors, trustees and corporators in the

 

132


Table of Contents

conversion shall be limited to 25% of the total number of shares of common stock sold in the offering (including shares purchased by employees, officers, directors, trustees and corporators under this priority and under the preceding priority categories, but not including shares purchased by the employee stock ownership plan). Subscriptions of officers, directors, trustees and corporators are also subject to an additional overall purchase limitation. See “—Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” In the event that persons in this category subscribe for more shares of stock than are available for purchase by them, shares will be allocated among such subscribing persons on an equitable basis, such as by giving weight to the period of service, compensation, position of the individual subscriber and the amount of the order.

Expiration Date . The subscription offering will expire at 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [Expiration Date], unless extended by us for up to 45 days or such additional periods with the approval of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, if necessary. Subscription rights will expire whether or not each eligible depositor can be located. We may decide to extend the expiration date of the subscription offering for any reason, whether or not subscriptions have been received for shares at the minimum, midpoint, maximum or adjusted maximum of the offering range. Subscription rights which have not been exercised prior to the expiration date will become void.

We will not execute orders until at least the minimum number of shares of common stock have been sold in the offering. If at least 23,375,000 shares have not been sold in the offering by [Extension Date] and the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks has not consented to an extension, all funds delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock in the offering will be returned promptly, with interest at [interest rate]% per annum for funds received in the subscription and community offerings, and all deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be canceled. If an extension beyond [Extension Date] is granted by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, we will resolicit purchasers in the offering as described under “—Procedure for Purchasing Shares in Subscription and Community Offerings—Expiration Date.”

Community Offering

To the extent that shares of common stock remain available for purchase after satisfaction of all subscriptions of Eligible Account Holders, our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans and employees, officers, directors, trustees and corporators, we will offer shares pursuant to the plan of conversion to members of the general public in a community offering. Shares will be offered in the community offering with the following preferences:

 

  (i) Natural persons residing in the Massachusetts cities and towns of Belmont, Boston, Cambridge, Chelsea, Danvers, Everett, Lynn, Lynnfield, Malden, Medford, Melrose, Peabody, Revere, Saugus, Somerville, Wakefield and Winthrop;

 

  (ii) Old Meridian’s public stockholders as of [record date]; and

 

  (iii) Other members of the general public.

Subscribers in the community offering may purchase up to $500,000 (50,000 shares) of common stock, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” The opportunity to purchase shares of common stock in the community offering category is subject to our right, in our sole discretion, to accept or reject any such orders in whole or in part either at the time of receipt of an order or as soon as practicable following the expiration date of the offering.

If we do not have sufficient shares of common stock available to fill the orders of natural persons residing in the Massachusetts cities and towns of Belmont, Boston, Cambridge, Chelsea, Danvers, Everett, Lynn, Lynnfield, Malden, Medford, Melrose, Peabody, Revere, Saugus, Somerville, Wakefield and Winthrop, we will allocate the available shares among those persons in a manner that permits each of them, to the extent possible, to purchase the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares subscribed for by such person. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated among natural persons residing in those counties whose orders remain unsatisfied on an equal number of shares basis per order. If an oversubscription occurs due to the orders of public stockholders of Old Meridian or

 

133


Table of Contents

members of the general public, the allocation procedures described above will apply to the stock orders of such persons. In connection with the allocation process, orders received for shares of common stock in the community offering will first be filled up to a maximum of 2% of the shares sold in the offering, and thereafter any remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order until all shares have been allocated.

The term “residing” or “resident” as used in this prospectus with respect to the community means any Person who occupies a dwelling within the local community, has a present intent to remain within the local community for a period of time, and manifests the genuineness of that intent by establishing an ongoing physical presence within the local community together with an indication that such presence within the local community is something other than merely transitory in nature. We may utilize deposit or loan records or other evidence provided to us to determine whether a person is a resident. In all cases, however, the determination shall be in our sole discretion.

Expiration Date. The community offering may begin concurrently with, during or promptly after the subscription offering, and is currently expected to terminate at the same time as the subscription offering, and must terminate no more than 45 days following the subscription offering, unless extended. New Meridian may decide to extend the community offering for any reason and is not required to give purchasers notice of any such extension unless such period extends beyond [Extension Date], in which event we will resolicit purchasers.

Syndicated or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering

If feasible, our Board of Directors may decide to offer for sale shares of common stock not subscribed for or purchased in the subscription and community offerings in a syndicated or firm commitment underwritten offering, subject to such terms, conditions and procedures as we may determine, in a manner that will achieve a wide distribution of our shares of common stock.

If a syndicated or firm commitment underwritten offering is held, Sterne, Agee & Leach, Inc. will serve as sole book-running manager. In the event that shares of common stock are sold in a syndicated or firm commitment underwritten offering, we will pay fees of 5% of the aggregate amount of common stock sold in the syndicated or firm commitment underwritten offering to Sterne, Agee & Leach, Inc. and any other broker-dealers included in the syndicated or firm commitment underwritten offering. The shares of common stock will be sold at the same price per share ($10.00 per share) that the shares are sold in the subscription offering and the community offering.

In the event of a syndicated offering, it is currently expected that investors would follow the same general procedures applicable to purchasing shares in the subscription and community offerings (the use of order forms and the submission of funds directly to New Meridian for the payment of the purchase price of the shares ordered) except that payment must be in immediately available funds (bank checks, money orders, deposit account withdrawals from accounts at East Boston Savings Bank or wire transfers). See “—Procedure for Purchasing Shares in Subscription and Community Offerings.” “Sweep” arrangements and delivery versus payment settlement will only be used in a syndicated offering to the extent consistent with Rules 10b-9 and 15c2-4 and then-existing guidance and interpretations thereof of the Securities and Exchange Commission regarding the conduct of “min/max” offerings.

In the event of a firm commitment underwritten offering, the proposed underwriting agreement will not be entered into with Sterne, Agee & Leach, Inc. and New Meridian, East Boston Savings Bank, Old Meridian and Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated until immediately prior to the completion of the firm commitment underwritten offering. At that time, Sterne, Agee & Leach, Inc. and any other broker-dealers included in the firm commitment underwritten offering will represent that they have received sufficient indications of interest to complete the offering. Pursuant to the terms of the underwriting agreement, and subject to certain customary provisions and conditions to closing, upon execution of the underwriting agreement, Sterne, Agee & Leach, Inc. and any other underwriters will be obligated to purchase all the shares subject to the firm commitment underwritten offering.

 

134


Table of Contents

If for any reason we cannot effect a syndicated or firm commitment underwritten offering of shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription and community offerings, or in the event that there are an insignificant number of shares remaining unsold after such offerings, we will try to make other arrangements for the sale of unsubscribed shares. The Federal Reserve Board, the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority must approve any such arrangements.

Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases

The plan of conversion includes the following additional limitations on the number of shares of common stock that may be purchased in the offering:

 

  (i) No individual through one or more qualifying accounts, or individuals exercising subscription rights through a single qualifying account held jointly, may purchase more than $500,000 (50,000 shares) in the offering;

 

  (ii) Except for the employee stock ownership plan and the 401(k) plan, as described above, no person or entity, together with associates or persons acting in concert with such person or entity, may purchase more than $1.0 million (100,000 shares) of common stock in all categories of the offering combined;

 

  (iii) Tax qualified employee benefit plans, including our employee stock ownership plan and 401(k) plan, may purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the shares of common stock issued in the offering, including shares issued in the event of an increase in the offering range of up to 15%;

 

  (iv) No person may purchase fewer than 25 shares of common stock, to the extent those shares are available for purchase; and

 

  (v) Current stockholders of Old Meridian are subject to an ownership limitation. As previously described, current stockholders of Old Meridian will receive shares of New Meridian common stock in exchange for their existing shares of Old Meridian common stock. The number of shares of common stock that a stockholder may purchase in the offering, together with associates or persons acting in concert with such stockholder, when combined with the shares that the stockholder and his or her associates will receive in exchange for existing Old Meridian common stock, may not exceed 9.9% of the shares of common stock of New Meridian to be issued and outstanding at the completion of the conversion and offering.

Depending upon market or financial conditions, our Board of Directors, with regulatory approval and without further approval of corporators of Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated, may decrease or increase the purchase limitations. If a purchase limitation is increased, subscribers in the subscription offering who ordered the maximum amount will be given the opportunity to increase their orders up to the then applicable limit. The effect of this type of resolicitation will be an increase in the number of shares of common stock owned by persons who choose to increase their orders. In the event that the maximum purchase limitation is increased to 5% of the shares sold in the offering, such limitation may be further increased to 9.99%, provided that orders for shares of common stock exceeding 5% of the shares sold in the offering shall not exceed in the aggregate 10% of the total shares sold in the offering.

In the event of an increase in the offering range of up to 36,368,750 shares of common stock, shares will be allocated in the following order of priority in accordance with the plan of conversion:

 

  (i) to fill the subscriptions of our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, specifically our employee stock ownership plan and our 401(k) plan, for up to 10% of the total number of shares of common stock issued in the offering;

 

135


Table of Contents
  (ii) in the event that there is an oversubscription at the Eligible Account Holder or employee, officer, director, trustee and corporator levels, to fill unfilled subscriptions of these subscribers according to their respective priorities; and

 

  (iii) to fill unfilled subscriptions in the community offering, with preference given first to natural persons residing in the Massachusetts cities and towns of Belmont, Boston, Cambridge, Chelsea, Danvers, Everett, Lynn, Lynnfield, Malden, Medford, Melrose, Peabody, Revere, Saugus, Somerville, Wakefield and Winthrop, then to Old Meridian’s public shareholders as of [record date], and then to members of the general public.

The term “associate” of a person means:

 

  (i) any corporation or organization (other than East Boston Savings Bank, New Meridian, Old Meridian or Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated or a majority-owned subsidiary of any of those entities) of which the person is a senior officer, partner or, directly or indirectly, 10% beneficial stockholder;

 

  (ii) any trust or other estate in which the person has a substantial beneficial interest or serves as a trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and

 

  (iii) any relative or spouse of such person, or any relative of such spouse, who either has the same home as the person or who is a director, trustee or officer of East Boston Savings Bank, New Meridian, Old Meridian or Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated.

The term “acting in concert” means persons seeking to combine or pool their voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose, pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise. When persons act together for such purpose, their group is deemed to have acquired their stock. The determination of whether a group is acting in concert shall be made solely by us and may be based on any evidence upon which we choose to rely, including, without limitation, joint account relationships or the fact that such persons have filed joint Schedules 13D with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to other companies. Persons living at the same address, whether or not related, will be deemed to be acting in concert unless we determine otherwise. Our directors and trustees are not treated as associates of each other solely because of their membership on the boards of directors or trustees.

Common stock purchased in the offering will be freely transferable except for shares purchased by directors and certain officers of New Meridian or East Boston Savings Bank and except as described below. Any purchases made by any associate of New Meridian or East Boston Savings Bank for the explicit purpose of meeting the minimum number of shares of common stock required to be sold in order to complete the offering shall be made for investment purposes only and not with a view toward redistribution. In addition, under Financial Industry Regulatory Authority guidelines, members of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and their associates are subject to certain restrictions on transfer of securities purchased in accordance with subscription rights and to certain reporting requirements upon purchase of these securities. For a further discussion of limitations on purchases of our shares of common stock at the time of conversion and thereafter, see “—Certain Restrictions on Purchase or Transfer of Our Shares after Conversion” and “Restrictions on Acquisition of New Meridian.”

Plan of Distribution; Selling Agent and Underwriter Compensation

Subscription and Community Offerings. To assist in the marketing of our shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings, we have retained Sterne, Agee & Leach, Inc., which is a broker-dealer registered with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. Sterne, Agee & Leach, Inc. will assist us on a best efforts basis in the subscription and community offerings by:

 

    advising us on the financial and securities market implications of the plan of conversion;

 

136


Table of Contents
    assisting us in structuring and marketing the offering;

 

    reviewing all offering documents, including the prospectus, stock order forms and marketing materials (it being understood that the preparation and filing of any and all such documents will be the responsibility of us and our counsel);

 

    assisting us in analyzing proposals from outside vendors in connection with the offering, as needed;

 

    assisting us in scheduling and preparing meetings with potential investors, if necessary; and

 

    providing such other general advice and assistance as may be reasonably necessary to promote the successful completion of the offering.

For these services, Sterne, Agee & Leach, Inc. will receive a fee of 0.75% of the aggregate dollar amount of all shares of common stock sold in the subscription and community offerings, of which $30,000 has been paid to date. No fee will be payable to Sterne, Agee & Leach, Inc. with respect to shares purchased by directors, trustees, corporators, officers, employees or their immediate families and their personal trusts and individual retirement accounts, and shares purchased by our employee benefit plans or trusts, and no sales fee will be payable with respect to the exchange shares.

Syndicated or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering. In the event that shares of common stock are sold in a syndicated or firm commitment underwritten offering, we will pay fees of 5% of the aggregate dollar amount of common stock sold in the syndicated or firm commitment underwritten offering to Sterne, Agee & Leach, Inc. and any other broker-dealers included in the syndicated or firm commitment underwritten offering.

Expenses. Sterne, Agee & Leach, Inc. also will be reimbursed for reasonable expenses, including legal fees, in an amount not to exceed $125,000. Such fees may be increased by an additional amount not to exceed $40,000 by mutual consent including in the event of a material delay of the offering. If the plan of conversion is terminated or if Sterne, Agee & Leach, Inc.’s engagement is terminated in accordance with the provisions of the agency agreement, Sterne, Agee & Leach, Inc. will only receive reimbursement of its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and will return any amounts paid or advanced by us in excess of these amounts. We have separately agreed to pay Sterne, Agee & Leach, Inc. up to $60,000 in fees for serving as records agent, as described below.

Records Management

We have also engaged Sterne, Agee & Leach, Inc. as records agent in connection with the conversion and the subscription and community offerings. In its role as records agent, Sterne, Agee & Leach, Inc., will assist us in the offering by:

 

    consolidating deposit accounts into a central file;

 

    designing and preparing proxy forms and stock order forms;

 

    organizing and supervising of our stock information center;

 

    providing ballot tabulation services for the special meeting of corporators, including acting as or supporting the inspector of election; and

 

    providing necessary subscription services to distribute, collect and tabulate stock orders in the offering.

 

137


Table of Contents

Sterne, Agee & Leach, Inc. will receive fees of $50,000 for these services. Such fees may be increased by up to an additional $10,000 in the event of material changes in regulations or the plan of conversion, or delays requiring duplicate or replacement processing due to changes to record dates. Of the fees for serving as records agent, $5,000 has been paid as of the date of this prospectus.

Indemnity

We will indemnify Sterne, Agee & Leach, Inc. against liabilities and expenses, including legal fees, incurred in connection with certain claims or litigation arising out of or based upon untrue statements or omissions contained in the offering materials for the common stock, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, as well as certain other claims and litigation arising out of Sterne, Agee & Leach, Inc.’s engagement with respect to the conversion.

Solicitation of Offers by Officers and Directors

Some of our directors and executive officers may participate in the solicitation of offers to purchase common stock in the subscription and community offerings. These persons will be reimbursed for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the solicitation. Other regular employees of East Boston Savings Bank may assist in the offering, but only in ministerial capacities, and may provide clerical work in effecting a sales transaction. No offers or sales may be made by tellers or at the teller counters. Investment-related questions of prospective purchasers will be directed to executive officers or registered representatives of Sterne, Agee & Leach, Inc. Our other employees have been instructed not to solicit offers to purchase shares of common stock or provide advice regarding the purchase of common stock. We will rely on Rule 3a4-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and sales of common stock will be conducted within the requirements of Rule 3a4-1, so as to permit officers, directors and employees to participate in the sale of common stock. None of our officers, directors or employees will be compensated in connection with their participation in the offering.

Lock-up Agreements

We, and each of our directors and executive officers have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, that during the period beginning on the date of this prospectus and ending 90 days after the closing of the offering, without the prior written consent of Sterne, Agee & Leach, Inc., directly or indirectly, we will not (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer any shares of Old Meridian or New Meridian stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Old Meridian or New Meridian stock, whether owned on the date of this prospectus or acquired after the date of this prospectus or with respect to which we or any of our directors or executive officers has or after the date of this prospectus acquires the power of disposition, or file any registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to any of the foregoing, or (ii) enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of Old Meridian or New Meridian stock, whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise. In the event that either (1) during the period that begins on the date that is 15 calendar days plus three business days before the last day of the restricted period and ends on the last day of the restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs, or (2) prior to the expiration of the restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the restricted period, the restrictions described above will continue to apply until the expiration of the date that is 15 calendar days plus three business days after the date on which the earnings release is issued or the material news or event related to us occurs.

Procedure for Purchasing Shares in Subscription and Community Offerings

Expiration Date . The subscription and community offerings will expire at 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [Expiration Date], unless we extend one or both for up to 45 days, with the approval of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, if required. This extension may be approved by us, in our sole discretion, without notice to purchasers in the offering. Any extension of the subscription and/or community offering beyond [Extension Date]

 

138


Table of Contents

would require the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks’ approval. If the offering is so extended, all subscribers will be notified and given an opportunity to confirm, change or cancel their orders. If you do not respond to this notice, we will promptly return your funds with interest at [interest rate]% per annum or cancel your deposit account withdrawal authorization. If the offering range is decreased below the minimum of the offering range or is increased above the adjusted maximum of the offering range, all subscribers’ stock orders will be cancelled, their deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be cancelled, and funds submitted to us will be returned promptly, with interest at [interest rate]% per annum for funds received in the subscription and community offerings. We will then resolicit the subscribers, giving them an opportunity to place a new stock order for a period of time.

We reserve the right in our sole discretion to terminate the offering at any time and for any reason, in which case we will cancel any deposit account withdrawal authorizations and promptly return all funds submitted, with interest at [interest rate]% per annum from the date of receipt as described above.

Use of Order Forms in the Subscription and Community Offerings . In order to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings, you must properly complete an original stock order form and remit full payment. We are not required to accept orders submitted on photocopied or facsimiled order forms. All order forms must be received (not postmarked) prior to 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [Expiration Date]. We are not required to accept order forms that are not received by that time, are not signed or are otherwise executed defectively or are received without full payment or without appropriate deposit account withdrawal instructions. We are not required to notify subscribers of incomplete or improperly executed order forms, and we have the right to waive or permit the correction of incomplete or improperly executed order forms. We do not represent, however, that we will do so and we have no affirmative duty to notify any prospective subscriber of any such defects. You may submit your order form and payment by mail using the stock order return envelope provided, or by overnight delivery to our Stock Information Center, which will be located at [stock center address]. You may also hand-deliver stock order forms to the Stock Information Center. Hand-delivered stock order forms will only be accepted at this location. We will not accept stock order forms at our banking offices. Please do not mail stock order forms to East Boston Savings Bank’s offices.

Once tendered, an order form cannot be modified or revoked without our consent. We reserve the absolute right, in our sole discretion, to reject orders received in the community offering, in whole or in part, at the time of receipt or at any time prior to completion of the offering. If you are ordering shares in the subscription offering, you must represent that you are purchasing shares for your own account and that you have no agreement or understanding with any person for the sale or transfer of the shares. We have the right to reject any order submitted in the offering by a person who we believe is making false representations or who we otherwise believe, either alone or acting in concert with others, is violating, evading, circumventing, or intends to violate, evade or circumvent the terms and conditions of the plan of conversion. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the plan of conversion and of the acceptability of the order forms will be final.

By signing the order form, you will be acknowledging that the common stock is not a deposit or savings account and is not federally insured or otherwise guaranteed by East Boston Savings Bank, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the federal government or the Depositors Insurance Fund, and that you received a copy of this prospectus. However, signing the order form will not result in you waiving your rights under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Payment for Shares . Payment for all shares of common stock will be required to accompany all completed order forms for the purchase to be valid. Payment for shares in the subscription and community offerings may be made by:

 

  (i) personal check, bank check or money order, made payable to Meridian Bancorp, Inc.; or

 

  (ii) authorization of withdrawal of available funds from your East Boston Savings Bank deposit accounts.

 

139


Table of Contents

Appropriate means for designating withdrawals from deposit accounts at East Boston Savings Bank are provided on the order form. The funds designated must be available in the account(s) at the time the order form is received. A hold will be placed on these funds, making them unavailable to the depositor. Funds authorized for withdrawal will continue to earn interest within the account at the contractual rate until the offering is completed, at which time the designated withdrawal will be made. Interest penalties for early withdrawal applicable to certificate accounts will not apply to withdrawals authorized for the purchase of shares of common stock; however, if a withdrawal results in a certificate account with a balance less than the applicable minimum balance requirement, the certificate will be canceled at the time of withdrawal without penalty and the remaining balance will earn interest at the current passbook rate subsequent to the withdrawal. In the case of payments made by personal check, these funds must be available in the account(s). Checks and money orders received in the subscription and community offerings will be immediately cashed and placed in a segregated account at East Boston Savings Bank and will earn interest at [interest rate]% per annum from the date payment is processed until the offering is completed or terminated.

You may not remit cash, East Boston Savings Bank line of credit checks or any type of third-party checks (including those payable to you and endorsed over to New Meridian). You may not designate on your stock order form direct withdrawal from an East Boston Savings Bank retirement account. See “—Using Individual Retirement Account Funds.” If permitted by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks and the Federal Reserve Board, in the event we resolicit large purchasers, as described above in “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases,” such purchasers who wish to increase their purchases will not be able to use personal checks to pay for the additional shares, but instead must pay for the additional shares using immediately available funds. No wire transfer will be accepted without our prior approval.

Once we receive your executed stock order form, it may not be modified, amended or rescinded without our consent, unless the offering is not completed by [Extension Date]. If the subscription and community offerings are extended past [Extension Date], all subscribers will be notified and given an opportunity to confirm, change or cancel their orders. If you do not respond to this notice, we will promptly return your funds with interest at [interest rate]% per annum or cancel your deposit account withdrawal authorization. We may resolicit purchasers for a specified period of time.

Regulations prohibit East Boston Savings Bank from lending funds or extending credit to any persons to purchase shares of common stock in the offering.

We shall have the right, in our sole discretion, to permit institutional investors to submit irrevocable orders together with the legally binding commitment for payment and to thereafter pay for the shares of common stock for which they subscribe in the community offering at any time prior to 48 hours before the completion of the conversion. This payment may be made by wire transfer.

If our employee stock ownership plan purchases shares in the offering, it will not be required to pay for such shares until completion of the offering, provided that there is a loan commitment from an unrelated financial institution, New Meridian or a subsidiary of New Meridian to lend to the employee stock ownership plan the necessary amount to fund the purchase. In addition, if our 401(k) plan purchases shares in the offering, it will not be required to pay for such shares until completion of the offering.

Using Individual Retirement Account Funds. If you are interested in using funds in your individual retirement account or other retirement account to purchase shares of common stock, you must do so through a self-directed retirement account. By regulation, East Boston Savings Bank’s retirement accounts are not self-directed, so they cannot be invested in our shares of common stock. Therefore, if you wish to use funds that are currently in an East Boston Savings Bank retirement account, you may not designate on the order form that you wish funds to be withdrawn from the account for the purchase of common stock. The funds you wish to use for the purchase of common stock will instead have to be transferred to an independent trustee or custodian, such as a brokerage firm, offering self-directed retirement accounts. The purchase must be made through that account. If you do not have such an account, you will need to establish one before placing a stock order. An annual administrative fee may be payable to the independent trustee or custodian. There will be no early withdrawal or Internal Revenue Service

 

140


Table of Contents

interest penalties for these transfers. Individuals interested in using funds in an individual retirement account or any other retirement account, whether held at East Boston Savings Bank or elsewhere , to purchase shares of common stock should contact our Stock Information Center for guidance as soon as possible, preferably at least two weeks prior to the [Expiration Date] offering deadline. Processing such transactions takes additional time, and whether such funds can be used may depend on limitations imposed by the institutions where such funds are currently held. We cannot guarantee that you will be able to use such funds.

Delivery of Shares of Common Stock . All shares of common stock sold will be issued in book entry form. Stock certificates will not be issued. A statement reflecting ownership of shares of common stock issued in the subscription and community offerings will be mailed by our transfer agent to the persons entitled thereto at the registration address noted by them on their stock order forms as soon as practicable following consummation of the conversion and offering. We expect trading in the stock to begin on the day of completion of the conversion and stock offering or the next business day. Until a statement reflecting ownership of shares of common stock is available and delivered to purchasers, purchasers might not be able to sell the shares of common stock that they ordered, even though the shares of common stock will have begun trading. Your ability to sell the shares of common stock before receiving your statement will depend on arrangements you may make with a brokerage firm.

Other Restrictions . Notwithstanding any other provision of the plan of conversion, no person is entitled to purchase any shares of common stock to the extent the purchase would be illegal under any federal or state law or regulation, including state “blue sky” regulations, or would violate regulations or policies of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, particularly those regarding free riding and withholding. We may ask for an acceptable legal opinion from any purchaser as to the legality of his or her purchase and we may refuse to honor any purchase order if an opinion is not timely furnished. In addition, we are not required to offer shares of common stock to any person who resides in a foreign country, or in a State of the United States with respect to which any of the following apply:

 

  (i) a small number of persons otherwise eligible to subscribe for shares under the plan of conversion reside in such state;

 

  (ii) the offer or sale of shares of common stock to such persons would require us or our employees to register, under the securities laws of such state, to register as a broker or dealer or to register or otherwise qualify our securities for sale in such state; or

 

  (iii) such registration or qualification would be impracticable for reasons of cost or otherwise.

Restrictions on Transfer of Subscription Rights and Shares

Applicable banking regulations prohibit any person with subscription rights, including the Eligible Account Holders and employees, officers, directors, trustees and corporators, from transferring or entering into any agreement or understanding to transfer the legal or beneficial ownership of the subscription rights issued under the plan of conversion or the shares of common stock to be issued upon their exercise. These rights may be exercised only by the person to whom they are granted and only for his or her account. When registering your stock purchase on the order form, you cannot add the name(s) of others for joint stock registration unless they are also named on the qualifying deposit account. Doing so may jeopardize your subscription rights. Each person exercising subscription rights will be required to certify that he or she is purchasing shares solely for his or her own account and that he or she has no agreement or understanding regarding the sale or transfer of such shares. The regulations also prohibit any person from offering or making an announcement of an offer or intent to make an offer to purchase subscription rights or shares of common stock to be issued upon their exercise prior to completion of the offering.

We will pursue any and all legal and equitable remedies in the event we become aware of the transfer of subscription rights, and we will not honor orders that we believe involve the transfer of subscription rights.

 

141


Table of Contents

Stock Information Center

Our banking office personnel may not, by law, assist with investment-related questions about the offering. If you have any questions regarding the conversion or offering, please call our Stock Information Center. The telephone number is [stock center number]. The Stock Information Center is open Monday through Friday between 10:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time and will be open Saturday,             , 2014 between 10:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time. The Stock Information Center will be closed on bank holidays.

Liquidation Rights

Liquidation prior to the conversion. In the unlikely event that Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated is liquidated prior to the conversion, all claims of creditors of Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated would be paid first. Thereafter, if there were any assets of Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated remaining, these assets would first be distributed to certain depositors of East Boston Savings Bank based on such depositors’ liquidation rights. The amount received by such depositors would be equal to their pro rata interest in the remaining value of Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated after claims of creditors, based on the relative size of their deposit accounts.

Liquidation following the conversion. The plan of conversion provides for the establishment, upon the completion of the conversion, of a liquidation account by New Meridian for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders in an amount equal to (i) Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated’s ownership interest in Old Meridian’s total stockholders’ equity as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition contained in this prospectus plus (ii) the value of the net assets of Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition of Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated prior to the consummation of the conversion (excluding its ownership of Old Meridian). The plan of conversion also provides for the establishment of a parallel liquidation account in East Boston Savings Bank to support the New Meridian liquidation account in the event New Meridian does not have sufficient assets to fund its obligations under the New Meridian liquidation account.

In the unlikely event that East Boston Savings Bank were to liquidate after the conversion, all claims of creditors, including those of depositors, would be paid first. However, except with respect to the liquidation account to be established in Old Meridian, a depositor’s claim would be solely for the principal amount of his or her deposit accounts plus accrued interest. Depositors generally would not have an interest in the value of the assets of East Boston Savings Bank or New Meridian above that amount.

The liquidation account established by New Meridian is designed to provide qualifying depositors a liquidation interest (exchanged for the liquidation interests such persons had in Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated) after the conversion in the event of a complete liquidation of New Meridian and East Boston Savings Bank or a liquidation solely of East Boston Savings Bank. Specifically, in the unlikely event that either (i) East Boston Savings Bank or (ii) New Meridian and East Boston Savings Bank were to liquidate after the conversion, all claims of creditors, including those of depositors, would be paid first, followed by a distribution to depositors as of February 28, 2013 of their interests in the liquidation account maintained by New Meridian. Also, in a complete liquidation of both entities, or of East Boston Savings Bank only, when New Meridian has insufficient assets (other than the stock of East Boston Savings Bank) to fund the liquidation account distribution owed to Eligible Account Holders, and East Boston Savings Bank has positive net worth, then East Boston Savings Bank shall immediately make a distribution to fund New Meridian’s remaining obligations under the liquidation account. In no event will any Eligible Account Holder be entitled to a distribution that exceeds such holder’s interest in the liquidation account maintained by New Meridian as adjusted from time to time pursuant to the plan of conversion and federal regulations. If New Meridian is completely liquidated or sold apart from a sale or liquidation of East Boston Savings Bank, then the New Meridian liquidation account will cease to exist and Eligible Account Holders will receive an equivalent interest in the East Boston Savings Bank liquidation account, subject to the same rights and terms as the New Meridian liquidation account.

Pursuant to the plan of conversion, after two years from the date of conversion and upon the written request of the Federal Reserve Board, New Meridian will transfer the liquidation account and the depositors’ interests in such account to East Boston Savings Bank and the liquidation account shall thereupon be subsumed into the liquidation account of East Boston Savings Bank.

 

142


Table of Contents

Under the rules and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board, a post-conversion merger, consolidation, or similar combination or transaction with another depository institution or depository institution holding company in which New Meridian or East Boston Savings Bank is not the surviving institution, would not be considered a liquidation. In such a transaction, the liquidation account would be assumed by the surviving institution or company.

Each Eligible Account Holder would have an initial pro-rata interest in the liquidation account for each deposit account, including savings accounts, transaction accounts such as negotiable order of withdrawal accounts, money market deposit accounts, and certificates of deposit, with a balance of $50.00 or more held in East Boston Savings Bank on February 28, 2013 equal to the proportion that the balance of each Eligible Account Holder’s deposit account on February 28, 2013 bears to the balance of all deposit accounts of Eligible Account Holders in East Boston Savings Bank on such date.

If, however, on any December 31 annual closing date commencing after the effective date of the conversion, the amount in any such deposit account is less than the amount in the deposit account on February 28, 2013, or any other annual closing date, then the liquidation account as well as the interest in the liquidation account relating to such deposit account would be reduced from time to time by the proportion of any such reduction, and such interest will cease to exist if such deposit account is closed. In addition, no interest in the liquidation account would ever be increased despite any subsequent increase in the related deposit account. Payment pursuant to liquidation rights of Eligible Account Holders would be separate and apart from the payment of any insured deposit accounts to such depositor. Any assets remaining after the above liquidation rights of Eligible Account Holders are satisfied would be available for distribution to stockholders.

Material Income Tax Consequences

Completion of the conversion is subject to the prior receipt of an opinion of counsel or tax advisor with respect to the federal and state income tax consequences of the conversion to Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated, Old Meridian, East Boston Savings Bank, Eligible Account Holders and employees, officers, directors, trustees and corporators. Unlike private letter rulings, an opinion of counsel or tax advisor is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service or any state taxing authority, and such authorities may disagree with such opinions. In the event of such disagreement, there can be no assurance that New Meridian or East Boston Savings Bank would prevail in a judicial proceeding.

Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated, Old Meridian, East Boston Savings Bank and New Meridian have received an opinion of counsel, Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C., regarding all of the material federal income tax consequences of the conversion, which includes the following:

 

  1. The merger of Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated with and into Old Meridian will qualify as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

  2. The constructive exchange of Eligible Account Holders’ liquidation interests in Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated for liquidation interests in Old Meridian will satisfy the continuity of interest requirement of Section 1.368-1(b) of the Federal Income Tax Regulations.

 

  3. None of Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated, Old Meridian nor Eligible Account Holders will recognize any gain or loss on the transfer of the assets of Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated to Old Meridian in constructive exchange for liquidation interests in Old Meridian.

 

143


Table of Contents
  4. The basis of the assets of Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated and the holding period of such assets to be received by Old Meridian will be the same as the basis and holding period of such assets in Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated immediately before the exchange.

 

  5. The merger of Old Meridian with and into New Meridian will constitute a mere change in identity, form or place of organization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Internal Revenue Code and, therefore, will qualify as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Internal Revenue Code. Neither Old Meridian nor New Meridian will recognize gain or loss as a result of such merger.

 

  6. The basis of the assets of Old Meridian and the holding period of such assets to be received by New Meridian will be the same as the basis and holding period of such assets in Old Meridian immediately before the exchange.

 

  7. Current stockholders of Old Meridian will not recognize any gain or loss upon their exchange of Old Meridian common stock for New Meridian common stock.

 

  8. Eligible Account Holders will not recognize any gain or loss upon the constructive exchange of their liquidation interests in Old Meridian for interests in the liquidation account in New Meridian.

 

  9. The exchange by the Eligible Account Holders of the liquidation interests that they constructively received in Old Meridian for interests in the liquidation account established in New Meridian will satisfy the continuity of interest requirement of Section 1.368-1(b) of the Federal Income Tax Regulations.

 

  10. Each stockholder’s aggregate basis in shares of New Meridian common stock (including fractional share interests) received in the exchange will be the same as the aggregate basis of Old Meridian common stock surrendered in the exchange.

 

  11. Each stockholder’s holding period in his or her New Meridian common stock received in the exchange will include the period during which the Old Meridian common stock surrendered was held, provided that the Old Meridian common stock surrendered is a capital asset in the hands of the stockholder on the date of the exchange.

 

  12. Cash received by any current stockholder of Old Meridian in lieu of a fractional share interest in shares of New Meridian common stock will be treated as having been received as a distribution in full payment in exchange for a fractional share interest of New Meridian common stock, which such stockholder would otherwise be entitled to receive. Accordingly, a stockholder will recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between the cash received and the basis of the fractional share. If the common stock is held by the stockholder as a capital asset, the gain or loss will be capital gain or loss.

 

  13. It is more likely than not that the fair market value of the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase New Meridian common stock is zero. Accordingly, no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders, officers, directors, trustees or corporators upon distribution to them of nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of New Meridian common stock. Eligible Account Holders and officers, directors, trustees or corporators will not realize any taxable income as the result of the exercise by them of the nontransferable subscriptions rights.

 

  14. It is more likely than not that the fair market value of the benefit provided by the liquidation account of East Boston Savings Bank supporting the payment of the New Meridian liquidation account in the event New Meridian lacks sufficient net assets is zero. Accordingly, it is more likely than not that no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders upon the constructive distribution to them of such rights in the East Boston Savings Bank liquidation account as of the effective date of the merger of Old Meridian with and into New Meridian.

 

144


Table of Contents
  15. It is more likely than not that the basis of the shares of New Meridian common stock purchased in the offering by the exercise of nontransferable subscription rights will be the purchase price. The holding period of the New Meridian common stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of nontransferable subscription rights will commence on the date the right to acquire such stock was exercised.

 

  16. No gain or loss will be recognized by New Meridian on the receipt of money in exchange for New Meridian common stock sold in the offering.

We believe that the tax opinions summarized above address all material federal income tax consequences that are generally applicable to Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated, Old Meridian, East Boston Savings Bank, New Meridian and persons receiving subscription rights and stockholders of Old Meridian. With respect to items 13 and 15 above, Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. noted that the subscription rights will be granted at no cost to the recipients, are legally non-transferable and of short duration, and will provide the recipient with the right only to purchase shares of common stock at the same price to be paid by members of the general public in any community offering. The firm further noted that RP Financial, LC. has issued a letter that the subscription rights have no ascertainable fair market value. The firm also noted that the Internal Revenue Service has not in the past concluded that subscription rights have value. Based on the foregoing, Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. believes that it is more likely than not that the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of common stock have no value. However, the issue of whether or not the nontransferable subscription rights have value is based on all the facts and circumstances. If the subscription rights granted to Eligible Account Holders, officers, directors, trustees and corporators are deemed to have an ascertainable value, receipt of these rights could result in taxable gain to those Eligible Account Holders, officers, directors, trustees and corporators who exercise the subscription rights in an amount equal to the ascertainable value, and we could recognize gain on a distribution. Eligible Account Holders, officers, directors, trustees and corporators are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors as to the tax consequences in the event that subscription rights are deemed to have an ascertainable value.

The opinion as to item 14 above is based on the position that: (i) no holder of an interest in a liquidation account has ever received any payment attributable to a liquidation account; (ii) the interests in the liquidation accounts are not transferable; (iii) the amounts due under the liquidation account with respect to each Eligible Account Holder will be reduced as their deposits in East Boston Savings Bank are reduced; and (iv) the East Boston Savings Bank liquidation account payment obligation arises only if New Meridian lacks sufficient assets to fund the liquidation account.

In addition, we have received a letter from RP Financial, LC. stating its belief that the benefit provided by the East Boston Savings Bank liquidation account supporting the payment of the liquidation account in the event New Meridian lacks sufficient net assets does not have any economic value at the time of the conversion. Based on the foregoing, Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. believes it is more likely than not that such rights in the East Boston Savings Bank liquidation account have no value. If such rights are subsequently found to have an economic value, income may be recognized by each Eligible Account Holder in the amount of such fair market value as of the date of the conversion.

The opinion of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C., unlike a letter ruling issued by the Internal Revenue Service, is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service and the conclusions expressed therein may be challenged at a future date. The Internal Revenue Service has issued favorable rulings for transactions substantially similar to the proposed reorganization and stock offering, but any such ruling may not be cited as precedent by any taxpayer other than the taxpayer to whom the ruling is addressed. We do not plan to apply for a letter ruling concerning the transactions described herein.

We have also received an opinion from Wolf & Company, P.C. that the Massachusetts state income tax consequences are consistent with the federal income tax consequences.

 

145


Table of Contents

The federal and state tax opinions have been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as exhibits to New Meridian’s registration statement.

Certain Restrictions on Purchase or Transfer of Our Shares after Conversion

All shares of common stock purchased in the offering by a director or certain officers of East Boston Savings Bank generally may not be sold for a period of one year following the closing of the conversion, except in the event of the death of the director or officer. Each certificate for restricted shares will bear a legend giving notice of this restriction on transfer, and instructions will be issued to the effect that any transfer within this time period of any certificate or record ownership of the shares other than as provided above is a violation of the restriction. Any shares of common stock issued at a later date as a stock dividend, stock split, or otherwise, with respect to the restricted stock will be similarly restricted. The directors and executive officers of New Meridian also will be restricted by the insider trading rules under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Purchases of shares of our common stock by any of our directors, certain officers and their associates, during the three-year period following the closing of the conversion may be made only through a broker or dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, except with the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve Board and the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks. This restriction does not apply, however, to negotiated transactions involving more than 1% of our outstanding common stock or to purchases of our common stock by our stock option plan or any of our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans or non-tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, including any restricted stock plans.

Federal regulations prohibit New Meridian from repurchasing its shares of common stock during the first year following conversion unless compelling business reasons exist for such repurchases, or to fund management recognition plans that have been ratified by stockholders (with regulatory approval) or tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans. In addition, the repurchase of shares of common stock is subject to Federal Reserve Board policy related to repurchases of shares by financial institution holding companies. Massachusetts regulations prohibit New Meridian from repurchasing its shares of our common stock during the first three years following the completion of the conversion except to fund tax-qualified or nontax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, or except in amounts not greater than 5% of our outstanding shares of common stock where compelling and valid business reasons are established to the satisfaction of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks.

COMPARISON OF STOCKHOLDERS’ RIGHTS FOR EXISTING STOCKHOLDERS OF MERIDIAN INTERSTATE BANCORP, INC.

General. As a result of the conversion, existing stockholders of Old Meridian will become stockholders of New Meridian. There are differences in the rights of stockholders of Old Meridian and stockholders of New Meridian caused by differences between Massachusetts and Maryland law and regulations and differences in Old Meridian’s Massachusetts articles of organization and bylaws and New Meridian’s Maryland articles of incorporation and bylaws.

This discussion is not intended to be a complete statement of the differences affecting the rights of stockholders, but rather summarizes the material differences and similarities affecting the rights of stockholders. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information” for procedures for obtaining a copy of New Meridian’s articles of incorporation and bylaws.

Authorized Capital Stock. The authorized capital stock of Old Meridian consists of 50,000,000 shares of common stock, no par value per share.

The authorized capital stock of New Meridian consists of 100,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share.

 

146


Table of Contents

Under Maryland General Corporation Law and New Meridian’s articles of incorporation, a majority of the whole Board of Directors may increase or decrease the number of authorized shares without stockholder approval. Stockholder approval is required to increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of Old Meridian.

New Meridian’s articles of incorporation authorize the Board of Directors to establish one or more series of preferred stock and, for any series of preferred stock, to determine the terms and rights of the series, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion and redemption rates and liquidation preferences. As a result of the ability to fix voting rights for a series of preferred stock, our Board of Directors has the power, to the extent consistent with its fiduciary duty, to issue a series of preferred stock to persons friendly to management in order to attempt to block a hostile tender offer, merger or other transaction by which a third party seeks control. We currently have no plans for the issuance of additional shares for such purposes. Old Meridian’s articles of organization do not authorize the Board of Directors to establish a series of preferred stock without the approval of shareholders.

Issuance of Capital Stock. Pursuant to applicable laws and regulations, Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated is required to own not less than a majority of the outstanding shares of Old Meridian common stock. Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated will no longer exist following completion of the conversion.

Voting Rights. Neither Old Meridian’s articles of organization or bylaws nor New Meridian’s articles of incorporation or bylaws provide for cumulative voting for the election of directors. For additional information regarding voting rights, see “—Limitations on Voting Rights of Greater-than-10% Stockholders” below.

Payment of Dividends. Old Meridian’s ability to pay dividends depends, to a large extent, upon East Boston Savings Bank’s ability to pay dividends to Old Meridian, which is restricted by Massachusetts statutes and by federal income tax considerations related to savings banks. In addition, Massachusetts law generally provides that Old Meridian would not be able to issue a dividend if, after giving effect to the dividend, Old Meridian (1) would not be able to pay its existing and reasonably foreseeable debts, liabilities and obligations, whether or not liquidated, matured, asserted or contingent, as they become due in the usual course of business; or (2) Old Meridian’s total assets would be less than the sum of its total liabilities plus the amount that would be needed, if Old Meridian was dissolved at the time of the distribution, to satisfy the preferential rights upon dissolution of shareholders whose preferential rights are superior to those receiving the distribution.

New Meridian’s ability to pay dividends also depends, to a large extent, upon East Boston Savings Bank’s ability to pay dividends to New Meridian, which is restricted by Massachusetts statutes and by federal income tax considerations related to savings banks. In addition, Maryland law generally provides that New Meridian is limited to paying dividends in an amount equal to its capital surplus over payments that would be owed upon dissolution to stockholders whose preferential rights upon dissolution are superior to those receiving the dividend, and to an amount that would not make it insolvent.

Board of Directors . Old Meridian’s articles of organization and New Meridian’s articles of incorporation require the Board of Directors to be divided into three classes and that the members of each class shall be elected for a term of three years and until their successors are elected and qualified, with one class being elected annually.

Under Old Meridian’s articles of organization, any vacancies on the Board of Directors may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors although less than a quorum of the Board of Directors. Persons elected by the Board of Directors of Old Meridian to fill vacancies may only serve for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred or the new directorship was created and until such director’s successor has been duly elected and qualified. Under New Meridian’s bylaws, any vacancy occurring on the Board of Directors, including any vacancy created by reason of an increase in the number of directors, may be filled only by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the remaining directors, and any director so chosen shall hold office for the remainder of the term to which the director has been elected and until his or her successor is elected and qualified.

 

147


Table of Contents

Limitations on Liability. Old Meridian’s articles of organization provide that directors will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director notwithstanding any provision of law imposing such liability.

New Meridian’s articles of incorporation provide that directors and officers will not be personally liable for monetary damages to New Meridian for certain actions as directors or officers, except for (i) receipt of an improper personal benefit, (ii) actions or omissions that are determined to have materially involved active and deliberate dishonesty, or (iii) to the extent otherwise provided by Maryland law. These provisions might, in certain instances, discourage or deter stockholders or management from bringing a lawsuit against directors or officers for a breach of their duties even though such an action, if successful, might benefit New Meridian.

Indemnification of Directors, Officers, Employees and Agents. Old Meridian’s bylaws provide that directors and senior officers shall be, and other officers may be in the discretion of the Board of Directors, indemnified by Old Meridian to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, against any and all liabilities that are incurred or suffered by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection with any threatened, pending or completed proceeding (without regard to whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director or senior officer or other officer of Old Meridian or in any other capacity for or on behalf of Old Meridian while serving as a director or senior officer or other officer) or any claim, issue or matter therein, which proceeding such director or senior officer is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in by reason of such director’s or senior officer’s corporate status. Notwithstanding the foregoing (1) Old Meridian shall indemnify any director or senior officer seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding initiated by such director or senior officer only if such proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of Old Meridian, unless such proceeding was brought to enforce such director’s or senior officer’s rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses under Old Meridian’s bylaws in accordance with the provisions set forth therein and (2) Old Meridian may indemnify any other officer seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding initiated by such other officer only (i) if such proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of Old Meridian or (ii) if such proceeding was brought to enforce such other officer’s rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses under Old Meridian’s bylaws.

The articles of incorporation of New Meridian provide that it shall indemnify (i) its current and former directors and officers to the fullest extent required or permitted by Maryland law, including the advancement of expenses, and (ii) other employees or agents to such extent as shall be authorized by the Board of Directors and Maryland law, all subject to any applicable federal law. Maryland law allows New Meridian to indemnify any person for expenses, liabilities, settlements, judgments and fines in suits in which such person has been made a party by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer or employee of New Meridian. No such indemnification may be given if the acts or omissions of the person are adjudged to be in bad faith and material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding, if such person is liable to the corporation for an unlawful distribution, or if such person personally received a benefit to which he or she was not entitled. The right to indemnification includes the right to be paid the expenses incurred in advance of final disposition of a proceeding.

Special Meetings of Stockholders. Old Meridian’s articles of organization and bylaws provide that special meetings of stockholders may be called by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Chairman of the Board. Additionally, special meetings shall be called by the Secretary of Old Meridian upon written application of one or more stockholders who hold at least (i) 80% in interest of the capital stock entitled to vote at such meeting or (ii) such lesser percentage, if any, (but not less than 40%) as shall be determined to be the maximum percentage which Old Meridian is permitted by applicable law to establish for the call of such a meeting or the holders of not less than 10% of the outstanding capital stock entitled to vote at the meeting.

New Meridian’s bylaws provide that special meetings of stockholders may be called by the president, the chairman or by a majority vote of the total authorized directors, and shall be called upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of all votes entitled to vote at the meeting.

Stockholder Nominations and Proposals. Old Meridian’s bylaws provide that any stockholder desiring to make a nomination for the election of directors or a proposal for new business at a meeting of stockholders must

 

148


Table of Contents

submit written notice to Old Meridian not less than 120 calendar days nor more than 150 days in advance of the first anniversary of the date of Old Meridian’s proxy statement for the previous year’s Annual Meeting, provided, however, that if no Annual Meeting was held in the previous year or the date of the Annual Meeting has been changed by more than 30 calendar days from the date of the previous year’s Annual Meeting, then to be timely, notice by the shareholder must be received at the principal executive offices of Old Meridian not later than the close of business on the tenth calendar day following the day on which notice of the date of the scheduled Annual Meeting is publicly disclosed.

New Meridian’s bylaws provide that any stockholder desiring to make a nomination for the election of directors or a proposal for new business at a meeting of stockholders must submit written notice to New Meridian not less than 110 days nor more than 120 days prior to the anniversary of the prior year’s annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that if the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s written notice shall be timely only if delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of New Meridian at the principal executive office of the corporation no earlier than the day on which public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting is first made and no later than the tenth day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting is first made.

Management believes that it is in the best interest of New Meridian and its stockholders to provide sufficient time to enable management to disclose to stockholders information about a dissident slate of nominations for directors. This advance notice requirement may also give management time to solicit its own proxies in an attempt to defeat any dissident slate of nominations, should management determine that doing so is in the best interests of stockholders generally. Similarly, adequate advance notice of stockholder proposals will give management time to study such proposals and to determine whether to recommend to the stockholders that such proposals be adopted. In certain instances, such provisions could make it more difficult to oppose management’s nominees or proposals, even if stockholders believe such nominees or proposals are in their best interests.

Stockholder Action Without a Meeting. Old Meridian’s bylaws provide that any action to be taken at any Annual Meeting or special meeting of shareholders may be taken without a meeting if all shareholders entitled to vote on the matter consent to the action in writing and the written consents are filed with the records of the meetings of shareholders within 60 days of the earliest dated consent delivered to Old Meridian.

New Meridian’s bylaws do not provide for action to be taken by stockholders without a meeting. However, under Maryland law, action may be taken by stockholders without a meeting if all stockholders entitled to vote on the action consent to taking such action without a meeting.

Stockholder’s Right to Examine Books and Records. Provided that the stockholder gives the company written notice of his demand at least five business days before, Massachusetts law provides that a stockholder is entitled to inspect and copy, during regular business hours, a company’s (a) articles of organization, (b) bylaws, (c) resolutions adopted by its Board of Directors creating one or more classes or series of shares and fixing their relative rights, preferences, and limitations, if shares issued pursuant to those resolutions are outstanding, (d) the minutes of all shareholders’ meetings, and records of all action taken by shareholders without a meeting, for the past three years, (e) all written communications to shareholders generally within the past three years, including the financial statements furnished for the past three years, (f) a list of the names and business addresses of its current directors and officers and (g) its most recent annual report delivered to the secretary of state.

Provided that the stockholder gives the company written notice of his demand at least five business days before and provided his demand is made in good faith and for a proper purpose, he describes with reasonable particularity his purpose and the records he desires to inspect, the records are directly connected with his purpose, and the corporation shall not have determined in good faith that disclosure of the records sought would adversely affect the corporation in the conduct of its business or, in the case of a public corporation, constitute material non-public information, Massachusetts law also provides that a stockholder is entitled to inspect and copy, during regular business hours, a company’s (a) excerpts from minutes reflecting action taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, records of any action of a committee of the Board of Directors while acting in place of the Board of Directors on behalf of the corporation, minutes of any meeting of the shareholders, and records of action taken by the shareholders or Board of Directors without a meeting; (b) accounting records of the corporation and (c) a record of its shareholders showing the number and class of shares held by each.

 

149


Table of Contents

Maryland law provides that a stockholder may inspect a company’s bylaws, stockholder minutes, annual statement of affairs and any voting trust agreements. However, only a stockholder or group of stockholders who together, for at least six months, hold at least 5% of the company’s total shares, have the right to inspect a company’s stock ledger, list of stockholders and books of accounts.

Limitations on Voting Rights of Greater-than-10% Stockholders. Old Meridian’s articles of organization and New Meridian’s articles of incorporation provide that no beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock will be permitted to vote any shares in excess of such 10% limit.

In addition, federal regulations provide that for a period of three years following the date of the completion of the offering, no person, acting singly or together with associates in a group of persons acting in concert, may directly or indirectly offer to acquire or acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of a class of New Meridian’s equity securities without the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve Board. Where any person acquires beneficial ownership of more than 10% of a class of New Meridian’s equity securities without the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve Board, the securities beneficially owned by such person in excess of 10% may not be voted by any person or counted as voting shares in connection with any matter submitted to the stockholders for a vote, and will not be counted as outstanding for purposes of determining the affirmative vote necessary to approve any matter submitted to the stockholders for a vote.

Business Combinations with Interested Stockholders. Old Meridian’s articles of organization provide that certain “Business Combinations” require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of the outstanding shares of Old Meridian. A Business Combination means: (1) any merger or consolidation of Old Meridian or any of its subsidiaries with or into any Interested Shareholder (as defined in the articles of organization) or its affiliate; (2) any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer, or other disposition to or with any Interested Shareholder or its affiliate having an aggregate fair market value equal to or greater than 10% of the combined assets of Old Meridian and its subsidiaries; (3) the issuance or transfer by Old Meridian or any subsidiary of any securities of Old Meridian or any subsidiary to any Interested Shareholder or its affiliate in exchange for cash, securities or other property having an aggregate fair market value equal to or greater than 10% of the combined assets of Old Meridian and its subsidiaries; (4) the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of Old Meridian proposed by or on behalf of any Interested Shareholder or its affiliate; and (5) any reclassification of securities (including any reverse share split) or recapitalization of Old Meridian or any merger or consolidation of Old Meridian with any of its subsidiaries or any other transaction (whether or not with or into or otherwise involving any Interested Shareholder) which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of the outstanding shares of any class or series of equity or convertible securities of Old Meridian or any subsidiary which is directly or indirectly owned by any Interested Shareholder or its affiliate. However, if certain conditions are met, including the Business Combination being approved by two-thirds of the independent directors then in office and/or certain price and procedure conditions, then only the affirmative vote, if any, as may be required by law would be required to approve the Business Combination.

Under Maryland law, “business combinations” between New Meridian and an interested stockholder or an affiliate of an interested stockholder are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. These business combinations include a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or, in circumstances specified in the statute, certain transfers of assets, certain stock issuances and transfers, liquidation plans and reclassifications involving interested stockholders and their affiliates or issuance or reclassification of equity securities. Maryland law defines an interested stockholder as: (i) any person who beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power of New Meridian’s voting stock after the date on which New Meridian had 100 or more beneficial owners of its stock; or (ii) an affiliate or associate of New Meridian at any time after the date on which New Meridian had 100 or more beneficial owners of its stock who, within the two-year period prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of the then-outstanding voting stock of New Meridian. A person is not an interested stockholder under the statute if the Board of Directors approved in advance the transaction by which the person otherwise would have become an interested stockholder. However, in approving a transaction, the Board of Directors may provide that its approval is subject to compliance, at or after the time of approval, with any terms and conditions determined by the board.

 

150


Table of Contents

After the five-year prohibition, any business combination between New Meridian and an interested stockholder generally must be recommended by the Board of Directors of New Meridian and approved by the affirmative vote of at least: (i) 80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of voting stock of New Meridian, and (ii) two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting stock of New Meridian other than shares held by the interested stockholder with whom or with whose affiliate the business combination is to be effected or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested stockholder. These super-majority vote requirements do not apply if New Meridian’s common stockholders receive a minimum price, as defined under Maryland law, for their shares in the form of cash or other consideration in the same form as previously paid by the interested stockholder for its shares.

Mergers, Consolidations and Sales of Assets . Under Old Meridian’s articles of organization, any merger, share exchange or consolidation of Old Meridian requires the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the total number of votes eligible to be cast by shareholders on such merger, share exchange or consolidation. However, only an affirmative vote of at least a majority of the totals number of votes eligible to be cast by shareholders on such merger, share exchange or consolidation will be required if the Board of Directors recommends, by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the Directors then in office, that the shareholders approve such transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by shareholders on such transaction.

However, no approval by stockholders is required for a merger if:

 

    the corporation will survive the merger or is the acquiring corporation in a share exchange;

 

    its articles of organization will not be changed;

 

    each shareholder of the corporation whose shares were outstanding immediately before the effective date of the merger or share exchange will hold the same number of shares, with identical preferences, limitations, and relative rights, immediately after the effective date of change; and

 

    the shares of any class or series of stock of such corporation to be issued or delivered pursuant to the plan of merger does not exceed 20% of the shares of such corporation of the same class or series outstanding immediately before the effective date of the merger.

In addition, under certain circumstances the approval of the stockholders is not be required to authorize a merger with or into a 90% owned subsidiary of Old Meridian.

As a result of an election made in New Meridian’s articles of incorporation, a merger or consolidation of New Meridian requires approval of a majority of all votes entitled to be cast by stockholders. However, no approval by stockholders is required for a merger if:

 

    the plan of merger does not make an amendment to the articles of incorporation that would be required to be approved by the stockholders;

 

    each stockholder of the surviving corporation whose shares were outstanding immediately before the effective date of the merger will hold the same number of shares, with identical designations, preferences, limitations, and rights, immediately after; and

 

    the number of shares of any class or series of stock outstanding immediately after the effective time of the merger will not increase by more than 20% the total number of voting shares outstanding immediately before the merger.

In addition, under certain circumstances the approval of the stockholders shall not be required to authorize a merger with or into a 90% owned subsidiary of New Meridian.

 

151


Table of Contents

Under Maryland law, a sale of all or substantially all of New Meridian’s assets other than in the ordinary course of business, or a voluntary dissolution of New Meridian, requires the approval of its Board of Directors and the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the votes of stockholders entitled to be cast on the matter.

Evaluation of Offers. Old Meridian’s articles of organization states that the Board of Directors of Old Meridian, in considering what they reasonably believe to be in the best interests of Old Meridian, may consider the interests of Old Meridian’s employees, suppliers, creditors and customers, the economy of the state, the region and the nation, community and societal considerations, and the long-term and short-term interests of Old Meridian and its shareholders, including the possibility that these interests may be best served by the continued independence of Old Meridian.

The articles of incorporation of New Meridian provide that its Board of Directors, when evaluating a transaction that would or may involve a change in control of New Meridian (whether by purchases of its securities, merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution, liquidation, sale of all or substantially all of its assets, proxy solicitation or otherwise), may, in connection with the exercise of its business judgment in determining what is in the best interests of New Meridian and its stockholders and in making any recommendation to the stockholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including, but not limited to:

 

    the economic effect, both immediate and long-term, upon New Meridian’s stockholders, including stockholders, if any, who do not participate in the transaction;

 

    the social and economic effect on the present and future employees, creditors and customers of, and others dealing with, New Meridian and its subsidiaries and on the communities in which New Meridian and its subsidiaries operate or are located;

 

    whether the proposal is acceptable based on the historical, current or projected future operating results or financial condition of New Meridian;

 

    whether a more favorable price could be obtained for New Meridian’s stock or other securities in the future;

 

    the reputation and business practices of the other entity to be involved in the transaction and its management and affiliates as they would affect the employees of New Meridian and its subsidiaries;

 

    the future value of the stock or any other securities of New Meridian or the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction;

 

    any antitrust or other legal and regulatory issues that are raised by the proposal;

 

    the business and historical, current or expected future financial condition or operating results of the other entity to be involved in the transaction, including, but not limited to, debt service and other existing financial obligations, financial obligations to be incurred in connection with the proposed transaction, and other likely financial obligations of the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; and

 

    the ability of New Meridian to fulfill its objectives as a financial institution holding company and on the ability of its subsidiary financial institution(s) to fulfill the objectives of a federally insured financial institution under applicable statutes and regulations.

If the Board of Directors determines that any proposed transaction should be rejected, it may take any lawful action to defeat such transaction.

 

152


Table of Contents

Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisal . Under Massachusetts law, stockholders of Old Meridian will not have dissenters’ appraisal rights in connection with a plan of merger or consolidation to which Old Meridian is a party if all shareholders receive marketable securities of the surviving corporation and/or cash and no director, officer or controlling shareholder has a direct or indirect material financial interest in the merger other than in his capacity as (i) a shareholder of the corporation, (ii) a director, officer, employee or consultant of either the merging or the surviving corporation or of any affiliate of the surviving corporation if his financial interest is pursuant to bona fide arrangements with either corporation or any such affiliate, or (iii) in any other capacity so long as the shareholder owns not more than five percent of the voting shares of all classes and series of the corporation in the aggregate.

Under Maryland law, stockholders of New Meridian will not have dissenters’ appraisal rights in connection with a plan of merger or consolidation to which New Meridian is a party as long as the common stock of New Meridian trades on a national securities exchange.

Amendment of Governing Instruments . Old Meridian’s articles of organization may be amended by the Board of Directors without shareholder action to the fullest extent permitted by the Massachusetts Business Corporation Act. Old Meridian’s articles of organization may also be amended by the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the total votes eligible to be cast by shareholders on such amendment; provided, however, that if the Board of Directors recommends, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the Independent Directors then in office at a duly constituted meeting of the Board of Directors, that shareholders approve such amendment at such meeting of shareholders, such amendment shall only require the affirmative vote of a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by shareholders on such amendment. However, to the extent that any provision of Old Meridian’s articles of organization provides for shareholder approval by a vote of more than a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast, such provision may only be amended, altered, changed or repealed after approval by the same percentage vote as is provided for in such provision. Old Meridian’s bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of Old Meridian’s directors or by the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the total votes eligible to be voted at a duly constituted meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that if the Board of Directors recommends, by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the Independent Directors, as defined, then in office at a duly constituted meeting of the Board of Directors, that shareholders approve such amendment at such meeting of shareholders, such amendment shall only require the affirmative vote of a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by shareholders on such amendment.

New Meridian’s articles of incorporation may be amended, upon the submission of an amendment by the Board of Directors to a vote of the stockholders, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of common stock, or by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock if at least two-thirds of the members of the whole Board of Directors approves such amendment; provided, however, that approval by at least 80% of the outstanding voting stock is generally required to amend the following provisions:

 

  (i) The limitation on voting rights of persons who directly or indirectly beneficially own more than 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock;

 

  (ii) The division of the Board of Directors into three staggered classes;

 

  (iii) The ability of the Board of Directors to fill vacancies on the board;

 

  (iv) The requirement that directors may only be removed for cause and by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes eligible to be cast by stockholders;

 

  (v) The ability of the Board of Directors to amend and repeal the bylaws;

 

  (vi) The ability of the Board of Directors to evaluate a variety of factors in evaluating offers to purchase or otherwise acquire New Meridian;

 

  (vii) The authority of the Board of Directors to provide for the issuance of preferred stock;

 

153


Table of Contents
  (viii) The validity and effectiveness of any action lawfully authorized by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total number of outstanding shares of common stock;

 

  (ix) The number of stockholders constituting a quorum or required for stockholder consent;

 

  (x) The indemnification of current and former directors and officers, as well as employees and other agents, by New Meridian;

 

  (xi) The limitation of liability of officers and directors to New Meridian for money damages;

 

  (xii) The inability of stockholders to cumulate their votes in the election of directors;

 

  (xiii) The advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and nominations; and

 

  (xiv) The provision of the articles of incorporation requiring approval of at least 80% of the outstanding voting stock to amend the provisions of the articles of incorporation provided in (i) through (xiii) of this list.

New Meridian’s articles of incorporation also provide that the bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors or by the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the total votes eligible to be voted at a duly constituted meeting of stockholders. Any amendment of this super-majority requirement for amendment of the bylaws would also require the approval of 80% of the outstanding voting stock.

RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF NEW MERIDIAN

Although the Board of Directors of New Meridian is not aware of any effort that might be made to obtain control of New Meridian after the conversion, the Board of Directors believes that it is appropriate to include certain provisions as part of New Meridian’s articles of incorporation to protect the interests of New Meridian and its stockholders from takeovers which the Board of Directors might conclude are not in the best interests of East Boston Savings Bank, New Meridian or New Meridian’s stockholders.

The following discussion is a general summary of the material provisions of Maryland law, New Meridian’s articles of incorporation and bylaws and certain other regulatory provisions that may be deemed to have an “anti-takeover” effect. The following description is necessarily general and is not intended to be a complete description of the document or regulatory provision in question. New Meridian’s articles of incorporation and bylaws are included as part of Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated’s application for conversion filed with the Federal Reserve Board and New Meridian’s registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

Maryland Law and Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of New Meridian

Maryland law, as well as New Meridian’s articles of incorporation and bylaws, contain a number of provisions relating to corporate governance and rights of stockholders that may discourage future takeover attempts. As a result, stockholders who might desire to participate in such transactions may not have an opportunity to do so. In addition, these provisions will also render the removal of the Board of Directors or management of New Meridian more difficult.

Directors . The Board of Directors will be divided into three classes. The members of each class will be elected for a term of three years and only one class of directors will be elected annually. Thus, it would take at least two annual elections to replace a majority of the Board of Directors. The bylaws establish qualifications for board members, including restrictions on affiliations with competitors of East Boston Savings Bank and restrictions based upon prior legal or regulatory violations. Further, the bylaws impose notice and information requirements in connection with the nomination by stockholders of candidates for election to the Board of Directors or the proposal by stockholders of business to be acted upon at an annual meeting of stockholders. Such notice and information requirements are applicable to all stockholder business proposals and nominations, and are in addition to any requirements under the federal securities laws.

 

154


Table of Contents

Restrictions on Call of Special Meetings . The articles of incorporation and bylaws provide that special meetings of stockholders can be called by the president, the chairman, by a majority of the whole Board of Directors or upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of all votes entitled to vote at the meeting.

Prohibition of Cumulative Voting . The articles of incorporation prohibit cumulative voting for the election of directors.

Limitation of Voting Rights . The articles of incorporation provide that in no event will any person who beneficially owns more than 10% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock, be entitled or permitted to vote any of the shares of common stock held in excess of the 10% limit. This provision has been included in the articles of incorporation in reliance on Section 2-507(a) of the Maryland General Corporation Law, which entitles stockholders to one vote for each share of stock unless the articles of incorporation provide for a greater or lesser number of votes per share or limit or deny voting rights.

Restrictions on Removing Directors from Office . The articles of incorporation provide that directors may be removed only for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all of New Meridian’s then-outstanding common stock entitled to vote (after giving effect to the limitation on voting rights discussed above in “—Limitation of Voting Rights.”).

Authorized but Unissued Shares . After the conversion, New Meridian will have authorized but unissued shares of common and preferred stock. See “Description of Capital Stock of New Meridian Following the Conversion.” The articles of incorporation authorize 50,000,000 shares of serial preferred stock. New Meridian is authorized to issue preferred stock from time to time in one or more series subject to applicable provisions of law, and the Board of Directors is authorized to fix the designations, and relative preferences, limitations, voting rights, if any, including without limitation, offering rights of such shares (which could be multiple or as a separate class). In the event of a proposed merger, tender offer or other attempt to gain control of New Meridian that the Board of Directors does not approve, it may be possible for the Board of Directors to authorize the issuance of a series of preferred stock with rights and preferences that would impede the completion of the transaction. An effect of the possible issuance of preferred stock therefore may be to deter a future attempt to gain control of New Meridian. The Board of Directors has no present plan or understanding to issue any preferred stock.

Amendments to Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws. Amendments to the articles of incorporation must be approved by the Board of Directors and by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of common stock, or by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock if at least two-thirds of the members of the whole Board of Directors approves such amendment; provided, however, that approval by at least 80% of the outstanding voting stock is generally required to amend certain provisions. A list of these provisions is provided under “Comparison of Stockholders’ Rights For Existing Stockholders of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc.—Amendment of Governing Instruments” above.

The articles of incorporation also provide that the bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of New Meridian’s directors or by the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the total votes eligible to be cast at a duly constituted meeting of stockholders. Any amendment of this super-majority requirement for amendment of the bylaws would also require the approval of 80% of the total votes eligible to be cast.

The provisions requiring the affirmative vote of 80% of the total eligible votes eligible to be cast for certain stockholder actions have been included in the articles of incorporation of New Meridian in reliance on Section 2-104(b)(4) of the Maryland General Corporation Law. Section 2-104(b)(4) permits the articles of incorporation to require a greater proportion of votes than the proportion that would otherwise be required for stockholder action under the Maryland General Corporation Law.

 

155


Table of Contents

Business Combinations with Interested Stockholders . Maryland law restricts mergers, consolidations, sales of assets and other business combinations between New Meridian and an “interested stockholder.” See “Comparison of Stockholder Rights for Existing Stockholders of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc.—Mergers, Consolidations and Sales of Assets” above.

Evaluation of Offers. The articles of incorporation of New Meridian provide that its Board of Directors, when evaluating a transaction that would or may involve a change in control of New Meridian (whether by purchases of its securities, merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution, liquidation, sale of all or substantially all of its assets, proxy solicitation or otherwise), may, in connection with the exercise of its business judgment in determining what is in the best interests of New Meridian and its stockholders and in making any recommendation to the stockholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including, but not limited to, certain enumerated factors. For a list of these enumerated factors, see “Comparison of Stockholder Rights for Existing Stockholders of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc.—Evaluation of Offers” above.

Purpose and Anti-Takeover Effects of New Meridian’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws . Our Board of Directors believes that the provisions described above are prudent and will reduce our vulnerability to takeover attempts and certain other transactions that have not been negotiated with and approved by our Board of Directors. These provisions also will assist us in the orderly deployment of the offering proceeds into productive assets during the initial period after the conversion. We believe these provisions are in the best interests of New Meridian and its stockholders. Our Board of Directors believes that it will be in the best position to determine the true value of New Meridian and to negotiate more effectively for what may be in the best interests of all our stockholders. Accordingly, our Board of Directors believes that it is in the best interests of New Meridian and all of our stockholders to encourage potential acquirers to negotiate directly with the Board of Directors and that these provisions will encourage such negotiations and discourage hostile takeover attempts. It is also the view of our Board of Directors that these provisions should not discourage persons from proposing a merger or other transaction at a price reflective of the true value of New Meridian and that is in the best interests of all our stockholders.

Takeover attempts that have not been negotiated with and approved by our Board of Directors present the risk of a takeover on terms that may be less favorable than might otherwise be available. A transaction that is negotiated and approved by our Board of Directors, on the other hand, can be carefully planned and undertaken at an opportune time in order to obtain maximum value for our stockholders, with due consideration given to matters such as the management and business of the acquiring corporation.

Although a tender offer or other takeover attempt may be made at a price substantially above the current market price, such offers are sometimes made for less than all of the outstanding shares of a target company. As a result, stockholders may be presented with the alternative of partially liquidating their investment at a time that may be disadvantageous, or retaining their investment in an enterprise that is under different management and whose objectives may not be similar to those of the remaining stockholders.

Despite our belief as to the benefits to stockholders of these provisions of New Meridian’s articles of incorporation and bylaws, these provisions also may have the effect of discouraging a future takeover attempt that would not be approved by our Board of Directors, but pursuant to which stockholders may receive a substantial premium for their shares over then current market prices. As a result, stockholders who might desire to participate in such a transaction may not have any opportunity to do so. Such provisions will also make it more difficult to remove our Board of Directors and management. Our Board of Directors, however, has concluded that the potential benefits outweigh the possible disadvantages.

Federal Conversion Regulations

Federal Reserve Board regulations prohibit any person from making an offer, announcing an intent to make an offer or participating in any other arrangement to purchase stock or acquire stock or subscription rights in a converting institution or its holding company from another person prior to completion of its conversion. Further, without the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve Board, no person may make an offer or announcement of an offer to purchase shares or actually acquire shares of a converted institution or its holding company for a period

 

156


Table of Contents

of three years from the date of the completion of the conversion if, upon the completion of such offer, announcement or acquisition, the person would become the beneficial owner of more than 10% of the outstanding stock of the institution or its holding company. The Federal Reserve Board has defined “person” to include any individual, group acting in concert, corporation, partnership, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or similar company, a syndicate or any other group formed for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities of an insured institution. However, offers made exclusively to a bank or its holding company, or to an underwriter or member of a selling group acting on the converting institution’s or its holding company’s behalf for resale to the general public, are excepted. The regulation also provides civil penalties for willful violation or assistance in any such violation of the regulation by any person connected with the management of the converting institution or its holding company or who controls more than 10% of the outstanding shares or voting rights of a converted institution or its holding company.

Massachusetts Conversion Regulations

Massachusetts regulations provide that, without prior written notice to us and the prior written approval of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, no person may directly or indirectly offer to acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of a converted holding company for a period of three years from the date of the completion of the conversion. Where a person, directly or indirectly, acquires beneficial ownership of more than 10% of a converted holding company, without prior written notice to the converted holding company and the prior written approval of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, the securities beneficially owned by such person in excess of 10% shall not be counted as shares entitled to vote, shall not be voted by any person or counted as voting shares in connection with any matter submitted to the stockholders for a vote, and shall not be counted as outstanding for purposes of determining the affirmative vote necessary to approve any matter submitted to stockholders for a vote, and the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks may take any further action he may deem appropriate. The regulation provides for civil penalties for a violation of this regulation.

Change in Control Law and Regulations

Under the Change in Bank Control Act, no person, or group of persons acting in concert, may acquire control of a bank holding company such as New Meridian unless the Federal Reserve Board has been given 60 days’ prior written notice and not disapproved the proposed acquisition. The Federal Reserve Board considers several factors in evaluating a notice, including the financial and managerial resources of the acquirer and competitive effects. Control, as defined under the applicable regulations, means the power, directly or indirectly, to direct the management or policies of the company or to vote 25% or more of any class of voting securities of the company. Acquisition of more than 10% of any class of a bank holding company’s voting securities constitutes a rebuttable presumption of control under certain circumstances, including where, as will be the case with New Meridian, the issuer has registered securities under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

In addition, federal regulations provide that no company may acquire control (as defined in the Bank Holding Company Act) of a bank holding company without the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board. Any company that acquires such control becomes a “bank company” subject to registration, examination and regulation by the Federal Reserve Board.

Massachusetts Banking Law

Under Massachusetts banking laws, a company owning or controlling two or more banking institutions, including a savings bank, is regulated as a bank holding company. Each Massachusetts bank holding company: (i) must obtain the approval of the Massachusetts Board of Bank Incorporation before engaging in certain transactions, such as the acquisition of more than 5% of the voting stock of another banking institution; (ii) must register, and file reports, with the Massachusetts Division of Banks; and (iii) is subject to examination by the Massachusetts Division of Banks. Mew Meridian would become a Massachusetts bank holding company if it acquires a second banking institution and holds and operates it separately from East Boston Savings Bank. In addition, for a period of three years following completion of a conversion to stock form, no person may directly or indirectly offer to acquire or acquire beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of equity security of a converting mutual savings bank or mutual holding company without prior written approval of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks.

 

157


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF NEW MERIDIAN FOLLOWING THE CONVERSION

General

New Meridian is authorized to issue 100,000,000 shares of common stock, par value of $0.01 per share, and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. New Meridian currently expects to issue in the offering and exchange up to 61,142,118 shares of common stock, at the adjusted maximum of the offering range. New Meridian will not issue shares of preferred stock in the conversion. Each share of common stock will have the same relative rights as, and will be identical in all respects to, each other share of common stock. Upon payment of the subscription price for the common stock, in accordance with the plan of conversion, all of the shares of common stock will be duly authorized, fully paid and nonassessable.

The shares of common stock will represent nonwithdrawable capital, will not be an account of an insurable type, and will not be insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.

Common Stock

Dividends . New Meridian may pay dividends to an amount equal to the excess of our capital surplus over payments that would be owed upon dissolution to stockholders whose preferential rights upon dissolution are superior to those receiving the dividend, and up to an amount that would not make us insolvent, as and when declared by our Board of Directors. The payment of dividends by New Meridian is also subject to limitations that are imposed by law and applicable regulation, including restrictions on payments of dividends that would reduce New Meridian’s assets below the then-adjusted balance of its liquidation account. The holders of common stock of New Meridian will be entitled to receive and share equally in dividends as may be declared by our Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor. If New Meridian issues shares of preferred stock, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of the common stock with respect to dividends.

Voting Rights . Upon completion of the offering and exchange, the holders of common stock of New Meridian will have exclusive voting rights in New Meridian. They will elect New Meridian’s Board of Directors and act on other matters as are required to be presented to them under Maryland law or as are otherwise presented to them by the Board of Directors. Generally, each holder of common stock will be entitled to one vote per share and will not have any right to cumulate votes in the election of directors. Any person who beneficially owns more than 10% of the then-outstanding shares of New Meridian’s common stock, however, will not be entitled or permitted to vote any shares of common stock held in excess of the 10% limit. If New Meridian issues shares of preferred stock, holders of the preferred stock may also possess voting rights. Certain matters require the approval of 80% of our outstanding common stock.

As a Massachusetts-chartered stock savings bank, corporate powers and control of East Boston Savings Bank are vested in its Board of Directors, who elect the officers of East Boston Savings Bank and who fill any vacancies on the Board of Directors. Voting rights of East Boston Savings Bank are vested exclusively in the owners of the shares of capital stock of East Boston Savings Bank, which will be New Meridian, and voted at the direction of New Meridian’s Board of Directors. Consequently, the holders of the common stock of New Meridian will not have direct control of East Boston Savings Bank.

Liquidation . In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of East Boston Savings Bank, New Meridian, as the holder of 100% of East Boston Savings Bank’s capital stock, would be entitled to receive all assets of East Boston Savings Bank available for distribution, after payment or provision for payment of all debts and liabilities of East Boston Savings Bank, including all deposit accounts and accrued interest thereon, and after distribution of the balance in the liquidation account to Eligible Account Holders. In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of New Meridian, the holders of its common stock would be entitled to receive, after payment or provision for payment of all its debts and liabilities (including payments with respect to its liquidation account), all of the assets of New Meridian available for distribution. If preferred stock is issued, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of the common stock in the event of liquidation or dissolution.

 

158


Table of Contents

Preemptive Rights . Holders of the common stock of New Meridian will not be entitled to preemptive rights with respect to any shares that may be issued. The common stock is not subject to redemption.

Preferred Stock

None of the shares of New Meridian’s authorized preferred stock will be issued as part of the offering or the conversion. Preferred stock may be issued with preferences and designations as our Board of Directors may from time to time determine. Our Board of Directors may, without stockholder approval, issue shares of preferred stock with voting, dividend, liquidation and conversion rights that could dilute the voting strength of the holders of the common stock and may assist management in impeding an unfriendly takeover or attempted change in control.

TRANSFER AGENT

The transfer agent and registrar for New Meridian’s common stock is Registrar and Transfer Company, Cranford, New Jersey.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Old Meridian and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013, have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the reports of Wolf & Company, P.C., independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

RP Financial, LC. has consented to the publication herein of the summary of its report setting forth its opinion as to the estimated pro forma market value of the shares of common stock upon completion of the conversion and offering and its letters with respect to subscription rights and the liquidation accounts.

LEGAL MATTERS

Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C., Washington, D.C., counsel to New Meridian, Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated, Old Meridian and East Boston Savings Bank, has issued to New Meridian its opinion regarding the legality of the common stock and the federal income tax consequences of the conversion. Wolf & Company, P.C., Boston, Massachusetts has provided an opinion to us regarding the Massachusetts income tax consequences of the conversion. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for Sterne, Agee & Leach, Inc. and, in the event of a syndicated or firm commitment underwritten offering, for the other co-managers, by Silver, Freedman, Taff & Tiernan LLP, Washington, D.C.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

New Meridian has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. As permitted by the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, this prospectus does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement. Such information, including the appraisal report which is an exhibit to the registration statement, can be examined without charge at the public reference facilities of the Securities and Exchange Commission located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of such material can be obtained from the Securities and Exchange Commission at prescribed rates. The Securities and Exchange Commission’s telephone number is 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the Securities and Exchange Commission maintains a web site (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including New Meridian. The statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are, of necessity, brief descriptions of the material terms of, and should be read in conjunction with, such contract or document.

 

159


Table of Contents

Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated has filed an application for approval of the conversion with the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, and New Meridian has filed a bank holding company application with the Federal Reserve Board. The application for conversion filed with the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks may be inspected, without charge, at the offices of the Massachusetts Division of Banks, 1000 Washington Street, 10th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts. To obtain a copy of the application filed with the Federal Reserve Board, you may contact Scott Chu, Supervisory Analyst, of the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston, at (617) 973-3088. The plan of conversion is available, upon request, at each of East Boston Savings Bank’s offices.

In connection with the offering, New Meridian will register its common stock under Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and, upon such registration, New Meridian and the holders of its common stock will become subject to the proxy solicitation rules, reporting requirements and restrictions on common stock purchases and sales by directors, officers and greater than 10% stockholders, the annual and periodic reporting and certain other requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Under the plan of conversion, New Meridian has undertaken that it will not terminate such registration for a period of at least three years following the offering.

 

160


Table of Contents

I ndex to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

     Page  

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Net Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December  31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

     F-7   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

     F-8   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-10   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries, (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of net income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992)  issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) and our report dated March 7, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

/s/ Wolf & Company. P.C.

Boston, Massachusetts
March 7, 2014

 

F-2


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc.

We have audited Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (1992)  issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, because management’s assessment and our audit were conducted to meet the reporting requirements of Section 112 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (FDICIA), our audit of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting included controls over the preparation of financial statements in accordance with the instructions to the Consolidated Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (Form FR Y-9C) and to the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council Instructions for Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (a)  pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (b)  provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (c)  provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the company’s financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (1992)  issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the December 31, 2013 consolidated financial statements of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. and our report dated March 7, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion.

 

/s/ Wolf & Company. P.C.

Boston, Massachusetts
March 7, 2014

 

F-3


Table of Contents

MERIDIAN INTERSTATE BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

     December 31,  
     2013     2012  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

ASSETS

    

Cash and due from banks

   $ 86,271      $ 93,129   

Federal funds sold

     —          63   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

     86,271        93,192   

Securities available for sale, at fair value

     201,137        262,785   

Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost

     11,907        12,064   

Loans held for sale

     2,363        14,502   

Loans, net of fees and costs

     2,290,735        1,806,843   

Less allowance for loan losses

     (25,335     (20,504
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans, net

     2,265,400        1,786,339   

Bank-owned life insurance

     37,446        36,251   

Foreclosed real estate, net

     1,390        2,604   

Premises and equipment, net

     39,426        38,719   

Accrued interest receivable

     7,127        6,745   

Deferred tax asset, net

     13,478        9,710   

Goodwill

     13,687        13,687   

Other assets

     2,469        2,173   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 2,682,101      $ 2,278,771   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

    

Deposits:

    

Non interest-bearing

   $ 255,639      $ 204,079   

Interest-bearing

     1,992,961        1,661,354   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits

     2,248,600        1,865,433   

Long-term debt

     161,903        161,254   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     22,393        18,141   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     2,432,896        2,044,828   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Notes 4, 6 and 10)

    

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Common stock, no par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized; 23,000,000 shares issued

     —          —     

Additional paid-in capital

     99,553        98,338   

Retained earnings

     162,388        146,959   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     4,104        4,915   

Treasury stock, at cost, 778,821 and 745,090 shares at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively

     (9,919     (8,331

Unearned compensation—ESOP, 579,600 and 621,000 shares at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively

     (5,796     (6,210

Unearned compensation—restricted shares, 103,810 and 119,055 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively

     (1,125     (1,728
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     249,205        233,943   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 2,682,101      $ 2,278,771   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

MERIDIAN INTERSTATE BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF NET INCOME

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013      2012      2011  
     (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Interest and dividend income:

        

Interest and fees on loans

   $ 89,349       $ 76,050       $ 66,157   

Interest on debt securities:

        

Taxable

     3,919         6,901         10,868   

Tax-exempt

     209         216         218   

Dividends on equity securities

     1,383         1,444         1,033   

Interest on certificates of deposit

     —           26         34   

Other interest and dividend income

     344         332         502   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest and dividend income

     95,204         84,969         78,812   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest expense:

        

Interest on deposits

     17,053         15,739         17,738   

Interest on borrowings

     3,082         3,206         3,234   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     20,135         18,945         20,972   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income

     75,069         66,024         57,840   

Provision for loan losses

     6,470         8,581         3,663   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income, after provision for loan losses

     68,599         57,443         54,177   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-interest income:

        

Customer service fees

     7,129         6,645         5,867   

Loan fees

     508         339         584   

Mortgage banking gains, net

     583         2,371         2,125   

Gain on sales of securities, net

     9,636         5,568         4,464   

Income from bank-owned life insurance

     1,195         1,201         1,221   

Equity income on investment in affiliate bank

     —           310         1,110   

Gain on sale of investment in affiliate bank

     —           4,819         —     

Other income

     365         8         17   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-interest income

     19,416         21,261         15,388   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-interest expenses:

        

Salaries and employee benefits

     39,618         36,386         29,474   

Occupancy and equipment

     8,798         7,932         7,831   

Data processing

     4,274         3,511         2,909   

Marketing and advertising

     2,949         2,537         2,450   

Professional services

     2,308         2,966         2,685   

Foreclosed real estate

     479         599         328   

Deposit insurance

     2,053         1,760         1,893   

Other general and administrative

     4,036         4,257         3,424   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-interest expenses

     64,515         59,948         50,994   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     23,500         18,756         18,571   

Provision for income taxes

     8,071         6,330         6,601   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 15,429       $ 12,426       $ 11,970   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income per share:

        

Basic

   $ 0.71       $ 0.57       $ 0.55   

Diluted

   $ 0.70       $ 0.57       $ 0.55   

Weighted average shares:

        

Basic

     21,637,344         21,629,668         21,805,143   

Diluted

     21,987,809         21,858,381         21,931,863   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

MERIDIAN INTERSTATE BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  
     (In thousands)  

Net income

   $ 15,429      $ 12,426      $ 11,970   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss):

      

Securities available for sale:

      

Unrealized holding gain (loss) on securities available for sale

     7,989        6,933        (1,919

Reclassification adjustment for gain realized in income (1)

     (9,636     (5,568     (4,464
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized (loss) gain

     (1,647     1,365        (6,383

Tax effect

     646        (489     2,511   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net-of-tax amount

     (1,001     876        (3,872
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Defined benefit plans:

      

Supplemental director retirement plan:

      

Reclassification adjustments (2):

      

Amortization of prior service cost

     28        28        28   

Amortization of unrecognized loss

     61        68        —     

Actuarial net gain (loss) arising during the year

     137        (14     (287
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     226        82        (259

Tax effect

     (79     (24     88   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net-of-tax amount

     147        58        (171
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term health care plan:

      

Reclassification adjustments (3):

      

Amortization of prior service cost

     17        18        18   

Amortization of unrecognized loss

     5        26        —     

Actuarial net gain (loss) arising during the year

     44        (56     (33
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     66        (12     (15

Tax effect

     (23     8        5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net-of-tax amount

     43        (4     (10
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive (loss) income

     (811     930        (4,053
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   $ 14,618      $ 13,356      $ 7,917   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Amounts are included in gain on sales of securities, net in the Consolidated Statements of Net Income. Provision for income tax associated with the reclassification adjustment for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $3.8 million, $2.0 million and $1.8 million, respectively.
(2) Amounts are included in salaries and employee benefits in the Consolidated Statements of Net Income. Provision for income tax associated with the reclassification adjustments for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $31,000, $28,000 and $10,000, respectively.
(3) Amounts are included in salaries and employee benefits in the Consolidated Statements of Net Income. Provision for income tax associated with the reclassification adjustments for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $8,000, $12,000 and $6,000, respectively.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

MERIDIAN INTERSTATE BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

    Shares of
Common Stock
Outstanding
(1)
    Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
    Treasury
Stock
    Unearned
Compensation -
ESOP
    Unearned
Compensation  -

Restricted
Shares
    Total  
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Balance at December 31, 2010

    22,480,877      $ 97,005      $ 122,563      $ 8,038      $ (2,121   $ (7,038   $ (2,836   $ 215,611   

Comprehensive income

    —          —          11,970        (4,053     —          —          —          7,917   

Purchase of treasury stock

    (392,663     —          —          —          (5,196     —          —          (5,196

ESOP shares earned (41,400 shares)

    —          118        —          —          —          414        —          532   

Share-based compensation expense

    61,195        546        —          —          —          —          534        1,080   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

    22,149,409        97,669        134,533        3,985        (7,317     (6,624     (2,302     219,944   

Comprehensive income

    —          —          12,426        930        —          —          —          13,356   

Purchase of treasury stock

    (87,504     —          —          —          (1,160     —          —          (1,160

ESOP shares earned (41,400 shares)

    —          192        —          —          —          414        —          606   

Share-based compensation expense

    62,365        596        —          —          —          —          574        1,170   

Stock options exercised

    11,585        (119     —          —          146        —          —          27   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

    22,135,855        98,338        146,959        4,915        (8,331     (6,210     (1,728     233,943   

Comprehensive income

    —          —          15,429        (811     —          —          —          14,618   

Purchase of treasury stock

    (91,086     —          —          —          (1,698     —          —          (1,698

ESOP shares earned (41,400 shares)

    —          400        —          —          —          414        —          814   

Share-based compensation expense

    64,015        567        —          —          —          —          603        1,170   

Excess tax benefits in connection with share-based compensation

    —          323        —          —          —          —          —          323   

Stock options exercised

    8,585        (75     —          —          110        —          —          35   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

    22,117,369      $ 99,553      $ 162,388      $ 4,104      $ (9,919   $ (5,796   $ (1,125   $ 249,205   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Shares of common stock outstanding exclude unvested restricted shares totaling 103,810 shares at December 31, 2013, 119,055 shares at December 31, 2012, 177,520 shares at December 31, 2011 and 212,840 shares at December 31, 2010 that were outstanding for voting purposes.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

MERIDIAN INTERSTATE BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  
     (In thousands)  

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net income

   $ 15,429      $ 12,426      $ 11,970   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Accretion of acquisition fair value adjustments

     (260     (440     (1,821

ESOP shares earned

     814        606        532   

Provision for loan losses

     6,470        8,581        3,663   

(Accretion) amortization of net deferred loan origination costs/fees

     (172     (9     266   

Net (accretion) amortization of securities available for sale

     (15     288        672   

Capitalization of mortgage servicing rights

     (99     (708     (141

Amortization of mortgage servicing rights

     303        313        193   

Change in valuation allowance on mortgage servicing rights

     (62     70        —     

Depreciation and amortization expense

     2,291        2,125        2,300   

Gain on sales of securities, net

     (9,636     (5,568     (4,464

Net loss and provision for foreclosed real estate

     345        385        11   

Deferred income tax (benefit) provision

     (3,224     (2,781     611   

Income from bank-owned life insurance

     (1,195     (1,201     (1,221

Equity income on investment in affiliate bank

     —          (310     (1,110

Gain on sale of investment in affiliate bank

     —          (4,819     —     

Share-based compensation expense

     1,170        1,170        1,080   

Excess tax benefits in connection with share-based compensation

     (323     —          —     

Net changes in:

      

Loans held for sale

     12,139        (10,310     8,821   

Accrued interest receivable

     (382     537        261   

Prepaid deposit insurance

     —          1,257        1,769   

Other assets

     15        1,925        3,269   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     4,310        (287     6,417   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     27,918        3,250        33,078   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Maturities of certificates of deposit

     —          2,500        —     

Purchases of certificates of deposit

     —          —          (2,500

Activity in securities available for sale:

      

Proceeds from maturities, calls and principal payments

     36,877        164,894        164,415   

Redemption (purchase) of mutual funds, net

     11,768        (4,784     4,855   

Proceeds from sales

     60,780        38,743        43,417   

Purchases

     (39,714     (108,570     (189,578

Proceeds from sale of investment in affiliate bank

     —          6,600        —     

Loans originated, net of principal payments received

     (485,842     (455,030     (174,094

Purchases of premises and equipment

     (2,915     (3,770     (4,783

Redemption of Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     157        474        —     

Capitalized costs on foreclosed real estate

     —          (8     (58

Proceeds from sales of foreclosed real estate

     1,222        1,957        2,226   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (417,667     (356,994     (156,100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-8


Table of Contents

MERIDIAN INTERSTATE BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Concluded)

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  
     (In thousands)  

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Net increase in deposits

     383,196        260,981        145,344   

Net change in borrowings with maturities less than three months

     —          (16,527     4,541   

Proceeds from Federal Home Loan Bank advances with maturities of three months or more

     47,500        90,000        —     

Repayment of Federal Home Loan Bank advances with maturities of three months or more

     (46,528     (43,070     (20,475

Stock options exercised

     35        27        —     

Excess tax benefits in connection with share-based compensation

     323        —          —     

Purchase of treasury stock

     (1,698     (1,160     (5,196
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     382,828        290,251        124,214   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     (6,921     (63,493     1,192   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     93,192        156,685        155,493   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 86,271      $ 93,192      $ 156,685   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

      

Interest paid on deposits

   $ 17,008      $ 15,846      $ 18,424   

Interest paid on borrowings

     3,510        3,857        4,591   

Income taxes paid, net of refunds

     9,569        8,011        2,868   

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

      

Transfers from loans to foreclosed real estate

     353        1,085        1,952   

Net amounts due to broker on security transactions

     (104     —          —     

Receipt of common stock from sale of investment in affiliate bank

     —          11,136        —     

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation and Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc., a 59.2%-owned subsidiary of Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated (“Meridian”), a mutual holding company, and all other entities in which it has a controlling financial interest (collectively referred to as the “Company”). The Company was formed in a corporate reorganization in 2006 and owns East Boston Savings Bank and its subsidiaries (the “Bank”) and Meridian Interstate Funding Corporation, which was established in 2008 to fund a loan to the Company’s Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”). The Bank’s subsidiaries include Prospect, Inc., which engages in securities transactions on its own behalf, EBOSCO, LLC and Berkeley Riverbend Estates LLC, both of which hold foreclosed real estate; and East Boston Investment Services, Inc., which is authorized for third-party investment sales and is currently inactive. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

The Company held a 43% share in Hampshire First Bank, a New Hampshire chartered bank, organized and headquartered in Manchester, New Hampshire, which was accounted for using the equity method of accounting, under which the Company’s share of the net income or loss of the affiliate was recognized as income or loss in the Company’s consolidated statement of net income. On June 8, 2012, Hampshire First Bank was acquired by NBT Bancorp, Inc. and NBT Bank, N.A., with the Company recognizing a pre-tax gain of $4.8 million and receiving $6.6 million of cash and 547,481 NBTB shares with a fair value $11.1 million as proceeds from the sale.

Business and Operating Segments

The Company provides loan and deposit services to its customers through its local banking offices in the greater Boston metropolitan area. The Company is subject to competition from other financial institutions including commercial banks, other savings banks, credit unions, mortgage banking companies and other financial service providers.

Generally, financial information is to be reported on the basis that it is used internally for evaluating segment performance and deciding how to allocate resources to segments. Management evaluates the Company’s performance and allocates resources based on a single segment concept. Accordingly, there is no separately identified material operating segment for which discrete financial information is available. The Company does not derive revenues from, or have assets located in foreign countries, nor does it derive revenues from any single customer that represents 10% or more of the Company’s total revenues.

Use of Estimates

In preparing consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated balance sheet and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, the evaluation of goodwill for impairment, other-than-temporary impairment of securities and the valuation of deferred tax assets.

Significant Concentrations of Credit Risk

Most of the Company’s activities are with customers located within Massachusetts. Note 2 includes the types of securities in which the Company invests and Note 3 includes the types of lending in which the Company engages. The Company believes that it does not have any significant concentration in any one industry or customer. Within the securities portfolio, the Company has a significant amount of corporate debt and marketable equity securities issued by companies in the financial services sector.

Reclassification

Certain amounts in the 2012 and 2011 consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the 2013 presentation.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include amounts due from banks and federal funds sold on a daily basis, which mature overnight or on demand. The Company may from time to time have deposits in financial institutions which exceed the federally insured limits. At December 31, 2013, the Company had a concentration of cash on deposit at the Federal Reserve Bank amounting to $58.2 million.

Fair Value Hierarchy

The Company groups its assets and liabilities measured at fair value in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Level 1 — Valuation is based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Valuations are obtained from readily available pricing sources for market transactions involving identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 — Valuation is based on observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3 — Valuation is based on unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose value is determined using unobservable inputs to pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.

Transfers between levels are recognized at the end of a reporting period, if applicable.

Securities Available for Sale

Securities are classified as available for sale and recorded at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported as a separate component in other comprehensive income/loss, net of tax effects. Purchase premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the effective interest method over the terms of the securities. Gains and losses on the sale of securities are recorded on the trade date and are determined using the average cost method.

Each reporting period, the Company evaluates all securities with a decline in fair value below the amortized cost of the investment to determine whether or not the impairment is deemed to be other-than-temporary (“OTTI”). OTTI is required to be recognized if (1) the Company intends to sell the security; (2) it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis; or (3) for debt securities, the present value of expected cash flows is not sufficient to recover the entire amortized cost basis. Marketable equity securities are evaluated for OTTI based on the severity and duration of the impairment and, if deemed to be other than temporary, the declines in fair value are reflected in earnings as realized losses. For impaired debt securities that the Company intends to sell, or more likely than not will be required to sell, the full amount of the depreciation is recognized as OTTI through earnings. For all other impaired debt securities, credit-related OTTI is recognized through earnings and non-credit related OTTI is recognized in other comprehensive income/loss, net of applicable taxes.

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock

The Bank, as a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) system, is required to maintain an investment in capital stock of the FHLB. Based on redemption provisions of the FHLB, the stock has no quoted market value and is carried at cost. At its discretion, the FHLB may declare dividends on the stock. The Company reviews for impairment based on the ultimate recoverability of the cost basis on the FHLB stock. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, no impairment has been recognized.

Loans Held For Sale

Loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value in the aggregate. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to income.

Loans

The Company grants mortgage, commercial and consumer loans to customers. The Company’s loan portfolio includes residential real estate, commercial real estate, construction, commercial and consumer segments. Residential real estate loans include classes for one- to four-family, multi-family and home equity lines of credit.

A substantial portion of the loan portfolio is represented by mortgage loans throughout eastern Massachusetts. The ability of the Company’s debtors to honor their contracts is dependent upon the real estate and general economic conditions in this area.

Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off generally are reported at their outstanding unpaid principal balances adjusted for charge-offs, the allowance for loan losses, and net deferred loan origination costs or fees. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of the related loan yield using the interest method over the terms of the loans.

Loans that were acquired in connection with the Mt. Washington Co-operative Bank (“Mt. Washington”) acquisition in 2010 were recorded at fair value with no carryover of the related allowance for loan losses. The fair value of the acquired loans involved estimating the amount and timing of principal and interest cash flows expected to be collected on the loans and discounting those cash flows at a market rate of interest. The excess of cash flows expected at acquisition over the estimated fair value is referred to as the accretable discount and is recognized into interest income over the remaining life of the loan. The difference between contractually required payments at acquisition and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition is referred to as the nonaccretable discount. The nonaccretable discount includes estimated future credit losses expected to be incurred over the life of the loan. Subsequent decreases to the expected cash flows require the Company to evaluate the need for an additional allowance for loan losses. Subsequent improvement in expected cash flows results in the reversal of a corresponding amount of the nonaccretable discount which is reclassified as accretable discount that is recognized into interest income over the remaining life of the loan.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

The accrual of interest on all loans is discontinued at the time the loan is 90 days past due, unless the credit is well secured and in process of collection. Past due status is based on contractual terms of the loan. In all cases, loans are placed on non-accrual or charged-off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful. All interest accrued but not collected for loans that are placed on non-accrual or charged off is reversed against interest income. The interest on these loans is accounted for on the cash-basis or cost-recovery method, until qualifying for return to accrual. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses represents management’s estimate of the probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio and is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision for loan losses charged to earnings. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.

The adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.

The allowance consists of general, allocated and unallocated components, as further described below.

General Component

The general component of the allowance for loan losses is based on historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors stratified by loan segments and classes. Management uses a rolling average of historical losses based on a time frame appropriate to capture relevant loss data for each loan segment. This historical loss factor is adjusted for the following qualitative factors: levels/trends in delinquent and non-accrual loans; trends in volume and terms of loans; effects of changes in risk selection and underwriting standards and other changes in lending policies, procedures and practices; experience/ability/depth of lending management and staff; national and local economic trends and conditions, and industry conditions. There were no changes in the Company’s policies or methodology pertaining to the general component of the allowance for loan losses during 2013 or 2012.

The qualitative factors are determined based on the various risk characteristics of each loan segment. Risk characteristics relevant to each portfolio segment are as follows:

One- to four-family residential real estate loans and home equity lines of credit — The Company primarily originates loans with a loan-to-value ratio of 80% or less and does not grant subprime loans. The Company may also originate loans with loan-to-value ratios up to 95% (100% for first time home buyers only) with such value measured at origination; however, private mortgage insurance is generally required for loans with a loan-to-value ratio over 80%. All loans in this segment are collateralized by residential real estate and repayment is dependent on the credit quality of the individual borrower. The overall health of the economy, including unemployment rates and housing prices, will have an effect on the credit quality in this segment.

Multi-family and commercial real estate loans — Loans in this segment are primarily income-producing properties such as apartment buildings and properties used for business purposes such as office buildings, industrial facilities and retail facilities. These properties are generally located in the greater Boston metropolitan area and certain other areas in eastern Massachusetts, and in southeastern New Hampshire and Maine. The underlying cash flows generated by the properties can be adversely impacted by a downturn in the economy as evidenced by increased vacancy rates, which in turn, could have an effect on the credit quality in this segment. Management obtains rent rolls annually and continually monitors the cash flows of these loans.

Construction loans — Loans in this segment primarily include loans for construction of commercial development projects, including apartment buildings, small industrial buildings and retail and office buildings. The Company also originates loans to individuals and to builders to finance the construction of residential dwellings. Most of these construction loans provide for the payment of only interest during the construction phase, which is usually up to 12 to 24 months, although some construction loans are renewed, generally for one or two additional years. At the end of the construction phase, the loan may convert to a permanent mortgage loan or the loan may be paid in full. Loans generally can be made with a maximum loan to value ratio of 80% of the appraised market value upon completion of the project. Management carefully monitors the existing construction portfolio for performance and project completion, with a goal of moving completed commercial projects to the commercial real estate portfolio and reviewing sales based projects for tracking toward construction goals.

Commercial business loans — Loans in this segment are made to businesses in the Company’s market area and are generally secured by real estate or other assets of the business. Repayment is expected from the cash flows of the business. A weakened economy, and resultant decreased consumer spending, could have an effect on the credit quality in this segment.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Consumer loans — Loans in this segment may include automobile loans, loans secured by passbook or certificate accounts and overdraft loans and repayment is dependent on the credit quality of the individual borrower.

Allocated Component

The allocated component relates to loans that are classified as impaired. Impairment is measured on a loan by loan basis for multi-family residential, commercial real estate, construction and commercial loans by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.

An allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value) of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment. Accordingly, the Company does not separately identify individual consumer and residential real estate loans for impairment disclosures, unless such loans are subject to a troubled debt restructuring agreement.

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed.

The Company periodically may agree to modify the contractual terms of loans. When a loan is modified and a concession is made to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty, the modification is considered a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”). All TDRs are initially classified as impaired.

Unallocated Component

An unallocated component may be maintained to cover uncertainties that could affect management’s estimate of probable losses. The unallocated component of the allowance reflects the margin of imprecision inherent in the underlying assumptions used in the methodologies for estimating allocated and general components of the allowance for loan losses.

Bank-Owned Life Insurance

The Bank has purchased insurance policies on the lives of certain directors, executive officers and employees. Bank-owned life insurance policies are reflected on the consolidated balance sheets at cash surrender value. Changes in net cash surrender value of the policies, as well as insurance proceeds received, are reflected in non-interest income on the consolidated statements of net income and are not subject to income taxes.

Premises and Equipment

Land is carried at cost. Buildings, equipment and leasehold improvements are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization, computed on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets or the expected terms of the leases, if shorter. Expected terms include lease option periods to the extent that the exercise of such options is reasonably assured. It is general practice to charge the cost of maintenance and repairs to earnings when incurred; major expenditures for improvements are capitalized and depreciated.

Servicing

The Company services residential real estate loans for others. Mortgage servicing assets are recognized as separate assets when rights are acquired through the sale of financial assets. For sale of mortgage loans, a portion of the cost of originating the loan is allocated to the servicing right based on fair value. The Company uses an internal valuation model to estimate the fair value of servicing rights. This model is utilized to calculate the present value of projected future cash flows and requires estimates of numerous market assumptions, such as interest rates, prepayment assumptions, servicing costs, discount rates, and the payment performance of the underlying loans. The measurement of the fair value of servicing rights is limited by the existing conditions and the assumptions utilized as of a particular point in time. Those same assumptions may not be appropriate if applied at a different point in time.

Capitalized servicing rights are reported in other assets and are amortized into non-interest income in proportion to, and over the period of, the estimated future net servicing income of the underlying financial assets. Servicing assets are evaluated for impairment based upon the fair value of the rights as compared to amortized cost. Impairment is determined by stratifying rights by predominant characteristics, such as interest rates and terms. Fair value is determined using prices for similar assets with similar characteristics. Impairment is recognized through a valuation allowance for an individual stratum, to the extent that fair value is less than the capitalized amount for the stratum. Changes in the valuation allowance are reported in loan fee income.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Derivative Financial Instruments

Derivative financial instruments are recognized as assets and liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet and measured at fair value, if material.

Loan Level Interest Rate Swaps

The Company enters into interest rate swaps with commercial loan customers to synthetically convert the customer’s loan from a variable rate to a fixed rate. These swaps are matched in offsetting terms to swaps that the Company enters into with an outside third party. The swaps are reported at fair value in other assets and other liabilities. The Company’s swaps qualify as derivatives, but are not designated as hedging instruments, thus any net gain or loss resulting from changes in the fair value is recognized in other non-interest income.

Derivative Loan Commitments

Residential real estate loan commitments are referred to as derivative loan commitments if the loan that will result from exercise of the commitment will be held for sale upon funding. Loan commitments that are derivatives are recognized at fair value on the consolidated balance sheet in other assets and other liabilities with changes in their fair values recorded in mortgage-banking gains, net, if material.

Forward Loan Sale Commitments

To protect against the price risk inherent in derivative loan commitments, the Company utilizes both “mandatory delivery” and “best efforts” forward loan sale commitments to mitigate the risk of potential decreases in the values of loans that would result from the exercise of the derivative loan commitments. Forward sale commitments are recognized at fair value on the consolidated balance sheet in other assets and other liabilities with changes in their fair values recorded in mortgage-banking gains, if material.

Foreclosed Assets

Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are held for sale and are initially recorded at fair value less costs to sell at the date of foreclosure, establishing a new cost basis. The excess, if any, of the loan balance over the fair value of the asset at the time of transfer from loans to foreclosed assets is charged to the allowance for loan losses. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management and the assets are carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell. Revenue and expenses from operations, changes in the valuation allowance, any direct write-downs and gains or losses on sales are included in foreclosed real estate expense.

Valuation of Goodwill and Analysis for Impairment

The Company’s goodwill resulted from the acquisition of another financial institution accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. The amount of goodwill recorded at acquisition is impacted by the recorded fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, which is an estimate determined by the use of internal or other valuation techniques.

Goodwill is subject to an annual review by management that first assesses qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. The Company is not required to calculate the fair value of the Company unless management determines, based on the qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that its fair value is less than its carrying amount. If the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test is necessary, step one compares the book value of the Company to the fair value of the Company. If test one is failed, a more detailed analysis is performed, which involves measuring the excess of the fair value of the reporting unit, as determined in step one, over the aggregate fair value of the individual assets, liabilities, and identifiable intangibles as if the financial reporting unit was being acquired in a business combination. In the event of future changes in fair value, the Company may be exposed to an impairment charge that could be material.

Transfers of Financial Assets

Transfers of an entire financial asset, a group of entire financial assets, or participating interest in an entire financial asset are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (2) the transferee obtains the right to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets.

During the normal course of business, the Company may transfer a portion of a financial asset, for example, a participation loan or the government guaranteed portion of a loan. In order to be eligible for sales treatment, the transfer of the portion of the loan must meet the criteria of a participating interest. If it does not meet the criteria of a participating interest, the transfer must be accounted for as a secured borrowing. In order to meet the criteria for a participating interest, all cash flows from the loan must be divided proportionately, the rights of each loan holder must have the same priority, the loan holders must have no recourse to the transferor other than standard representations and warranties and no loan holder has the right to pledge or exchange the entire loan.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Advertising

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred.

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans

The Company accounts for certain supplemental executive retirement benefits on the net periodic pension cost method using an actuarial model that allocates pension costs over the service period of employees in the plan. The Company accounts for the over-funded or under-funded status of its defined benefit plan as an asset or liability in its consolidated balance sheets and recognizes changes in the funded status in the year in which the changes occur through other comprehensive income or loss.

Share-Based Compensation Plans

The Company measures and recognizes compensation cost relating to share-based payment transactions based on the grant-date fair value of the equity instruments issued. Share-based compensation is recognized over the period the employee is required to provide service for the award. Reductions in compensation expense associated with forfeited options are estimated at the date of grant, and this estimated forfeiture rate is adjusted quarterly based on actual forfeiture experience. The Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options granted.

Employee Stock Ownership Plan

Compensation expense for the Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”) is recorded at an amount equal to the shares allocated by the ESOP multiplied by the average fair market value of the shares during the period. The Company recognizes compensation expense ratably over the year based upon the Company’s estimate of the number of shares expected to be allocated by the ESOP. Unearned compensation applicable to the ESOP is reflected as a reduction of stockholder’s equity in the consolidated balance sheets. The difference between the average fair market value and the cost of the shares allocated by the ESOP is recorded as an adjustment to additional paid-in capital.

Income Taxes

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined using the liability (or balance sheet) method. Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is determined based on the tax effects of the temporary differences between the book and tax basis of the various balance sheet assets and liabilities and gives current recognition to changes in tax rates and laws. A valuation allowance is established against deferred tax assets when, based upon the available evidence including historical and projected taxable income, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Company does not have any uncertain tax positions at December 31, 2013 or 2012 which require accrual or disclosure. The Company records interest and penalties as part of income tax expense. No interest or penalties were recorded for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

Income tax benefits related to stock compensation in excess of grant date fair value, less any proceeds on exercise, are recognized as an increase to additional paid-in capital upon vesting or exercising and delivery of the stock. Any income tax effects related to stock compensation that are less than grant date fair value less any proceeds on exercise would be recognized as a reduction of additional paid-in capital to the extent of previously recognized income tax benefits and then through income tax expense for the remaining amount.

Treasury Stock

Common stock shares repurchased are recorded as treasury stock at cost.

Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share excludes dilution and is calculated by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. If rights to dividends on unvested stock awards are non-forfeitable, these unvested stock awards are considered outstanding in the computation of basic earnings per share. Diluted earnings per share is computed in a manner similar to that of basic earnings per share except that the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding is increased to include the number of incremental common shares (computed using the treasury method) that would have been outstanding if all potentially dilutive common stock equivalents (such as options) were issued during the period. Unallocated common shares held by the ESOP are shown as a reduction in stockholders’ equity and are not included in the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for either basic or diluted earnings per share calculations.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Basic and diluted earnings per share have been computed based on the following:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013      2012      2011  
     (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Net income available to common stockholders

   $ 15,429       $ 12,426       $ 11,970   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Average number of common shares outstanding

     21,507,759         21,470,945         21,603,084   

Effect of unvested stock awards

     129,585         158,723         202,059   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic weighted average shares outstanding

     21,637,344         21,629,668         21,805,143   

Effect of dilutive stock options

     350,465         228,713         126,720   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted weighted average shares outstanding

     21,987,809         21,858,381         21,931,863   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

        

Basic

   $ 0.71       $ 0.57       $ 0.55   

Diluted

   $ 0.70       $ 0.57       $ 0.55   

Options for 13,971, 17,500 and 58,600 shares, respectively, were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because to do so would have been anti-dilutive for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

Comprehensive Income

Accounting principles generally require that recognized revenue, expenses, gains and losses be included in net income. Although certain changes in assets and liabilities are reported as a separate component of the equity section of the consolidated balance sheets, such items, along with net income, are components of comprehensive income (loss). The components of accumulated other comprehensive income, included in stockholders’ equity, are as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2013     2012  
     (In thousands)  

Securities available for sale:

    

Net unrealized gain on securities available for sale

   $ 7,416      $ 9,063   

Tax effect

     (2,969     (3,615
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net-of-tax amount

     4,447        5,448   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Defined benefit plans:

    

Supplemental director retirement plan:

    

Unrecognized net actuarial loss

     (104     (302

Unrecognized prior service cost

     (62     (90
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     (166     (392

Tax effect

     58        137   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net-of-tax amount

     (108     (255
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term health care plan:

    

Unrecognized net actuarial loss

     (112     (161

Unrecognized prior service cost

     (249     (266
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     (361     (427

Tax effect

     126        149   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net-of-tax amount

     (235     (278
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 4,104      $ 4,915   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unrecognized prior service costs amounting to $28,000 and $17,000, included in accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31, 2013, are expected to be recognized as a component of net periodic retirement plan cost and long-term health care cost, respectively, for the year ending December 31, 2014.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In October 2012, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2012-04, Technical Corrections and Improvements. ASU No. 2012-04 clarifies the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (the “Codification”) or corrects unintended application of guidance and includes amendments identifying when the use of fair value should be linked to the definition of fair value in Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820) . Amendments to the Codification without transition guidance are effective upon issuance; amendments subject to transitions guidance will be effective the fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2012. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-02, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220), Reporting of Amounts Reclassified out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. The update generally requires the Company to report the effect of significant reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the respective line items in net income, effective prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012. The update had no material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-04, Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40), Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure. The update is to reduce diversity in the application of guidance by clarifying when an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, that is, when a creditor should be considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan such that the loan receivable should be derecognized and the real estate property recognized. Amendments in this update are effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014. The adoption is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

2. SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE

The amortized cost and fair values of securities available for sale, with gross unrealized gains and losses, follows:

 

     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
 
     (In thousands)  

December 31, 2013

          

Debt securities:

          

Corporate bonds:

          

Financial services

   $ 58,166       $ 1,148       $ (66   $ 59,248   

Industry and manufacturing

     13,893         264         (16     14,141   

Consumer products and services

     7,234         32         —          7,266   

Technology

     2,503         18         —          2,521   

Healthcare

     9,009         149         —          9,158   

Other

     1,011         43         —          1,054   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total corporate bonds

     91,816         1,654         (82     93,388   

Government-sponsored enterprises

     34,562         3         (1,417     33,148   

Municipal bonds

     5,721         137         —          5,858   

Residential mortgage-backed securities:

          

Government-sponsored enterprises

     11,138         592         —          11,730   

Private label

     1,578         86         —          1,664   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt securities

     144,815         2,472         (1,499     145,788   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Marketable equity securities:

          

Common stocks:

          

Financial services

     6,909         614         —          7,523   

Industry and manufacturing

     18,092         2,413         (58     20,447   

Consumer products and services

     9,909         1,530         (3     11,436   

Technology

     3,442         132         (66     3,508   

Healthcare

     5,048         1,115         —          6,163   

Other

     3,441         807         —          4,248   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total common stocks

     46,841         6,611         (127     53,325   

Money market mutual funds

     2,065         —           (41     2,024   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total marketable equity securities

     48,906         6,611         (168     55,349   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

   $ 193,721       $ 9,083       $ (1,667   $ 201,137   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-17


Table of Contents
     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
 
     (In thousands)  

December 31, 2012

          

Debt securities:

          

Corporate bonds:

          

Financial services

   $ 76,044       $ 2,480       $ (71   $ 78,453   

Industry and manufacturing

     14,846         449         —          15,295   

Consumer products and services

     12,259         355         —          12,614   

Technology

     2,506         —           (29     2,477   

Healthcare

     11,041         461         —          11,502   

Other

     1,018         61         —          1,079   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total corporate bonds

     117,714         3,806         (100     121,420   

Government-sponsored enterprises

     53,084         94         (29     53,149   

Municipal bonds

     7,236         225         —          7,461   

Residential mortgage-backed securities:

          

Government-sponsored enterprises

     16,280         1,019         (1     17,298   

Private label

     3,169         140         —          3,309   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt securities

     197,483         5,284         (130     202,637   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Marketable equity securities:

          

Common stocks:

          

Financial services

     11,354         622         (67     11,909   

Industry and manufacturing

     10,922         1,329         (157     12,094   

Consumer products and services

     11,849         1,284         (59     13,074   

Technology

     1,847         11         (8     1,850   

Healthcare

     3,757         560         (9     4,308   

Other

     2,677         422         —          3,099   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total common stocks

     42,406         4,228         (300     46,334   

Money market mutual funds

     13,833         —           (19     13,814   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total marketable equity securities

     56,239         4,228         (319     60,148   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

   $ 253,722       $ 9,512       $ (449   $ 262,785   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2013, securities with an amortized cost of $24.5 million and $2.3 million, respectively, were pledged as collateral for Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston borrowings and Federal Reserve Bank discount window borrowings.

The amortized cost and fair value of debt securities by contractual maturity at December 31, 2013 are as follows. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without prepayment penalties.

 

F-18


Table of Contents
            After One Year                
     One Year or Less      Through Five Years      After Five Years      Total  
     Amortized      Fair      Amortized      Fair      Amortized      Fair      Amortized      Fair  
     Cost      Value      Cost      Value      Cost      Value      Cost      Value  
     (In thousands)  

Corporate bonds:

                       

Financial services

   $ 18,396       $ 18,590       $ 39,770       $ 40,658       $ —         $ —         $ 58,166       $ 59,248   

Industry and manufacturing

     7,992         8,101         5,901         6,040         —           —           13,893         14,141   

Consumer products and services

     7,234         7,266         —           —           —           —           7,234         7,266   

Technology

     2,503         2,521         —           —           —           —           2,503         2,521   

Healthcare

     5,003         5,030         4,006         4,128         —           —           9,009         9,158   

Other

     —           —           1,011         1,054         —           —           1,011         1,054   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total corporate bonds

     41,128         41,508         50,688         51,880         —           —           91,816         93,388   

Government-sponsored enterprises

     —           —           62         65         34,500         33,083         34,562         33,148   

Municipal bonds

     250         251         5,471         5,607         —           —           5,721         5,858   

Residential mortgage-backed securities:

                       

Government-sponsored enterprises

     —           —           2         2         11,136         11,728         11,138         11,730   

Private label

     —           —           —           —           1,578         1,664         1,578         1,664   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 41,378       $ 41,759       $ 56,223       $ 57,554       $ 47,214       $ 46,475       $ 144,815       $ 145,788   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, proceeds from sales of securities available for sale amounted to $60.8 million, $38.7 million and $43.4 million, respectively. Gross gains of $9.6 million, $5.7 million and $5.0 million and gross losses of $10,000, $100,000 and $486,000, respectively, were realized on those sales.

Information pertaining to securities available for sale as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, with gross unrealized losses aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous loss position, follows:

 

     Less Than Twelve Months      Twelve Months or Longer  
     Gross             Gross         
     Unrealized      Fair      Unrealized      Fair  
     Losses      Value      Losses      Value  
     (In thousands)  

December 31, 2013

           

Debt securities:

           

Corporate bonds:

           

Financial services

   $ 19       $ 6,981       $ 47       $ 1,453   

Industry and manufacturing

     16         984         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total corporate bonds

     35         7,965         47         1,453   

Government-sponsored enterprises

     1,296         31,205         121         1,879   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt securities

     1,331         39,170         168         3,332   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Marketable equity securities:

           

Common stocks:

           

Industry and manufacturing

     58         3,089         —           —     

Consumer products and services

     3         606         —           —     

Technology

     66         1,872         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total common stocks

     127         5,567         —           —     

Money market mutual funds

     —           —           41         998   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total marketable equity securities

     127         5,567         41         998   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total temporarily impaired securities

   $ 1,458       $ 44,737       $ 209       $ 4,330   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents
     Less Than Twelve Months      Twelve Months or Longer  
     Gross             Gross         
     Unrealized      Fair      Unrealized      Fair  
     Losses      Value      Losses      Value  
     (In thousands)  

December 31, 2012

           

Debt securities:

           

Corporate bonds:

           

Financial services

   $ 14       $ 2,986       $ 57       $ 4,442   

Technology

     29         2,477         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total corporate bonds

     43         5,463         57         4,442   

Government-sponsored enterprises

     29         8,962         —           —     

Residential mortgage-backed securities:

           

Government-sponsored enterprises

     1         8         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt securities

     73         14,433         57         4,442   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Marketable equity securities:

           

Common stocks:

           

Financial services

     46         7,193         21         217   

Industry and manufacturing

     157         2,654         —           —     

Consumer products and services

     59         1,077         —           —     

Technology

     8         936         —           —     

Healthcare

     9         612         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total common stocks

     279         12,472         21         217   

Money market mutual funds

     —           —           19         1,004   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total marketable equity securities

     279         12,472         40         1,221   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total temporarily impaired securities

   $ 352       $ 26,905       $ 97       $ 5,663   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company determined no securities were other-than-temporarily impaired for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment on a quarterly basis, with more frequent evaluation for selected issuers or when economic or market concerns warrant such evaluations.

As of December 31, 2013, the net unrealized gain on the total debt securities portfolio was $973,000. At December 31, 2013, 30 debt securities had unrealized losses with aggregate depreciation of 3.4% from the Company’s amortized cost basis. In analyzing a debt issuer’s financial condition, management considers whether the securities are issued by the federal government or its agencies, whether downgrades by bond rating agencies have occurred, industry analysts’ reports and, to a lesser extent given the relatively insignificant levels of depreciation in the Company’s debt portfolio, spread differentials between the effective rates on instruments in the portfolio compared to risk-free rates. The unrealized losses are primarily caused by (a) recent declines in profitability and near-term profit forecasts by industry analysts resulting from a decline in the level of business activity (b) recent downgrades by several industry analysts and (c) recent increases in interest rates. The contractual terms of these investments do not permit the companies to settle the security at a price less than the par value of the investment. The Company currently does not believe it is probable that it will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the investments. Therefore, it is expected that the bonds would not be settled at a price less than the par value of the investment. Because (1) the Company does not intend to sell the securities; (2) the Company does not believe it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the securities before recovery of its amortized cost basis; and (3) the present value of expected cash flows is sufficient to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the securities, the Company does not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2013.

As of December 31, 2013, the net unrealized gain on the total marketable equity portfolio was $6.4 million. At December 31, 2013, 13 marketable equity securities have unrealized losses with aggregate depreciation of 2.5% from the Company’s cost basis. Although the issuers have shown declines in earnings as a result of the weakened economy, no credit issues have been identified that cause management to believe the decline in market value is other than temporary, and the Company has the ability and intent to hold these investments until a recovery of fair value. In analyzing an equity issuer’s financial condition, management considers industry analysts’ reports, financial performance and projected target prices of investment analysts within a one-year time frame. A decline of 10% or more in the value of an acquired equity security is generally the triggering event for management to review individual securities for liquidation and/or classification as other-than-temporarily impaired. Impairment losses are recognized when management concludes that declines in the value of equity securities are other than temporary, or when they can no longer assert that they have the intent and ability to hold depreciated equity securities for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. Unrealized losses on marketable equity securities that are in excess of 25% of cost and that have been sustained for more than twelve months are generally considered-other-than temporary and charged to earnings as impairment losses, or realized through sale of the security.

 

F-20


Table of Contents
3. LOANS

A summary of loans follows:

 

                                     
     December 31,  
     2013     2012  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Real estate loans:

    

Residential real estate:

    

One- to four-family

   $ 454,148      $ 443,228   

Multi-family

     288,172        178,948   

Home equity lines of credit

     54,499        60,907   

Commercial real estate

     1,032,408        795,642   

Construction

     208,799        173,255   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total real estate loans

     2,038,026        1,651,980   

Commercial business loans

     247,005        147,814   

Consumer

     7,225        7,143   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

     2,292,256        1,806,937   

Allowance for loan losses

     (25,335     (20,504

Net deferred loan origination fees

     (1,521     (94
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans, net

   $ 2,265,400      $ 1,786,339   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company has transferred a portion of its originated commercial real estate loans to participating lenders. The amounts transferred have been accounted for as sales and are therefore not included in the Company’s accompanying balance sheets. The Company and participating lenders share ratably in any gains or losses that may result from a borrower’s lack of compliance with contractual terms of the loan. The Company continues to service the loans on behalf of the participating lenders and, as such, collects cash payments from the borrowers, remits payments to participating lenders and disburses required escrow funds to relevant parties. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company was servicing loans for participants aggregating $62.8 million and $41.1 million, respectively.

As a result of the Mt. Washington Co-operative Bank acquisition in January 2010, the Company acquired loans at fair value of $345.3 million. Included in this amount was $27.7 million of loans with evidence of deterioration of credit quality since origination for which it was probable, at the time of the acquisition, that the Company would be unable to collect all contractually required payments receivable. The Company’s evaluation of loans with evidence of credit deterioration as of the acquisition date resulted in a nonaccretable discount of $7.6 million, which is defined as the loan’s contractually required payments receivable in excess of the amount of its cash flows expected to be collected. The Company considered factors such as payment history, collateral values, and accrual status when determining whether there was evidence of deterioration of the loan’s credit quality at the acquisition date.

The following is a summary of the outstanding balance of the acquired loans with evidence of credit deterioration:

 

                                     
     December 31,  
     2013     2012  
     (In thousands)  

Real estate loans:

    

Residential real estate:

    

One- to four-family

   $ 6,494      $ 7,581   

Multi-family

     846        1,280   

Home equity lines of credit

     509        568   

Commercial real estate

     720        1,646   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total real estate loans

     8,569        11,075   

Commercial business loans

     78        78   

Consumer

     4        4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding principal balance

     8,651        11,157   

Discount

     (2,215     (2,595
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Carrying amount

   $ 6,436      $ 8,562   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-21


Table of Contents

A rollforward of accretable yield follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  
     (In thousands)        

Beginning balance

   $ 1,047      $ 1,181      $ —     

Reclassification from nonaccretable discount

     332        —          1,188   

Accretion

     (37     (44     (7

Disposals

     (161     (90     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 1,181      $ 1,047      $ 1,181   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

An analysis of the allowance for loan losses and related information follows:

 

                Home                                      
    One- to     Multi-     equity lines     Commercial           Commercial                    
    four-family     family     of credit     real estate     Construction     business     Consumer     Unallocated     Total  
    (In thousands)  

Allowance for loan losses:

                 

Balance at December 31, 2010

  $ 1,130      $ 1,038      $ 227      $ 5,238      $ 2,042      $ 448      $ 32      $ —        $ 10,155   

Provision (credit) for loan losses

    795        280        136        1,875        (240     685        132        —          3,663   

Charge-offs

    (192     —          (123     (150     (869     (72     (96     —          (1,502

Recoveries

    128        43        5        17        497        —          47        —          737   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

    1,861        1,361        245        6,980        1,430        1,061        115        —          13,053   

Provision for loan losses

    919        114        33        3,917        2,382        1,102        114        —          8,581   

Charge-offs

    (599     (72     (52     (719     (398     —          (164     —          (2,004

Recoveries

    326        28        —          227        242        11        40        —          874   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

    2,507        1,431        226        10,405        3,656        2,174        105        —          20,504   

Provision (credit) for loan losses

    (217     1,084        (71     2,426        1,525        1,523        200        —          6,470   

Charge-offs

    (531     (96     —          —          (1,362     (288     (283     —          (2,560

Recoveries

    232        —          —          —          555        24        110        —          921   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

  $ 1,991      $ 2,419      $ 155      $ 12,831      $ 4,374      $ 3,433      $ 132      $ —        $ 25,335   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

                 

Amount of allowance for loan losses for loans deemed to be impaired

  $ 132      $ —        $ —        $ 190      $ 54      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 376   

Amount of allowance for loan losses for loans not deemed to be impaired

    1,859        2,419        155        12,641        4,320        3,433        132        —          24,959   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 1,991      $ 2,419      $ 155      $ 12,831      $ 4,374      $ 3,433      $ 132      $ —        $ 25,335   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amount of allowance for loan losses for loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality included above

  $ 44      $ —        $ —        $ 12      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 56   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans deemed to be impaired

  $ 4,089      $ 4,002      $ 21      $ 10,820      $ 13,308      $ 1,232      $ —          $ 33,472   

Loans not deemed to be impaired

    450,059        284,170        54,478        1,021,588        195,491        245,773        7,225          2,258,784   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 
  $ 454,148      $ 288,172      $ 54,499      $ 1,032,408      $ 208,799      $ 247,005      $ 7,225        $ 2,292,256   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents
                Home                                      
    One- to     Multi-     equity lines     Commercial           Commercial                    
    four-family     family     of credit     real estate     Construction     business     Consumer     Unallocated     Total  
    (In thousands)  

December 31, 2012

 

Amount of allowance for loan losses for loans deemed to be impaired

  $ 128      $ 90      $ —        $ 204      $ 227      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 649   

Amount of allowance for loan losses for loans not deemed to be impaired

    2,379        1,341        226        10,201        3,429        2,174        105          19,855   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 2,507      $ 1,431      $ 226      $ 10,405      $ 3,656      $ 2,174      $ 105      $ —        $ 20,504   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amount of allowance for loan losses for loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality included above

  $ 31      $ 90      $ —        $ 9      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 130   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans deemed to be impaired

  $ 4,486      $ 5,784      $ 22      $ 12,146      $ 18,319      $ 424      $ —          $ 41,181   

Loans not deemed to be impaired

    438,742        173,164        60,885        783,496        154,936        147,390        7,143          1,765,756   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 
  $ 443,228      $ 178,948      $ 60,907      $ 795,642      $ 173,255      $ 147,814      $ 7,143        $ 1,806,937   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

The following table provides information about the Company’s past due and non-accrual loans:

 

     30-59      60-89      90 Days                
     Days      Days      or Greater      Total      Loans on  
     Past Due      Past Due      Past Due      Past Due      Non-accrual  
     (In thousands)  

December 31, 2013

              

Real estate loans:

              

Residential real estate:

              

One- to four-family

   $ 6,203       $ 1,185       $ 6,714       $ 14,102       $ 17,622   

Multi-family

     75         —           85         160         —     

Home equity lines of credit

     2,504         178         744         3,426         2,689   

Commercial real estate

     314         —           2,742         3,056         8,972   

Construction

     497         —           11,297         11,794         11,298   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total real estate loans

     9,593         1,363         21,582         32,538         40,581   

Commercial business loans

     284         50         852         1,186         949   

Consumer

     461         282         —           743         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 10,338       $ 1,695       $ 22,434       $ 34,467       $ 41,530   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

              

Real estate loans:

              

Residential real estate:

              

One- to four-family

   $ 3,996       $ 2,476       $ 8,990       $ 15,462       $ 18,870   

Multi-family

     —           —           364         364         976   

Home equity lines of credit

     767         674         754         2,195         2,674   

Commercial real estate

     1,722         379         3,671         5,772         8,844   

Construction

     496         —           6,553         7,049         7,785   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total real estate loans

     6,981         3,529         20,332         30,842         39,149   

Commercial business loans

     201         —           318         519         424   

Consumer

     479         132         —           611         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 7,661       $ 3,661       $ 20,650       $ 31,972       $ 39,573   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company did not have any accruing loans past due 90 days or more. Delinquent loans at December 31, 2013 and 2012 included $1.3 million and $2.3 million of loans acquired with evidence of credit deterioration. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, non-accrual loans included $1.2 million and $3.9 million of loans acquired with evidence of credit deterioration.

The following tables provide information with respect to the Company’s impaired loans:

 

     December 31,  
     2013      2012  
            Unpaid                    Unpaid         
     Recorded      Principal      Related      Recorded      Principal      Related  
     Investment      Balance      Allowance      Investment      Balance      Allowance  
     (In thousands)  

Impaired loans without a valuation allowance:

                 

One- to four-family

   $ 2,399       $ 2,699          $ 2,157       $ 2,465      

Multi-family

     4,002         4,002            5,419         5,893      

Home equity lines of credit

     21         21            22         22      

Commercial real estate

     9,327         10,014            9,752         10,054      

Construction

     12,930         15,926            16,726         17,818      

Commercial business loans

     1,232         1,635            424         502      
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

     29,911         34,297            34,500         36,754      
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

    

Impaired loans with a valuation allowance:

                 

One- to four-family

     1,690         1,806       $ 132         2,329         2,330       $ 128   

Multi-family

     —           —           —           365         482         90   

Commercial real estate

     1,493         1,493         190         2,394         2,394         204   

Construction

     378         389         54         1,593         1,787         227   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     3,561         3,688         376         6,681         6,993         649   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total impaired loans

   $ 33,472       $ 37,985       $ 376       $ 41,181       $ 43,747       $ 649   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2013, additional funds of $2.9 million are committed to be advanced in connection with impaired construction loans.

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011  
                Interest                 Interest                 Interest  
    Average     Interest     Income     Average     Interest     Income     Average     Interest     Income  
    Recorded     Income     Recognized     Recorded     Income     Recognized     Recorded     Income     Recognized  
    Investment     Recognized     on Cash Basis     Investment     Recognized     on Cash Basis     Investment     Recognized     on Cash Basis  
    (In thousands)  

One- to four-family

  $ 4,627      $ 219      $ 192      $ 4,510      $ 245      $ 196      $ 5,285      $ 344      $ 288   

Multi-family

    5,694        300        292        8,959        752        717        4,346        428        415   

Home equity lines of credit

    22        1        1        23        1        1        124        8        8   

Commercial real estate

    13,010        654        314        14,479        857        498        12,383        959        710   

Construction

    16,452        1,076        359        23,027        1,428        706        26,849        2,572        1,750   

Commercial business loans

    958        62        32        674        54        54        690        123        115   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total impaired loans

  $ 40,763      $ 2,312      $ 1,190      $ 51,672      $ 3,337      $ 2,172      $ 49,677      $ 4,434      $ 3,286   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the TDRs at the dates indicated:

 

     December 31,  
     2013      2012  
     (In thousands)  

TDRs on accrual status:

     

One- to four-family

   $ 2,588       $ 1,992   

Multi-family

     109         110   

Home equity lines of credit

     21         22   

Commercial real estate

     1,368         1,393   

Construction

     —           3,319   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total TDRs on accrual status

     4,086         6,836   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TDRs on non-accrual status:

     

One- to four-family

     1,500         2,493   

Commercial real estate

     4,309         4,466   

Construction

     9,489         3,838   

Commercial business loans

     192         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total TDRs on non-accrual status

     15,490         10,797   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total TDRs

   $ 19,576       $ 17,633   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following is a summary of TDRs modified during the periods indicated:

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011  
    Number of    

Pre-

Modification

   

Post-

Modification

    Number of    

Pre-

Modification

   

Post-

Modification

    Number of    

Pre-

Modification

   

Post-

Modification

 
    Loans     Balance     Balance     Loans     Balance     Balance     Loans     Balance     Balance  
    (Dollars In thousands)  

Real estate loans:

                 

One- to four-family

    2      $ 391      $ 391        6      $ 1,433      $ 1,433        9      $ 2,185      $ 2,185   

Multi-family

    —          —          —          1        110        110        —          —          —     

Commercial real estate

    1        207        207        1        1,395        1,395        1        3,450        3,450   

Construction

    2        2,946        2,946        —          —          —          2        2,237        2,237   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    5      $ 3,544      $ 3,544        8      $ 2,938      $ 2,938        12      $ 7,872      $ 7,872   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following provides information on how loans were modified as TDRs during the periods indicated:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013      2012      2011  
     (In thousands)  

Adjusted interest rates

   $ 391       $ 1,433       $ 5,635   

Extended maturity dates

     2,946         —           —     

Combination of rate and maturity

     207         1,505         2,237   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,544       $ 2,938       $ 7,872   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For loans modified as TDRs during the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company adjusted the interest rates on two loans with rate adjustments ranging from 1.50% to 2.63% and extended the maturity dates for three loans with extended periods ranging from nine months to 10 years. The loans modified as TDRs during 2012 primarily consisted of a loan with a rate reduction of 4.50% and a maturity extension of 30 years. For the year ended December 31, 2011, loans modified as TDRs included five loans with maturity extensions ranging from 2 years to 16 years and five loans with rate adjustments ranging from 0.46% to 2.46%.

The Company generally places loans modified as TDRs on non-accrual status for a minimum period of six months. Loans modified as TDRs qualify for return to accrual status once they have demonstrated performance with the modified terms of the loan agreement for a minimum of six months and future payments are reasonably assured. TDRs are reported as impaired loans with an allowance established as part of the allocated component of the allowance for loan losses when the discounted cash flows of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. TDRs may be removed from impairment disclosures in the year following the restructure if the borrower demonstrates compliance with the modified terms and the restructuring agreement specifies an interest rate equal to that which would be provided to a borrower with similar credit at the time of restructuring. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the allowance for loan losses included an allocated component of $12,000 and $226,000, respectively, with $996,000 and $0 in charge-offs related to the TDRs modified during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

The following is a summary of TDRs that defaulted (became 90 days past due) in the first twelve months after restructure:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013      2012      2011  
     Number of      Recorded      Number of      Recorded      Number of      Recorded  
     Loans      Investment      Loans      Investment      Loans      Investment  
     (Dollars In thousands)  

Real estate loans:

                 

One- to four-family

     —         $ —           5       $ 908         3       $ 812   

Construction

     1         207         —           —           2         6,031   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1       $ 207         5       $ 908         5       $ 6,843   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company utilizes a nine grade internal loan rating system for multi-family, commercial real estate, construction and commercial loans as follows:

 

   

Loans rated 1, 2, 3 and 3A:  Loans in these categories are considered “pass” rated loans with low to average risk.

 

   

Loans rated 4 and 4A:  Loans in these categories are considered “special mention.” These loans are starting to show signs of potential weakness and are being closely monitored by management.

 

   

Loans rated 5:  Loans in this category are considered “substandard.” Generally, a loan is considered substandard if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligors and/or the collateral pledged. There is a distinct possibility that the Company will sustain some loss if the weakness is not corrected.

 

   

Loans rated 6:  Loans in this category are considered “doubtful.” Loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, highly questionable and improbable.

 

   

Loans rated 7:  Loans in this category are considered uncollectible (“loss”) and of such little value that their continuance as loans is not warranted.

On an annual basis, or more often if needed, the Company formally reviews the ratings on all multi-family, commercial real estate, construction and commercial business loans. The Company also engages an independent third-party to review a significant portion of loans within these segments on at least an annual basis. Management uses the results of these reviews as part of its annual review process.

The following tables provide information with respect to the Company’s risk rating:

 

     December 31,  
     2013      2012  
     Multi-family                           Multi-family                       
     residential      Commercial             Commercial      residential      Commercial             Commercial  
     real estate      real estate      Construction      business      real estate      real estate      Construction      business  
     (In thousands)  

Loans rated 1 - 3A

   $ 275,711       $ 1,015,172       $ 178,980       $ 245,646       $ 164,370       $ 773,844       $ 125,418       $ 145,676   

Loans rated 4 - 4A

     1,665         4,315         —           4         8,455         10,216         29,551         1,582   

Loans rated 5

     10,796         12,921         29,819         1,355         6,123         11,582         18,286         556   

Loans rated 6

     —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —     

Loans rated 7

     —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 288,172       $ 1,032,408       $ 208,799       $ 247,005       $ 178,948       $ 795,642       $ 173,255       $ 147,814   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For one- to four-family real estate loans, home equity lines of credit and consumer loans, management uses delinquency reports as the key credit quality indicator.

 

F-26


Table of Contents
4. SERVICING

Loans serviced for others by the Company are not included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The risks inherent in mortgage service assets relate primarily to changes in prepayments that result from shifts in mortgage interest rates. The unpaid principal balances of mortgage loans serviced for others amounted to $163.4 million, $174.3 million and $127.4 million at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Included in loans serviced for others at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 is $71.2 million, $80.1 million and $60.6 million, respectively, of loans serviced for the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston with a recourse provision whereby the Company may be obligated to participate in potential losses on a limited basis when a realized loss on foreclosure occurs. Losses are borne in priority order by the borrower, PMI insurance, the Federal Home Loan Bank and the Company. At December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the maximum contingent liability associated with loans sold with recourse is $3.2 million, $3.0 million and $1.9 million, respectively, which is not recorded in the consolidated financial statements. The Company has never repurchased any loans or incurred any losses under these recourse provisions.

The fair value of servicing rights was determined using discounts rates ranging from 8.50% to 11.50% and projected prepayment speeds from the Securities Industry & Financial Markets Association PSA tables ranging from 122 to 362 at December 31, 2013. At December 31, 2012, the fair value of servicing rights was determined using discounts rates ranging from 7.50% to 10.50% and projected prepayment speeds from the Securities Industry & Financial Markets Association PSA tables ranging from 362 to 435.

The following summarizes mortgage servicing rights capitalized and amortized, along with the aggregate activity in related valuation allowances:

 

                                      
     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  
     (In thousands)  

Mortgage servicing rights:

      

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 928      $ 533      $ 585   

Additions

     99        708        141   

Amortization

     (303     (313     (193
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

     724        928        533   

Valuation allowance:

      

Balance at beginning of year

     70        —          —     

Recoveries

     (62     —          —     

Provisions

     —          70        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

     8        70        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Mortgage servicing assets, net

   $ 716      $ 858      $ 533   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of mortgage servicing assets

   $ 1,517      $ 1,065      $ 533   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following servicing fees are included in loan fee income:

 

                                      
     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013      2012      2011  
     (In thousands)  

Contractually specified servicing fees

   $ 417       $ 354       $ 288   

Late fees

     11         10         11   

Ancillary fees

     2         3         2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 430       $ 367       $ 301   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-27


Table of Contents
5. FORECLOSED REAL ESTATE

At December 31, 2013, foreclosed assets consist of one townhouse construction development project, one commercial property and one residential property held for sale.

Foreclosed real estate is presented net of an allowance for losses. An analysis of the allowance for losses on foreclosed real estate is as follows:

 

                                      
     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  
     (In thousands)  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 515      $ 638      $ 413   

Provision for losses

     413        418        241   

Charge-offs

     (53     (541     (16
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 875      $ 515      $ 638   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expenses applicable to foreclosed real estate include the following:

 

                                      
     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  
     (In thousands)  

Net gain on sales

   $ (68   $ (33   $ (230

Provision for losses

     413        418        241   

Operating expenses, net of rental income

     134        214        317   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total foreclosed real estate expenses

   $ 479      $ 599      $ 328   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

6. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

A summary of the cost and accumulated depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment follows:

 

                 Estimated
     December 31,     Useful
     2013     2012     Lives
     (In thousands)      

Land and land improvements

   $ 8,243      $ 8,243      N/A

Buildings

     33,393        32,850      40 years

Leasehold improvements

     4,637        4,022      5-20 years

Equipment

     16,154        14,398      3-7 years
  

 

 

   

 

 

   
     62,427        59,513     

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (23,001     (20,794  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   
   $ 39,426      $ 38,719     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 amounted to $2.3 million, $2.1 million and $2.3 million, respectively.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Lease Commitments

The Company is obligated under non-cancelable operating lease agreements for banking offices and facilities. These leases have terms with renewal options, the cost of which is not included below. The leases generally provide that real estate taxes, insurance, maintenance and other related costs are to be paid by the Company. At December 31, 2013, future minimum lease payments are as follows:

 

Years Ending December 31,

   Amount  
     (In thousands)  

2014

   $ 1,341   

2015

     1,350   

2016

     1,272   

2017

     1,091   

2018

     1,008   

      Thereafter

     4,646   
  

 

 

 
   $ 10,708   
  

 

 

 

Total rent expense for all operating leases amounted to $1.2 million, $963,000 and $708,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

7. DEPOSITS

A summary of deposit balances, by type, follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2013      2012  
     (In thousands)  

Demand deposits

   $ 255,639       $ 204,079   

NOW deposits

     210,277         180,629   

Money market deposits

     847,360         606,861   

Regular savings and other deposits

     259,608         245,634   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-certificate accounts

     1,572,884         1,237,203   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Term certificates less than $100,000

     296,525         300,648   

Term certificates $100,000 and greater

     379,191         327,582   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total term certificates

     675,716         628,230   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deposits

   $ 2,248,600       $ 1,865,433   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

A summary of term certificates, by maturity, follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2013     2012  
            Weighted            Weighted  

Maturing

   Amount      Average Rate     Amount      Average Rate  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Within 1 year

   $ 440,178         1.08   $ 350,988         1.06

Over 1 year to 2 years

     140,466         1.48        151,237         1.63   

Over 2 years to 3 years

     55,628         1.75        74,701         2.14   

Over 3 years to 4 years

     18,703         1.82        30,120         2.30   

Over 4 years to 5 years

     17,685         1.47        18,261         1.84   

Greater than 5 years

     3,056         5.13        2,923         4.44   
  

 

 

      

 

 

    
   $ 675,716         1.27   $ 628,230         1.42
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

F-29


Table of Contents
8. BORROWINGS

Long-term debt consists of FHLB advances as follows:

 

     December 31, 2013     December 31, 2012  
Maturing During the           Weighted            Weighted  

Year Ending December 31,

   Amount      Average Rate     Amount      Average Rate  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

2013

   $ —           —     $ 44,323         3.10

2014

     4,000         2.37        4,000         2.37   

2015

     19,500         2.05        17,000         2.25   

2016

     16,500         1.97        6,500         3.99   

2017

     77,500         1.35        77,500         1.35   

2018

     25,000         1.19        —           —     

2019

     10,203         1.23        11,931         1.23   

2020

     9,200         1.22        —           —     
  

 

 

      

 

 

    
   $ 161,903         1.48   $ 161,254         2.05
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

At December 31, 2013, advances amounting to $6.5 million are callable by the FHLB prior to maturity.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company also has an available line of credit of $9.4 million with the FHLB at an interest rate that adjusts daily. No amounts were drawn on the line of credit as of December 31, 2013 and 2012. All borrowings from the FHLB are secured by investment securities (see Note 2) and qualified collateral, consisting of a blanket lien on one- to four-family loans and certain multi-family and commercial real estate loans held in the Bank’s portfolio. At December 31, 2013, the company pledged multi-family and commercial real estate loans with carrying values totaling $73.0 million and $241.7 million, respectively.

 

9. INCOME TAXES

Allocation of federal and state income taxes between current and deferred portions is as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  
     (In thousands)  

Current tax provision:

      

Federal

   $ 8,875      $ 7,269      $ 4,805   

State

     2,420        1,842        1,185   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current provision

     11,295        9,111        5,990   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax (benefit) provision:

      

Federal

     (2,514     (2,246     500   

State

     (710     (535     111   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred (benefit) provision

     (3,224     (2,781     611   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total tax provision

   $ 8,071      $ 6,330      $ 6,601   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-30


Table of Contents

The reasons for the differences between the statutory federal income tax rate and the effective tax rates are summarized as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  

Statutory federal tax rate

     35.0     35.0     35.0

Increase (decrease) resulting from:

      

State taxes, net of federal tax benefit

     4.7        4.5        4.5   

Dividends received deduction

     (1.5     (1.9     (1.4

Bank-owned life insurance

     (1.8     (2.2     (2.3

Tax exempt income

     (4.0     (3.1     (0.5

Other, net

     1.9        1.4        0.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective tax rates

     34.3     33.7     35.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The components of the net deferred tax asset are as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2013     2012  
     (In thousands)  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Federal

   $ 13,945      $ 11,816   

State

     3,950        3,353   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     17,895        15,169   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Federal

     (3,524     (4,372

State

     (893     (1,087
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (4,417     (5,459
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

   $ 13,478      $ 9,710   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The tax effects of each item that give rise to deferred tax assets are as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2013     2012  
     (In thousands)  

Net unrealized gain on securities available for sale

   $ (2,969   $ (3,615

Depreciation and amortization

     (902     (1,293

Other-than-temporary impairment losses

     97        97   

Allowance for loan losses

     10,349        8,376   

Employee benefit and retirement plans

     3,687        3,102   

Acquisition accounting

     2,362        2,581   

Other, net

     854        462   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

   $ 13,478      $ 9,710   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company reduces deferred tax assets by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is not “more likely than not” that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will be realized. The Company assesses the realizability of its deferred tax assets by assessing the likelihood of the Company generating federal and state tax income, as applicable, in future periods in amounts sufficient to offset the deferred tax charges in the periods they are expected to reverse. Based on this assessment, management concluded that a valuation allowance was not required as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

A summary of the change in the net deferred tax asset is as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  
     (In thousands)  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 9,710      $ 7,434      $ 5,441   

Deferred tax benefit (provision)

     3,224        2,781        (611

Deferred tax effects of:

      

Change in net unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale

     646        (489     2,511   

Amortization of defined benefit plan net actuarial loss and prior service cost

     (102     (16     93   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 13,478      $ 9,710      $ 7,434   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The federal income tax reserve for loan losses at the Company’s base year is $9.8 million. If any portion of the reserve is used for purposes other than to absorb loan losses, approximately 150% of the amount actually used (limited to the amount of the reserve) would be subject to taxation in the year in which used. As the Company intends to use the reserve to absorb only loan losses, a deferred tax liability of $4.0 million has not been provided.

The Company’s income tax returns are subject to review and examination by federal and state taxing authorities. The Company is currently open to audit under the applicable statutes of limitations by the Internal Revenue Service for the years ended December 31, 2010 through 2013. The years open to examination by state taxing authorities vary by jurisdiction; no years prior to 2010 are open. Mt. Washington’s final income tax return as of January 4, 2010 is also open to audit.

 

10. OTHER COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES AND DERIVATIVES

In the normal course of business, there are outstanding commitments and contingencies which are not reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Loan Commitments

The Company is party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers and to reduce its own exposure to fluctuations in interest rates. The instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The contract amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Company has in particular classes of financial instruments.

The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the counterparty to the financial instrument for loan commitments is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments as it does for on-balance sheet instruments.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

A summary of outstanding financial instruments whose contract amounts represent credit risk is as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2013      2012  
     (In thousands)  

Unadvanced portion of existing loans:

     

Construction

   $ 239,977       $ 166,482   

Home equity line of credit

     37,422         39,698   

Other lines and letters of credit

     104,956         56,174   

Commitments to originate:

     

One- to four-family

     11,592         17,752   

Commercial real estate

     92,526         51,540   

Construction

     83,439         83,078   

Commercial business loans

     39,928         24,355   

Other loans

     3,749         205   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loan commitments outstanding

   $ 613,589       $ 439,284   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commitments to originate loans are agreements to lend to a customer provided there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since a portion of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitments do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s credit worthiness on a case by case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company for the extension of credit, is based upon management’s credit evaluation of the borrower. Collateral held includes, but is not limited to, residential real estate and deposit accounts.

Unfunded commitments under lines of credit are commitments for possible future extensions of credit to existing customers. These lines of credit are collateralized if deemed necessary and usually do not contain a specified maturity date and may not be drawn upon to the total extent to which the Company is committed. Letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Those letters of credit are primarily issued to support borrowing arrangements. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company is a party to interest rate derivatives that are not designated as hedging instruments. These derivatives relate to interest rate swaps that the Company enters into with commercial business customers to synthetically convert their loans from a variable rate to a fixed rate. The Company pays interest to the customer at a floating rate on the notional amount and receives interest from the customer at a fixed rate for the same notional amount. Concurrently, the Company enters into an offsetting interest rate swap with a 3 rd party financial institution. In the offsetting swap, the Company pays the other financial institution interest at the same fixed rate on the same notional amount as the swap entered into with the customer, and receives interest from the financial institution for the same floating rate on the same notional amount. The changes in the fair value of the swaps offset each other, except for the credit risk of the counterparties, which is determined by taking into consideration the risk rating, probability of default and loss of given default for all counterparties. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had $300,000 in cash pledged for collateral on its interest rate swap with the 3 rd party financial institution.

At December 31, 2013, summary information regarding these derivatives is presented below:

 

     Notional Amount      Maturity    Interest Rate Paid    Interest Rate Received    Fair Value  
     (In thousands)  

Customer interest rate swap

   $ 11,268       10/17/33    1 Mo Libor + 175bp    Fixed (4.1052%)    $ 57   

3rd party interest rate swap

     11,268       10/17/33    Fixed (4.1052%)    1 Mo Libor + 175bp      (57)   

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Derivative Loan Commitments

Residential real estate loan commitments are referred to as derivative loan commitments if the loan that will result from exercise of the commitment will be held for sale upon funding. The Company enters into commitments to fund residential real estate loans at specified times in the future, with the intention that these loans will subsequently be sold in the secondary market. A residential loan commitment requires the Company to originate a loan at a specific interest rate upon the completion of various underwriting requirements. Outstanding derivative loan commitments expose the Company to the risk that the price of the loans arising from the exercise of the loan commitment might decline from the inception of the rate lock to funding of the loan due to increases in loan interest rates. If interest rates increase, the value of these commitments decreases. Conversely, if interest rates decrease, the value of these loan commitments increase. Derivative loan commitments with a notional amount of $4.8 million and $35.9 million were outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The fair value of such commitments was a net asset of $13,000 and $288,000 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Forward Loan Sale Commitments

To protect against the price risk inherent in derivative loan commitments, the Company utilizes both “mandatory delivery” and “best efforts” forward loan sale commitments to mitigate the risk of potential decreases in the values of loans that would result from the exercise of the derivative loan commitments. Under a “mandatory delivery” contract, the Company commits to deliver a certain principal amount of mortgage loans to an investor at a specified price on or before a specified date. If the Company fails to deliver the amount of mortgages necessary to fulfill the commitment by the specified date, it is obligated to pay the investor a “pair-off” fee, based then-current market prices, to compensate the investor for the shortfall. Under a “best efforts” contract, the Company commits to deliver an individual mortgage loan of a specified principal amount and quality to an investor and the investor commits to a price that it will purchase the loan from the Company if the loan to the underlying borrower closes. The Company generally enters into forward sale contracts on the same day it commits to lend funds to a potential borrower. The Company expects that these forward loan sale commitments will experience changes in fair value opposite to the change in fair value of derivative loan commitments. Forward loan sale commitments with a notional amount of $7.0 million and $44.4 million were outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The fair value of such commitments was a net asset of $75,000 at December 31,2013 and a net liability of $12,000 at December 31, 2012.

The following table presents the fair values of derivative instruments in the balance sheet.

 

     Assets      Liabilities  
     Balance Sheet
Location
   Fair
Value
     Balance Sheet
Location
   Fair
Value
 
     (In thousands)  

December 31, 2013

           

Derivative loan commitments

   Other assets    $ 38       Other liabilities    $ 25   

Forward loan sale commitments

   Other assets      82       Other liabilities      7   

Loan level interest rate swaps

   Other assets      57       Other liabilities      57   
     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total

      $ 177          $ 89   
     

 

 

       

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

           

Derivative loan commitments

   Other assets    $ 288       N/A    $ —     

Forward loan sale commitments

   N/A      —         Other liabilities      12   
     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total

      $ 288          $ 12   
     

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

F-34


Table of Contents

The following table presents information pertaining to gains (losses) on the Company’s derivative instruments included in the consolidated statement of income.

 

          Years Ended December 31,  

Derivative Instrument

  

Location of Gain/(Loss)

   2013     2012     2011  
          (In thousands)  

Derivative loan commitments

   Mortgage banking gains, net    $ (275   $ (248   $ 536   

Forward loan sale commitments

   Mortgage banking gains, net      87        16        (28
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

      $ (188   $ (232   $ 508   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recognized net mortgage banking gains of $583,000, consisting of $771,000 in net gains on sale of loans and $188,000 in net derivative mortgage banking losses. For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company recognized net mortgage banking gains of $2.4 million, consisting of $2.6 million in net gains on sale of loans and $232,000 in net derivative mortgage banking losses. For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company recognized net mortgage banking gains of $2.1 million, consisting of $1.6 million in net gains on sale of loans and $508,000 in net derivative mortgage banking gains.

Other Commitments

In July 2010, we extended the contract with our core data processing provider through December 2017. This contract extension resulted in an outstanding commitment of $8.9 million as of December 31, 2013, with total annual payments of $2.2 million.

Employment and Change in Control Agreements

The Company has entered into employment agreements with certain senior executives which provide for a minimum annual salary, subject to increase at the discretion of the Board of Directors, and other benefits. The agreements may be terminated for cause by the Company without further liability on the part of the Bank, or by the executives with prior written notice to the Board of Directors. The Company also has change in control agreements with several officers which provide a severance payment in the event employment is terminated in conjunction with a defined change in control.

Legal Claims

Various legal claims may arise from time to time in the normal course of business, but in the opinion of management, these claims are not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

11. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

401(k) Plan

The Company has a 401(k) plan to provide retirement benefits for eligible employees. Under this plan, each employee reaching the age of eighteen and having completed at least three months of service in any one twelve-month period, beginning with such employee’s date of employment, can elect to be a participant in the retirement plan. All participants are fully vested upon entering the plan. The Company contributes an amount equal to three percent of an employee’s compensation regardless of the employee’s contributions and makes matching contributions equal to fifty percent of the first six percent of an employee’s compensation contributed to the Plan. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, expense attributable to the plan amounted to $1.3 million, $1.1 million and $970,000, respectively.

Supplemental Executive Retirement Benefits — Officers and Directors

The Company has supplemental retirement benefit agreements with certain officers. The present value of the estimated future benefits is accrued over the required service periods. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the accrued liability for these agreements amounted to $4.5 million and $3.5 million, respectively.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

The Company also has a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for certain directors which provide for a defined benefit obligation, based on the director’s final average compensation. The plan is unfunded for tax purposes. The Company doesn’t expect to make any contributions to the plan in 2014. Information pertaining to the activity in the plan is as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  
     (In thousands)  

Change in plan assets:

      

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

   $ —        $ —        $ —     

Employer contribution

     —          302        —     

Benefit payments

     —          (302     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

     —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in benefit obligation:

      

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

     1,091        1,245        828   

Service cost

     85        91        87   

Interest cost

     35        42        43   

Benefit payments

     —          (302     —     

Actuarial (gain) loss

     (137     15        287   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at end of year

     1,074        1,091        1,245   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funded status at end of year

   $ (1,074   $ (1,091   $ (1,245
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accrued benefit obligation at end of year

   $ (1,074   $ (1,091   $ (1,245
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated benefit obligation at end of year

   $ (1,000   $ (1,006   $ (1,153
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The assumptions used to determine benefit obligations are as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  

Discount rate

     4.00     3.50     4.25

Rate of compensation increase

     3.00     3.00     3.00

Retirement age

     72        72        72   

The components of net periodic benefit cost are as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013      2012      2011  
     (In thousands)  

Service cost

   $ 85       $ 91       $ 87   

Interest cost

     35         42         43   

Recognition of prior service cost

     28         28         28   

Amortization of unrecognized loss

     61         68         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 209       $ 229       $ 158   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit costs are as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  

Discount rate

     3.50     4.25     5.25

Rate of compensation increase

     3.00     3.00     3.00

Retirement age

     72        72        72   

 

F-36


Table of Contents

For the directors’ plan, the expected future benefit payments are $833,000 in 2015 and $561,000 in 2019 through 2023.

Supplemental executive retirement benefit expense for officers and directors amounted to $1.2 million, $1.0 million and $791,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Long-Term Health Care Plan

The Company provides long-term health care policies for certain directors and executives. The plan is unfunded and has no assets. Information pertaining to activity in the plan is as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  
     (In thousands)  

Change in plan assets:

      

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

   $ —        $ —        $ —     

Employer contribution

     48        44        44   

Benefit payments

     (48     (44     (44
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

     —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in benefit obligation:

      

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

     801        759        737   

Interest cost

     24        30        33   

Benefit payments

     (48     (44     (44

Actuarial (gain) loss

     (45     56        33   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at end of year

     732        801        759   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funded status at end of year

   $ (732   $ (801   $ (759
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated benefit obligation at end of year

   $ (732   $ (801   $ (759
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The assumptions used to determine benefit obligations are as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  

Discount rate

     3.78     3.06     4.06

Rate of premium increases

     4.00     4.00     4.00

The components of net periodic benefit cost are as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013      2012      2011  
     (In thousands)  

Service cost

   $ —         $ —         $ —     

Interest cost

     24         30         33   

Recognition of prior service cost

     17         18         18   

Recognized net actuarial loss

     5         26         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 46       $ 74       $ 51   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit costs are as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  

Discount rate

     3.06     4.06     4.67

Rate of premium increases

     4.00     4.00     4.00

 

F-37


Table of Contents

The expected future contributions and benefit payments for this plan are as follows:

 

Year Ending December 31,

   Amount  
     (In thousands)  

              2014

   $ 53   

              2015

     55   

              2016

     58   

              2017

     60   

              2018

     62   

        2019-2023

     298   

Share-Based Compensation Plan

In 2008, stockholders of the Company approved the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Equity Incentive Plan”). The Equity Incentive Plan provides for the award of up to 1,449,000 shares of common stock pursuant to grants of restricted stock awards, incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options and stock appreciation rights (“SARs”); provided, however, that no more than 1,035,000 shares may be issued or delivered in the aggregate pursuant to the exercise of stock options or stock appreciation rights and no more than 414,000 shares may be issued or delivered pursuant to restricted stock awards. As of December 31, 2013, there were 35,520 restricted stock awards and 62,450 stock options that remain available for future grants.

As of December 31, 2009, the Company had repurchased 414,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at a cost of $3.7 million through a stock repurchase program to fund restricted awards under the plan. Pursuant to terms of the Equity Incentive Plan, the Board of Directors has granted stock options and restricted shares to employees and directors. The options may be treated as stock appreciation rights that are settled in stock at the option of the vested participant. All of the awards granted to date vest evenly over a five year period from the date of the grant.

The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes Option-Pricing Model. The expected volatility is based on historical volatility of the stock price. The dividend yield assumption is based on the Company’s expectation of dividend payouts. The Company uses historical employee turnover data to determine the expected forfeiture rate in the valuation model. The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the date of grant.

The Company utilized the simplified method of calculating the expected term of the options granted in 2011, 2012 and 2013 because limited historical data specific to the shares exists at the present time. The simplified method is an appropriate method because the option awards are “plain vanilla” shares that are valued utilizing the Black-Scholes method. The weighted-average assumptions used for options granted during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

     Weighted Average Assumptions  
     2013     2012     2011  

Expected term (years)

     6.50        6.50        6.50   

Expected dividend yield

     0.44     0.58     0.62

Expected volatility

     30.94     31.05     29.84

Expected forfeiture rate

     —       —       —  

Risk-free interest rate

     1.19     1.18     1.97

Fair value of options granted

   $ 5.82      $ 4.38      $ 4.07   

The weighted average grant date fair value of options granted in 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $289,000, $77,000 and $208,000, respectively.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

A summary of options and SARs under the plan as of December 31, 2013, and activity during the year then ended, is presented below:

 

     Number of
Shares
    Weighted -
Average

Exercise  Price
 

Options outstanding at beginning of year

     897,450      $ 9.58   

Options granted

     49,700        18.52   

Options exercised

     (3,700     9.47   

SARs exercised

     (10,000     9.43   
  

 

 

   

Options outstanding at end of year

     933,450      $ 10.06   
  

 

 

   

Options exercisable at end of year

     763,540      $ 9.42   
  

 

 

   

The following table summarizes information about options outstanding and options exercisable at December 31, 2013:

 

     Options Outstanding      Options Exercisable  

Range of

Exercise Prices

   Number of
Shares
     Weighted -
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
(in years)
     Weighted -
Average
Exercise
Price
     Number of
Shares
     Weighted -
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
(in years)
     Weighted -
Average
Exercise
Price
 

$  8.50 -   9.00

     301,650         5.70       $ 8.90         240,300         5.70       $ 8.90   

$  9.00 -   9.50

     509,000         4.87         9.49         496,000         4.84         9.49   

$10.50 - 11.00

     2,500         6.57         10.75         1,500         6.57         10.75   

$11.00 - 11.50

     5,000         6.48         11.13         3,000         6.48         11.13   

$12.00 - 12.50

     20,600         7.90         12.23         8,240         7.90         12.23   

$13.00 - 13.50

     25,000         7.86         13.29         7,500         7.70         13.32   

$13.50 - 14.00

     15,000         7.52         13.73         6,000         7.52         13.73   

$16.00 - 16.50

     5,000         8.95         16.30         1,000         8.95         16.30   

$18.00 - 18.50

     46,700         9.32         18.28         N/A         N/A         N/A   

$22.00 - 22.50

     3,000         9.81         22.24         N/A         N/A         N/A   
  

 

 

          

 

 

       
     933,450         5.60            763,540         5.21      
  

 

 

          

 

 

       

The aggregate intrinsic value, which fluctuates based on changes in the fair market value of the Company’s stock, is $11.7 million and $10.0 million for all outstanding and exercisable options, respectively, at December 31, 2013, based on a closing stock price of $22.58. The aggregate intrinsic value represents the total pretax intrinsic value (i.e., the difference between the Company’s closing stock price on the last trading day of 2013 and the weighted-average exercise price, multiplied by the number of shares) that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options on December 31, 2013.

Shares for the exercise of stock options are expected to come from the Company’s authorized and unissued shares or treasury shares.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the Company’s non-vested restricted stock activity for the year ended December 31, 2013:

 

     Number of
Shares
    Weighted -
Average
Grant - Date
Fair Value
 

Non-vested restricted stock at beginning of year

     119,055      $ 10.25   

Granted

     48,700        18.96   

Vested

     (63,895     9.71   

Forfeited

     (50     9.50   
  

 

 

   

Non-vested restricted stock at end of year

     103,810        14.68   
  

 

 

   

The total fair value of restricted shares vested in 2013 was $1.4 million.

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, compensation expense and the related tax benefit for the plan totaled $1.2 million and 325,000, $1.2 million and $309,000 and $1.1 million and $288,000, respectively.

As of December 31, 2013, there was $2.0 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested options and restricted shares granted under the plan. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.3 years.

Employee Stock Ownership Plan

The Company established an ESOP for its eligible employees effective January 1, 2008 to provide eligible employees the opportunity to own Company stock. The plan is a tax-qualified retirement plan for the benefit of all Company employees. Contributions are allocated to eligible participants on the basis of compensation, subject to federal tax law limits. The ESOP acquired 828,000 shares in the stock offering with the proceeds of a loan totaling $8.3 million from the Company’s subsidiary, Meridian Interstate Funding Corporation. The loan is payable annually over 20 years at a rate of 6.5%. The loan is secured by the shares purchased, which are held in a suspense account for allocation among participants as the loan is repaid. The Company’s annual cash contributions to the ESOP at a minimum will be sufficient to service the annual debt of the ESOP. Shares used as collateral to secure the loan are released and available for allocation to eligible employees as the principal and interest on the loan is paid.

At December 31, 2013, the remaining principal balance on the ESOP debt is payable as follows:

 

Year Ending December 31,

   Amount  
     (In thousands)  

2014

   $ 310   

2015

     330   

2016

     351   

2017

     375   

2018

     399   

      Therafter

     4,985   
  

 

 

 
   $ 6,750   
  

 

 

 

Shares held by the ESOP include the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2013      2012  
     (In thousands)  

Allocated

     207         166   

Committed to be allocated

     41         41   

Unallocated

     580         621   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     828         828   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-40


Table of Contents

The fair value of the unallocated shares was $13.1 million and $10.4 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Total compensation expense recognized in connection with the ESOP for 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $814,000, $606,000 and $532,000, respectively.

Bank-Owned Life Insurance

The Company is the sole owner of life insurance policies pertaining to certain employees. The Company has entered into agreements with these employees whereby the Company will pay to the employees’ estate or beneficiaries a portion of the death benefit that the Company will receive as beneficiary of such policies. These post-retirement benefits are accrued over the expected service period of the employees. Expense associated with this post-retirement benefit for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 amounted to $567,000, $388,000 and $241,000, respectively.

Incentive Compensation Plan

Eligible officers and employees of the Company participate in an incentive compensation plan which is based on various factors as set forth by the Executive Committee. Incentive compensation plan expense for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 amounted to $3.3 million, $3.1 million and $1.9 million, respectively.

 

12. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Loans

The following summarizes the activity with respect to loans made to the Company’s officers and directors, and their affiliates.

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012  
     (In thousands)  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 3,281      $ 3,282   

Additions

     661        807   

Reductions

     (899     (808
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 3,043      $ 3,281   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Such loans are made in the normal course of business at the Bank’s normal credit terms, including interest rate and collateral requirements, and do not represent more than a normal risk of collection.

Deposits

Deposits from related parties totaled $50.1 million and $51.9 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. All such deposits were accepted in the ordinary course of business on substantially the same terms as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons.

 

13. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Minimum Regulatory Capital Requirements

The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s and Bank’s consolidated financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors. Prompt corrective action provisions are not applicable to mutual holding companies.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table) of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined) and of Tier 1 capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined). Management believes, as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, that the Company and the Bank meet all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject. As of December 31, 2013, the most recent notification from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the following table. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

The Company’s and the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios follow:

 

     Actual     Minimum
Capital
Requirement
    Minimum
To Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
 
     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

December 31, 2013

               

Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets):

               

Company

   $ 259,577         10.8   $ 192,797         8.0     N/A         N/A   

Bank

     246,100         10.2        192,511         8.0      $ 240,639         10.0

Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets):

               

Company

     231,342         9.6        96,398         4.0        N/A         N/A   

Bank

     217,865         9.1        96,256         4.0        144,383         6.0   

Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets):

               

Company

     231,342         8.7        105,999         4.0        N/A         N/A   

Bank

     217,865         8.2        105,702         4.0        132,127         5.0   

December 31, 2012

               

Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets):

               

Company

   $ 237,527         11.9   $ 159,344         8.0     N/A         N/A   

Bank

     201,113         10.2        157,224         8.0      $ 196,531         10.0 

Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets):

               

Company

     215,255         10.8        79,672         4.0        N/A         N/A   

Bank

     178,852         9.1        78,612         4.0        117,918         6.0   

Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets):

               

Company

     215,255         9.7        88,858         4.0        N/A         N/A   

Bank

     178,852         8.2        87,742         4.0        109,678         5.0   

A reconciliation of the Company’s and Bank’s stockholders’ equity to regulatory capital follows:

 

     December 31, 2013     December 31, 2012  
     Consolidated     Bank     Consolidated     Bank  
     (In thousands)  

Total stockholders’ equity per financial statements

   $ 249,205      $ 235,728      $ 233,943      $ 197,399   

Adjustments to Tier 1 capital:

        

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     (4,104     (4,104     (4,915     (4,774

Goodwill disallowed

     (13,687     (13,687     (13,687     (13,687

Servicing assets disallowed

     (72     (72     (86     (86
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Tier 1 capital

     231,342        217,865        215,255        178,852   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjustments to total capital:

        

Allowance for loan losses

     25,335        25,335        20,504        20,504   

45% of net unrealized gains on marketable equity securities

     2,900        2,900        1,768        1,757   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total regulatory capital

   $ 259,577      $ 246,100      $ 237,527      $ 201,113   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-42


Table of Contents

In July 2013, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the other federal bank regulatory agencies issued a final rule that will revise their leverage and risk-based capital requirements and the method for calculating risk-weighted assets to make them consistent with agreements that were reached by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. The final rule applies to all depository institutions, top-tier bank holding companies with total consolidated assets of $500 million or more and top-tier savings and loan holding companies. Among other things, the rule establishes a new common equity Tier 1 minimum capital requirement (4.5% of risk-weighted assets), increases the minimum Tier 1 capital to risk-based assets requirement (from 4% to 6% of risk-weighted assets) and assigns a higher risk weight (150%) to exposures that are more than 90 days past due or are on nonaccrual status and to certain commercial real estate facilities that finance the acquisition, development or construction of real property. The final rule also requires unrealized gains and losses on certain “available-for-sale” securities holdings to be included for purposes of calculating regulatory capital requirements unless a one-time opt-in or opt-out is exercised. The rule limits a banking organization’s capital distributions and certain discretionary bonus payments if the banking organization does not hold a “capital conservation buffer” consisting of 2.5% of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets in addition to the amount necessary to meet its minimum risk-based capital requirements.

The final rule becomes effective for the Company and the Bank on January 1, 2015. The capital conservation buffer requirement will be phased in beginning January 1, 2016 and ending January 1, 2019, when the full capital conservation buffer requirement will be effective.

Liquidation Account

At the time of the minority stock offering which was completed on January 22, 2008, the Company established a liquidation account in the amount of $114.2 million, which is equal to the net worth of the Company as of the date of the latest consolidated balance sheet appearing in the final prospectus distributed in connection with the offering. The liquidation account is maintained for the benefit of the eligible account holders and supplemental eligible account holders who maintain their accounts at the Bank after the offering. The liquidation account is reduced annually to the extent that such account holders have reduced their qualifying deposits as of each anniversary date and amounted to $44.1 million at December 31, 2013. Subsequent increases will not restore an account holder’s interest in the liquidation account. In the event of a complete liquidation, each eligible account holder will be entitled to receive balances for accounts held then.

Other Capital Restrictions

Federal and state banking regulations place certain restrictions on dividends paid and loans or advances made by the Bank to the Company. The total amount for dividends which may be paid in any calendar year cannot exceed the Bank’s net income for the current year, plus the Bank’s net income retained for the two previous years, without regulatory approval. At December 31, 2013, the Bank’s retained earnings available for the payment of dividends was $35.5 million. Loans or advances are limited to 10% of the Bank’s capital stock and surplus on a secured basis. Funds available for loans or advances by the Bank to the Company amounted to $23.6 million. In addition, dividends paid by the Bank to the Company would be prohibited if the effect thereof would cause the Bank’s capital to be reduced below applicable minimum capital requirements.

Stock Repurchase Plan

As of December 31, 2013, the Company had repurchased 287,652 shares of its stock at an average price of $14.68 per share, or 31.8% of the 904,224 shares authorized for repurchase under the Company’s fourth repurchase program as adopted during 2011. The Company has repurchased 1,691,580 shares at an average price of $10.89 per share since December 2008.

 

14. FAIR VALUES OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

Determination of Fair Value

The Company uses fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. The fair value of assets and liabilities is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value is best determined based upon quoted market prices. However, in many instances, there are no quoted market prices for the Company’s various assets and liabilities. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. Accordingly, the fair value estimates may not be realized in an immediate settlement of the asset or liability.

The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating fair value disclosures:

Cash and cash equivalents — The carrying amounts of cash and short-term instruments approximate fair values, based on the short-term nature of the assets.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

Securities available for sale — All fair value measurements are obtained from a third party pricing service and are not adjusted by management. Marketable equity securities are measured at fair value utilizing quoted market prices (Level 1). Corporate bonds, obligations of government-sponsored enterprises, municipal bonds and mortgage-backed securities are determined by pricing models that consider standard input factors such as observable market data, benchmark yields, reported trades, broker/dealer quotes, credit spreads, benchmark securities, as well as new issue data, monthly payment information, and collateral performance, among others (Level 2).

Federal Home Loan Bank stock — The carrying value of Federal Home Loan Bank stock approximates fair value based on the redemption provisions of the Federal Home Loan Bank.

Loans held for sale — The fair value is based on commitments in effect from investors or prevailing market prices.

Loans — For variable-rate loans that reprice frequently and with no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying values. Fair values for other loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using market interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality. Fair values for non-accrual loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses or underlying collateral values, where applicable.

Deposits — The fair values disclosed for non-certificate accounts are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date which is their carrying amounts. Fair values for certificates of deposit are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies market interest rates currently being offered on certificates to a schedule of aggregated expected monthly maturities on time deposits.

Borrowings — The fair value is estimated using discounted cash flow analyses based on the current incremental borrowing rates in the market for similar types of borrowing arrangements.

Accrued interest — The carrying amounts of accrued interest approximate fair value.

Forward loan sale commitments and derivative loan commitments — Forward loan sale commitments and derivative loan commitments are based on fair values of the underlying mortgage loans and the probability of such commitments being exercised. Management judgment and estimation is required in determining these fair value measurements.

Loan level interest rate swaps — The fair value is based on settlement values adjusted for credit risks associated with the counterparties and the Company and observable market interest rate curves.

Off-balance sheet credit-related instruments — Fair values for off-balance-sheet, credit-related financial instruments are based on fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the counterparties’ credit standing. The fair value of these instruments is considered immaterial.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized as follows:

 

                                                                           
     December 31, 2013  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total Fair
Value
 
     (In thousands)  

Assets:

           

Debt securities

   $ —         $ 145,788       $ —         $ 145,788   

Marketable equity securities

     55,349         —           —           55,349   

Derivative loan commitments

     —           —           13         13   

Forward loan sale commitments

     —           —           75         75   

Loan level interest rate swaps

     —           —           57         57   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 55,349       $ 145,788       $ 145       $ 201,282   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Loan level interest rate swaps

   $ —         $ —         $ 57       $ 57   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ —         $ —         $ 57       $ 57   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-44


Table of Contents
     December 31, 2012  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total Fair
Value
 
     (In thousands)  

Assets:

           

Debt securities

   $ —         $ 202,637       $ —         $ 202,637   

Marketable equity securities

     60,148         —           —           60,148   

Derivative loan commitments

     —           —           288         288   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 60,148       $ 202,637       $ 288       $ 263,073   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Forward loan sale commitments

   $ —         $ —         $ 12       $ 12   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ —         $ —         $ 12       $ 12   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2013, there were no transfers in or out of Levels 1 and 2 and the changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis are as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012  
     (In thousands)  

Derivative loan commitments and forward sale commitments, net:

    

Beginning balance

   $ 276      $ 508   

Total realized and unrealized losses included in net income

     (188     (232
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 88      $ 276   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total realized gain relating to instruments still held at year end

   $ 88      $ 276   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Non-recurring Basis

The Company may also be required, from time to time, to measure certain other assets on a non-recurring basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. These adjustments to fair value usually result from the application of lower-of-cost-or market accounting or write-downs of individual assets.

The following tables summarize the fair value hierarchy used to determine each adjustment and the carrying value of the related individual assets. The gain/loss represents the amount of write-down, charge-off or specific reserve recorded during the periods noted on the assets held at period end. There were no liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis.

 

     December 31, 2013      Year Ended
December 31, 2013
 
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total
Losses
 
     (In thousands)  

Impaired loans

   $ —         $ —         $ 8,000       $ (1,499

Foreclosed real esate

     —           —           1,390         (413
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ —         $ —         $ 9,390       $ (1,912
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     December 31, 2012      Year Ended
December 31, 2012
 
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total
Losses
 
     (In thousands)  

Impaired loans

   $ —         $ —         $ 7,867       $ (1,025

Foreclosed real esate

     —           —           2,604         (418
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ —         $ —         $ 10,471       $ (1,443
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-45


Table of Contents

Certain impaired loans were adjusted to fair value, less cost to sell, of the underlying collateral securing these loans resulting in losses. The loss is not recorded directly as an adjustment to current earnings, but rather as a component in determining the allowance for loan losses. Fair value was measured using appraised values of collateral and adjusted as necessary by management based on unobservable inputs for specific properties.

Certain properties in foreclosed real estate were adjusted to fair value using appraised values of collateral, less cost to sell, and adjusted as necessary by management based on unobservable inputs for specific properties. The loss on foreclosed assets represents adjustments in valuation recorded during the time period indicated and not for losses incurred on sales.

Summary of Fair Values of Financial Instruments

The estimated fair values, and related carrying amounts, of the Company’s financial instruments are as follows. Certain financial instruments and all nonfinancial instruments are exempt from disclosure requirements. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented herein do not represent the underlying fair value of the Company.

 

     Carrying      Fair Value  
     Amount      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
     (In thousands)  

December 31, 2013

              

Financial assets:

              

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 86,271       $ 86,271       $ —         $ —         $ 86,271   

Securities available for sale

     201,137         55,349         145,788         —           201,137   

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     11,907         —           —           11,907         11,907   

Loans and loans held for sale, net

     2,267,763         —           —           2,298,488         2,298,488   

Accrued interest receivable

     7,127         —           —           7,127         7,127   

Financial liabilities:

              

Deposits

     2,248,600         —           —           2,253,543         2,253,543   

Borrowings

     161,903         —           160,581         —           160,581   

Accrued interest payable

     818         —           —           818         818   

On-balance sheet derivative financial instruments:

              

Assets:

              

Derivative loan commitments

     13         —           —           13         13   

Forward loan sale commitments:

     75         —           —           75         75   

Loan level interest rate swaps

     57         —           —           57         57   

Liabilities:

              

Loan level interest rate swaps

     57         —           —           57         57   

December 31, 2012

              

Financial assets:

              

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 93,192       $ 93,192       $ —         $ —         $ 93,192   

Securities available for sale

     262,785         60,148         202,637         —           262,785   

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     12,064         —           —           12,064         12,064   

Loans and loans held for sale, net

     1,800,841         —           —           1,843,529         1,843,529   

Accrued interest receivable

     6,745         —           —           6,745         6,745   

Financial liabilities:

              

Deposits

     1,865,433         —           —           1,874,226         1,874,226   

Borrowings

     161,254         —           164,176         —           164,176   

Accrued interest payable

     849         —           —           849         849   

On-balance sheet derivative financial instruments:

              

Derivative loan commitments:

              

Assets

     288         —           —           288         288   

Forward loan sale commitments:

              

Liabilities

     12         —           —           12         12   

 

F-46


Table of Contents
15. CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF PARENT COMPANY

Financial information pertaining only to Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. is as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2013      2012  
     (In thousands)  

BALANCE SHEETS

     

Assets

     

Cash and cash equivalents—subsidiary

   $ 183       $ 718   

Cash and cash equivalents—other

     —           63   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

     183         781   

Securities available for sale, at fair value

     1,026         24,378   

Investment in subsidiaries

     245,762         207,162   

Other assets

     2,305         2,131   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 249,276       $ 234,452   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

     

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

   $ 71       $ 509   

Stockholders’ equity

     249,205         233,943   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 249,276       $ 234,452   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013      2012      2011  
     (In thousands)  

STATEMENTS OF INCOME

        

Income:

        

Interest and dividend income

   $ 260       $ 361       $ 220   

Gain on sales of securities, net

     940         364         —     

Equity income on investment in affliate bank

     —           310         1,110   

Gain on sale of investment in affiliate bank

     —           4,819         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total income

     1,200         5,854         1,330   

Operating expenses

     958         880         800   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes and equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

     242         4,974         530   

Applicable income tax provision

     63         1,986         210   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     179         2,988         320   

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

     15,250         9,438         11,650   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 15,429       $ 12,426       $ 11,970   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-47


Table of Contents
     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  
     (In thousands)  

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

      

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net income

   $ 15,429      $ 12,426      $ 11,970   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used by operating activities:

      

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

     (15,250     (9,438     (11,650

Equity income on investment in affliate bank

     —          (310     (1,110

Net amortization of securities available for sale

     3        3        4   

Gain on sales of securities, net

     (940     (364     —     

Gain on sale of investment in affiliate bank

     —          (4,819     —     

Share-based compensation expense

     287        295        294   

Increase in other assets

     (76     (66     (125

(Decrease) increase in other liabilities

     (438     270        226   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used by operating activities

     (985     (2,003     (391
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Purchases of certificates of deposit

     —          —          (2,500

Maturities of certificates of deposit

     —          2,500        —     

Activity in securities available for sale:

      

Proceeds from maturities, calls and principal payments

     —          —          2,000   

Redemption (purchase) of mutual funds, net

     11,784        (4,764     3,509   

Proceeds from sales

     12,266        4,518        —     

Proceeds from sale of investment in affiliate bank

     —          6,600        —     

Capital contribution to bank subsidiary

     (22,000     (5,000     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by investing activities

     2,050        3,854        3,009   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Purchase of treasury stock

     (1,698     (1,160     (5,196

Stock options exercised

     35        27        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used by financing activities

     (1,663     (1,133     (5,196
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     (598     718        (2,578

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     781        63        2,641   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 183      $ 781      $ 63   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-48


Table of Contents
16. SELECTED QUARTERLY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Unaudited)

The selected quarterly financial data presented below should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes.

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
    2013     2012  
    Fourth     Third     Second     First     Fourth     Third     Second     First  
    Quarter     Quarter     Quarter     Quarter     Quarter     Quarter     Quarter     Quarter  
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Interest and dividend income

  $ 25,213      $ 24,320      $ 23,255      $ 22,416      $ 22,183      $ 21,181      $ 20,968      $ 20,637   

Interest expense

    5,186        5,223        4,936        4,790        4,844        4,742        4,573        4,786   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

    20,027        19,097        18,319        17,626        17,339        16,439        16,395        15,851   

Provision for loan losses (1)

    1,840        151        3,219        1,260        2,803        2,344        2,170        1,264   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income, after provision for loan losses

    18,187        18,946        15,100        16,366        14,536        14,095        14,225        14,587   

Non-interest
income (2)

    5,101        5,234        4,720        4,361        4,169        4,539        8,660        3,893   

Non-interest expenses (3)

    17,041        15,587        15,595        16,292        15,517        14,366        14,799        15,266   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

    6,247        8,593        4,225        4,435        3,188        4,268        8,086        3,214   

Provision for income taxes

    2,232        3,272        1,200        1,367        1,079        1,554        2,639        1,058   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  $ 4,015      $ 5,321      $ 3,025      $ 3,068      $ 2,109      $ 2,714      $ 5,447      $ 2,156   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income per share:

               

Basic

  $ 0.19      $ 0.25      $ 0.14      $ 0.14      $ 0.10      $ 0.13      $ 0.25      $ 0.10   

Diluted

  $ 0.18      $ 0.24      $ 0.14      $ 0.14      $ 0.10      $ 0.12      $ 0.25      $ 0.10   

Weighted Average Shares:

               

Basic

    21,628,168        21,632,828        21,649,423        21,639,122        21,617,801        21,606,540        21,630,660        21,662,471   

Diluted

    22,035,664        22,000,504        21,962,628        21,952,607        21,925,933        21,871,578        21,808,507        21,826,307   

 

(1) The provision for loan losses for the third quarter of 2013 reflected lower provision expense related to specific reserves recorded for impaired loans.
(2) Non-interest income fluctuates each quarter primarily due to securities gains. Non-interest income for the second quarter of 2012 includes the gain on sale of investment in affiliate bank of $4.8 million.
(3) Non-interest expense for the fourth quarter of 2013 increased $1.5 million compared to the third quarter of 2013 primarily due to increases of $172,000 in occupancy and equipment expenses, $368,000 in marketing and advertising expenses, $264,000 in professional services expenses, $349,000 in foreclosed real estate expenses, and $268,000 in other general and administrative expenses.

 

17. SUBSEQUENT EVENT

On March 5, 2014, the Board of Trustees of Meridian and the Boards of Directors of the Company and the Bank adopted a Plan of Conversion (the “Plan”). Pursuant to the Plan, Meridian will convert from the mutual holding company form of organization to the fully public form. Meridian will be merged into the Company, and Meridian will no longer exist. The Company will then merge into a new Maryland corporation named Meridian Bancorp, Inc. As part of the conversion, Meridian’s ownership interest in the Company will be offered for sale in a public offering. The existing publicly held shares of the Company, which represent the remaining ownership interest in the Company, will be exchanged for new shares of common stock of Meridian Bancorp, Inc., the new Maryland corporation. The exchange ratio will ensure that immediately after the conversion and public offering, the public shareholders of the Company will own the same aggregate percentage of common stock of the new Maryland corporation that they owned immediately prior to the completion of the conversion and public offering (excluding shares purchased in the stock offering and cash received in lieu of fractional shares), giving effect to certain assets held by Meridian. When the conversion and public offering are completed, all of the capital stock of the Bank will be owned by the new Maryland corporation. The Plan provides for the establishment, upon the completion of the conversion, of special “liquidation accounts” for the benefit of certain depositors of the Bank in an amount equal to Meridian’s ownership interest in the equity of the Company as of the date of the latest balance sheet contained in the prospectus plus the value of the net assets of Meridian as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition of Meridian prior to the consummation of the conversion (excluding its ownership of the Company). Following the completion of the conversion, Meridian Bancorp, Inc. and the Bank will not be permitted to pay dividends on their capital stock if Meridian Bancorp, Inc.’s shareholders’ equity or the Bank’s shareholder’s equity would be reduced below the amount of Meridian Bancorp, Inc.’s or the Bank’s liquidation account, as applicable. The liquidation accounts will be reduced annually to the extent that eligible account holders have reduced their qualifying deposits. Subsequent increases will not restore an eligible account holder’s interest in the liquidation accounts. Direct costs of the conversion and public offering will be deferred and reduce the proceeds from the shares sold in the public offering. Direct costs incurred totaling $30,000 have been deferred as of December 31, 2013 related to the conversion.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

 

 

No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representation other than as contained in this prospectus and, if given or made, such other information or representation must not be relied upon as having been authorized by Meridian Bancorp, Inc. or East Boston Savings Bank. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any of the securities offered hereby to any person in any jurisdiction in which such offer or solicitation is not authorized or in which the person making such offer or solicitation is not qualified to do so, or to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation in such jurisdiction. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any sale hereunder shall under any circumstances create any implication that there has been no change in the affairs of Meridian Bancorp, Inc. or East Boston Savings Bank since any of the dates as of which information is furnished herein or since the date hereof.

Up to 31,625,000 Shares

(Subject to Increase to up to 36,368,750 Shares)

Meridian Bancorp, Inc.

(Proposed Holding Company for

East Boston Savings Bank)

COMMON STOCK

par value $0.01 per share

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

Sterne Agee

 

 

[Prospectus date]

 

 

These securities are not deposits or accounts and are not federally insured or guaranteed.

 

 

Until             , 2014, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

[Existing Logo of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc.]

Dear Fellow Stockholder:

Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. is soliciting stockholder votes regarding the mutual-to-stock conversion of Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated. Pursuant to a Plan of Conversion, our organization will convert from a partially public company to a fully public company by selling a minimum of 23,375,000 shares of common stock of a newly formed company, named Meridian Bancorp, Inc. (“New Meridian”), which will become the holding company for East Boston Savings Bank.

The Proxy Vote

In addition, to receiving final regulatory approval, our stockholders must approve the Plan of Conversion before we can complete the conversion. Enclosed is a proxy statement/prospectus describing the proposals being presented at our special meeting of stockholders. Please promptly vote the enclosed proxy card. Our Board of Directors urges you to vote “FOR” the approval of the Plan of Conversion and “FOR” the other matters being presented at the special meeting.

The Exchange

At the conclusion of the conversion, your shares of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. common stock will be exchanged for shares of New Meridian common stock. The number of new shares that you receive will be based on an exchange ratio that is described in the proxy statement/prospectus. Shortly after the completion of the conversion, our exchange agent will send a transmittal form to each stockholder of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. who holds stock certificates. The transmittal form explains the procedure to follow to exchange your shares. Please do not deliver your certificate(s) before you receive the transmittal form. Shares of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. that are held in street name (e.g., in a brokerage account) will be converted automatically at the conclusion of the conversion; no action or documentation is required of you.

The Stock Offering

We are offering the shares of common stock of New Meridian for sale at $10.00 per share. The shares are first being offered in a subscription offering to eligible depositors of East Boston Savings Bank. If all shares are not subscribed for in the subscription offering, shares would be available in a community offering to Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. public stockholders and others not eligible to place orders in the subscription offering. If you may be interested in purchasing shares of our common stock, contact our Stock Information Center at [stock center phone number] to receive a stock order form and prospectus. The stock offering period is expected to expire on [expiration date] .

If you have any questions, please refer to the Questions & Answers section herein.

We thank you for your support as a stockholder of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc.

Sincerely,

Richard J. Gavegnano

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

These securities are not deposits or accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, any other government agency or the Depositors Insurance Fund. None of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, nor any state securities regulator has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this proxy statement/prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS OF MERIDIAN BANCORP, INC., A MARYLAND CORPORATION

PROXY STATEMENT OF MERIDIAN INTERSTATE BANCORP, INC.,

A MASSACHUSETTS CORPORATION

East Boston Savings Bank is converting from the mutual holding company structure to a fully-public stock holding company structure. Currently, East Boston Savings Bank is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation, which we sometimes refer to in this document as “Old Meridian,” and Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated owns 59.2% of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock. The remaining 40.8% of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock is owned by public stockholders. As a result of the conversion, a newly formed Maryland corporation named Meridian Bancorp, Inc. (“New Meridian”) will replace Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. as the holding company of East Boston Savings Bank. Each share of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. common stock owned by the public will be exchanged for between 1.7580 and 2.7353 shares of common stock of New Meridian, so that immediately after the conversion Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc.’s existing public stockholders will own approximately the same percentage of New Meridian common stock as they owned of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock immediately prior to the conversion. The actual number of shares that you will receive will depend on the percentage of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. common stock held by the public at the completion of the conversion, the final independent appraisal of New Meridian and the number of shares of New Meridian common stock sold in the offering described in the following paragraph. It will not depend on the market price of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. common stock. See “Proposal 1—Approval of the Plan of Conversion—Share Exchange Ratio” for a discussion of the exchange ratio. Based on the $         per share closing price of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. common stock as of the last trading day prior to the date of this proxy statement/prospectus, unless at least                  shares of New Meridian common stock are sold in the offering (which is between the              and the              of the offering range), the initial value of the New Meridian common stock you receive in the share exchange would be less than the market value of the Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. common stock you currently own. See “Risk Factors—The market value of New Meridian common stock received in the share exchange may be less than the market value of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. common stock exchanged.”

Concurrently with the exchange offer, we are offering for sale up to 31,625,000 shares of common stock of New Meridian, representing the ownership interest of Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated in Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. We may sell up to 36,368,750 shares of common stock because of demand for the shares of common stock or changes in market conditions, without resoliciting subscribers. We are offering the shares of common stock to eligible depositors of East Boston Savings Bank, to East Boston Savings Bank’s tax qualified benefit plans, to our employees, officers, trustees, directors and corporators and to the public, including Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. stockholders, at a price of $10.00 per share. The conversion of Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated and the offering and exchange of common stock by New Meridian is referred to herein as the “conversion and offering.” After the conversion and offering are completed, East Boston Savings Bank will be a wholly-owned subsidiary of New Meridian, and 100% of the common stock of New Meridian will be owned by public stockholders. As a result of the conversion and offering, Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. and Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated will cease to exist.

Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock is currently traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the trading symbol “EBSB,” and we expect New Meridian’s shares of common stock will also trade on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “EBSB.”

The conversion and offering cannot be completed unless the stockholders of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. approve the Plan of Conversion of Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated, which may be referred to herein as the “plan of conversion.” Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. is holding a special meeting of stockholders at the Peabody office of East Boston Savings Bank, 67 Prospect Street, Peabody, Massachusetts, on [meeting date], at [meeting time], Eastern Time, to consider and vote upon the plan of conversion. We must obtain the affirmative vote of the holders of (i) two-thirds of the total number of votes entitled to be cast at the special meeting by Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. stockholders, including shares held by Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated, and (ii) a majority of the total number of votes entitled to be cast at the special meeting by Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. stockholders other than Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated. Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc.’s board of directors unanimously recommends that stockholders vote “FOR” the plan of conversion.


Table of Contents

This document serves as the proxy statement for the special meeting of stockholders of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. and the prospectus for the shares of New Meridian common stock to be issued in exchange for shares of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. common stock. We urge you to read this entire document carefully. You can also obtain information about us from documents that we have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks. This document does not serve as the prospectus relating to the offering by New Meridian of its shares of common stock in the offering, which is being made pursuant to a separate prospectus. Stockholders of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. are not required to participate in the stock offering.

This proxy statement/prospectus contains information that you should consider in evaluating the plan of conversion. In particular, you should carefully read the section captioned “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 9 for a discussion of certain risk factors relating to the conversion and offering.

These securities are not deposits or savings accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency, or the Depositors Insurance Fund.

None of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, nor any state securities regulator has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this proxy statement/prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

For answers to your questions, please read this proxy statement/prospectus including the Questions and Answers section, beginning on page 1. Questions about voting on the plan of conversion may be directed to [proxy solicitor], at [proxy solicitor phone number], Monday through Friday from          a.m. to          p.m., Eastern Time, and Saturdays from          a.m. to          p.m., Eastern Time.

The date of this proxy statement/prospectus is [document date], and it is first being mailed to stockholders of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. on or about             , 2014.


Table of Contents

MERIDIAN INTERSTATE BANCORP, INC.

67 Prospect Street

Peabody, Massachusetts 01960

(617) 567-1500

NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS

On [meeting date], Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. will hold a special meeting of stockholders at the Peabody office of East Boston Savings Bank, 67 Prospect Street, Peabody, Massachusetts. The meeting will begin at [meeting time], Eastern Time. At the meeting, stockholders will consider and act on the following:

 

  1. The approval of a plan of conversion, whereby Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated and Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation, will convert and reorganize from the mutual holding company structure to the stock holding company structure, as more fully described in the attached proxy statement;

 

  2. The approval of the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the plan of conversion; and

Such other business that may properly come before the meeting.

NOTE: The board of directors is not aware of any other business to come before the meeting.

The board of directors has fixed [record date], as the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at the special meeting and at any adjournment or postponement thereof.

Upon written request addressed to the Corporate Secretary of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. at the address given above, stockholders may obtain an additional copy of this proxy statement/prospectus and/or a copy of the plan of conversion. In order to assure timely receipt of the additional copy of the proxy statement/prospectus and/or the plan of conversion, the written request should be received by Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. by             , 2014.

Please complete and sign the enclosed proxy card, which is solicited by the board of directors, and mail it promptly in the enclosed envelope. The proxy will not be used if you attend the meeting and vote in person.

 

BY ORDER OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Vincent D. Basile

Corporate Secretary

Peabody, Massachusetts

[document date]


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR STOCKHOLDERS OF MERIDIAN INTERSTATE BANCORP, INC. REGARDING THE PLAN OF CONVERSION

     1   

SUMMARY

     5   

RISK FACTORS

     9   

INFORMATION ABOUT THE SPECIAL MEETING

     10   

PROPOSAL 1 — APPROVAL OF THE PLAN OF CONVERSION

     13   

PROPOSAL 2 — ADJOURNMENT OF THE SPECIAL MEETING

     15   

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

     16   

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     16   

HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING

     16   

OUR DIVIDEND POLICY

     16   

MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK

     16   

HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE

     16   

CAPITALIZATION

     16   

PRO FORMA DATA

     16   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     16   

BUSINESS OF NEW MERIDIAN AND OLD MERIDIAN

     16   

BUSINESS OF EAST BOSTON SAVINGS BANK

     16   

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

     16   

TAXATION

     16   

MANAGEMENT

     17   

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK

     17   

SUBSCRIPTIONS BY DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

     17   

COMPARISON OF STOCKHOLDERS’ RIGHTS FOR EXISTING STOCKHOLDERS OF MERIDIAN INTERSTATE BANCORP, INC.

     17   

RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF NEW MERIDIAN

     17   

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF NEW MERIDIAN FOLLOWING THE CONVERSION

     17   

TRANSFER AGENT

     17   

EXPERTS

     17   

LEGAL MATTERS

     17   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     17   

STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS

     17   

ADVANCE NOTICE OF BUSINESS TO BE CONDUCTED AT AN ANNUAL MEETING

     17   

IMPORTANT NOTICE REGARDING THE AVAILABILITY OF PROXY MATERIALS FOR THE SPECIAL MEETING

     19   

OTHER MATTERS

     19   

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1   


Table of Contents

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS

FOR STOCKHOLDERS OF MERIDIAN INTERSTATE BANCORP, INC.

REGARDING THE PLAN OF CONVERSION

You should read this document for more information about the conversion. The application that includes the plan of conversion described herein has been approved by Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc.’s primary federal regulator, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”). We have filed an application with respect to the conversion with the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, and the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks has authorized us to commence the offering. However, the final approval of the Massachusetts of Banks is required before we can consummate the conversion and issue shares of common stock. Any approval by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks or the Federal Reserve Board does not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the plan of conversion.

 

Q. WHAT ARE STOCKHOLDERS BEING ASKED TO APPROVE?

 

A. Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. stockholders as of [record date] are being asked to vote on the plan of conversion pursuant to which Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated will convert from the mutual to the stock form of organization. As part of the conversion, a newly formed Maryland corporation, New Meridian, is offering its common stock to eligible depositors of East Boston Savings Bank, to East Boston Savings Bank’s tax qualified benefit plans, to stockholders of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. as of [record date] and to the public. The shares offered represent Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated’s current ownership interest in Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. Voting for approval of the plan of conversion will also include approval of the exchange ratio and the articles of incorporation of New Meridian (including the anti-takeover provisions and provisions limiting stockholder rights). Your vote is important. Without sufficient votes “FOR” its adoption, we cannot implement the plan of conversion and complete the stock offering.

In addition, Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. stockholders are being asked to approve the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the plan of conversion.

Your vote is important. Without sufficient votes “FOR” adoption of the plan of conversion, we cannot implement the plan of conversion and the related stock offering.

 

Q. WHAT ARE THE REASONS FOR THE CONVERSION AND RELATED OFFERING?

 

A . The primary reasons for the conversion and offering are to:

 

    enhance our regulatory capital position;

 

    transition us to a more familiar and flexible organizational structure;

 

    improve the liquidity of our shares of common stock; and

 

    facilitate future mergers and acquisitions.

As a fully converted stock holding company, we will have greater flexibility in structuring potential mergers and acquisitions, including the form of consideration that we can use to pay for an acquisition. Our current mutual holding company structure limits our ability to offer shares of our common stock as consideration in a merger or acquisition since Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated is required to own a majority of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc.’s outstanding shares of common stock. Potential sellers often want stock for at least part of the purchase price. Our new stock holding company structure will enable us to offer stock or cash consideration, or a combination of stock and cash, and therefore will enhance our ability to compete with other bidders when acquisition opportunities arise. We currently have no arrangements or understandings regarding any specific acquisition.

 

1


Table of Contents
Q. WHAT WILL STOCKHOLDERS RECEIVE FOR THEIR EXISTING MERIDIAN INTERSTATE BANCORP, INC. SHARES?

 

A. As more fully described in “Proposal 1 — Approval of the Plan of Conversion — Share Exchange Ratio,” depending on the number of shares sold in the offering, each share of common stock that you own at the time of the completion of the conversion will be exchanged for between 1.7580 shares at the minimum and 2.7353 shares at the adjusted maximum of the offering range of New Meridian common stock (cash will be paid in lieu of any fractional shares). For example, if you own 100 shares of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. common stock, and the exchange ratio is 2.7353 (at the adjusted maximum of the offering range), after the conversion you will receive 273 shares of New Meridian common stock and $5.30 in cash, the value of the fractional share based on the $10.00 per share purchase price of stock in the offering.

If you own shares of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. common stock in a brokerage account in “street name,” your shares will be automatically exchanged within your account, and you do not need to take any action to exchange your shares of common stock or receive cash in lieu of fractional shares. If you own shares in the form of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. stock certificates, after the completion of the conversion and stock offering, our exchange agent will mail to you a transmittal form with instructions to surrender your stock certificates. A statement reflecting your ownership of shares of common stock of New Meridian and a check representing cash in lieu of fractional shares will be mailed to you within five business days after the transfer agent receives a properly executed transmittal form and your existing Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. stock certificate(s). New Meridian will not issue stock certificates. You should not submit a stock certificate until you receive a transmittal form.

 

Q. WHY WILL THE SHARES THAT I RECEIVE BE BASED ON A PRICE OF $10.00 PER SHARE RATHER THAN THE TRADING PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK PRIOR TO COMPLETION OF THE CONVERSION?

 

A. The shares will be based on a price of $10.00 per share because that is the price at which New Meridian will sell shares in its stock offering. The amount of common stock New Meridian will issue at $10.00 per share in the offering and the exchange is based on an independent appraisal of the estimated market value of New Meridian, assuming the conversion and offering are completed. RP Financial, LC., an appraisal firm experienced in the appraisal of financial institutions, has estimated that, as of February 14, 2014, this market value was $462.3 million. Based on federal regulations, the market value forms the midpoint of a range with a minimum of $393.0 million and a maximum of $531.7 million. Based on this valuation and the valuation range, the number of shares of common stock of New Meridian that existing public stockholders of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. will receive in exchange for their shares of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. common stock is expected to range from 15,922,391 to 21,542,059, and can be adjusted to up to 24,773,368, with a midpoint of 18,732,225 (a value of approximately $159.2 million to $215.4 million, which can be adjusted up to $247.7 million, with a midpoint of $187.3 million, at $10.00 per share). The number of shares received by the existing public stockholders of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. is intended to maintain their existing ownership in our organization (excluding any new shares purchased by them in the offering and their receipt of cash in lieu of fractional exchange shares), after giving effect to certain assets held by Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated. The independent appraisal is based in part on Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc.’s financial condition and results of operations, the pro forma impact of the additional capital raised by the sale of shares of common stock in the offering, and an analysis of a peer group of 11 publicly traded bank holding companies and savings and loan holding companies that RP Financial, LC. considered comparable to Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc.

 

2


Table of Contents
Q. DOES THE EXCHANGE RATIO DEPEND ON THE TRADING PRICE OF MERIDIAN INTERSTATE BANCORP, INC. COMMON STOCK?

 

A. No, the exchange ratio will not be based on the market price of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. common stock. Instead, the exchange ratio will be based on the appraised value of New Meridian. The purpose of the exchange ratio is to maintain the ownership percentage of existing public stockholders of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc., adjusted downward to reflect certain assets held by Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated. Therefore, changes in the price of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. common stock between now and the completion of the conversion and offering will not affect the calculation of the exchange ratio.

 

Q. SHOULD I SUBMIT MY STOCK CERTIFICATES NOW?

 

A. No. If you hold stock certificate(s), instructions for exchanging the certificates will be sent to you by our exchange agent after completion of the conversion. If your shares are held in “street name” ( e.g., in a brokerage account) rather than in certificate form, the share exchange will be reflected automatically in your account upon completion of the conversion.

 

Q. HOW DO I VOTE?

 

A. Mark your vote, sign each proxy card enclosed and return the card(s) to us, in the enclosed proxy reply envelope. For information on submitting your proxy, please refer to instructions on the enclosed proxy card. YOUR VOTE IS IMPORTANT. PLEASE VOTE PROMPTLY.

 

Q. IF MY SHARES ARE HELD IN STREET NAME, WILL MY BROKER, BANK OR OTHER NOMINEE AUTOMATICALLY VOTE ON THE PLAN ON MY BEHALF?

 

A. No. Your broker, bank or other nominee will not be able to vote your shares without instructions from you. You should instruct your broker, bank or other nominee to vote your shares, using the directions that they provide to you.

 

Q. WHY SHOULD I VOTE? WHAT HAPPENS IF I DON’T VOTE?

 

A. Your vote is very important. We believe the conversion and offering are in the best interests of our stockholders. Not voting all the proxy card(s) you receive will have the same effect as voting “against” the plan of conversion. Without sufficient favorable votes “for” the plan of conversion, we cannot complete the conversion and offering.

 

Q. WHAT IF I DO NOT GIVE VOTING INSTRUCTIONS TO MY BROKER, BANK OR OTHER NOMINEE?

 

A. Your vote is important. If you do not instruct your broker, bank or other nominee to vote your shares, the unvoted proxy will have the same effect as a vote “against” the plan of conversion.

 

Q. MAY I PLACE AN ORDER TO PURCHASE SHARES IN THE COMMUNITY OFFERING, IN ADDITION TO THE SHARES THAT I WILL RECEIVE IN THE EXCHANGE?

 

A. Yes. If you would like to receive a prospectus and stock order form, you must call our Stock Information Center at [stock center phone number], Monday through Friday between 10:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, and Saturday,             , 2014 between 10:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time. The Stock Information Center is closed bank holidays.

Eligible depositors of East Boston Savings Bank have priority subscription rights allowing them to purchase common stock in a subscription offering. Shares not purchased in the subscription offering may be available for sale to the public in a community offering, as described herein. In the event orders for New

 

3


Table of Contents

Meridian common stock in a community offering exceed the number of shares available for sale, shares may be allocated (to the extent shares remain available) first to cover orders of natural persons residing in Massachusetts cities and towns of Belmont, Boston, Cambridge, Chelsea, Danvers, Everett, Lynn, Lynnfield, Malden, Medford, Melrose, Peabody, Revere, Saugus, Somerville, Wakefield and Winthrop; second to cover orders of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. stockholders as of [record date]; and thereafter to cover orders of the general public.

Stockholders of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. are subject to an ownership limitation. Shares of common stock purchased in the offering by a stockholder and his or her associates or individuals acting in concert with the stockholder, plus any shares a stockholder and these individuals receive in the exchange for existing shares of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. common stock, may not exceed 9.9% of the total shares of common stock of New Meridian to be issued and outstanding after the completion of the conversion.

Please note that properly completed and signed stock order forms, with full payment, must be received (not postmarked) after [corporator meeting date] but no later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time on [expiration date].

 

Q. WILL THE CONVERSION HAVE ANY EFFECT ON DEPOSIT AND LOAN ACCOUNTS AT EAST BOSTON SAVINGS BANK?

 

A. No. The account number, amount, interest rate and withdrawal rights of deposit accounts will remain unchanged. Deposits will continue to be federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to the legal limit, with continued additional insurance from the Depositors Insurance Fund. Loans and rights of borrowers will not be affected. Corporators will no longer have voting rights in Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated as to matters currently requiring such vote. Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated will cease to exist after the conversion and offering. Only stockholders of New Meridian will have voting rights after the conversion and offering.

OTHER QUESTIONS?

For answers to other questions, please read this proxy statement/prospectus. Questions about voting on the plan of conversion may be directed to [proxy solicitor], at [proxy solicitor phone number], Monday through Friday from          a.m. to          p.m., Eastern Time, and Saturdays from          a.m. to          p.m., Eastern Time. Questions about the stock offering may be directed to our Stock Information Center at [stock center phone number], Monday through Friday between 10:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, and Saturday,             , 2014 between 10:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time. The Stock Information Center is closed on bank holidays.

 

4


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

This summary highlights material information from this proxy statement/prospectus and may not contain all the information that is important to you. To understand the conversion and other proposals fully, you should read this entire document carefully, including the sections entitled “Risk Factors,” “Proposal 1 — Approval of The Plan of Conversion,” “Proposal 2 — Adjournment of the Special Meeting” and the consolidated financial statements and the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

The Special Meeting

Date, Time and Place. Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. will hold its special meeting of stockholders at the Peabody office of East Boston Savings Bank, 67 Prospect Street, Peabody, Massachusetts, on [meeting date], at [meeting time], Eastern Time.

The Proposals. Stockholders will be voting on the following proposals at the special meeting:

 

  1. The approval of a plan of conversion whereby: (a) Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated and Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation, will convert and reorganize from the mutual holding company structure to the stock holding company structure; (b) Meridian Bancorp, Inc., a Maryland corporation (“New Meridian”), will become the new stock holding company of East Boston Savings Bank; (c) the outstanding shares of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc., other than those held by Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated, will be converted into shares of common stock of New Meridian; and (d) New Meridian will offer shares of its common stock for sale in a subscription offering, a community offering and, if necessary, a syndicated offering or firm commitment underwritten offering;

 

  2. The approval of the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the plan of conversion; and

Such other business that may properly come before the meeting.

Vote Required for Approval of Proposals by the Stockholders of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc.

Proposal 1: Approval of the Plan of Conversion. We must obtain the affirmative vote of the holders of (i) two-thirds of the total number of votes entitled to be cast at the special meeting by Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. stockholders, including shares held by Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated, and (ii) a majority of the total number of votes entitled to be cast at the special meeting by Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. stockholders other than Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated.

Proposal 1 must also be approved by the corporators of Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated at a special meeting of corporators called for that purpose. Corporators will receive separate informational materials from Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated regarding the conversion.

Proposal 2: Approval of the adjournment of the special meeting. We must obtain the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the votes cast by Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. stockholders at the special meeting to adjourn the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the proposal to approve the plan of conversion.

Other Matters. We must obtain the affirmative vote of the majority of the votes cast by holders of outstanding shares of common stock of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. At this time, we know of no other matters that may be presented at the special meeting.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

Revocability of Proxies

You may revoke your proxy at any time before the vote is taken at the special meeting. To revoke your proxy, you must advise the corporate secretary of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. in writing before your common stock has been voted at the special meeting, deliver a later-dated proxy or attend the special meeting and vote your shares in person. Attendance at the special meeting will not in itself constitute revocation of your proxy.

Vote by Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated

Management anticipates that Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated, our majority stockholder, will vote all of its shares of common stock in favor of all the matters set forth above. If Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated votes all of its shares in favor of each proposal, the approval of the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, would be assured, and the approval of the plan of conversion by stockholders holding at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of common stock of Old Meridian, including shares held by Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated, would also be assured.

As of [record date] the directors and executive officers of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. beneficially owned                  shares, or approximately     % of the outstanding shares of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. common stock, and Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated owned 13,164,109 shares, or approximately 59.2% of the outstanding shares of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. common stock.

Vote Recommendations

Your board of directors unanimously recommends that you vote “FOR” the plan of conversion and “FOR” the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary.

Our Business

[same as prospectus]

Plan of Conversion

The Boards of Directors of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc., Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated, East Boston Savings Bank and New Meridian have adopted a plan of conversion pursuant to which East Boston Savings Bank will reorganize from a mutual holding company structure to a stock holding company structure. Public stockholders of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. will receive shares in New Meridian in exchange for their shares of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. common stock based on an exchange ratio. See “—The Exchange of Existing Shares of Old Meridian Common Stock.” This conversion to a stock holding company structure also includes the offering by New Meridian of shares of its common stock to eligible depositors of East Boston Savings Bank and to the public, including Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. stockholders, in a subscription offering and, if necessary, in a community offering and/or in a separate public offering through a syndicate of broker-dealers, referred to in this proxy statement/prospectus as the syndicated offering. Following the conversion and offering, Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated and Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. will no longer exist, and New Meridian will be the parent company of East Boston Savings Bank.

The conversion and offering cannot be completed unless the stockholders of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. approve the plan of conversion. Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc.’s stockholders will vote on the plan of conversion at Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc.’s special meeting. This document is the proxy statement used by Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc.’s board of directors to solicit proxies for the special meeting. It is also the prospectus of New Meridian regarding the shares of New Meridian common stock to be issued to Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc.’s stockholders in the share exchange. This document does not serve as the prospectus relating to the offering by New Meridian of its shares of common stock in the subscription offering and any community offering or syndicated community offering, which will be made pursuant to a separate prospectus.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

Our Organizational Structure

[same as prospectus]

Business Strategy

[same as prospectus]

Reasons for the Conversion

[same as prospectus]

See “Proposal 1 — Approval of the Plan of Conversion” for a more complete discussion of our reasons for conducting the conversion and offering.

Conditions to Completion of the Conversion

[same as prospectus]

The Exchange of Existing Shares of Old Meridian Common Stock

[same as prospectus]

How We Determined the Offering Range, the Exchange Ratio and the $10.00 Per Share Stock Price

[same as prospectus]

How We Intend to Use the Proceeds From the Offering

[same as prospectus]

Our Dividend Policy

[same as prospectus]

Purchases and Ownership by Officers and Directors

[same as prospectus]

Benefits to Management and Potential Dilution to Stockholders Resulting from the Conversion

[same as prospectus]

Market for Common Stock

[same as prospectus]

Tax Consequences

[same as prospectus]

 

 

7


Table of Contents

Changes in Stockholders’ Rights for Existing Stockholders of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc.

As a result of the conversion, existing stockholders of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. will become stockholders of New Meridian. Some rights of stockholders of New Meridian will be reduced compared to the rights stockholders currently have in Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. The reduction in stockholder rights results from differences between the Massachusetts articles of organization and bylaws and the Maryland articles of incorporation and bylaws, and from distinctions between Massachusetts and Maryland law. Many of the differences in stockholder rights under the articles of incorporation and bylaws of New Meridian are not mandated by Maryland law but have been chosen by management as being in the best interests of New Meridian and all of its stockholders. The differences in stockholder rights in the articles of incorporation and bylaws of New Meridian include greater lead time required for shareholders to submit proposals for certain provisions of new business or to nominate directors. See “Comparison of Stockholders’ Rights For Existing Stockholders of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc.” for a discussion of these differences.

Dissenters’ Rights

Stockholders of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. do not have dissenters’ rights in connection with the conversion and offering.

Important Risks in Owning New Meridian’s Common Stock

Before you vote on the conversion, you should read the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page          of this proxy statement/prospectus.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

R ISK FACTORS

You should consider carefully the following risk factors when deciding how to vote on the conversion and before purchasing shares of New Meridian common stock.

Risks Related to Our Business

[same as prospectus]

Risks Related to the Offering and the Exchange

The market value of New Meridian common stock received in the share exchange may be less than the market value of Old Meridian common stock exchanged.

The number of shares of New Meridian common stock you receive will be based on an exchange ratio that will be determined as of the date of completion of the conversion and offering. The exchange ratio will be based on the percentage of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. common stock held by the public prior to the completion of the conversion and offering, the final independent appraisal of New Meridian common stock prepared by RP Financial, LC. and the number of shares of common stock sold in the offering. The exchange ratio will ensure that existing public stockholders of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. common stock will own the same percentage of New Meridian common stock after the conversion and offering as they owned of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. common stock immediately prior to completion of the conversion and offering (excluding any new shares purchased by them in the offering and their receipt of cash in lieu of fractional exchange shares), adjusted downward to reflect certain assets held by Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated. The exchange ratio will not depend on the market price of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. common stock.

The exchange ratio ranges from 1.7580 shares at the minimum and 2.7353 shares at the adjusted maximum of the offering range of New Meridian common stock per share of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. common stock. Shares of New Meridian common stock issued in the share exchange will have an initial value of $10.00 per share. Depending on the exchange ratio and the market value of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. common stock at the time of the exchange, the initial market value of the New Meridian common stock that you receive in the share exchange could be less than the market value of the Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. common stock that you currently own. Based on the most recent closing price of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. common stock prior to the date of this proxy statement /prospectus, which was $        , unless at least                  shares of New Meridian common stock are sold in the offering (which is between the              and the              of the offering range), the initial value of the New Meridian common stock you receive in the share exchange would be less than the market value of the Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. common stock you currently own.

There may be a decrease in stockholders’ rights for existing stockholders of Old Meridian.

As a result of the conversion, existing stockholders of Old Meridian will become stockholders of New Meridian. In addition to the provisions discussed above that may discourage takeover attempts that may be favored by stockholders, some rights of stockholders of New Meridian will be reduced compared to the rights stockholders currently have in Old Meridian. The reduction in stockholder rights results from differences between the Massachusetts and Maryland chartering documents and bylaws, and from differences between Massachusetts and Maryland law. Many of the differences in stockholder rights under the articles of incorporation and bylaws of New Meridian are not mandated by Maryland law but have been chosen by management as being in the best interests of New Meridian and its stockholders. The articles of incorporation and bylaws of New Meridian include greater lead time required for stockholders to submit proposals for new business or to nominate directors. See “Comparison of Stockholders’ Rights For Existing Stockholders of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc.” for a discussion of these differences.

[Remaining risks same as prospectus]

 

9


Table of Contents

INFORMATION ABOUT THE SPECIAL MEETING

General

This proxy statement/prospectus is being furnished to you in connection with the solicitation by the board of directors of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. of proxies to be voted at the special meeting of stockholders to be held at the Peabody office of East Boston Savings Bank, 67 Prospect Street, Peabody, Massachusetts, on [meeting date], at [meeting time], Eastern Time, and any adjournment or postponement thereof.

The purpose of the special meeting is to consider and vote upon the Plan of Conversion of Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated (referred to herein as the “plan of conversion”).

In addition, stockholders will vote on a proposal to approve the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the proposal.

Voting in favor of or against the plan of conversion includes a vote for or against the conversion of Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated to a stock holding company as contemplated by the plan of conversion. Voting in favor of the plan of conversion will not obligate you to purchase any shares of common stock in the offering and will not affect the balance, interest rate or deposit insurance of any deposits at East Boston Savings Bank.

Who Can Vote at the Meeting

You are entitled to vote your Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. common stock if our records show that you held your shares as of the close of business on [record date]. If your shares are held in a stock brokerage account or by a bank or other nominee, you are considered the beneficial owner of shares held in street name and these proxy materials are being forwarded to you by your broker or nominee. As the beneficial owner, you have the right to direct your broker or nominee how to vote.

As of the close of business on [record date], there were                  shares of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. common stock outstanding. Each share of common stock has one vote.

Attending the Meeting

If you are a stockholder as of the close of business on [record date], you may attend the meeting. However, if you hold your shares in street name, you will need proof of ownership to be admitted to the meeting. A recent brokerage statement or a letter from a bank or broker are examples of proof of ownership. If you want to vote your shares of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. common stock held in street name in person at the meeting, you will have to get a written proxy in your name from the broker, bank or other nominee who holds your shares.

Quorum; Vote Required

The special meeting will be held only if there is a quorum. A quorum exists if a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, is present at the meeting. If you return valid proxy instructions or attend the meeting in person, your shares will be counted for purposes of determining whether there is a quorum, even if you abstain from voting. Broker non-votes also will be counted for purposes of determining the existence of a quorum. A broker non-vote occurs when a broker, bank or other nominee holding shares for a beneficial owner does not vote on a particular proposal because the nominee does not have discretionary voting power with respect to that item and has not received voting instructions from the beneficial owner.

Proposal 1: Approval of the Plan of Conversion. We must obtain the affirmative vote of the holders of (i) two-thirds of the outstanding common stock of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. entitled to be cast at the special meeting, including shares held by Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated, and (ii) a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. entitled to be cast at the special meeting, other than shares held by Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated.

 

10


Table of Contents

Proposal 2: Approval of the adjournment of the special meeting. We must obtain the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the votes cast by Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. stockholders entitled to vote at the special meeting to adjourn the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the proposal to approve the plan of conversion.

Other Matters. We must obtain the affirmative vote of the majority of the votes cast by holders of outstanding shares of common stock of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. At this time, we know of no other matters that may be presented at the special meeting.

Shares Held by Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated and Our Officers and Directors

As of [record date], Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated beneficially owned 13,164,109 shares of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. common stock. This equals approximately 59.2% of our outstanding shares. We expect that Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated will vote all of its shares in favor of Proposal 1—Approval of the Plan of Conversion and Proposal 2—Approval of the adjournment of the special meeting.

As of [record date], our officers and directors beneficially owned                  shares of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. common stock. This equals     % of our outstanding shares and     % of shares held by persons other than Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated.

Voting by Proxy

Our board of directors is sending you this proxy statement/prospectus to request that you allow your shares of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. common stock to be represented at the special meeting by the persons named in the enclosed proxy card. All shares of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. common stock represented at the meeting by properly executed and dated proxies will be voted according to the instructions indicated on the proxy card. If you sign, date and return a proxy card without giving voting instructions, your shares will be voted as recommended by our board of directors. Our board of directors recommends that you vote “FOR” approval of the plan of conversion and “FOR” approval of the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary.

If any matters not described in this proxy statement/prospectus are properly presented at the special meeting, the board of directors will use their judgment to determine how to vote your shares. We do not know of any other matters to be presented at the special meeting.

If your Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. common stock is held in street name, you will receive instructions from your broker, bank or other nominee that you must follow to have your shares voted. Your broker, bank or other nominee may allow you to deliver your voting instructions via the telephone or the Internet. Please see the instruction form provided by your broker, bank or other nominee that accompanies this proxy statement/prospectus.

Revocability of Proxies

You may revoke your proxy at any time before the vote is taken at the special meeting. To revoke your proxy, you must advise the corporate secretary of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. in writing before your common stock has been voted at the special meeting, deliver a later-dated proxy or attend the special meeting and vote your shares in person. Attendance at the special meeting will not in itself constitute revocation of your proxy.

Solicitation of Proxies

This proxy statement/prospectus and the accompanying proxy card are being furnished to you in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the special meeting by the board of directors. Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. will pay the costs of soliciting proxies from its stockholders. To the extent necessary to permit

 

11


Table of Contents

approval of the plan of conversion and the other proposals being considered, [proxy solicitor], our proxy solicitor, and directors, officers or employees of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. and East Boston Savings Bank may solicit proxies by mail, telephone and other forms of communication. We will reimburse such persons for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with such solicitation. For its services as information agent and stockholder proxy solicitor, we will pay [proxy solicitor] $         plus out-of-pocket expenses and charges for telephone calls made and received in connection with the solicitation.

We will also reimburse banks, brokers, nominees and other fiduciaries for the expenses they incur in forwarding the proxy materials to you.

Participants in the Employee Stock Ownership Plan and 401(k) Plan

If you participate in East Boston Savings Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan or if you hold Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. common stock through the East Boston Savings Bank 401(k) Plan, you will receive vote authorization form(s) that reflect all shares you may direct the trustees to vote on your behalf under the plans. Under the terms of the Employee Stock Ownership Plan, the Employee Stock Ownership Plan trustee votes all shares held by the Employee Stock Ownership Plan, but each Employee Stock Ownership Plan participant may direct the trustee how to vote the shares of common stock allocated to his or her account. The Employee Stock Ownership Plan trustee, subject to the exercise of its fiduciary duties, will vote all unallocated shares of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. common stock held by the Employee Stock Ownership Plan and allocated shares for which no voting instructions are received in the same proportion as shares for which it has received timely voting instructions. Although not required by the terms of the 401(k) Plan, East Boston Savings Bank is providing a participant the opportunity to provide voting instructions for all shares credited to his or her 401(k) Plan account and held in the Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund. Shares for which no voting instructions are given or for which instructions were not timely received will be voted at the discretion of the 401(k) plan trustee. The deadline for returning your voting instructions is             , 2014.

The board of directors recommends that you promptly sign and mark the enclosed proxy in favor of the above described proposals, including the adoption of the plan of conversion, and promptly return it in the enclosed envelope. Voting the proxy card will not prevent you from voting in person at the special meeting. For information on submitting your proxy, please refer to the instructions on the enclosed proxy card.

Your prompt vote is very important. Failure to vote will have the same effect as voting against the plan of conversion.

 

12


Table of Contents

PROPOSAL 1 — APPROVAL OF THE PLAN OF CONVERSION

The board of directors of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. and the board of trustees of Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated have approved the Plan of Conversion of Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated, referred to herein as the “plan of conversion.” The plan of conversion must also be approved by the corporators of Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated and the stockholders of Old Meridian. A special meeting of corporators and a special meeting of stockholders have been called for this purpose. The Federal Reserve Board has approved the application that includes the plan of conversion. We have filed an application with respect to the conversion with the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, and the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks has authorized us to commence the offering. However, the final approval of the Massachusetts of Banks is required before we can consummate the conversion and issue shares of common stock. Any approval by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks or the Federal Reserve Board does not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the plan of conversion.

General

Pursuant to the plan of conversion, our organization will convert from the mutual holding company form of organization to the fully stock form. Currently, East Boston Savings Bank is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. and Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated owns approximately 59.2% of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock. The remaining 40.8% of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock is owned by public stockholders. As a result of the conversion, a newly formed company, New Meridian, will become the holding company of East Boston Savings Bank. Each share of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. common stock owned by the public will be exchanged for between 1.7580 shares at the minimum and 2.7353 shares at the adjusted maximum of the offering range of New Meridian common stock, so that Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc.’s existing public stockholders will own the same percentage of New Meridian common stock as they owned of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock immediately prior to the conversion (excluding any new shares purchased by them in the offering and their receipt of cash in lieu of fractional exchange shares), after giving effect to certain assets held by Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated. The actual number of shares that you will receive will depend on the percentage of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. common stock held by the public immediately prior to the completion of the conversion, the final independent appraisal of New Meridian and the number of shares of New Meridian common stock sold in the offering described in the following paragraph. It will not depend on the market price of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. common stock.

Concurrently with the exchange offer, New Meridian is offering up to 31,625,000 shares of common stock for sale, representing the ownership interest of Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated in Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc., to eligible depositors and to the public at a price of $10.00 per share. New Meridian may sell up to 36,368,750 shares of common stock because of demand for the shares of common stock or changes in market conditions, without resoliciting subscribers. After the conversion and offering are completed, East Boston Savings Bank will be a wholly-owned subsidiary of New Meridian, and 100% of the common stock of New Meridian will be owned by public stockholders. As a result of the conversion and offering, Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. and Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated will cease to exist.

New Meridian intends to contribute between $113.8 million and $177.8 million of the net proceeds to East Boston Savings Bank and to retain between $102.1 million and $159.6 million of the net proceeds. The conversion will be consummated only upon the issuance of at least the minimum number of shares of our common stock offered pursuant to the plan of conversion.

The plan of conversion provides that we will offer shares of common stock in a “subscription offering” in the following descending order of priority:

 

  (i) To depositors with accounts at East Boston Savings Bank with aggregate balances of at least $50 at the close of business on February 28, 2013.

 

13


Table of Contents
  (ii) To our tax-qualified employee benefit plans (including East Boston Savings Bank’s employee stock ownership plan and 401(k) plan), which will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering. We expect our employee stock ownership plan to purchase 5% of the shares of common stock sold in the stock offering, although we reserve the right to have the employee stock ownership plan purchase more than 5% of the shares sold in the offering to the extent necessary to complete the offering at the minimum of the offering range; and

 

  (iii) To employees, officers, directors, trustees and corporators of East Boston Savings Bank or Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated.

Shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering will be offered for sale to the general public in a community offering, with a preference given first to natural persons residing in the Massachusetts cities and towns of Belmont, Boston, Cambridge, Chelsea, Danvers, Everett, Lynn, Lynnfield, Malden, Medford, Melrose, Peabody, Revere, Saugus, Somerville, Wakefield and Winthrop. To the extent shares of common stock remain available, we will also offer the shares to Old Meridian’s public stockholders as of [record date]. The community offering is expected to begin concurrently with the subscription offering. We also may offer for sale shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering or the community offering through a syndicated or firm commitment underwritten offering. Sterne, Agee & Leach, Inc. will act as sole book-running manager for the syndicated or firm commitment underwritten offering. We have the right to accept or reject, in our sole discretion, orders received in the community offering or syndicated or firm commitment underwritten offering. Any determination to accept or reject stock orders in the community offering or syndicated or firm commitment underwritten offering will be based on the facts and circumstances available to management at the time of the determination.

We determined the number of shares of common stock to be offered in the offering based upon an independent valuation of the estimated pro forma market value of New Meridian. All shares of common stock to be sold in the offering will be sold at $10.00 per share. Investors will not be charged a commission to purchase shares of common stock in the offering. The independent valuation will be updated and the final number of shares of common stock to be issued in the offering will be determined at the completion of the offering. See “—Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued” for more information as to the determination of the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock.

A copy of the plan of conversion is available for inspection at each branch office of East Boston Savings Bank and at the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston and the Massachusetts Division of Banks. The plan of conversion is also filed an exhibit to Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated’s applications to convert from mutual to stock form of which this proxy statement/prospectus is a part, copies of which may be obtained from the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and inspected at the Massachusetts Division of Banks. The plan of conversion is also filed as an exhibit to the registration statement we have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, of which this proxy statement/prospectus is a part, copies of which may be obtained from the Securities and Exchange Commission or online at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

The board of directors recommends that you vote “FOR” the Plan of Conversion of Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated.

[Remaining sections same as Prospectus under “The Conversion and Offering,” with the following to be added]

Exchange of Existing Stockholders’ Stock Certificates

The conversion of existing outstanding shares of Old Meridian common stock into the right to receive shares of New Meridian common stock will occur automatically at the completion of the conversion. As soon as practicable after the completion of the conversion, our exchange agent will send a transmittal form to each public stockholder of Old Meridian who holds physical stock certificates. The transmittal form will contain instructions on

 

14


Table of Contents

how to surrender certificates evidencing Old Meridian common stock in exchange for shares of New Meridian common stock in book entry form, to be held electronically on the books of our transfer agent. New Meridian will not issue stock certificates. We expect that a statement reflecting your ownership of shares of common stock of New Meridian common stock will be distributed within five business days after the exchange agent receives properly executed transmittal forms, Old Meridian stock certificates and other required documents. Shares held by public stockholders in street name (such as in a brokerage account) will be exchanged automatically upon the completion of the conversion; no transmittal forms will be mailed relating to these shares.

No fractional shares of New Meridian common stock will be issued to any public stockholder of Old Meridian when the conversion is completed. For each fractional share that would otherwise be issued to a stockholder who holds a stock certificate, we will pay by check an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying the fractional share interest to which the holder would otherwise be entitled by the $10.00 offering purchase price per share. Payment for fractional shares will be made as soon as practicable after the receipt by the exchange agent of the transmittal forms and the surrendered Old Meridian stock certificates. If your shares of common stock are held in street name, you will automatically receive cash in lieu of fractional shares in your account.

You should not forward your stock certificates until you have received transmittal forms, which will include forwarding instructions. After the conversion, stockholders will not receive shares of New Meridian common stock and will not be paid dividends on the shares of New Meridian common stock until existing certificates representing shares of Old Meridian common stock are surrendered for exchange in compliance with the terms of the transmittal form. When stockholders surrender their certificates, any unpaid dividends will be paid without interest. For all other purposes, however, each certificate that represents shares of Old Meridian common stock outstanding at the effective date of the conversion will be considered to evidence ownership of shares of New Meridian common stock into which those shares have been converted by virtue of the conversion.

If a certificate for Old Meridian common stock has been lost, stolen or destroyed, our exchange agent will issue a new stock certificate upon receipt of appropriate evidence as to the loss, theft or destruction of the certificate, appropriate evidence as to the ownership of the certificate by the claimant, and appropriate and customary indemnification, which is normally effected by the purchase of a bond from a surety company at the stockholder’s expense.

All shares of New Meridian common stock that we issue in exchange for existing shares of Old Meridian common stock will be considered to have been issued in full satisfaction of all rights pertaining to such shares of common stock, subject, however, to our obligation to pay any dividends or make any other distributions with a record date prior to the effective date of the conversion that may have been declared by us on or prior to the effective date, and which remain unpaid at the effective date.

PROPOSAL 2 — ADJOURNMENT OF THE SPECIAL MEETING

If there are not sufficient votes to constitute a quorum or to approve the plan of conversion at the time of the special meeting, the proposals may not be approved unless the special meeting is adjourned to a later date or dates in order to permit further solicitation of proxies. In order to allow proxies that have been received by Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. at the time of the special meeting to be voted for an adjournment, if necessary, Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. has submitted the question of adjournment to its stockholders as a separate matter for their consideration. The board of directors of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. recommends that stockholders vote “FOR” the adjournment proposal. If it is necessary to adjourn the special meeting, no notice of the adjourned special meeting is required to be given to stockholders (unless a new record date is fixed), other than an announcement at the special meeting before adjournment of the date, time and place to which the special meeting is adjourned.

The board of directors recommends that you vote “FOR” the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the plan of conversion.

 

15


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

[Same as prospectus]

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

[Same as prospectus]

HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING

[Same as prospectus]

OUR DIVIDEND POLICY

[Same as prospectus]

MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK

[Same as prospectus]

HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE

[Same as prospectus]

CAPITALIZATION

[Same as prospectus]

PRO FORMA DATA

[Same as prospectus]

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

[Same as prospectus]

BUSINESS OF NEW MERIDIAN AND OLD MERIDIAN

[Same as prospectus]

BUSINESS OF EAST BOSTON SAVINGS BANK

[Same as prospectus]

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

[Same as prospectus]

TAXATION

[Same as prospectus]

 

16


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

[Same as prospectus]

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK

[Same as prospectus]

SUBSCRIPTIONS BY DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

[Same as prospectus]

COMPARISON OF STOCKHOLDERS’ RIGHTS FOR EXISTING

STOCKHOLDERS OF MERIDIAN INTERSTATE BANCORP, INC.

[Same as prospectus]

RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF NEW MERIDIAN

[Same as prospectus]

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF NEW MERIDIAN

FOLLOWING THE CONVERSION

[Same as prospectus]

TRANSFER AGENT

[Same as prospectus]

EXPERTS

[Same as prospectus]

LEGAL MATTERS

[Same as prospectus]

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

[Same as prospectus]

STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS

In order to be eligible for inclusion in our proxy materials for our 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, any stockholder proposal to take action at such meeting must be received at our executive office, 67 Prospect Street, Peabody, Massachusetts 01960, no later than             , 2014. Any such proposals shall be subject to the requirements of the proxy rules adopted under the Exchange Act.

ADVANCE NOTICE OF BUSINESS TO BE CONDUCTED AT AN ANNUAL MEETING

Provisions of Old Meridian’s Bylaws. Under Old Meridian’s Bylaws, any stockholder desiring to make a proposal for new business at a meeting of stockholders or to nominate one or more candidates for election as directors must submit written notice filed with the Secretary of Old Meridian not less than 120 days nor more than

 

17


Table of Contents

150 days in advance of the first anniversary of the date of Old Meridian’s proxy statement for the previous year’s annual meeting. If next year’s annual meeting is held on a date more than 30 calendar days from May 14, 2014, a stockholder’s notice must be received not later than the close of business on the 10th calendar day following the day on which notice of the date of the scheduled annual meeting is publicly disclosed. The stockholder must also provide certain information in the notice, as set forth in Old Meridian’s Bylaws. Failure to comply with these advance notice requirements will preclude such nominations or new business from being considered at the meeting.

Provisions of New Meridian’s Bylaws. New Meridian’s Bylaws provide an advance notice procedure for certain business, or nominations to the Board of Directors, to be brought before an annual meeting of shareholders. In order for a shareholder to properly bring business before an annual meeting, or to propose a nominee to the board of directors, New Meridian’s Secretary must receive written notice not earlier than the 120th day nor later than the 110th day prior to date of the annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, then, to be timely, notice by the shareholder must be so received not later than the tenth day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made.

The notice with respect to shareholder proposals that are not nominations for director must set forth as to each matter such shareholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting: (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting; (ii) the name and address of such shareholder as they appear on New Meridian’s books and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of New Meridian which are owned beneficially or of record by such shareholder and such beneficial owner; (iv) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such shareholder and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such shareholder and any material interest of such shareholder in such business; and (v) a representation that such shareholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting.

The notice with respect to director nominations must include: (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director, (i) all information relating to such person that would indicate such person’s qualification to serve on the Board of Directors of New Meridian; (ii) an affidavit that such person would not be disqualified under the provisions of Article II, Section 12 of New Meridian’s Bylaws; (iii) such information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or any successor rule or regulation; and (iv) a written consent of each proposed nominee to be named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected; and (b) as to the stockholder giving the notice: (i) the name and address of such stockholder as they appear on New Meridian’s books and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made; (ii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of New Meridian which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner; (iii) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such stockholder; (iv) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice; and (v) any other information relating to such stockholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act or any successor rule or regulation.

The 2015 annual meeting of stockholders is expected to be held May     , 2015. If the conversion is completed, advance written notice for certain business, or nominations to the Board of Directors, to be brought before the next annual meeting must be given to us no earlier than March     , 2015 and no later than March     , 2015. If notice is received earlier than March     , 2015 or after March     , 2015, it will be considered untimely, and we will not be required to present the matter at the stockholders meeting. If the conversion is not completed, advance written notice for certain business, or nominations to the Board of Directors, to be brought before the next annual meeting must be given to us between             , 2015 and             , 2015. If notice is received before             , 2015 or after             , 2015, it will be considered untimely, and we will not be required to present the matter at the stockholders meeting.

 

18


Table of Contents

Nothing in this proxy statement/prospectus shall be deemed to require us to include in our proxy statement and proxy relating to an annual meeting any stockholder proposal that does not meet all of the requirements for inclusion established by the Securities and Exchange Commission in effect at the time such proposal is received.

IMPORTANT NOTICE REGARDING THE AVAILABILITY OF PROXY MATERIALS FOR THE SPECIAL MEETING

The Notice of Special Meeting of Stockholders, Proxy Statement/Prospectus and Proxy Card are available at                      .

OTHER MATTERS

As of the date of this document, the board of directors is not aware of any business to come before the special meeting other than the matters described above in the proxy statement/prospectus. However, if any matters should properly come before the special meeting, it is intended that the holders of the proxies will act in accordance with their best judgment.

 

19


Table of Contents

REVOCABLE PROXY

MERIDIAN INTERSTATE BANCORP, INC.

SPECIAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS

         , 2014

The undersigned hereby appoints the proxy committee of the Board of Directors of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc., with full powers of substitution, to act as attorneys and proxies for the undersigned to vote all shares of common stock of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. that the undersigned is entitled to vote at the Special Meeting of Stockholders (“Special Meeting”), to be held at East Boston Savings Bank’s Peabody Office, 67 Prospect Street, Peabody, Massachusetts, at              :                           .m., Eastern Time, on                      , 2014. The proxy committee is authorized to cast all votes to which the undersigned is entitled as follows:

 

        

FOR

  

AGAINST

  

ABSTAIN

1.

 

The approval of a plan of conversion pursuant to which: (a) Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated and Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation (“Old Meridian”) will convert and reorganize from the mutual holding company structure to the stock holding company structure; (b) Meridian Bancorp, Inc., a Maryland corporation (“New Meridian”), will become the holding company for East Boston Savings Bank; (c) the outstanding shares of Old Meridian, other than those held by Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated, will be converted into shares of common stock of New Meridian; and (d) New Meridian will offer shares of its common stock for sale in a subscription offering, and, if necessary, a community offering and/or syndicated community offering or firm commitment underwritten public offering;

   ¨    ¨    ¨

2.

 

The approval of the adjournment of the Special Meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the Special Meeting to approve the plan of conversion and reorganization; and

   ¨    ¨    ¨

Such other business as may properly come before the meeting.

The Board of Directors recommends a vote “FOR” each of the above-listed proposals.

VOTING FOR APPROVAL OF THE PLAN OF CONVERSION WILL ALSO INCLUDE APPROVAL OF THE EXCHANGE RATIO, THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS OF NEW MERIDIAN (INCLUDING THE ANTI-TAKEOVER/LIMITATIONS ON STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS PROVISIONS AND THE ESTABLISHMENT OF A LIQUIDATION ACCOUNT FOR THE BENEFIT OF ELIGIBLE DEPOSITORS OF EAST BOSTON SAVINGS BANK) AND THE AMENDMENT TO EAST BOSTON SAVINGS BANK’S ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION TO PROVIDE FOR A LIQUIDATION ACCOUNT FOR ELIGIBLE DEPOSITORS.


Table of Contents

 

THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED AS DIRECTED, BUT IF NO INSTRUCTIONS ARE SPECIFIED FOR ONE OR MORE PROPOSALS, THIS PROXY, IF SIGNED, WILL BE VOTED FOR THE UNVOTED PROPOSALS. IF ANY OTHER BUSINESS IS PRESENTED AT THE SPECIAL MEETING, THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED BY THE MAJORITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS. AT THE PRESENT TIME, THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS KNOWS OF NO OTHER BUSINESS TO BE PRESENTED AT THE SPECIAL MEETING.

 

THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Should the above-signed be present and elect to vote at the Special Meeting or at any adjournment thereof and after notification to the Secretary of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. at the Special Meeting of the stockholder’s decision to terminate this proxy, then the power of said attorneys and proxies shall be deemed terminated and of no further force and effect. This proxy may also be revoked by sending written notice to the Secretary of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. at the address set forth on the Notice of Special Meeting of Stockholders, or by the filing of a later-dated proxy prior to a vote being taken on a particular proposal at the Special Meeting.

The above-signed acknowledges receipt from Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. prior to the execution of this proxy of a Notice of Special Meeting and the enclosed proxy statement/prospectus dated                      , 2014.

 

Dated:                      , 2014

  

¨        Check Box if You Plan to Attend the Special Meeting

 

       

PRINT NAME OF STOCKHOLDER

   

PRINT NAME OF STOCKHOLDER

       

SIGNATURE OF STOCKHOLDER

   

SIGNATURE OF STOCKHOLDER

Please sign exactly as your name appears on this proxy card. When signing as attorney, executor, administrator, trustee or guardian, please give your full title. If shares are held jointly, each holder should sign, but only one holder is required to sign.

 

 

Please complete, sign and date this proxy card and return it promptly

in the enclosed postage-prepaid envelope.

 

IMPORTANT NOTICE REGARDING THE AVAILABILITY OF PROXY MATERIALS FOR THE

SPECIAL MEETING

The Notice of Special Meeting of Stockholders, Proxy Statement and Proxy Card are available at www.                      .com.


Table of Contents

PART II: INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

 

          Amount (1)  

*

   Registrant’s Legal Fees and Expenses    $ 750,000   

*

   Registrant’s Accounting Fees and Expenses      150,000   

*

   Registrant’s State Tax Advisory Fees      10,000   

*

   Marketing Agent Fees (1)      5,828,867   

*

   Records Management Fees and Expenses (1)      60,000   

*

   Appraisal Fees and Expenses      120,000   

*

   Printing, Postage, Mailing, EDGAR and XBRL Fees      720,000   

*

   Filing Fees (Nasdaq, FINRA, SEC and Commonwealth of Massachusetts)      193,000   

*

   Transfer Agent Fees and Expenses      20,000   

*

   Business Plan Fees and Expenses      91,000   

*

   Proxy Solicitor Fees and Expenses      40,000   

*

   Other      125,000   
     

 

 

 

*

   Total    $ 8,107,867   
     

 

 

 

 

* Estimated
(1) Meridian Bancorp, Inc. has retained Sterne, Agee & Leach, Inc. to assist in the sale of common stock on a best efforts basis in the subscription, community and syndicated offerings. Fees are estimated at the adjusted maximum of the offering range, assuming 80% of the shares are sold in the subscription and community offerings and 20% of the shares are sold in the syndicated community offering.

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Articles 10 and 11 of the Articles of Incorporation of Meridian Bancorp, Inc. (the “Corporation”) sets forth circumstances under which directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation may be insured or indemnified against liability which they incur in their capacities as such:

ARTICLE 10. Indemnification, etc. of Directors and Officers.

A. Indemnification. The Corporation shall indemnify (1) its current and former directors and officers, whether serving the Corporation or at its request any other entity, to the fullest extent required or permitted by the MGCL now or hereafter in force, including the advancement of expenses under the procedures and to the fullest extent permitted by law, and (2) other employees and agents to such extent as shall be authorized by the Board of Directors and permitted by law; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section B of this Article 10 with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

B. Procedure. If a claim under Section A of this Article 10 is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall also be entitled to be reimbursed the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. It shall be a defense to any action for advancement of expenses that the Corporation has not received both (i) an undertaking as required by law to repay such advances in the event it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met and (ii) a written affirmation by the indemnitee of his good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Corporation has been met. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) any suit by the

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the MGCL. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the MGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article 10 or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

C. Non-Exclusivity. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article 10 shall not be exclusive of any other right that any Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, these Articles, the Corporation’s Bylaws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or the Board of Directors, or otherwise.

D. Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to insure itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such Person against such expense, liability or loss under the MGCL.

E. Miscellaneous. The Corporation shall not be liable for any payment under this Article 10 in connection with a claim made by any indemnitee to the extent such indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment under any insurance policy, agreement, or otherwise, of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in Sections A and B of this Article 10 shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

F. Limitations Imposed by Federal Law . Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Article 10, in no event shall any payments made by the Corporation pursuant to this Article 10 exceed the amount permissible under applicable federal law, including, without limitation, Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

Any repeal or modification of this Article 10 shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses of such director or officer or the obligations of the Corporation arising hereunder with respect to events occurring, or claims made, while this Article 10 is in force.

ARTICLE 11. Limitation of Liability. An officer or director of the Corporation, as such, shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for money damages, except (A) to the extent that it is proved that the Person actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services, for the amount of the benefit or profit in money, property or services actually received; or (B) to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the Person is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the Person’s action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding; or (C) to the extent otherwise provided by the MGCL. If the MGCL is amended to further eliminate or limit the personal liability of officers and directors, then the liability of officers and directors of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the MGCL, as so amended.

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Not Applicable.

 

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules:

The exhibits and financial statement schedules filed as part of this registration statement are as follows:

 

  (a) List of Exhibits

 

    1.1    Engagement Letter between Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated, Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc., East Boston Savings Bank and Sterne, Agee & Leach, Inc.
    1.2    Form of Agency Agreement between Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated, Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc., East Boston Savings Bank and Meridian Bancorp, Inc., and Sterne, Agee & Leach, Inc.*
    2    Plan of Conversion
    3.1    Articles of Incorporation of Meridian Bancorp, Inc.
    3.2    Bylaws of Meridian Bancorp, Inc.
    4    Form of Common Stock Certificate of Meridian Bancorp, Inc.
    5    Opinion of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. regarding legality of securities being registered
    8.1    Federal Tax Opinion of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C.*
    8.2    State Tax Opinion*
  10.1    Form of East Boston Savings Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan (incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. (File No. 333-146373), originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 28, 2007) †
  10.2    Form of East Boston Savings Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan Trust Agreement (incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. (File No. 333-146373), originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 28, 2007) †
  10.3    East Boston Savings Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan Loan Agreement, Pledge Agreement and Promissory Note (incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. (File No. 333-146373), originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 28, 2007) †
  10.4    Form of Amended and Restated Employment Agreement (incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. (File No. 333-146373), originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 28, 2007) †
  10.5    Form of East Boston Savings Bank Employee Severance Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. (File No. 333-146373), originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 28, 2007) †
  10.6    Form of Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreements with certain directors (incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. (File No. 333-146373), originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 28, 2007) †
  10.7    Form of Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement with Richard J. Gavegnano (incorporated by reference to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. (File No. 001-33898), filed the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 14, 2008) †
  10.8    Form of Employment Agreement with Richard J. Gavegnano (incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. (File No. 001-33898), filed the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 12, 2009) †
  10.9    Form of Employment Agreement with Deborah J. Jackson (incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. (File No. 001-33898), filed the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 12, 2009) †
  10.10    Form of Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement with Deborah J. Jackson (incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. (File No. 001-33898), filed the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 12, 2009) †

 

II-3


Table of Contents
  10.11    2008 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Definitive Proxy Statement of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. (File No. 001-33898), for its 2008 Annual Meeting, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 11, 2008) †
  10.12    Amendment to Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreements with Certain Directors (incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 1 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K/A of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. (File No. 001-33898), filed the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 8, 2009) †
  10.13    Employment Agreement between Edward J. Merritt and East Boston Savings Bank (incorporated by reference to Annual Report on Form 10-K of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. (File No. 001-33898), filed the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 16, 2010) †
  10.14    Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement between East Boston Savings Bank and Edward J. Merritt (incorporated by reference to Annual Report on Form 10-K of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. (File No. 001-33898), filed the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 16, 2010) †
  10.15    Joint Beneficiary Designation Agreement between Edward J. Merritt and Mt. Washington Co-operative Bank (incorporated by reference to Annual Report on Form 10-K of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. (File No. 001-33898), filed the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 16, 2010) †
  10.16    First Amendment to Joint Beneficiary Designation Agreement between Edward J. Merritt and Mt. Washington Co-operative Bank (incorporated by reference to Annual Report on Form 10-K of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. (File No. 001-33898), filed the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 16, 2010) †
  10.17    Change in Control Agreement between Mark Abbate and East Boston Savings Bank (incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. (File No. 001-33898), filed the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 15, 2009) †
  10.18    Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Annual Report on Form 10-K of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. (File No. 001-33898), filed the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 15, 2013) †
  21    Subsidiaries of Registrant (incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. (File No. 333-146373), originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 28, 2007)
  23.1    Consent of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. (contained in Opinions included as Exhibits 5 and 8.1)
  23.2    Consent of RP Financial, LC.
  23.3    Consent of Wolf & Company, P.C.
  23.4    Consent of Wolf & Company, P.C. (contained in Opinion included as Exhibit 8.2)
  24    Power of Attorney (set forth on signature page)
  99.1    Appraisal Agreement between Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. and RP Financial, LC.
  99.2    Letter of RP Financial, LC. with respect to Subscription Rights
  99.3    Appraisal Report of RP Financial, LC.**
  99.4    Marketing Materials*
  99.5    Stock Order and Certification Form*
  99.6    Letter of RP Financial, LC. with respect to Liquidation Account
101    The following financial statements of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 formatted in XBRL: (i) Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Management contract or compensation plan or arrangement.
* To be filed by amendment.
** Supporting financial schedules filed in paper format only pursuant to Rule 202 of Regulation S-T. Available for inspection during business hours at the principal offices of the SEC in Washington, D.C.

 

II-4


Table of Contents
  (b) Financial Statement Schedules

No financial statement schedules are filed because the required information is not applicable or is included in the consolidated financial statements or related notes.

 

Item 17. Undertakings

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

(1) To file, during any period in which it offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement;

(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(4) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities:

The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (§230.424 of this chapter);

(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

(5) That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(6) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(7) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(8) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-6


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of East Boston, Commonwealth of Massachusetts on March 7, 2014.

 

MERIDIAN BANCORP, INC.
By:   /s/ Richard J. Gavegnano
  Richard J. Gavegnano
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
  (Duly Authorized Representative)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

We, the undersigned directors and officers of Meridian Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby severally constitute and appoint Richard J. Gavegnano as our true and lawful attorney and agent, to do any and all things in our names in the capacities indicated below which said Richard J. Gavegnano may deem necessary or advisable to enable the Company to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in connection with the registration statement on Form S-1 relating to the offering of the Company’s common stock, including specifically, but not limited to, power and authority to sign for us in our names in the capacities indicated below the registration statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto; and we hereby approve, ratify and confirm all that said Richard J. Gavegnano shall do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signatures

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Richard J. Gavegnano

Richard J. Gavegnano

  

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  March 7, 2014

/s/ Mark L. Abbate

Mark L. Abbate

  

Senior Vice President, Treasurer and

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  March 7, 2014

/s/ Vincent D. Basile

Vincent D. Basile

  

Director

  March 7, 2014

/s/ Marilyn A. Censullo

Marilyn A. Censullo

  

Director

  March 7, 2014

/s/ Anna R. DiMaria

Anna R. DiMaria

  

Director

  March 7, 2014

/s/ Richard F. Fernandez

Richard F. Fernandez

  

Director

  March 7, 2014

/s/ Domenic A. Gambardella

Domenic A. Gambardella

  

Director

  March 7, 2014

/s/ Thomas J. Gunning

Thomas J. Gunning

  

Director

  March 7, 2014

/s/ Carl A. LaGreca

Carl A. LaGreca

  

Director

  March 7, 2014


Table of Contents

/s/ Edward L. Lynch

Edward L. Lynch

  

Director

  March 7, 2014

/s/ Edward J. Merritt

Edward J. Merritt

  

Director

  March 7, 2014

/s/ Gregory F. Natalucci

Gregory F. Natalucci

  

Director

  March 7, 2014

/s/ James G. Sartori

James G. Sartori

  

Director

  March 7, 2014


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

    1.1    Engagement Letter between Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated, Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc., East Boston Savings Bank and Sterne, Agee & Leach, Inc.
    1.2    Form of Agency Agreement between Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated, Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc., East Boston Savings Bank and Meridian Bancorp, Inc., and Sterne, Agee & Leach, Inc.*
    2    Plan of Conversion
    3.1    Articles of Incorporation of Meridian Bancorp, Inc.
    3.2    Bylaws of Meridian Bancorp, Inc.
    4    Form of Common Stock Certificate of Meridian Bancorp, Inc.
    5    Opinion of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. regarding legality of securities being registered
    8.1    Federal Tax Opinion of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C.*
    8.2    State Tax Opinion*
  10.1    Form of East Boston Savings Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan (incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. (File No. 333-146373), originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 28, 2007) †
  10.2    Form of East Boston Savings Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan Trust Agreement (incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. (File No. 333-146373), originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 28, 2007) †
  10.3    East Boston Savings Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan Loan Agreement, Pledge Agreement and Promissory Note (incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. (File No. 333-146373), originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 28, 2007) †
  10.4    Form of Amended and Restated Employment Agreement (incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. (File No. 333-146373), originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 28, 2007) †
  10.5    Form of East Boston Savings Bank Employee Severance Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. (File No. 333-146373), originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 28, 2007) †
  10.6    Form of Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreements with certain directors (incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. (File No. 333-146373), originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 28, 2007) †
  10.7    Form of Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement with Richard J. Gavegnano (incorporated by reference to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. (File No. 001-33898), filed the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 14, 2008) †
  10.8    Form of Employment Agreement with Richard J. Gavegnano (incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. (File No. 001-33898), filed the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 12, 2009) †
  10.9    Form of Employment Agreement with Deborah J. Jackson (incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. (File No. 001-33898), filed the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 12, 2009) †
  10.10    Form of Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement with Deborah J. Jackson (incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. (File No. 001-33898), filed the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 12, 2009) †
  10.11    2008 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Definitive Proxy Statement of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. (File No. 001-33898), for its 2008 Annual Meeting, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 11, 2008) †
  10.12    Amendment to Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreements with Certain Directors (incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 1 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K/A of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. (File No. 001-33898), filed the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 8, 2009) †
  10.13    Employment Agreement between Edward J. Merritt and East Boston Savings Bank (incorporated by reference to Annual Report on Form 10-K of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. (File No. 001-33898), filed the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 16, 2010) †


Table of Contents
  10.14    Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement between East Boston Savings Bank and Edward J. Merritt (incorporated by reference to Annual Report on Form 10-K of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. (File No. 001-33898), filed the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 16, 2010) †
  10.15    Joint Beneficiary Designation Agreement between Edward J. Merritt and Mt. Washington Co-operative Bank (incorporated by reference to Annual Report on Form 10-K of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. (File No. 001-33898), filed the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 16, 2010) †
  10.16    First Amendment to Joint Beneficiary Designation Agreement between Edward J. Merritt and Mt. Washington Co-operative Bank (incorporated by reference to Annual Report on Form 10-K of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. (File No. 001-33898), filed the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 16, 2010) †
  10.17    Change in Control Agreement between Mark Abbate and East Boston Savings Bank (incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. (File No. 001-33898), filed the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 15, 2009) †
  10.18    Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Annual Report on Form 10-K of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. (File No. 001-33898), filed the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 15, 2013) †
  21    Subsidiaries of Registrant
  23.1    Consent of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. (contained in Opinions included as Exhibits 5 and 8.1)
  23.2    Consent of RP Financial, LC.
  23.3    Consent of Wolf & Company, P.C.
  23.4    Consent of Wolf & Company, P.C. (contained in Opinion included as Exhibit 8.2)
  24    Power of Attorney (set forth on signature page)
  99.1    Appraisal Agreement between Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. and RP Financial, LC.
  99.2    Letter of RP Financial, LC. with respect to Subscription Rights
  99.3    Appraisal Report of RP Financial, LC.**
  99.4    Marketing Materials*
  99.5    Stock Order and Certification Form*
  99.6    Letter of RP Financial, LC. with respect to Liquidation Account
101    The following financial statements of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 formatted in XBRL: (i) Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Management contract or compensation plan or arrangement.
* To be filed by amendment.
** Supporting financial schedules filed in paper format only pursuant to Rule 202 of Regulation S-T. Available for inspection during business hours at the principal offices of the SEC in Washington, D.C.

Exhibit 1.1

Sterne Agee

January 15, 2014

Meridian Financial Services, Inc.

10 Meridian Street

East Boston, MA 02128

Attention: Richard J. Gavegnano

            Chairman & Chief Executive Officer

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The purpose of this letter agreement (the “Agreement”) is to confirm the engagement of Sterne, Agee & Leach, Inc. (“Sterne Agee”) to act as the exclusive financial advisor to Meridian Financial Services, Inc. (“MHC”), Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. (“MIB”) and Meridian Savings Bank (the “Bank”) in connection with the MHC’s reorganization from a mutual holding company form of organization to a stock holding company form of organization (the “Reorganization”). In order to effect the Reorganization, it is contemplated that all of MIB’s common stock to be outstanding after giving effect to the Reorganization will be issued to a newly formed stock holding company (“NewCo” and, together with MHC, MIB and the Bank, the “Company”) to be formed by MIB, and that NewCo will offer and sell shares of its common stock first to eligible persons pursuant to a Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “Plan”) in a Subscription Offering (the “Subscription Offering”) and any remaining shares to the general public in a Direct Community Offering and/or a Syndicated Community Offering (the “Community Offering” and, together with the Subscription Offering, the “Offering”). This letter sets forth the terms and conditions agreed to between the Company and Sterne Agee with respect to the Reorganization, the Plan and the Offering.

 

(1) Advisory/Marketing Agent Services .

As the Company’s financial advisor, Sterne Agee will provide financial advice to the Company and will assist the Company in connection with the Reorganization, the Plan, the Offering and related matters. In this regard, Sterne Agee’s services will include the following:

 

    Advising the Company on the financial and securities market implications of the Plan;

 

    Assisting the Company in structuring and marketing the Offering;

 

    Reviewing all Offering documents, including the Prospectus, stock order forms and marketing materials (it being understood that the preparation and filing of any and all such documents will be the responsibility of the Company and its counsel);

 

    Assisting the Company in analyzing proposals from outside vendors in connection with the Offering, as needed;

 

    Assisting the Company in scheduling and preparing meetings with potential investors, as necessary; and

 

    Providing such other general advice and assistance as may be reasonable necessary to promote the successful completion of the Offering.


(2) Records Agent Services .

In connection with the Offering, the Company agrees that Sterne Agee also serve as Records Agent for the Company. As Records Agent, and as the Bank may reasonably request, Sterne Agee will provide the following services:

 

    Consolidation of deposit accounts into a central file and calculation of eligible votes;

 

    Design and prepare Proxy Forms for the Corporator Vote and Stock Order Forms for the Subscription Offering and Direct Community Offering and, if necessary, the Syndicated Community Offering;

 

    Organize and supervise the MHC’s Stock Information Center;

 

    Provide proxy and ballot tabulation services for the Bank’s Special Meeting of Corporators, including acting as or supporting the Inspector of Election; and

 

    Provide necessary subscription services to distribute, collect and tabulate stock orders in the Subscription Offering and Direct Community Offering.

The Company acknowledges and agrees that, as Records Agent hereunder, Sterne Agee (a) shall have no duties or obligations other than those specifically set forth herein; (b) shall be regarded as making no representations and having no responsibilities as to the validity, sufficiency, value or genuineness of any order form or any stock certificates or the shares represented thereby, and shall not be required to and shall make no representations as to the validity, value or genuineness of the offer; (c) shall not be liable to any person, firm or corporation including the Company by reason of any error of judgment or for any act done by it in good faith, or for any mistake of law or fact in connection with this Agreement and the performance hereof unless caused by or arising out of its own willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence; (d) shall not be obliged to take any legal action hereunder which might in its judgment involve any expense or liability, unless it shall have been furnished with reasonable indemnity satisfactory to it; and (e) may rely on and shall be protected in acting in reliance upon any certificate, instrument, opinion, notice, letter, telex, telegram, or other document or security delivered to it and in good faith believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed by the proper party or parties.

 

(3) Compensation .

The Company agrees to compensate Sterne Agee for its services hereunder as follows:

 

  (a) Management Fee . The Company will pay to Sterne Agee a management fee of $30,000 (the “Management Fee”) in cash payable as follows: $15,000 upon the execution of this Agreement and $15,000 upon the initial filing of a Registration Statement with the SEC. The Management Fee will be refundable to the Company to the extent not actually incurred by Sterne Agee.

 

  (b)

Success Fee . The Company will pay to Sterne Agee a Success Fee equal to 0.75% of the aggregate Purchase Price of the shares of common stock sold in the Subscription Offering and Direct Community Offering, excluding shares purchased by (i) any employee benefit plan or trust of the Company established for the benefit of its directors, trustees, officers

 

-2-


  and employees, and (ii) any director, trustee, corporator, officer or employee of the Company, members of their immediate families or their personal trusts or any IRAs for the benefit of such persons. All fees payable to Sterne Agee hereunder shall be payable in cash at the time of closing of the Offering. The amount of the Management Fee paid to Sterne Agee will be credited, on a dollar for dollar basis, toward Success Fee incurred hereunder.

 

  (c) Syndicated Community Offering . If any shares of common stock remain available after the expiration of the Subscription Offering and Direct Community Offering, Sterne Agee will act as as sole book running manager and may seek to form a syndicate of registered dealers to assist in the sale of such common stock on a best efforts basis, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in a selected dealers agreement to be entered into between the Company and Sterne Agee. With respect to any shares of the Common Stock sold by Sterne Agee or any other FINRA member firm in the Syndicated Community Offering, the Company agrees to pay a commission of 5.0% of the aggregate Purchase Price of the shares sold in the Syndicated Community Offering. Sterne Agee will endeavor to distribute the common stock among dealers in a fashion that best meets the distribution objectives of the Company and the requirements of the Plan, which may result in limiting the allocation of stock to certain selected dealers. It is understood that in no event shall Sterne Agee be obligated to take or purchase any shares of the common stock in the Offering.

 

  (d) Records Agent Fees . For the Records Agent services outlined above, the Company agrees to pay Sterne Agee a cash fee of $50,000. This fee is based on the requirements of the current banking regulations, the Plan, as currently contemplated, and the expectation that member data will be processed as of three key record dates. Any material changes in the regulations or the Plan, or delays requiring duplicate or replacement processing due to changes to record dates, may result in additional fees not to exceed $10,000. All Records Agent fees under this Agreement shall be payable as follows (a) $5,000 upon the execution of this Agreement, which shall be non-refundable and (b) the balance upon mailing subscription documents.

 

(4) Expenses .

The Company will pay all of its fees, disbursements and expenses in connection with the Offering customarily borne by issuers, including without limitation, (a) the cost of obtaining all securities and bank regulatory approvals, including any required Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) or Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) filing fees; (b) the cost of printing and distributing the offering materials; (c) the costs of blue sky qualification (including fees and expenses of blue sky counsel) of the shares in the various states; (d) listing fees; (e) all fees and disbursements of the Company’s counsel, accountants and other advisors; (f) the establishment and operational expenses for the Stock Information Center and (g) Syndicated Community Offering expenses associated with the Offering.

In addition, whether or not the proposed Offering is consummated and in addition to any fees payable to Sterne Agee pursuant to Section 3 above, the Company will reimburse Sterne Agee for all of its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with, or arising out of, Sterne Agee’s activities under, or contemplated by, its engagement hereunder, including without limitation Sterne Agee’s travel costs, meals and lodging, photocopying, data processing fees and expenses, advertising and communications expenses, which will not exceed $50,000. In addition, Sterne Agee will be reimbursed for its legal fees (excluding the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of counsel) which will not exceed $75,000. These expenses assume no unusual circumstances or delays, or a re-solicitation in connection

 

-3-


with the Offerings. Sterne Agee will provide information as to itemized expenses at the request of the MHC. Sterne Agee and the Company acknowledge that such expense cap may be increased by an additional amount not to exceed $40,000 by mutual consent, including in the event of a material delay of the Offering which would require an update of the financial information in tabular form to reflect a period later than set forth in the original filing of the offering document. All expense reimbursements to be made to Sterne Agee hereunder shall be made by the Company promptly upon submission by Sterne Agee to the Company of statements therefore.

 

(5) Certain Covenants, Acknowledgments and Representations and Warranties of the Company .

In connection with the Offering:

 

    Sterne Agee’s obligation to perform the services contemplated by this letter shall be subject to the satisfactory completion of such investigation and inquiries relating to the Company and its directors, officers, agents and employees as Sterne Agee and its counsel in their sole discretion may deem appropriate under the circumstances. In this regard, the Company agrees that, at its expense, it will make available to Sterne Agee all information that Sterne Agee requests, and will allow Sterne Agee the opportunity to discuss with the Company’s management the financial condition, business and operations of the Company (collectively the “Information”). The Company acknowledges that Sterne Agee will rely upon the accuracy and completeness of all the Information received from the Company and its directors, officers, employees, agents, independent accountants and counsel.

 

    The Company will cause appropriate Offering documents to be filed with all regulatory agencies, including the SEC, FINRA, and/or the appropriate federal and/or state bank regulatory agencies. In addition, Sterne Agee and the Company agree that the Company’s counsel shall serve as counsel with respect to blue sky matters in connection with the Offering. The Company shall cause such counsel to prepare a Blue Sky Memorandum related to the Offering, including Sterne Agee’s participation therein, and shall furnish Sterne Agee a copy thereof addressed to Sterne Agee or upon which such counsel shall state Sterne Agee may rely.

 

    In effecting the Offering, the Company agrees (a) to comply with applicable federal and state securities laws, rules and regulations, as well as applicable laws and regulations of other jurisdictions to which it is subject, (b) that all representations and warranties made by the Company to Investors in connection with the Offering shall be deemed also to be made to Sterne Agee for its benefit and, (c) that it shall cause all opinions of counsel delivered by or on behalf of the Company to Investors in connection with the Offering also to be addressed and delivered to Sterne Agee, or to cause such counsel to deliver to Sterne Agee a letter authorizing it to rely upon such opinions.

 

    The Company represents and warrants to Sterne Agee that all Information included or incorporated by reference in the Prospectus or otherwise made available to Sterne Agee by or on behalf of the Company to be communicated to possible investors in connection with the Offering will be complete and correct and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, as of (i) the date thereof and (ii) except for those statements for which written supplemental corrections or additions have been made or given to the Investors participating in such closing, as of each closing of such Offering.

 

-4-


    The Company will promptly notify Sterne Agee of any material development affecting the Company or the occurrence of any event or other change known to the Company that could result in any of the foregoing Information or other documents containing an untrue statement of a material fact or omitting to state any material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

    The Company acknowledges and agrees that, in rendering its services hereunder, Sterne Agee will be using and relying on the Information (as well as information available from public sources and other sources deemed reliable by Sterne Agee) without independent investigation or verification thereof or independent appraisal or evaluation of the Company or its subsidiaries and affiliates, or any of their respective businesses or assets. Sterne Agee does not and will not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of the Prospectus or any other information regarding the Company.

 

    The Company acknowledges and agrees that any advice rendered or material provided by Sterne Agee during the term of this Agreement or during the process of the Offering was and is intended solely for the benefit and confidential use of the Board of Directors of the Company and will not be reproduced, summarized, described or referred to or given to any other person or entity for any purpose without Sterne Agee’s prior written consent.

 

    The Company represents and warrants to Sterne Agee that there are no brokers, representatives or other persons which have an interest in compensation due to Sterne Agee from any transaction contemplated herein.

 

    The Company represents, warrants and covenants to Sterne Agee that it will use the net proceeds from the Offering for the purposes described in the Prospectus.

 

(6) Indemnification .

In consideration of Sterne Agee’s agreement to act on behalf of the Company in connection with the matters contemplated by this Agreement, except as otherwise provided herein, the Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Sterne Agee and its affiliates and its and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents and each other person, if any, controlling Sterne Agee or any of its affiliates (Sterne Agee and each such other person being an “Indemnified Person”) from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities reasonably related to, arising out of or in connection with, the engagement hereunder, and will reimburse each Indemnified Person for all costs and expenses (including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) as they are incurred, in connection with investigating, preparing, pursuing or defending any action, claim, suit, investigation, inquiry or proceeding related to, arising out of or in connection with the engagement hereunder, whether in process, pending, or threatened, and whether or not any Indemnified Person is a party. The Company will not, however, be responsible for losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or fees and expenses relating thereto) that are finally judicially determined to have resulted from the bad faith, willful misconduct or gross negligence of any Indemnified Person, in which case Sterne Agee shall also repay any amounts reimbursed by the Company pursuant to the expense reimbursement provision above. The Company also agrees that no Indemnified Person shall have any liability (whether direct or indirect, in contract or tort or otherwise) to the Company for or in connection with the engagement hereunder, except for any such liability for losses, claims, damages or liabilities incurred by the Company that are finally judicially determined to have resulted solely from the bad faith, willful misconduct or gross negligence of such Indemnified Person. The indemnification obligations set forth herein shall not apply to the Bank to the extent that such indemnification by the Bank would constitute a covered transaction under Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act, as amended.

 

-5-


The Company will not, without Sterne Agee’s prior written consent, settle, compromise, consent to the entry of any judgment in or otherwise seek to terminate any action, claim, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification may be sought hereunder (whether or not any Indemnified Person is a party thereto) unless such settlement, compromise, consent or termination does not include a statement or acknowledgment as to, or an admission of, fault, culpability or failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party. No Indemnified Person seeking indemnification, reimbursement or contribution under this Agreement will, without the Company’s prior written consent, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld, settle, compromise, consent to the entry of any judgment in or otherwise seek to terminate any action, claim, suit, investigation or proceeding referred to in the preceding paragraph. Sterne Agee will not enter into any settlement for which the Company could be liable without the Company’s prior written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

If the indemnification provided for in this Section 6 is judicially determined to be unavailable (other than in accordance with the second sentence of the first paragraph hereof) to an Indemnified Person in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to herein, then, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Person hereunder, the Company shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (and expenses relating thereto) (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits to Sterne Agee, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other hand, of this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not available, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in such clause (i) but also the relative fault of each of Sterne Agee, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided, however, in no event shall Sterne Agee’s aggregate contribution to the amount paid or payable exceed the aggregate amount of fees actually received by Sterne Agee under this Agreement. For the purposes of this Agreement, the relative benefits to the Company and Sterne Agee hereunder shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as (a) the total consideration received or contemplated to be received by the Company in the Offering, whether or not the Offering is consummated, bears to (b) the fees paid to Sterne Agee in connection with the Offering. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

(7) Announcements .

Sterne Agee may, at its own expense, place announcements or advertisements, in form customary in the industry, in financial and other newspapers, periodicals and websites describing its services to the Company hereunder, subject to the approval of the MHC which such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

(8) No Rights of Equityholders, Creditors .

This Agreement does not create, and will not be construed as creating, rights enforceable by any person or entity not a party hereto, except those entitled thereto by virtue of Section 6. The Company acknowledges and agrees that (a) Sterne Agee will act hereunder as an independent contractor and is being retained to assist the Company in its efforts to effect the Offering and not to advise the Company on, or to express any opinion as to, the wisdom, desirability or prudence of consummating the Offering, (b) Sterne Agee is not and will not be construed as a fiduciary of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or their respective affiliates and will have no duties or liabilities to the equityholders or creditors of the Company or to any other person or entity by virtue of this Agreement and the retention of Sterne Agee hereunder, all of which duties and liabilities are hereby expressly waived, and (c) nothing contained herein shall be construed to obligate Sterne Agee to purchase, as principal, any of the Securities offered for sale by the Company in the Offering. Neither equityholders nor creditors of the Company or any of its

 

-6-


subsidiaries or of any of their respective affiliates are intended beneficiaries hereunder. The Company confirms that it and its subsidiaries and their respective affiliates will rely on their own counsel, accountants and other similar expert advisors for legal, accounting, tax and other similar advice.

 

(9) Confidentiality .

Except as contemplated in connection with the performance of its services under this Agreement, as authorized by the Company or as required by law, regulation or legal process, Sterne Agee agrees that it will treat as confidential all material, non-public information relating to the Company obtained in connection with its engagement hereunder (the “Confidential Information”); provided, however, that Sterne Agee may disclose such information to its agents and advisors who are assisting or advising Sterne Agee in performing its services hereunder and who have agreed to be bound by the terms and conditions of this paragraph. As used in this paragraph, the term “Confidential Information” shall not include information which (a) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by Sterne Agee, (b) was available to Sterne Agee on a non-confidential basis prior to its disclosure to Sterne Agee by the Company, or (c) becomes available to Sterne Agee on a non-confidential basis from a person other than the Company who is not otherwise known to Sterne Agee to be bound not to disclose such information pursuant to a contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation.

 

(10) Definitive Agreement .

This Agreement reflects Sterne Agee’s present intention of proceeding to work with the Company on its proposed Offering. No legal and binding obligation is created on the part of the Company or Sterne Agee with respect to the subject matter hereof, except as to (i) the agreement to maintain the confidentiality of Confidential Information set forth in Section 9, (ii) the payment of certain fees as set forth in Section 3, (iii) the payment of expenses as set forth in Section 4, (iv) the representations set forth in Section 5, (v) the indemnification and contribution provisions set forth in Section 6 and (iv) those terms set forth in a mutually agreed upon Agency Agreement between Sterne Agee and the Company to be executed prior to commencement of the Offering, all of which shall constitute the binding obligations of the parties hereto and which shall survive the termination of this Agreement or the completion of the services furnished hereunder and shall remain operative and in full force and effect.

Sterne Agee’s execution of such Agency Agreement shall also be subject to (a) the satisfactory completion of Sterne Agee’s satisfaction with due diligence review, (b) the preparation of Offering materials that are satisfactory to Sterne Agee, (c) compliance with all relevant legal and regulatory requirements to the reasonable satisfaction of Sterne Agee and its counsel, (d) receipt of internal approvals, (e) agreement that the price established by the independent appraiser for the Offering is reasonable under market conditions at the time of the proposed Offering, and (f) satisfactory market conditions at the time of the proposed Offering.

 

(11) Other Activities .

It is understood and agreed that Sterne Agee may, from time to time, make a market in, have a long or short position, buy and sell or otherwise effect transactions for customer accounts and for their own accounts in the securities of, or perform investment banking or other services for, the Company and other entities which are or may be the subject of the engagement contemplated by this Agreement. This is to confirm that possible investors identified or contacted by Sterne Agee in connection with the Offering could include entities in respect of which Sterne Agee may have rendered or may in the future render services.

 

-7-


(12) Assignment .

Neither party hereto may assign, in whole or in part, this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder, without the prior written consent of the other party hereto. Any attempted assignment in violation of this section shall be void.

 

(13) Governing Law; Jurisdiction .

This Agreement shall be governed as to validity, interpretation, construction, effect and in all other respects by the internal laws of the State of New York without giving effect to its conflicts of laws principles or rules. Each of Sterne Agee and the Company agrees that any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement and/or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, including, without limitation, any such dispute between the Company and any present or former officer, director, employee or agent of Sterne Agee, each of whom is intended to be a third-party beneficiary of the agreement contained in this paragraph, shall be resolved through litigation in the federal court located in the Borough of Manhattan, New York or, in the event such court lacks subject matter jurisdiction, in the state court located there, and the parties hereby irrevocably consent to personal jurisdiction in the courts thereto. Parties hereby waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any right to trial by jury with respect to any action or proceeding arising out of or related to this Agreement.

 

(14) Counterparts .

For the convenience of the parties, Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be, and shall be deemed to be, an original instrument and which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

(15) Notices.

All notices, requests, demands, claims, and other communications hereunder will be in writing. Any notice, request, demand, claim or other communication if addressed to the intended recipient as set forth below shall be deemed to be duly given either when personally delivered or two days after it is sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or one day after it is delivered to a commercial overnight courier, or upon confirmation if delivered by facsimile:

 

If to the Company:

 

Meridian Financial Services, Inc.

10 Meridian Street

East Boston, MA 02128

Attention: Richard J. Gavegnano

Facsimile: (978) 977-2882

  

If to Sterne Agee:

 

James T. Ritt, Esq.

General Counsel

Sterne Agee Group, Inc.

800 Shades Creek Pkwy, Suite 815

Birmingham, Alabama 35209

Facsimile: (205) 874-3719

 

With a copy to:

 

Daryle A. DiLascia

Head of Depository Investment Banking

Sterne, Agee & Leach, Inc.

277 Park Avenue, 24 th and 25 th Floors

New York, NY 10172

Facsimile: (205) 414-6372

 

-8-


Any party may give any notice, request, demand, claim, or other communication hereunder using any other means, but no such notice, request, demand, claim, or other communication shall be deemed to have been duly given unless and until it is actually received by the party for whom it is intended. Any party may change the address to which such notices, requests, demands, claims, or other communications are to be delivered by giving the other parties notice in the manner herein set forth.

 

(16) Amendment; Complete Understanding .

This Agreement (a) may only be modified or amended in a writing executed by the Company and Sterne Agee, (b) contains the entire agreement between the Company and Sterne Agee with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and (c) supersedes any and all prior or contemporaneous arrangements, understanding and agreements, written or oral, between the Company and Sterne Agee relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof.

If the foregoing correctly sets forth our agreement, please so indicate by signing a copy of this Agreement and returning them, together with a check for the Management Fee made payable to Sterne, Agee & Leach, Inc. in the amount of $20,000 in accordance with Sections 3(a) and (d) above, to Robert P. Hutchinson at 265 Franklin Street, 4 th Floor, Boston, MA 02110. We look forward to working with you towards the successful conclusion of this engagement and continuing to develop our long-term relationship with the Company.

Very truly yours,

 

STERNE, AGEE & LEACH, INC.
By:   /s/ Robert P. Hutchison
  Robert P. Hutchinson
  Managing Director
  Head of Northeast Region, Depository Investment Banking

 

By:   /s/ Daryle A. DiLascia
  Daryle A. DiLascia
  Head of Depository Investment Banking

ACCEPTED and AGREED as of the 16 th day of January, 2014.

 

MERIDIAN FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.
By:   /s/ Richard J. Gavegnano
  Richard J. Gavegnano
  Chairman & Chief Executive Officer

 

-9-

Exhibit 2

MERIDIAN FINANCIAL SERVICES, INCORPORATED

PLAN OF CONVERSION

Adopted by the Board of Trustees

on March 5, 2014


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE 1. INTRODUCTION—BUSINESS PURPOSE

     1   

ARTICLE 2. DEFINITIONS

     3   

ARTICLE 3. GENERAL PROCEDURE FOR CONVERSION

     10   

3.1.        Preconditions to Conversion

     10   

3.2.        Submission of Plan to Commissioner and FRB

     11   

3.3.        Special Meeting of Corporators to Approve the Plan

     11   

3.4.        Completion of Conversion and Offering

     11   

3.5.        Bank Articles of Organization And Bylaws

     12   

3.6.        Conversion Procedures

     12   

3.7.        Conversion to Stock Holding Company

     13   

3.8.        Offer and Sale of Holding Company Common Stock

     13   

ARTICLE 4. [RESERVED]

     14   

ARTICLE 5. SHARES TO BE OFFERED

     14   

5.1.        Holding Company Common Stock

     14   

5.2.        Independent Valuation, Purchase Price and Number of Shares

     14   

ARTICLE 6. SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS AND ORDERS FOR COMMON STOCK

     15   

6.1.        Distribution of Prospectus

     15   

6.2.        Order Forms

     16   

6.3.        Undelivered, Defective, Early or Late Order Form; Insufficient Payment

     17   

6.4.        Payment for Stock

     17   

ARTICLE 7. STOCK PURCHASE PRIORITIES AND OFFERING ALTERNATIVES

     18   

7.1.        Priorities for Offering

     18   

7.2.        Certain Determinations

     18   

7.3.        Minimum Purchase; No Fractional Shares

     18   

7.4.        Overview of Priorities

     19   

7.5.        Priorities For Subscription Offering

     19   

7.6.        Priorities for Direct Community Offering

     21   

7.7.        Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering

     22   

ARTICLE 8. ADDITIONAL LIMITATIONS ON PURCHASES

     23   

8.1.        General

     23   

8.2.        Individual Maximum Purchase Limit

     23   

8.3.        Group Maximum Purchase Limit

     23   

8.4.        Purchases by Officers, Directors, Trustees and Corporators

     24   

8.5.        Special Rule for Tax-Qualified Employee Plans

     24   

8.6.        Illegal Purchases

     24   

8.7.        Rejection of Orders

     24   

8.8.        Subscribers in Non-Qualified States or in Foreign Countries

     24   

8.9.        No Offer to Transfer Shares

     25   

8.10.      Confirmation by Purchasers

     25   

 

i


ARTICLE 9. POST OFFERING MATTERS

     25   

9.1.        Stock Purchases After the Conversion

     25   

9.2.        Resales of Stock by Management Persons

     25   

9.3.        Stock Certificates

     26   

9.4.        Restriction on Financing Stock Purchases

     26   

9.5.        Stock Benefit Plans

     26   

9.6.        Market for Holding Company Common Stock

     27   

9.7.        Liquidation Accounts

     28   

9.8.        Payment of Dividends

     31   

9.9.        Repurchase of Stock

     31   

9.10.      Conversion Expenses

     31   

9.11.      Public Inspection of Conversion Application

     31   

9.12.      Enforcement of Terms and Conditions

     32   

9.13.      Voting Rights in Converted Stock Holding Company

     32   

9.14.      Restrictions on Acquisition of Bank and Stock Holding Company

     32   

ARTICLE 10. MISCELLANEOUS

     33   

10.1.      Interpretation of Plan

     33   

10.2.      Amendment or Termination of the Plan

     33   

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit 1.1    Form of Agreement of Merger between Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated and Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc.
Exhibit 1.2    Form of Agreement of Merger between Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. and Meridian Bancorp, Inc.
Exhibit 7.6    Local Community; Massachusetts Cities and Towns Served by East Boston Savings Bank

 

ii


MERIDIAN FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

PLAN OF CONVERSION

ARTICLE 1.

Introduction—Business Purpose

This Plan of Conversion (the “Plan”) provides for the conversion and reorganization of Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated, a Massachusetts-chartered mutual holding company (the “MHC”), into the capital stock form of organization and all steps incident or necessary thereto (the “Conversion”). The MHC currently owns 59.2% of the common stock of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation (the “Mid-Tier Holding Company”), which owns 100% of the common stock of East Boston Savings Bank (the “Bank”). The Bank is a Massachusetts-chartered savings bank headquartered in East Boston, Massachusetts. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Article 1 shall have the respective meanings set forth in Article 2 hereof.

The Plan, which has been adopted by the Board of Trustees of the MHC, the Board of Directors of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Board of Directors of the Bank, is to be carried out under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, applicable Regulations of the Massachusetts Division of Banks (the “Division”) and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “FRB”), and other applicable laws and regulations. The Board of Trustees of the MHC currently contemplates that, following the Conversion, all of the capital stock of the Bank will be held by a Maryland corporation (the “Stock Holding Company”) and that the Stock Holding Company will issue and sell shares of its common stock (the “Holding Company Common Stock”) in a Subscription Offering upon the terms and conditions set forth herein to Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders (if any), Tax-Qualified Employee Plans established by the Bank or the Stock Holding Company, and Employees, Officers, Directors, Trustees or Corporators of the MHC or the Bank, according to the respective priorities set forth in the Plan. Any shares not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering may be offered for sale to certain members of the public directly by the Stock Holding Company through a Direct Community Offering and/or a Syndicated Community Offering. Alternatively, any shares not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering and any Direct Community Offering may be offered for sale in a Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, or in any other manner permitted by the Bank Regulators. All sales of Holding Company Common Stock in a Direct Community Offering, in a Syndicated Community Offering, in a Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, or in any other manner permitted by the Bank Regulators, will be at the sole discretion of the Board of Trustees of the MHC and the Board of Directors of the Stock Holding Company. As part of the Conversion, each Minority Stockholder will receive Holding Company Common Stock in exchange for Minority Shares.

The Plan is subject to the approval of various regulatory agencies, and must be approved by a majority of the total votes of the MHC’s Corporators and a majority of the MHC’s Independent Corporators (who shall constitute not less than 60% of all Corporators) eligible to be cast at the annual meeting or at a special meeting called for such purpose. This Plan also must be approved by at least (i) two-thirds of the total votes eligible to be cast by Stockholders at the Meeting of Stockholders, and (ii) a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by Minority Stockholders at the Meeting of Stockholders.

 

1


The Conversion is to be effectuated as follows, or in any other manner that is consistent with the purposes of the Plan and applicable laws and regulations. The Mid-Tier Holding Company will establish the Stock Holding Company as a first-tier stock holding company subsidiary. The MHC will merge with and into the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the resulting entity pursuant to Section 7(3) of Chapter 167H of the Massachusetts General Laws and the Agreement and Plan of Merger attached hereto as Exhibit 1.1 (the “MHC Merger”). As part of the MHC Merger, shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock held by the MHC will be canceled and all persons holding liquidation rights in the MHC will constructively receive liquidation rights in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their liquidation rights in the MHC. Immediately after the MHC Merger, the Mid-Tier Holding Company will merge with the Stock Holding Company, with the Stock Holding Company as the resulting entity (the “Mid-Tier Merger”), pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger attached hereto as Exhibit 1.2, whereby the Bank will become the wholly owned subsidiary of the Stock Holding Company. As part of the Mid-Tier Merger, the liquidation rights held by persons in the Mid-Tier Holding Company pursuant to the MHC Merger will automatically, without further action on the part of such persons, be exchanged for an interest in the Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account. Immediately after the Mid-Tier Merger, the Stock Holding Company will offer for sale shares of Holding Company Common Stock in the Offering (the “Offering Shares”). The Stock Holding Company will contribute at least 50% of the net proceeds of the Offering to the Bank in constructive exchange for additional shares of common stock of the Bank and in exchange for the Bank Liquidation Account.

The foregoing is subject to modification as necessary to address tax or regulatory considerations. Upon the Conversion, Eligible Account Holders and the Supplemental Eligible Account Holders (if a Supplemental Eligibility Record Date is established) will be granted interests in the liquidation account to be established by the Bank and the Stock Holding Company pursuant to Section 9.7 hereof.

The primary purposes of the Conversion are to: (1) support future growth and profitability through, among other things, increased lending, branch expansion and new product and service initiatives; (2) compete more effectively in the financial services marketplace by diversifying products and services that we offer to customers; (3) retain and attract qualified directors, management and employees by establishing new stock-based benefit plans; and (4) offer our depositors, employees, management, Trustees, Directors and corporators an additional opportunity to purchase our stock. In addition, the Board of Trustees and senior management believe that the Conversion will be beneficial to the population within the Bank’s primary market area. The Conversion will provide local customers and other residents with an additional opportunity to become equity owners of the Bank, and thereby participate in possible stock price appreciation and cash dividends, which is consistent with the objective of being a locally-owned financial institution serving local financial needs. The Board of Trustees and management believe that, through local stock ownership, current customers and non-customers who purchase Holding Company Common Stock will seek to enhance the financial success of the Bank through consolidation of their banking business and increased referrals to the Bank.

 

2


The Bank became a stock-form subsidiary of the Mid-Tier Holding Company when the Bank reorganized into the two-tier mutual holding company structure in 2006. Accordingly, the Conversion will not affect the corporate existence of the Bank. The Bank’s business and operations will not be affected or interrupted by the Conversion, and the Bank will continue as the same legal entity after the Conversion. The Conversion will have no impact on depositors, borrowers or other customers of the Bank. Upon the Conversion, each deposit account holder of the Bank will continue to hold exactly the same deposit account as the holder held immediately before the Conversion, and such deposit account holder shall have all of the same rights and privileges after the Conversion. All deposit accounts in the Bank following the Conversion will continue to be insured up to the legal maximum by the Deposit Insurance Fund of the FDIC and the Depositors Insurance Fund established by Massachusetts General Laws for amounts in excess of FDIC coverage limits, in the same manner as such deposit accounts were insured immediately before the Conversion. There will be no change in the Bank’s loans. The Conversion will not result in any reduction of the Bank’s reserves or net worth.

ARTICLE 2.

Definitions

As used in the Plan, the terms set forth below have the following meanings:

Account Holder. Any Person holding a Deposit Account in the Bank.

Acting in Concert. The term “Acting in Concert” means Persons seeking to combine or pool their voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose, pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise. When Persons act together for such purpose, their group is deemed to have acquired their stock. The determination of whether a group is Acting in Concert shall be made solely by the Board of Trustees of the MHC or Officers delegated by such Board and may be based on any evidence upon which the Board or such delegate(s) chooses to rely, including, without limitation, joint account relationships or the fact that such Persons have filed joint Schedules 13D with the SEC with respect to other companies. Persons living at the same address, whether or not related, will be deemed to be Acting in Concert unless otherwise determined by the Board or such delegate(s). Trustees of the MHC and Directors of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Stock Holding Company and the Bank shall not be deemed to be Acting in Concert solely as a result of their membership on any such board or boards.

Affiliate. An “Affiliate” of, or a Person “Affiliated” with, a specified Person, is a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the Person specified.

Application. The application, including a copy of the Plan, submitted by the MHC to the Commissioner for approval of the Conversion.

Associate. The term “Associate,” when used to indicate a relationship with any Person, means: (a) any corporation or organization (other than the Bank, the Stock Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the MHC or a majority-owned subsidiary of any thereof) of

 

3


which such Person is an Officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of 10% or more of any class of equity securities; (b) any trust or other estate in which such Person has a substantial beneficial interest or as to which such Person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; or (c) any relative or spouse of such Person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same home as such Person or who is a Director or Trustee or Officer of the MHC, the Stock Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, or the Bank, or any subsidiary thereof; provided , however , that any Employee Plan shall not be deemed to be an Associate of any Director, Trustee or Officer of the MHC, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Stock Holding Company or the Bank, and provided that, for purposes of aggregating total shares that may be held by Officers and Directors, the term “Associate” does not include any Tax-Qualified Employee Plan. When used to refer to a Person other than an Officer, Trustee or Director of the Bank, the MHC, the Mid-Tier Holding Company or the Stock Holding Company, the MHC in its sole discretion may determine the Persons that are Associates of other Persons. Trustees of the MHC and Directors of the Stock Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Bank shall not be deemed to be Associates solely as a result of their membership on such Board.

Bank. East Boston Savings Bank.

Bank Liquidation Account. The account established in the Bank representing the liquidation interests received by Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders (if any) in connection with the Conversion.

Bank Regulators. The Commissioner, the FRB and other bank regulatory agencies, if any, responsible for reviewing and approving the Conversion, including the ownership of the Bank by the Stock Holding Company and the mergers required to effect the Conversion.

BHCA. The Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended.

Code. The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Commissioner. The Commissioner of Banks of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

Community Offering. A Direct Community Offering and/or a Syndicated Community Offering.

Control (including the terms “controlling”, “controlled by”, and “under common control with”). The possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.

Conversion. The Conversion of the MHC to stock form pursuant to the Plan, and all steps incident or necessary thereto.

Conversion Shares. The Offering Shares and the Exchange Shares.

 

4


Corporator. A corporator as defined in Title 209, Section 33.02 of the Code of Massachusetts Regulations, of East Boston Savings Bank or of the MHC.

Deposit Account. Any withdrawable deposit account offered by the Bank, including, without limitation, savings accounts, NOW account deposits, certificates of deposit, demand deposits, Keogh Plan, SEPs and Individual Retirement Accounts for which the Bank acts as custodian or trustee, and such other types of deposit accounts as may then have been authorized by Massachusetts or federal law and regulations, but not including repurchase agreements, savings bank life insurance policies, certain escrow accounts, or trust department accounts held separately from deposit accounts in accordance with Section 4 of Chapter 167G of the Massachusetts General Laws.

Direct Community Offering. The offering for sale directly by the Stock Holding Company of Holding Company Common Stock (a) to the Local Community, as provided in Exhibit 7.6 of the Plan, with preference given to natural persons residing in the Local Community, (b) to Minority Stockholders as of the Voting Record Date, and then (c) to the public at large. The Direct Community Offering may be conducted simultaneously with the Subscription Offering.

Directors. The directors of the Bank, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and/or the Stock Holding Company, as the context may dictate.

Division. The Division of Banks of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

Eligible Account Holder. Any Person holding a Qualifying Deposit on the Eligibility Record Date.

Eligibility Record Date. February 28, 2013, the date for determining who qualifies as an Eligible Account Holder.

Employee. All Persons who are employed by the Bank, the Mid-Tier Holding Company or the MHC. The term “Employee” does not include a Trustee, Director or Officer.

Employee Plan. Any Tax-Qualified Employee Plan or Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Benefit Plan.

ESOP. The employee stock ownership plan established by the Bank.

Estimated Valuation Range. The range of the estimated consolidated pro forma market value of the Stock Holding Company, which shall also be equal to the range of the estimated pro forma market value of the aggregate Conversion Shares and Exchange Shares to be issued in the Conversion. The Estimated Valuation Range shall be based on the Independent Valuation determined by the Independent Appraiser prior to the Subscription Offering, as it may be amended from time to time thereafter. The Independent Valuation of the pro forma market value of the Stock Holding Company established by the Independent Appraiser shall form the midpoint of the Estimated Valuation Range. The maximum of the Estimated Valuation Range may vary

 

5


as much as 15% above the midpoint of the Estimated Valuation Range (the “Maximum of the Estimated Valuation Range”) and 15% below the midpoint of the Estimated Valuation Range. The Maximum of the Estimated Valuation Range may be increased by up to 15% subsequent to the commencement of the Offering to reflect changes in demand for the Holding Company Common Stock or changes in market conditions.

Exchange Act. The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Exchange Offering. The offering of Holding Company Common Stock to Minority Stockholders in exchange for Minority Shares.

Exchange Ratio. The rate at which shares of Holding Company Common Stock are exchanged for Minority Shares upon consummation of the Conversion. The Exchange Ratio (which shall be rounded to four decimal places) shall be determined such that as of the closing of the Conversion the rate will result in the Minority Stockholders owning in the aggregate the same percentage of the outstanding shares of Holding Company Common Stock immediately upon completion of the Conversion as the percentage of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock owned by them in the aggregate immediately prior to the consummation of the Conversion before giving effect to (a) cash in lieu of any fractional shares and (b) any shares of Offering Shares purchased by Minority Stockholders in the Offering.

Exchange Shares. The shares of Holding Company Common Stock issued to Minority Stockholders in the Exchange Offering.

FDIC. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering. The offering, at the sole discretion of the Stock Holding Company, of Offering Shares not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering and any Direct Community Offering, to members of the general public through one or more underwriters. A Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering may occur following the Subscription Offering and the Direct Community Offering, if any.

FRB. The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

FRB Applications. The FRB Conversion Application to be submitted to the FRB by the MHC and the Holding Company Application to be submitted to the FRB by the Stock Holding Company.

FRB Conversion Application. The FRB Conversion Application seeking the FRB’s prior approval of, or non objection to, the MHC’s conversion from mutual to stock form.

Group Maximum Purchase Limit. The limitation on the purchase of shares of Holding Company Common Stock established by Section 8.3 hereof, as such limit may be increased pursuant to said Section 8.3.

Holding Company Application. The Holding Company Application on Form FR Y-3 for the FRB’s prior approval of the Stock Holding Company’s acquisition of the Bank.

 

6


Holding Company Common Stock. The Holding Company Common Stock to be issued by the Stock Holding Company in the Conversion.

Independent Appraiser. The appraiser retained by the MHC to prepare an independent appraisal of the pro forma market value of the Conversion Shares.

Independent Corporator.  A Corporator who is not an Employee, Officer or Trustee of the MHC or an Employee, Officer, Director, or “significant borrower” of the Bank, as determined by the Commissioner.

Independent Valuation.  The independent valuation of the pro forma market value of the Conversion Shares, as determined by the Independent Appraiser.

Individual Maximum Purchase Limit.  The limitation on the purchase of shares of Holding Company Common Stock established by Section 8.2 hereof, as such limit may be increased pursuant to said Section 8.2.

Information Statement.  The information statement required to be sent to the Corporators in connection with the Special Meeting of Corporators.

Local Community.  The Massachusetts cities and towns listed on Exhibit 7.6.

Majority Ownership Interest. A fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the number of shares of Mid–Tier Holding Company common stock owned by the MHC immediately prior to the completion of the Conversion, and the denominator of which is equal to the total number of shares of Mid–Tier Holding Company common stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the completion of the Conversion.

Marketing Agent.  The broker-dealer responsible for organizing and managing the sale of the Holding Company Common Stock.

Market Maker.  A broker-dealer who, with respect to a particular security: (a)(i) regularly publishes bona fide, competitive bid and offer quotations in a recognized inter-dealer quotation system, or (ii) furnishes bona fide competitive bid and offers quotations on request; and (b) is ready, willing and able to effect transactions in reasonable quantities at his or her quoted prices with other brokers or dealers.

Meeting of Stockholders. The special or annual meeting of stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and any adjournments thereof held to consider and vote upon this Plan.

MHC. Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated, the Massachusetts-chartered mutual holding company for the Bank.

Mid-Tier Holding Company. Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc., the Massachusetts corporation which owns 100% of the common stock of the Bank.

 

7


Minority Shares. Any outstanding common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, or shares of common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company issuable upon the exercise of options or grant of stock awards, owned by persons other than the Mutual Holding Company.

Minority Stockholder. Any owner of Minority Shares.

Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Benefit Plan.  Any defined benefit plan or defined contribution plan which is not qualified under Section 401 of the Code.

Offering.  The Subscription Offering, the Direct Community Offering, if any, the Syndicated Community Offering, if any, and the Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, if any. The term “Offering” does not include Holding Company Common Stock issued in the Exchange Offering.

Offering Range. The range of the number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock offered for sale in the Offering. The Offering Range will be equal to the Estimated Valuation Range multiplied by the Majority Ownership Interest divided by the Subscription Price.

Offering Shares. Shares of Holding Company Common Stock offered and sold in the Offering. Offering Shares do not include Exchange Shares.

Officer.  The Chairman of the Board, the President, any officer of the level of vice president or above, the Clerk and the Treasurer of an entity.

Order Form. Any form (together with any cover letter and acknowledgments) sent to any Participant or Person containing among other things a description of the alternatives available to such Person under this Plan and by which any such Person may make elections regarding subscriptions for Offering Shares.

Participant. Any Eligible Account Holder, Supplemental Eligible Account Holder, Tax-Qualified Employee Plan, or any Employee, Officer, Director, Trustee or Corporator of the MHC, the Mid-Tier Holding Company or the Bank.

Person.  An individual, corporation, partnership, association, joint-stock company, trust (including Individual Retirement Accounts, SEPs and Keogh Accounts), unincorporated organization, government entity or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

Plan.  This Plan of Conversion as it may hereafter be amended in accordance with its terms.

Qualifying Deposit.  The aggregate balances of all Deposit Accounts of an Eligible Account Holder as of the close of business on the Eligibility Record Date or of a Supplemental Eligible Account Holder (if any) as of the close of business on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date (if required), as the case may be, provided that, in either case, such aggregate balance is not less than $50.

 

8


Range Maximum.  The number of Offering Shares that is 15% above the midpoint of the Offering Range.

Range Minimum.  The number of Offering Shares that is 15% below the midpoint of the Offering Range.

Regulations.  The regulations of the Division regarding mutual-to-stock conversions of mutual holding companies and the regulations of the FRB (to the extent deemed applicable by the FRB).

Resident. Any Person who occupies a dwelling within the Local Community, has a present intent to remain within the Local Community for a period of time, and manifests the genuineness of that intent by establishing an ongoing physical presence within the Local Community together with an indication that such presence within the Local Community is something other than merely transitory in nature. To the extent the Person is a corporation or other business entity, the principal place of business or headquarters of such Person must be in the Local Community. To the extent a Person is a personal benefit plan, the circumstances of the beneficiary shall apply with respect to this definition. In the case of all other benefit plans, circumstances of the trustee shall be examined for purposes of this definition. The MHC may utilize deposit or loan records or such other evidence provided to it to make a determination as to whether a Person is a resident. In all cases, however, such a determination shall be in the sole discretion of the MHC. A Participant must be a “resident” of the Local Community for purposes of determining whether such Person “resides”, or is “residing”, in the Local Community as such term is used in this Plan.

SEC.  The Securities and Exchange Commission.

Special Meeting of Corporators.  The Special Meeting of Corporators called for the purpose of voting on the Plan, which may be the Annual Meeting of Corporators.

Stock Holding Company. The stock-form holding company that will (a) be a Maryland corporation known as Meridian Bancorp, Inc., (b) issue Holding Company Common Stock in the Conversion and (c) own 100% of the common stock of the Bank upon consummation of the Conversion.

Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account.  The account established by the Stock Holding Company representing the liquidation interests received by Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders (if any) in connection with the Conversion in exchange for their interests in the MHC immediately prior to the Conversion.

Stockholder. Any owner of the outstanding common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, including the MHC.

Subscription Offering. The offering of Holding Company Common Stock for subscription by Persons holding subscription rights pursuant to the Plan.

 

9


Subscription Price. The price per Offering Share to be paid by Participants and others in the Offering. The Subscription Price will be determined by the Board of Trustees of the MHC and the Board of Directors of the Stock Holding Company and fixed prior to the commencement of the Subscription Offering.

Subsidiary.  A company that is controlled by another company, either directly or indirectly through one or more subsidiaries.

Supplemental Eligible Account Holder.  Any Person (other than Officers, Directors, Trustees, or Corporators of the MHC and the Bank and their Associates) holding a Qualifying Deposit on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date (if established).

Supplemental Eligibility Record Date. If the Eligibility Record Date is more than 15 months prior to the date of the latest amendment to the Application filed prior to approval of the Application by the Commissioner, a Supplemental Eligibility Record Date shall be established for determining who qualifies as a Supplemental Eligible Account Holder. If required, the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date is the last day of the calendar quarter preceding approval of the Plan by the Commissioner.

Syndicated Community Offering. The offering, at the sole discretion of the Holding Company, of Offering Shares not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering and the Direct Community Offering, to members of the general public through a syndicate of broker-dealers.

Tax-Qualified Employee Plan.  Any defined benefit plan or defined contribution plan (including the ESOP, any stock bonus plan, profit-sharing plan, 401(k) plan or other plan) of the Bank, the Stock Holding Company, the MHC or any of their Affiliates, which, with its related trusts, meets the requirements to be qualified under Section 401 of the Code.

Trustees. The trustees of the MHC.

Voting Record Date. The date fixed by the Trustees for determining eligibility to vote at the Special Meeting of Corporators and/or the date fixed by the Board of Directors of the Mid-Tier Holding Company to vote at the Meeting of Stockholders, as the context may dictate.

ARTICLE 3.

General Procedure for Conversion

3.1. Preconditions to Conversion.  The Conversion is expressly conditioned upon prior occurrence of the following:

3.1.1 Approval of the Plan by the affirmative vote of a majority of the total votes of the MHC’s Corporators and a majority of the MHC’s Independent Corporators (who shall constitute not less than 60% of all Corporators) eligible to be cast at the annual meeting or at a special meeting called for such purpose.

 

10


3.1.2 Approval of the Plan by (i) two-thirds of the total votes eligible to be cast by Stockholders at the Meeting of Stockholders, and (ii) a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by Minority Stockholders at the Meeting of Stockholders.

3.1.3 Issuance of the Exchange Shares.

3.1.4 Prior receipt of the private letter rulings or opinions of counsel set forth in Section 3.2 of this Plan.

3.1.5 Approval by the Commissioner of the Application, including the Plan.

3.1.6 Approval by the FRB of the FRB Applications.

3.2. Submission of Plan to Commissioner and FRB.  Upon approval by at least two-thirds of all Trustees of the MHC, the Plan will be submitted to the Commissioner as part of the Application, and to the FRB as part of the FRB Applications, together with a copy of the proposed Information Statement and all other material required by the Regulations, for approval by the Commissioner and the FRB. The MHC must also receive either private letter rulings from the Internal Revenue Service and the Massachusetts Department of Revenue or opinions of its counsel as to the federal income tax consequences of the Conversion and of its tax accountants as to the Massachusetts income tax consequences of the Conversion, in either case substantially to the effect that the Conversion will not result in a taxable reorganization of the MHC, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Bank, or the Stock Holding Company under the Code. Upon a determination by the Commissioner that the Application is complete, the MHC will publish and post public announcements and notices of the Application as required by the Commissioner and the Regulations. The MHC, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Stock Holding Company will also publish any notice required in connection with the Holding Company Application and any other applications required to complete the Conversion.

3.3. Special Meeting of Corporators to Approve the Plan.  Following approval of the Plan by the Commissioner, the Special Meeting of Corporators shall be scheduled in accordance with the MHC’s Bylaws, and the Plan (as it may be revised in response to comments received from the Commissioner and the FRB), and any information required pursuant to the Regulations, will be submitted to the Corporators for their consideration and approval at the Special Meeting of Corporators. The MHC will mail to each Corporator a copy of the Information Statement not less than seven (7) days before the Special Meeting of Corporators. Following approval of the Plan by the Corporators, the MHC intends to take such steps as may be appropriate pursuant to applicable laws and regulations to effect the Conversion.

3.4. Completion of Conversion and Offering.  The Board of Trustees of the MHC, the Board of Directors of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Board of Directors of the Stock Holding Company and the Board of Directors of the Bank will take all necessary steps to complete the Conversion and the Offering, including the timely filing of all necessary

 

11


applications to appropriate regulatory authorities, and the filing with the SEC of a registration statement to register the sale and/or issuance of Conversion Shares and preliminary proxy materials, applications and other information in connection with the solicitation of Stockholder approval of this Plan.

3.5. Bank Articles of Organization And Bylaws. The current Articles of Organization and Bylaws of the Bank are to be amended to add the Bank Liquidation Account.

3.6. Conversion Procedures.

3.6.1 The Conversion will be effected in any manner selected by the Board of Trustees of the MHC that is consistent with the purposes of this Plan and applicable laws and regulations. The choice of which method to use to effect the Conversion will be made by the Board of Trustees of the MHC immediately prior to the consummation of the Conversion.

3.6.2 Approval of the Plan by the Board of Trustees and Corporators of the MHC shall also constitute (a) approval of the formation of the Stock Holding Company as set forth herein, (b) approval by the MHC (on its own behalf and as the sole shareholder of the Mid-Tier Holding Company) of a combination, by merger or otherwise, as provided herein, of the MHC with and into the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company being the surviving entity and whereby the existing outstanding shares of capital stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company held by the MHC will be canceled and all persons holding liquidation rights in the MHC will constructively receive liquidation rights in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their liquidation rights in the MHC, (c) approval by the Mid-Tier Holding Company of the combination, by merger or otherwise, of the Mid-Tier Holding Company with and into the Stock Holding Company with the Stock Holding Company being the surviving entity and whereby (i) the existing outstanding shares of capital stock of the Stock Holding Company held by the Mid-Tier Holding Company will be canceled, (ii) the former holders of liquidation rights in the MHC who constructively received liquidation rights in the Mid-Tier Holding Company will receive an interest in the Liquidation Account in the Stock Holding Company in exchange for their constructive liquidation rights in the Mid-Tier Holding Company, and (iii) each of the Minority Shares shall be converted into and become the right to receive Holding Company Common Stock based upon the Exchange Ratio, (d) approval by the Bank to constructively issue additional shares of common stock to the Stock Holding Company and to establish the Bank Liquidation Account in exchange for a portion of the net proceeds of the Offering, and (e) approval of any other of the transactions that are necessary to implement the Plan.

3.6.3 As part of the Conversion, each of the Minority Shares outstanding immediately prior to consummation of the Conversion shall automatically, without further action on the part of the holders thereof, be converted into and become the right to receive Holding Company Common Stock based upon the Exchange Ratio. The basis for exchange of Minority Shares for Holding Company Common Stock shall be fair and

 

12


reasonable. Options to purchase shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock which are outstanding immediately prior to the consummation of the Conversion shall be converted into options to purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock, with the number of shares subject to the option and the exercise price per share to be adjusted based upon the Exchange Ratio so that the aggregate exercise price remains unchanged, and with the duration of the option remaining unchanged.

3.7. Conversion to Stock Holding Company.  Upon the consummation of the Conversion, the Stock Holding Company will be authorized to exercise any and all powers, rights and privileges, and will be subject to all limitations applicable to bank holding companies under applicable laws and regulations. The Officers of the Mid-Tier Holding Company immediately prior to the Conversion shall be the Officers of the Stock Holding Company immediately following the Conversion, in each case to serve until their terms of office expire and until their successors are elected and qualified. The Stock Holding Company will own 100% of the common stock of the Bank upon consummation of the Conversion in exchange for a portion of the net proceeds received from the sale of the Offering Shares and in exchange for the establishment of the Bank Liquidation Account.

3.8. Offer and Sale of Holding Company Common Stock.  

3.8.1 Subject to approval of the Plan by the Corporators, and the receipt of all required regulatory approvals, the Holding Company Common Stock will be offered for sale in a Subscription Offering simultaneously to Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders (if any), and any Tax-Qualified Employee Benefit Plans in the manner set forth in Article 7 hereof. The Subscription Offering period will run for no less than twenty (20) but no more than forty-five (45) days from the date of distribution of the Subscription Offering materials, unless extended by the MHC with the approval of the Commissioner and the FRB, if required. If feasible, any Offering Shares remaining may then be sold to the general public through a Direct Community Offering as provided in Article 7 hereof, which may be held either subsequent to or concurrently with the Subscription Offering.

3.8.2 If feasible, any Offering Shares remaining unsold after completion of the Subscription Offering and any Direct Community Offering may, in the sole discretion of the Stock Holding Company, be sold in a Syndicated Community Offering or a Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, or in any manner receiving the required approval of the Bank Regulators and other applicable regulatory agencies that will achieve a widespread distribution of the Holding Company Common Stock. The issuance of Holding Company Common Stock in the Subscription Offering and any Direct Community Offering will be consummated simultaneously on the date the sale of Holding Company Common Stock is consummated in any Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, and only if the required minimum number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock has been issued. The sale of all shares of Holding Company Common Stock to be sold pursuant to the Plan must be completed within forty-five (45) days after expiration of the Subscription Offering; subject to the extension of such forty-five (45) day period by the Stock Holding Company

 

13


with the approval of the Commissioner and the FRB, if required. The Stock Holding Company may seek one or more extensions of such forty-five (45) day period if necessary to complete the sale of all shares of Holding Company Common Stock. If all available shares of Holding Company Common Stock are sold in the Subscription Offering and any Direct Community Offering, there will be no Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering and the Conversion will be consummated upon completion of the Subscription Offering or the Direct Community Offering, as the case may be.

ARTICLE 4.

[Reserved]

ARTICLE 5.

Shares to be Offered

5.1. Holding Company Common Stock.  The Conversion Shares, when issued in accordance with this Plan, shall be fully paid and nonassessable. The total number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock authorized under the Stock Holding Company’s Articles of Incorporation will exceed the number of Conversion Shares issued. HOLDING COMPANY COMMON STOCK WILL NOT BE COVERED BY DEPOSIT INSURANCE.

5.2. Independent Valuation, Purchase Price and Number of Shares.  

5.2.1  Independent Valuation.  An Independent Appraiser shall be employed by the MHC to provide it with an Independent Valuation of the pro forma market value of the Conversion Shares as required by the Regulations, which value shall be included in the prospectus (as described in Section 6.1 hereof) filed with the Commissioner, the FRB and the SEC. The Trustees of the MHC shall review the methodology and reasonableness of the Independent Valuation. The Independent Valuation will be made by a written report to the MHC, contain the factors upon which the Independent Valuation was made and conform to procedures adopted by the Commissioner and the FRB. The Independent Valuation of the pro forma market value of the Conversion Shares established by the Independent Appraiser shall form the midpoint of the Estimated Valuation Range. The maximum of the Estimated Valuation Range may vary as much as 15% above the midpoint of the Estimated Valuation Range (“Range Maximum”) and 15% below the midpoint of the Estimated Valuation Range (“Range Minimum”).

5.2.2  Subscription Price.  All shares sold in the Offering will be sold at a uniform price per share (the “Subscription Price”), preliminarily set at $10.00 per share, which price will be definitively determined before the commencement of the Offering. If there is a Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, the price per share at which the Holding Company Common Stock is sold in such Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering shall be equal to the per share purchase price of the shares sold in the Subscription Offering and the Direct Community Offering.

 

14


5.2.3  Number of Shares.  The Offering Range of Offering Shares to be offered for sale in the Offering will be determined by the Boards of Trustees of the MHC and the Board of Directors of the Stock Holding Company immediately before the commencement of the Subscription Offering based on the Independent Valuation, the Estimated Valuation Range and the Subscription Price. The Independent Valuation, and such number of shares, shall be subject to adjustment thereafter if necessitated by market or financial conditions, with the approval of the Commissioner and the FRB, if necessary. In particular, the total number of shares may be increased by up to 15% above the Range Maximum if the Independent Valuation is increased subsequent to the commencement of the Subscription Offering to reflect changes in market and financial conditions or demand for the Holding Company Common Stock, provided that the resulting aggregate purchase price is not more than 15% above the Range Maximum.

5.2.4  Increase or Decrease in Number of Shares.  The Offering Range may be increased or decreased by the Stock Holding Company, subject to the following provisions. In the event that the number of Offering Shares ordered is below the Range Minimum, or materially above the Range Maximum, resolicitation of purchasers may be required, provided, however , that a resolicitation will not be required if the number of shares increases by up to 15% above the Range Maximum. Any such resolicitation shall be effected in such manner and within such time as the Stock Holding Company shall establish, with the approval of the Commissioner and the FRB, if required.

5.2.5  Confirmation of Valuation.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no shares of Holding Company Common Stock will be issued unless, prior to the consummation of the Offering, the Independent Appraiser confirms to the MHC, the Stock Holding Company, the Commissioner and the FRB (if required), that, to the best knowledge of the Independent Appraiser, nothing of a material nature has occurred which, taking into account all relevant factors, would cause the Independent Appraiser to conclude that the aggregate number of Conversion Shares sold in the Offering multiplied by the Subscription Price is incompatible with its estimate of the aggregate consolidated pro forma market value of the Stock Holding Company. If such confirmation is not received, the Stock Holding Company may cancel the Offering and the Exchange Offering, extend the Offering and establish a new Subscription Price and/or Estimated Valuation Range, extend, reopen or hold a new Offering and Exchange Offering, or take such other action as the Commissioner and the FRB may permit.

ARTICLE 6.

Subscription Rights and Orders for Common Stock

6.1. Distribution of Prospectus.  The Offering shall be conducted in compliance with the Regulations and applicable SEC regulations. As soon as practicable after the Stock Holding Company’s registration statement and the prospectus therein have been declared effective and/or approved for use by the SEC and the Commissioner (and the FRB if required), copies of the prospectus and Order Forms will be distributed to all eligible Participants in the

 

15


Subscription Offering at their last known addresses appearing on the records of the Bank and the MHC for the purpose of subscribing for shares of Holding Company Common Stock in the Subscription Offering. Prospectuses and Order Forms will also be made available (if and when a Direct Community Offering is held) for use by Persons to whom shares of Holding Company Common Stock are offered in the Direct Community Offering.

6.2. Order Forms.  Each Order Form will be preceded or accompanied by the prospectus describing the Stock Holding Company, the Bank, the Holding Company Common Stock and the Subscription and Community Offerings. Each Order Form will contain, among other things, the following:

6.2.1 A specified date by which all Order Forms must be received by the Stock Holding Company, which date shall be not less than 20 nor more than 45 days following the date on which the Order Forms are mailed by the Stock Holding Company, and which date will constitute the expiration of the Subscription Offering, unless extended;

6.2.2 The Subscription Price per share for shares of Holding Company Common Stock to be sold in the Offering;

6.2.3 A description of the minimum and maximum number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock that may be subscribed for pursuant to the exercise of subscription rights or otherwise purchased in the Offering;

6.2.4 Instructions as to how the recipient of the Order Form is to indicate thereon the number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock for which such Person elects to subscribe and the available alternative methods of payment therefor;

6.2.5 An acknowledgment that the recipient of the Order Form has received a copy of the prospectus before execution of the Order Form;

6.2.6 A statement indicating the consequences of failing to properly complete and return the Order Form, including a statement to the effect that all subscription rights are nontransferable, will be void at the end of the Subscription Offering, and can only be exercised by delivering to the Stock Holding Company within the Subscription Offering period such properly completed and executed Order Form, together with a personal check, money order or bank draft in the full amount of the purchase price as specified in the Order Form for the shares of Holding Company Common Stock for which the recipient elects to subscribe in the Subscription Offering (or by authorizing on the Order Form that the Bank withdraw said amount from the Deposit Account at the Bank maintained by such Person, but only if the MHC elects to permit such withdrawals from the type of such Deposit Account); and

6.2.7 A statement to the effect that the executed Order Form, once received by the Stock Holding Company, may not be modified or amended by the subscriber without the consent of the Stock Holding Company.

 

16


Notwithstanding the above, the Stock Holding Company reserves the right in its sole discretion to accept or reject orders received on photocopied or faxed Order Forms.

6.3. Undelivered, Defective, Early or Late Order Form; Insufficient Payment.  In the event Order Forms (a) are not delivered for any reason or are returned undelivered to the MHC by the United States Postal Service, (b) are received by the Stock Holding Company prior to the Special Meeting of Corporators, (c) are not received by the Stock Holding Company or are received by the Stock Holding Company after the expiration date specified thereon, (d) are defectively filled out or executed, (e) are not accompanied by the full required payment for the shares of Holding Company Common Stock subscribed for (including cases in which Deposit Accounts from which withdrawals are authorized are insufficient to cover the amount of the required payment), or (f) are not mailed pursuant to a “no mail” order placed in effect by the account holder, the subscription rights of the Person to whom such rights have been granted will lapse as though such Person failed to return the completed Order Form within the time period specified thereon; provided, however , that the Stock Holding Company may, but will not be required to, waive any immaterial irregularity on any Order Form or require the submission of corrected Order Forms or the remittance of full payment for subscribed shares by such date as the Stock Holding Company may specify, and all interpretations by the MHC and the Stock Holding Company of terms and conditions of this Plan and of the Order Forms will be final.

6.4. Payment for Stock.

6.4.1 All payments for Holding Company Common Stock subscribed for or ordered in the Subscription Offering and the Community Offering must be delivered in full to the Stock Holding Company, together with a properly completed and executed Order Form (except in the case of the Syndicated Community Offering in which case an Order Form may or may not be required in connection with subscriptions), on or before the expiration date specified on the Order Form, unless such date is extended by the MHC and the Stock Holding Company; provided, further , that if any Employee Plan subscribes for shares during the Subscription Offering, such plans will not be required to pay for the shares at the time they subscribe but rather may pay for such shares of Holding Company Common Stock subscribed for by such plans at the Subscription Price upon consummation of the Conversion. Payment for Holding Company Common Stock may also be made by a participant in an Employee Plan (including the Bank’s 401(k) plan) causing funds held for such participant’s benefit by an Employee Plan to be paid over for such purchase to the extent that such plan allows participants or any related trust established for the benefit of such participants to direct that some or all of their individual accounts or sub-accounts be invested in Holding Company Common Stock.

6.4.2 Payment for Holding Company Common Stock shall be made either by personal check, bank draft or money order, or if a purchaser has a Deposit Account in the Bank (and if the MHC has elected to permit such withdrawals from the type of Deposit Account maintained by such Person), such purchaser may pay for the shares subscribed for by authorizing the Bank to make a withdrawal from the purchaser’s Deposit Account

 

17


at the Bank in an amount equal to the aggregate purchase price of such shares. No wire transfers will be accepted without prior approval from the MHC. Any authorized withdrawal, whether from a savings, passbook or certificate account, shall be without penalty as to premature withdrawal. If the authorized withdrawal is from a certificate account, and the remaining balance does not meet the applicable minimum balance requirements, the certificate shall be canceled at the time of withdrawal, without penalty, and the remaining balance will earn interest at the passbook rate. Funds for which a withdrawal is authorized will remain in the purchaser’s Deposit Account but may not be used by the purchaser pending consummation of the Conversion or expiration of the 45-day period (or such longer period as may be approved by the Commissioner) following termination of the Subscription Offering, whichever occurs first. After consummation of the Conversion, the withdrawal will be given effect only to the extent necessary to satisfy the subscription (to the extent it can be filled) at the Subscription Price. Interest will continue to be earned on any amounts authorized for withdrawal until such withdrawal is given effect. Interest on checks, money orders and bank drafts will be paid by the Bank at the Bank’s passbook rate. Such interest will be paid from the date payment is received by the Bank until consummation or termination of the Conversion. If for any reason the Conversion is not consummated, all payments made by subscribers in the Conversion will be refunded to them with interest. In case of amounts authorized for withdrawal from Deposit Accounts, refunds will be made by canceling the authorization for withdrawal.

ARTICLE 7.

Stock Purchase Priorities and Offering Alternatives

7.1. Priorities for Offering.  All purchase priorities established by this Article 7 shall be subject to the purchase limitations set forth in, and shall be subject to adjustment as provided in, Article 8 of the Plan. In addition to the priorities set forth in this Article 7, the MHC may establish other priorities for the purchase of Holding Company Common Stock, subject to the approval of the Commissioner and of the FRB, if required. The priorities for the purchase of shares in the Conversion are set forth in the following Sections.

7.2. Certain Determinations.  All interpretations or determinations of whether prospective purchasers are “residents,” “Associates,” or “Acting in Concert,” or whether any purchase conflicts with the purchase limitations in the Plan or otherwise violates any provision of the Plan, and any other interpretations of any and all other provisions of the Plan shall be made by and at the sole discretion of the Stock Holding Company, and may be based on whatever evidence the Stock Holding Company may choose to use in making any such determination. Such determination shall be conclusive, final and binding on all Persons and the Stock Holding Company may take any remedial action, including without limitation rejecting the purchase or referring the matter to the Commissioner for action, as in its sole discretion the Stock Holding Company may deem appropriate.

7.3. Minimum Purchase; No Fractional Shares.  The minimum purchase by any Person shall be 25 shares (to the extent that shares of Holding Company Common Stock are available for purchase); provided, however , that the aggregate purchase price for any minimum share purchase shall not exceed $500. No fractional shares will be allocated or issued.

 

18


7.4. Overview of Priorities.  In descending order of priority, the opportunity to purchase Holding Company Common Stock shall be given in the Subscription Offering to: (a) Eligible Account Holders; (b) Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, if a Supplemental Eligibility Record Date is established; (c) Tax-Qualified Employee Plans; and (d) Employees, Officers, Directors, Trustees and Corporators of the MHC or the Bank. Any shares of Holding Company Common Stock that are not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering at the discretion of the Stock Holding Company may be offered for sale in a Direct Community Offering and/or a Syndicated Community Offering on terms and conditions and procedures satisfactory to the Stock Holding Company. Alternatively, if feasible, any shares of Holding Company Common Stock not sold in the Subscription Offering or in the Direct Community Offering, if any, may be offered for sale in a Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering subject to such terms, conditions and procedures as may be determined by the MHC and the Stock Holding Company.

7.5. Priorities For Subscription Offering.

7.5.1  First Priority: Eligible Account Holders.  Subject to approval of the Plan by the Corporators and the receipt of approval from the Commissioner, and the FRB if necessary, to offer the Holding Company Common Stock for sale, each Eligible Account Holder shall receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights on a first priority basis to subscribe for a number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock equal to the greater of (a) the quotient obtained by dividing the Individual Maximum Purchase Limit (as such term is defined in Section 8.2 hereof) by the per share Subscription Price, (b) one-tenth of one percent (0.10%) of the shares offered in the Conversion, or (c) 15 times the product (rounded down to the nearest whole number) obtained by multiplying (1) the total number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock to be sold in the Offering by (2) a fraction, of which the numerator is the Qualifying Deposit of the Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders. If there are insufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions of Eligible Account Holders, shares will be allocated to Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each such subscribing Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares subscribed for. Thereafter, unallocated shares of Holding Company Common Stock will be allocated to remaining subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled in the same proportion that each such subscriber’s Qualifying Deposit bears to the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled. Unless the Bank Regulators permit otherwise, subscription rights to purchase Holding Company Common Stock received by Officers, Directors, Trustees and Corporators of the MHC and the Bank and the Associates of such persons that are based on their increased deposits in the Bank in the one year preceding the Eligibility Record Date shall be subordinated to the subscription rights of other Eligible Account Holders. To ensure proper allocation of stock, each Eligible Account Holder must list on his or her subscription Order Form all Deposit Accounts in which he had an ownership interest as of the Eligibility Record Date.

 

19


7.5.2  Second Priority: Supplemental Eligible Account Holders.  To the extent there are shares remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders, and if a Supplemental Eligibility Record Date is established, each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall receive non-transferable subscription rights to subscribe for a number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock equal to the greater of (a) the quotient obtained by dividing the Individual Maximum Purchase Limit by the per share Subscription Price, (b) one-tenth of one percent (0.10%) of the shares offered in the Conversion, or (c) 15 times the product (rounded down to the nearest whole number) obtained by multiplying (1) the total number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock to be sold in the Offering by (2) a fraction, of which the numerator is the Qualifying Deposit of the Supplemental Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. In the event Supplemental Eligible Account Holders subscribe for a number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock which, when added to the shares subscribed for by Eligible Account Holders, exceed available shares, the available shares of Holding Company Common Stock will be allocated among subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares subscribed for. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated to each subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unfilled in the same proportion that such subscriber’s Qualifying Deposit on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date bears to the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled.

7.5.3  Third Priority: Tax-Qualified Employee Plans.  To the extent there are shares remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, if any, the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans shall be given the opportunity to purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the Holding Company Common Stock issued in the Conversion. In the event that the total number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock offered in the Conversion is increased to an amount greater than the Range Maximum, the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans shall have a priority right to purchase any such shares exceeding the Range Maximum (up to the aggregate of 10% of Holding Company Common Stock to be issued in the Conversion). The Employee Plans shall not be deemed to be Associates or Affiliates of or Persons Acting in Concert with any Director, Trustee, Officer or Corporator of the MHC, the Stock Holding Company or the Bank. Alternatively, if permitted by the Bank Regulators, the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans may purchase all or a portion of such shares in the open market after the completion of the Conversion.

7.5.4. Fourth Priority: Employees, Officers, Directors, Trustees and Corporators. To the extent there are shares remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, if any, and any Tax-Qualified Employee Plans, each Employee, Officer, Director, Trustee and Corporator of the MHC or the Bank shall receive non-transferable subscription rights to subscribe for Offering Shares offered in the Conversion in an amount equal to the Individual Maximum

 

20


Purchase Limit; provided, however, that shares purchased under this Section 7.5.4 shall be aggregated with shares purchased under the preceding priority categories for purposes of the Individual Maximum Purchase Limit. The aggregate number of Offering Shares that may be purchased by Employees, Officers, Directors, Trustees and Corporators in the Conversion shall be limited to 25% of the total number of Offering Shares sold in the Offering (including shares purchased by Employees, Officers, Directors, Trustees and Corporators under this Section 7.5.4 and under the preceding priority categories, but not including shares purchased by the ESOP). In the event that Employees, Officers, Directors, Trustees and Corporators subscribe under this Section 7.5.4 for more Offering Shares than are available for purchase by them, the Offering Shares available for purchase will be allocated by the Stock Holding Company among such subscribing Persons on an equitable basis, such as by giving weight to the period of service, compensation, position of the individual subscriber and the amount of the order.

7.6. Priorities for Direct Community Offering.  

7.6.1 Any shares of Holding Company Common Stock not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering may be offered for sale in a Direct Community Offering. This will involve an offering of all unsubscribed shares of Holding Company Common Stock directly to the general public. The Direct Community Offering, if any, shall commence concurrently with, during or promptly after the Subscription Offering. The Stock Holding Company may use broker, dealer or an investment banking firm or firms on a best efforts basis to sell the unsubscribed shares in the Subscription and Direct Community Offering. The Stock Holding Company may pay a commission or other fee to such investment banking firm or firms as to the shares sold by such firm or firms in the Subscription and Direct Community Offering and may also reimburse such firm or firms for reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the sale. The Holding Company Common Stock will be offered and sold in the Direct Community Offering in accordance with the Regulations, so as to achieve the widest distribution of the Holding Company Common Stock. In making the Direct Community Offering, the Bank will give first preference to natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in the Local Community and second preference to Minority Stockholders as of the Voting Record Date. No Person may subscribe for or purchase more than the Individual Maximum Purchase Limit of Holding Company Common Stock in the Direct Community Offering. The Stock Holding Company, in its sole discretion, may reject subscriptions, in whole or in part, received from any Person under this Section 7.6.

7.6.2 In the event of an oversubscription for shares in the Direct Community Offering, available shares will be allocated (to the extent shares remain available) first to cover orders of natural Persons residing in the Local Community, second to Minority Stockholders as of the Voting Record Date and third to the general public, so that each such Person may receive 100 shares, and thereafter, on a pro rata basis to such Persons based on the amount of their respective subscriptions or on such other reasonable basis as may be determined by the Stock Holding Company. If oversubscription does not occur among natural Persons residing in the Local Community, orders accepted in the Direct Community Offering shall be filled up to a maximum not to exceed 2% of the Holding

 

21


Company Common Stock, and thereafter remaining shares shall be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order until all orders have been filled. The Bank may use deposit or loan records or such other evidence provided to it to determine whether a Person is a Resident of the Local Community. In all cases, however, such a determination shall be in the sole discretion of the Stock Holding Company.

7.6.3 If:

(i) aggregate subscriptions for shares totaling at least the Range Minimum are not received in the Subscription Offering and Direct Community Offering, and the Stock Holding Company, in its sole discretion, determines that neither a Syndicated Community Offering nor a Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering is in the best interests of the Stock Holding Company; or

(ii) aggregate subscriptions and orders totaling at least the Range Minimum are not received in the Subscription Offering, Direct Community Offering and the Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering;

then the Stock Holding Company may, in its sole discretion, apply unsubscribed / unordered Holding Company Common Stock in any manner that facilitates the completion of the Conversion.

7.7. Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering.

7.7.1 Any shares of Holding Company Common Stock not sold in the Subscription Offering or in the Direct Community Offering, if any, may be offered for sale to the general public by a selling group of broker-dealers in a Syndicated Community Offering, subject to terms, conditions and procedures as may be determined by the Stock Holding Company in a manner that is intended to achieve the widest distribution of the Holding Company Common Stock subject to the rights of the Stock Holding Company to accept or reject in whole or in part all orders in the Syndicated Community Offering. No Person may purchase in the Syndicated Community Offering more than the Individual Maximum Purchase Limit of Holding Company Common Stock. It is expected that the Syndicated Community Offering will commence as soon as practicable after termination of the Direct Community Offering, if any. The Syndicated Community Offering shall be completed within 45 days after the termination of the Subscription Offering, unless such period is extended as provided herein. The commission in the Syndicated Community Offering shall be determined by a marketing agreement between the Stock Holding Company and the Marketing Agent. Such agreement shall be filed with the FRB (if required), the Division and the SEC.

7.7.2 Alternatively, if feasible, any shares of Holding Company Common Stock not sold in the Subscription Offering or in the Direct Community Offering, if any, may be offered for sale in a Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering subject to such terms,

 

22


conditions and procedures as may be determined by the MHC and the Stock Holding Company, subject to the right of the Stock Holding Company to accept or reject in whole or in part any orders in the Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering. Provided the Subscription Offering has begun, the Holding Company may begin the Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering at any time.

ARTICLE 8.

Additional Limitations on Purchases

8.1. General.  Purchases of Holding Company Common Stock in the Conversion will be subject to the purchase limitations set forth in this Article 8.

8.2. Individual Maximum Purchase Limit.  This Section 8.2 sets forth the “Individual Maximum Purchase Limit.” No Person, through one or more qualifying deposit accounts, or Persons exercising subscription rights through a single qualifying deposit account held jointly, may purchase in the Offering (including the Subscription Offering, the Direct Community Offering and the Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering) more than $500,000 of Holding Company Common Stock, except that: (a) the Stock Holding Company may, in its sole discretion and without further notice to or solicitation of subscribers or other prospective purchasers, (i) increase such Individual Maximum Purchase Limit to up to 5% of the number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock offered in the Offering or (ii) decrease such Individual Maximum Purchase Limit to no less than one-tenth of one percent (0.10%) of the number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock offered in the Conversion; and (b) Tax-Qualified Employee Plans may purchase up to 10% of the Conversion shares issued in the Conversion (including shares issued in the event of an increase in the Range Maximum of 15%). If the Stock Holding Company increases the Individual Maximum Purchase Limit (as permitted by this Section 8.2), subscribers in the Subscription Offering who ordered the previously-effective maximum amount will be, and certain other large subscribers in the sole discretion of the Stock Holding Company may be, given the opportunity to increase their subscriptions up to the then applicable limit. Requests to purchase additional shares of Holding Company Common Stock under this provision will be determined by the Stock Holding Company, in its sole discretion. In the event that the Individual Maximum Purchase Limit is increased to 5% of the number of Offering Shares, such limitation may be further increased to 9.99% of the Offering Shares; provided , that orders for Holding Company Common Stock exceeding 5% of the Offering Shares shall not exceed in the aggregate 10% of the Offering Shares. Requests to purchase additional shares of the Holding Company Common Stock in the event that the purchase limitation is so increased will be determined by the Board of Directors of the Stock Holding Company in its sole discretion.

8.3. Group Maximum Purchase Limit.  This Section 8.3 sets forth the “Group Maximum Purchase Limit.” No Person and his or her Associates or group of Persons Acting in Concert, may purchase in the Offering (including the Subscription Offering, the Direct Community Offering and the Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering) more than $1,000,000 of Holding Company Common Stock, except that: (a) the Stock Holding Company may, in its sole discretion and without further notice to or solicitation of subscribers or other prospective purchasers, (i) increase such Group Maximum

 

23


Purchase Limit to up to 5% of the number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock offered in the Offering or (ii) decrease such Group Maximum Purchase Limit to no less than one-tenth of one percent (0.10%) of the number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock offered in the Conversion; and (b) Tax-Qualified Employee Plans may purchase up to 10% of the Conversion Shares issued in the Conversion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Stock Holding Company increases the Individual Maximum Purchase Limit (as permitted by Section 8.2) to a number that is in excess of the Group Maximum Purchase Limit established by this Section 8.3, the Group Maximum Purchase Limit shall automatically be increased so as to be equal to the Individual Maximum Purchase Limit, as adjusted. The maximum number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock that may be subscribed for or purchased in all categories of the Offering by any Person or Participant together with any Associate or group or Persons Acting in Concert, combined with Exchange Shares received by any such Person or Participant together with any Associate or group of Persons Acting in Concert, shall not exceed 9.9% of the shares of Conversion Stock; provided , that this limitation shall not apply to the Employee Plans.

8.4. Purchases by Officers, Directors, Trustees and Corporators.  The aggregate number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock to be purchased in the Offering by Officers, Directors, Trustees and Corporators of the MHC and the Bank (and their Associates) shall not exceed 25% of the total number of shares of the Offering Shares.

8.5. Special Rule for Tax-Qualified Employee Plans.  Shares of Holding Company Common Stock purchased by any individual participant (“Plan Participant”) in a Tax-Qualified Employee Plan using funds therein pursuant to the exercise of subscription rights granted to such Participant in his individual capacity as an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder (if any) shall not be deemed to be purchases by a Tax-Qualified Employee Plan for purposes of calculating the maximum amount of Holding Company Common Stock that Tax-Qualified Employee Plans may purchase pursuant to this Plan, if the individual Plan Participant controls or directs the investment authority with respect to such account or subaccount.

8.6. Illegal Purchases.  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, no Person shall be entitled to purchase any Holding Company Common Stock to the extent such purchase would be illegal under any federal law or state law or regulation or would violate regulations or policies of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. The Stock Holding Company and/or its agents may ask for an acceptable legal opinion from any purchaser as to the legality of such purchase and may refuse to honor any purchase order if such opinion is not timely furnished.

8.7. Rejection of Orders.  The Stock Holding Company has the right in its sole discretion to reject any order submitted by a Person whose representations the Stock Holding Company believes to be false or who it otherwise believes, either alone or Acting in Concert with others, is violating, circumventing, or intends to violate, evade or circumvent the terms and conditions of the Plan.

8.8 Subscribers in Non-Qualified States or in Foreign Countries.  The Stock Holding Company, in its sole discretion, may make reasonable efforts to comply with the securities laws of any state in the United States in which its depositors reside, and will only offer and sell the Holding Company Common Stock in states in which the offers and sales comply

 

24


with such states’ securities laws. However, no Person will be offered or allowed to purchase any Holding Company Common Stock under the Plan if he or she resides (a) in a foreign country or (b) in a state of the United States with respect to which any of the following apply: (i) a small number of Persons otherwise eligible to purchase shares under the Plan reside in such state; (ii) the offer or sale of shares of Holding Company Common Stock to such Persons would require the Stock Holding Company or its Employees to register, under the securities laws of such state, as a broker or dealer or to register or otherwise qualify its securities for sale in such state; or (iii) such registration or qualification would be impracticable for reasons of cost or otherwise.

8.9. No Offer to Transfer Shares.  Before the consummation of the Conversion, no Person shall offer to transfer, or enter into any agreement or understanding to transfer the legal or beneficial ownership of any subscription rights or shares of Holding Company Common Stock, except pursuant to the Plan. The following shall not constitute impermissible transfers under this Plan. Any Person having subscription rights in his individual capacity as an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder (if any) may exercise such subscription rights by causing a tax-qualified plan to make such purchase using funds allocated to such Person in such tax-qualified plan if such individual plan participant controls or directs the investment authority with respect to such account or subaccount. A tax-qualified plan that maintains an Eligible Deposit Account in the Bank as trustee for or for the benefit of a Person who controls or directs the investment authority with respect to such account or subaccount (“Beneficiary”) may, in exercising its subscription rights, direct that the Holding Company Common Stock be issued in the name of such individual Beneficiary in his individual capacity.

8.10. Confirmation by Purchasers.  Each Person ordering Holding Company Common Stock in the Conversion will be deemed to confirm that such purchase does not conflict with the purchase limitations in the Plan.

ARTICLE 9.

Post Offering Matters

9.1. Stock Purchases After the Conversion.  For a period of three years after the proposed Conversion, no Officer or Director of the Stock Holding Company or the Bank, or his or her Associates, may purchase, without the prior written approval of the Commissioner and the FRB, any Holding Company Common Stock except from a broker-dealer registered with the SEC. Provided that the foregoing shall not apply to (a) negotiated transactions involving more than 1% of the outstanding Holding Company Common Stock, or (b) purchases of stock made by and held by or otherwise made pursuant to any Employee Plan of the Bank or the Stock Holding Company even if such stock is attributable to Officers, Directors or their Associates.

9.2. Resales of Stock by Management Persons.  Holding Company Common Stock purchased in the Conversion by Officers, Directors, Trustees and Corporators of the Bank, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Stock Holding Company or the MHC may not be resold for a period of at least one year following the date of purchase, except in the case of death or substantial disability, as determined by the Commissioner, of such person, or upon the written approval of the Commissioner.

 

25


9.3. Stock Certificates.  Each stock certificate shall bear a legend giving appropriate notice of the restrictions set forth in Section 9.2 hereof. Appropriate instructions shall be issued to the Stock Holding Company’s transfer agent with respect to applicable restrictions on transfers of such stock. Any shares of stock issued as a stock dividend, stock split or otherwise with respect to such restricted stock shall be subject to the same restrictions as apply to the restricted stock.

9.4. Restriction on Financing Stock Purchases.  The Stock Holding Company and the Bank are prohibited from knowingly making any loans or granting any lines of credit for the purpose of purchasing Holding Company Common Stock in the Conversion; provided, however, that the Stock Holding Company, or a subsidiary thereof, may loan funds to the ESOP for the purchase of up to 10% of the Conversion Shares issued in the Conversion.

9.5. Stock Benefit Plans.

9.5.1 As a result of the Conversion, the Holding Company shall be deemed to have ratified and approved all employee stock benefit plans maintained by the Bank and the Mid-Tier Holding Company and shall have agreed to issue (and reserve for issuance) Holding Company Common Stock in lieu of common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company pursuant to the terms of such benefit plans. Upon consummation of the Conversion, the Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock held by such benefit plans shall be converted into Holding Company Common Stock based upon the Exchange Ratio. Also upon consummation of the Conversion, (i) all rights to purchase, sell or receive Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock and all rights to elect to make payment in Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock under any agreement between the Bank or the Mid-Tier Holding Company and any Director, Officer or Employee thereof or under any plan or program of the Bank or the Mid-Tier Holding Company, shall automatically, by operation of law, be converted into and shall become an identical right to purchase, sell or receive Holding Company Common Stock and an identical right to make payment in Holding Company Common Stock under any such agreement between the Bank or the Mid-Tier Holding Company and any Director, Officer or Employee thereof or under such plan or program of the Bank, and (ii) rights outstanding under all stock option plans shall be assumed by the Holding Company and thereafter shall be rights only for shares of Holding Company Common Stock, with each such right being for a number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock based upon the Exchange Ratio and the number of shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock that were available thereunder immediately prior to consummation of the Conversion, with the price adjusted to reflect the Exchange Ratio but with no change in any other term or condition of such right.

9.5.2 The Board of Directors of the Bank and/or the Stock Holding Company are permitted under the Regulations, and may decide, to adopt one or more stock benefit plans for the benefit of the Employees, Officers and Directors of the Bank and Stock Holding Company, including an ESOP, stock award plans and stock option plans, which will be authorized to purchase Holding Company Common Stock and grant options for Holding Company Common Stock. However, only the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans

 

26


will be permitted to purchase Holding Company Common Stock in the Conversion subject to the purchase priorities set forth in the Plan. Pursuant to the Regulations, the Stock Holding Company may authorize the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans, including the ESOP, to purchase up to 10% of the Holding Company Common Stock to be issued in the Conversion. The Bank or the Stock Holding Company may make scheduled discretionary contributions to one or more Tax-Qualified Employee Plans to purchase Holding Company Common Stock or to purchase issued and outstanding shares of Holding Company Common Stock or authorized but unissued shares of Holding Company Common Stock subsequent to the completion of the Conversion; provided, however , that such contributions do not cause the Bank to fail to meet any of its regulatory capital requirements. This Plan specifically authorizes the grant and issuance by the Stock Holding Company of (i) awards of Holding Company Common Stock after the Conversion pursuant to one or more stock recognition and award plans (the “Recognition Plans”) in an amount equal to up to 4% of the number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock issued in the Conversion, (ii) options to purchase a number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock in an amount equal to up to 10% of the number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock issued in the Conversion, and shares of Holding Company Common Stock issuable upon exercise of such options, and (iii) at the closing of the Conversion or at any time thereafter, Holding Company Common Stock in an amount equal to 8% of the number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock issued in the Conversion to the ESOP and an amount equal to up to 2% of the number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock issued in the Conversion to the Bank’s 401(k) plan. Shares awarded to the Tax Qualified Employee Plans or pursuant to the Recognition Plans, and shares issued upon exercise of options may be authorized but unissued shares of the Holding Company Common Stock, or shares of Holding Company Common Stock purchased by the Stock Holding Company or such plans in the open market. Such limitations shall only apply if the Recognition Plans or stock option plans are adopted one year or less following the completion of the Offering. No Recognition Plans or stock option plans have yet been adopted by the Board of the Stock Holding Company, and no such plans will be submitted for the approval of the Stock Holding Company’s stockholders at a meeting held earlier than six months after completion of the Conversion.

9.6. Market for Holding Company Common Stock.  If at the close of the Conversion the Stock Holding Company has more than 300 shareholders of any class of stock, the Stock Holding Company shall use its best efforts to:

9.6.1 Encourage and assist a Market Maker to establish and maintain a market for that class of stock;

9.6.2 List that class of stock on a national or regional securities exchange, including the Nasdaq Stock Market; and

9.6.3 Register the Holding Company Common Stock with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act, and undertake not to deregister such Holding Company Common Stock for a period of three years thereafter.

 

27


9.7. Liquidation Accounts.

9.7.1 The Bank shall, at the time of the Conversion, in exchange for at least 50% of the net proceeds of the Offering, establish a Bank Liquidation Account in an amount equal to the MHC’s total equity as set forth in the latest consolidated statement of financial condition contained in the final Prospectus distributed in connection with the Conversion. The function of the Bank Liquidation Account is to establish a priority on liquidation for Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders (if any). Following the Conversion, the Bank Liquidation Account will be maintained for the benefit of the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders (if any) who continue to maintain Deposit Accounts with the Bank. Each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder (if any) shall, with respect to each Deposit Account, hold a related inchoate interest in a portion of the Bank Liquidation Account balance, in relation to each Deposit Account balance at the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date (if established), as the case may be, or to such balance as it may be subsequently reduced, as hereinafter provided. The initial Bank Liquidation Account balance shall not be increased, and shall be subject to downward adjustment to the extent of any downward adjustment of any subaccount balance of any Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder (if any) in accordance with 209 CMR 33.05(12). In addition, the Stock Holding Company shall, at the time of the merger of the Mid-Tier Holding Company into the Stock Holding Company, also establish a Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account in an amount equal to the product of (i) the Majority Ownership Interest and (ii) the Mid-Tier Holding Company’s total equity as set forth in the latest consolidated statement of financial condition contained in the final Prospectus distributed in connection with the Conversion, plus the value of the net assets of the MHC as reflected in the latest statement of financial condition of the MHC prior to the effective date of the Conversion (excluding its ownership of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock). The Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account also shall be maintained for the benefit of the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders (if any) who continue to maintain their Deposit Accounts at the Bank. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 9.7, the existence of the Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account shall not operate to restrict the use or application of any of the net worth accounts of the Stock Holding Company.

9.7.2 In the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of (i) the Bank or (ii) the Bank and the Stock Holding Company (and only in such event), following all liquidation payments to creditors (including those to depositors to the extent of their Deposit Accounts) each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder (if any) shall be entitled to receive a liquidating distribution from the Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account, in the amount of the then-adjusted subaccount balances for his or her deposit accounts then held, before any liquidating distribution may be made to any holders of the Stock Holding Company’s capital stock. No merger, consolidation, reorganization, or purchase of bulk assets with assumption of deposit accounts and other liabilities, or similar transactions with an FDIC-insured institution, in which the Stock Holding Company and/or the Bank is not the surviving institution, shall be deemed to be a complete liquidation for this purpose. In such transactions, the Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account shall be assumed by the surviving holding company or institution.

 

28


9.7.3 In the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of (i) the Bank or (ii) the Bank and the Stock Holding Company (and only in such event), following all liquidation payments to creditors of the Bank (including those to Account Holders to the extent of their Deposit Accounts), at a time when the Bank has a positive net worth and the Stock Holding Company does not have sufficient assets (other than the stock of the Bank) at the time of liquidation to fund the obligations under the Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account, the Bank with respect to the Bank Liquidation Account shall immediately pay directly to each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder (if any) an amount necessary to fund the Stock Holding Company’s remaining obligation under the Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account, before any liquidation distribution may be made to any holders of the Bank’s capital stock and without making such amount subject to the Stock Holding Company’s creditors. Each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder (if any) shall be entitled to receive a distribution from the Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account, in the amount of the then adjusted subaccount balance for his Deposit Account then held, before any distribution may be made to any holders of the Stock Holding Company’s capital stock.

9.7.4 In the event of a complete liquidation of the Stock Holding Company where the Bank is not also completely liquidating, or in the event of a sale or other disposition of the Stock Holding Company apart from the Bank, each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder (if any) shall be treated as surrendering such Person’s rights to the Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account and receiving from the Stock Holding Company an equivalent interest in the Bank Liquidation Account. Each such holder’s interest in the Bank Liquidation Account shall be subject to the same rights and terms as if the Bank Liquidation Account were the Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account (except that the Stock Holding Company shall cease to exist).

9.7.5 The initial subaccount balance for a Deposit Account held by an Eligible Account Holder and/or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder (if any) shall be determined by multiplying the opening balance in the Bank Liquidation Account by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of such Eligible Account Holder’s or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder’s Qualifying Deposit and the denominator of which is the total amount of all Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. For Deposit Accounts in existence on both dates, separate subaccounts shall be determined on the basis of the Qualifying Deposits in such Deposit Accounts on such record dates. Such initial subaccount balance shall not be increased by additional Deposits, but shall be subject to downward adjustment as described below. The initial subaccount balance in the Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account for a Deposit Account held by an Eligible Account Holder and/or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder (if any) shall be determined in the same manner as their interest in the Bank Liquidation Account is determined.

 

29


9.7.6 If, at the close of business on the last day of any period for which the Stock Holding Company has prepared audited financial statements subsequent to the effective date of the Conversion, the deposit balance in the Deposit Account of an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder (if any) is less than the lesser of: (a) the balance in the Deposit Account at the close of business on the last day of any period for which the Stock Holding Company has prepared audited financial statements subsequent to the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date if established), or (b) the amount in such Deposit Account as of the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date (if established), then the subaccount balance for such Deposit Account shall be adjusted by reducing such subaccount balance, in an amount proportionate to the reduction in the balance of such Deposit Account. In the event of such downward adjustment, the subaccount balance shall not be subsequently increased, notwithstanding any subsequent increase in the deposit balance of the related Deposit Account. If any such Deposit Account is closed, the related subaccount shall be reduced to zero. For purposes of this Section 9.7, a time account shall be deemed to be closed upon its maturity date regardless of any renewal thereof. A distribution of each subaccount balance in the Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account may be made only in the event of a complete liquidation of the Stock Holding Company subsequent to the Conversion and only out of funds available for such purpose after payment of all creditors.

9.7.7 The creation and maintenance of the Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account shall not operate to restrict the use or application of any of the equity accounts of the Stock Holding Company or the Bank, except that neither the Stock Holding Company nor the Bank shall (i) declare or pay a cash dividend on, or repurchase any of, its capital stock if the effect thereof would cause its net worth to be reduced below the amount required for the Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account and the Bank Liquidation Account, as applicable, or (ii) the regulatory capital requirements of the Stock Holding Company (to the extent applicable) or the Bank. Neither the Stock Holding Company nor the Bank shall be required to set aside funds in connection with its obligations hereunder relating to the Liquidation Account and the Bank Liquidation Account, respectively. Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders (if any) do not retain any voting rights in either the Stock Holding Company or the Bank based on their liquidation subaccounts.

9.7.8 The amount of the Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account shall equal at all times the amount of the Bank Liquidation Account, and in no event will any Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder (if any) be entitled to a distribution exceeding such holder’s subaccount balance in the Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account or Bank Liquidation Account. A distribution to an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder (if any) from the Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account will extinguish the right of the Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder (if any) to receive a distribution from the Bank Liquidation Account.

 

30


9.7.9 For the three-year period following the completion of the Conversion, the Stock Holding Company will not without prior approval of the Commissioner and the FRB: (i) sell or liquidate the Stock Holding Company, or (ii) cause the Bank to be sold or liquidated. Upon the written request of the FRB and, if necessary, the Commissioner, the Stock Holding Company shall, or upon the prior written approval of the FRB and, if necessary, the Commissioner, the Stock Holding Company may, at any time after two years from the completion of the Conversion, transfer the Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account to the Bank, at which time the Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account shall be assumed by the Bank and the interests of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders (if any) will be solely and exclusively established in the Bank Liquidation Account. In the event such transfer occurs, the Stock Holding Company shall be deemed to have transferred the Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account to the Bank and such Liquidation Account shall be subsumed into the Bank Liquidation Account and shall not be subject in any manner or amount to the claims of the Stock Holding Company’s creditors. Approval of the Plan by the Corporators shall constitute approval of the transactions described herein.

9.8. Payment of Dividends.  Neither the Stock Holding Company nor the Bank may declare or pay a cash dividend on its common stock if such dividend would cause its regulatory capital to be reduced below applicable capital requirements or the amount required to maintain its respective liquidation account. Otherwise, the Bank and the Stock Holding Company may declare dividends in accordance with applicable laws and regulations.

9.9. Repurchase of Stock.  Based upon facts and circumstances following the Conversion and subject to applicable regulatory and accounting requirements, the Board of Directors of the Stock Holding Company may determine to repurchase stock in the future. Such facts and circumstances may include but not be limited to: (a) market and economic factors such as the price at which the Holding Company Common Stock is trading in the market, the volume of trading, the attractiveness of other investment alternatives in terms of the rate of return and risk involved in the investment, the ability to increase the book value and/or earnings per share of the remaining outstanding shares, and the opportunity to improve the Stock Holding Company’s return on equity; (b) the avoidance of dilution to stockholders by not having to issue additional shares to cover the exercise of stock options or the purchase of shares by the ESOP in the event the ESOP is unable to acquire shares in the Subscription Offering, or to fund any stock plans adopted after the consummation of the Conversion; and (c) any other circumstances in which repurchases would be in the best interests of the Stock Holding Company and its shareholders.

9.10. Conversion Expenses.  The Regulations require that the expenses of the Conversion must be reasonable. The MHC will use its best efforts to assure that the expenses incurred by the MHC and the Stock Holding Company in effecting the Conversion will be reasonable.

9.11. Public Inspection of Conversion Application.  The MHC and the Bank will maintain a copy of the non-confidential portion of the Application in the main banking office of the Bank and such copy will be available for public inspection.

 

31


9.12. Enforcement of Terms and Conditions.  Each of the MHC and the Stock Holding Company shall have the right to take all such action as they, in its sole discretion, may deem necessary, appropriate or advisable in order to monitor and enforce the terms, conditions, limitations and restrictions contained in the Plan and the terms, conditions and representations contained in the Plan, and the terms, conditions and representations contained in the Order Forms, including, but not limited to, the right to require any subscriber or purchaser to provide evidence, in a form satisfactory to the MHC and the Stock Holding Company, of such Person’s eligibility to subscribe for or purchase shares of the Holding Company Common Stock under the terms of the Plan and the absolute right (subject only to any necessary regulatory approvals or concurrence) to reject, limit or revoke acceptance of any subscription or order and to delay, terminate or refuse to consummate any sale of Holding Company Common Stock that it believes might violate, or is designed to, or is any part of a plan to, evade or circumvent such terms, conditions, limitations, restrictions and representations. Any such action shall be final, conclusive and binding on all Persons, and the MHC, the Stock Holding Company, the Bank and their Board of Trustees, Board of Directors, Officers, Employees, Corporators and agents shall be free from any liability to any Person on account of any such action.

9.13. Voting Rights in Converted Stock Holding Company.  Following the Conversion, the holders of the capital stock of the Stock Holding Company shall have exclusive voting rights in the Stock Holding Company.

9.14. Restrictions on Acquisition of Bank and Stock Holding Company.

9.14.1 The Articles of Organization of the Bank may contain a provision stipulating that no person, except the Holding Company, for a period of three years following the closing date of the Conversion, may directly or indirectly acquire or offer to acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of equity security of the Bank, without the prior written approval of the Commissioner. In addition, such Articles of Organization may also provide that for a period of three years following the closing date of the Conversion, shares beneficially owned in violation of the above-described Articles of Organization provision shall not be entitled to vote and shall not be voted by any person or counted as voting stock in connection with any matter submitted to stockholders for a vote.

9.14.2 For a period of three years from the date of consummation of the Conversion, no person, other than the Stock Holding Company, shall directly or indirectly offer to acquire or acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of equity security of the Bank without the prior written consent of the FRB. Nothing in this Plan shall prohibit the Stock Holding Company from taking actions permitted under 12 C.F.R. 239.63(f).

9.14.3 The Articles of Incorporation of the Stock Holding Company may contain a provision stipulating that in no event shall any record owner of any outstanding shares of Holding Company Common Stock who beneficially owns in excess of 10% of such outstanding shares be entitled or permitted to any vote with respect to any shares held in excess of 10%. In addition, the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Stock

 

32


Holding Company may contain, in addition to any other permissible provisions, provisions which provide for, or prohibit, as the case may be, staggered terms of the directors, noncumulative voting for directors, limitations on the calling of special meetings, a fair price provision for certain business combinations and certain notice requirements.

9.14.4 For the purposes of this Section 9.14:

 

  (1) the term “person” includes an individual, a firm, a corporation or other entity;

 

  (2) the term “offer” includes every offer to buy or acquire, solicitation of an offer to sell, tender offer for, or request or invitation for tenders of, a security or interest in a security for value;

 

  (3) the term “acquire” includes every type of acquisition, whether effected by purchase, exchange, operation of law or otherwise; and

 

  (4) the term “security” includes non-transferable subscription rights issued pursuant to a plan of conversion as well as a “security” as defined in 15 U.S.C. § 77b(a)(1).

ARTICLE 10.

Miscellaneous

10.1. Interpretation of Plan. All interpretations of the Plan and application of its provisions to particular circumstances by the MHC and Stock Holding Company shall be final, subject to the authority of the Commissioner and the FRB. When a reference is made in this Plan to Sections or Exhibits, such reference shall be to a Section of or Exhibit to the Plan unless otherwise indicated. The recitals hereto constitute an integral part of the Plan. References to Sections include subsections, which are part of the related Section ( e.g. , a section numbered “Section 5.5.1” would be part of “Section 5.5” and references to “Section 5.5” would also refer to material contained in the subsection described as “Section 5.5.1”). The table of contents and headings contained in the Plan are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of the Plan. Whenever the words “include”, “includes” or “including” are used in the Plan, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”.

10.2. Amendment or Termination of the Plan.  If deemed necessary or desirable, the terms of the Plan may be substantively amended by a majority vote of the members of the Board of Trustees as a result of comments from regulatory authorities at any time prior to approval of the Plan by the Commissioner and the FRB and at any time thereafter with the concurrence of the Commissioner and the FRB. If amendments to the Plan are made after the Special Meeting of Corporators, no further approval of the Corporators will be necessary unless otherwise required by the Commissioner or the FRB. The Plan may be terminated by the Board of Trustees in its sole discretion, at any time prior to the Special Meeting of Corporators and at any time thereafter with the concurrence of the Commissioner and the FRB. The Plan will terminate if the sale of all

 

33


shares of Holding Company Common Stock is not completed within twenty four months from the date of approval of the Plan by the Board of Trustees.

Dated: March 5, 2014

 

34


Exhibit 1.1

FORM OF

AGREEMENT OF MERGER BETWEEN

MERIDIAN FINANCIAL SERVICES, INCORPORTATED

AND MERIDIAN INTERSTATE BANCORP, INC.

THIS AGREEMENT OF MERGER (the “MHC Merger Agreement”) dated as of                      , 2014, is made by and between Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated, a Massachusetts mutual holding company (the “MHC”), and Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation (the “Mid-Tier Holding Company”). Capitalized terms have the respective meanings given them in the Plan of Conversion (the “Plan”) of the MHC, unless otherwise defined herein.

R E C I T A L S:

1. The MHC is a Massachusetts mutual holding company that owns                      % of the common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company.

2. The Mid-Tier Holding Company is a Massachusetts corporation that owns 100% of the common stock of East Boston Savings Bank, a Massachusetts-chartered savings bank.

3. The board of directors of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the board of Trustees of the MHC have approved this MHC Merger Agreement whereby the MHC shall merge with and into the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the resulting corporation (the “MHC Merger”), and have authorized the execution and delivery of this MHC Merger Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements contained herein, the parties hereto have agreed as follows:

1. Merger . At and on the Effective Date of the MHC Merger, the MHC will merge with and into the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the resulting entity (“Resulting Corporation”) whereby the shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock held by the MHC will be canceled and persons having liquidation interests in the MHC will constructively receive liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their liquidation interests in the MHC.

2. Effective Date . The MHC Merger shall not be effective until and unless: (i) the Plan is approved by the Division of Banks of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System; (ii) the Plan is approved by a majority of the total votes of the MHC’s Corporators and a majority of the MHC’s Independent Corporators (who shall constitute not less than 60% of all Corporators) eligible to be cast at the special meeting called for such purpose; (iii) the Plan and this MHC Merger Agreement are approved by two-thirds of the votes eligible to be case by the Stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and a majority of the votes eligible to be cast by Minority Stockholders; and (iv) the Articles of Merger shall have been filed with the Secretary of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts with respect to the MHC Merger. Approval of the Plan by the MHC’s Corporators shall constitute approval of this MHC Merger Agreement by the MHC’s Corporators.

 

1


3. Name. The name of the Resulting Corporation shall be Meridian Bancorp, Inc.

4. Offices . The main office of the Resulting Corporation shall be 10 Meridian Street, East Boston, Massachusetts 02128.

5. Directors and Officers. The directors and officers of the Mid-Tier Holding Company immediately prior to the Effective Date shall be the directors and officers of the Resulting Corporation after the Effective Date.

6. Rights and Duties of the Resulting Corporation. At the Effective Date, the MHC shall be merged with and into the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the Resulting Corporation. The business of the Resulting Corporation shall be that of a Massachusetts corporation as provided in its Articles of Organization. All assets, rights, interests, privileges, powers, franchises and property (real, personal and mixed) of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the MHC shall be transferred automatically to and vested in the Resulting Corporation by virtue of the MHC Merger without any deed or other document of transfer. The Resulting Corporation, without any order or action on the part of any court or otherwise and without any documents of assumption or assignment, shall hold and enjoy all of the properties, franchises and interests, including appointments, powers, designations, nominations and all other rights and interests as the agent or other fiduciary in the same manner and to the same extent as such rights, franchises, and interests and powers were held or enjoyed by the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the MHC. The Resulting Corporation shall be responsible for all of the liabilities, restrictions and duties of every kind and description of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the MHC immediately prior to the MHC Merger, including liabilities for all debts, obligations and contracts of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the MHC, matured or unmatured, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise and whether or not reflected or reserved against on balance sheets, books of accounts or records of the Mid-Tier Holding Company or the MHC. All rights of creditors and other obligees and all liens on property of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the MHC shall be preserved and shall not be released or impaired.

7. Rights of Stockholders. At the Effective Date, the shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock held by the MHC will be canceled and persons having liquidation interests in the MHC will constructively receive liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their liquidation interests in the MHC.

8. Other Terms. The Plan is incorporated herein by this reference and made a part hereof to the extent necessary or appropriate to effect and consummate the terms of this MHC Merger Agreement and the Conversion.

[Signature page follows]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the MHC have caused this MHC Merger Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

    Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated
    (a Massachusetts mutual holding company)
ATTEST:    
      By:    
Vincent D. Basile, Secretary       Richard J. Gavegnano
      President and Chief Executive Officer
    Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc.
    (a Massachusetts corporation)
ATTEST:    
      By:    
Vincent D. Basile, Clerk       Richard J. Gavegnano
      President and Chief Executive Officer

 

3


Exhibit 1.2

FORM OF

AGREEMENT OF MERGER BETWEEN

MERIDIAN INTERSTATE BANCORP, INC. AND

MERIDIAN BANCORP, INC.

THIS AGREEMENT OF MERGER (the “Mid-Tier Merger Agreement”), dated as of                      , 2014, is made by and between Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation (the “Mid-Tier Holding Company”), and Meridian Bancorp, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Holding Company”). Capitalized terms have the respective meanings given them in the Plan of Conversion of Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated (the “Plan”) unless otherwise defined herein.

R E C I T A L S:

1. The Mid-Tier Holding Company is a Massachusetts corporation that owns 100% of the common stock of East Boston Savings Bank, a Massachusetts-chartered savings bank (the “Bank”).

2. The Holding Company has been organized as a first-tier stock subsidiary of the Mid-Tier Holding Company.

3. The boards of directors of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company have approved this Mid-Tier Merger Agreement whereby the Mid-Tier Holding Company will be merged with and into the Holding Company with the Holding Company as the resulting corporation (the “Mid-Tier Merger”), and have authorized the execution and delivery of this Mid-Tier Merger Agreement.

4. Immediately prior to the Mid-Tier Merger, Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated, a Massachusetts mutual holding company (the “MHC”) and the owner of                      % of the capital stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, merged with and into the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the resulting entity (the “MHC Merger”), whereby the shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company held by the MHC were cancelled and persons having liquidation interests in the MHC constructively received liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their liquidation interests in the MHC.

5. As a result of the Mid-Tier Merger, the Bank will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Holding Company.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements contained herein, the parties hereto have agreed as follows:

1. Merger . At and on the Effective Date of the Mid-Tier Merger, the Mid-Tier Holding Company will merge with and into the Holding Company with the Holding Company as the resulting corporation (the “Resulting Corporation”), whereby the Bank will become the wholly-owned subsidiary of the Holding Company. As part of the Mid-Tier Merger, persons

 

1


who had liquidation interests in the MHC who constructively received liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company as part of the MHC Merger will exchange the liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company that they constructively received for interests in the Liquidation Account and the stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company (Minority Stockholders immediately prior to the Conversion) will exchange their shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company Common Stock for Holding Company Common Stock in the Exchange Offering pursuant to the Exchange Ratio.

2. Effective Date . The Mid-Tier Merger shall not be effective until and unless: (i) the Plan is approved by the Division of Banks of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System; (ii) the Plan and this Mid-Tier Merger Agreement are approved by the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the sole stockholder of the Holding Company; (iii) the Plan and this Mid-Tier Merger Agreement are approved by two-thirds of the votes eligible to be case by the Stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and a majority of the votes eligible to be cast by Minority Stockholders; and (iv) Articles of Merger shall have been filed with the Secretary of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and the Maryland State Department of Assessments and Taxation with respect to the Mid-Tier Merger.

3. Name. The name of the Resulting Corporation shall be Meridian Bancorp, Inc.

4. Offices . The main office of the Resulting Corporation shall be 10 Meridian Street, East Boston, Massachusetts 02128.

5. Directors and Officers . The directors and officers of the Holding Company immediately prior to the Effective Date shall be the directors and officers of the Resulting Corporation after the Effective Date.

6. Rights and Duties of the Resulting Corporation . At the Effective Date, the Mid-Tier Holding Company shall merge with the Holding Company, with the Holding Company as the Resulting Corporation. The business of the Resulting Corporation shall be that of a Maryland corporation as provided in its Articles of Incorporation. All assets, rights, interests, privileges, powers, franchises and property (real, personal and mixed) of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company shall be transferred automatically to and vested in the Resulting Corporation by virtue of the Mid-Tier Merger without any deed or other document of transfer. The Resulting Corporation, without any order or action on the part of any court or otherwise and without any documents of assumption or assignment, shall hold and enjoy all of the properties, franchises and interests, including appointments, powers, designations, nominations and all other rights and interests as the agent or other fiduciary in the same manner and to the same extent as such rights, franchises, and interests and powers were held or enjoyed by the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company. The Resulting Corporation shall be responsible for all of the liabilities, restrictions and duties of every kind and description of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company immediately prior to the Mid-Tier Merger, including liabilities for all debts, obligations and contracts of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company, matured or unmatured, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise and whether or not reflected or reserved against on balance sheets, books of accounts or records of the Mid-Tier Holding Company or the Holding Company. The stockholders of the Holding Company shall possess all voting rights with respect to the shares of stock of the Resulting Corporation. All rights of creditors and other obligees and all liens on property of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company shall be preserved and shall not be released or impaired.

 

2


7. Rights of Stockholders . At the Effective Date, persons who had liquidation interests in the MHC who constructively received liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their liquidation interests in the MHC as part of the MHC Merger, will exchange their liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company for interests in the Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account, and the stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company (Minority Stockholders immediately prior to the Conversion) will exchange their shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company Common Stock for Holding Company Common Stock in the Exchange Offering pursuant to the Exchange Ratio.

8. Other Terms . The Plan is incorporated herein by this reference and made a part hereof to the extent necessary or appropriate to effect and consummate the terms of this Mid-Tier Merger Agreement and the Conversion.

[Signature page follows]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company have caused this Mid-Tier Merger Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

    Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc.
    (a Massachusetts corporation)
ATTEST:    
      By:    
Vincent D. Basile, Secretary       Richard J. Gavegnano
      President and Chief Executive Officer
    Meridian Bancorp, Inc.
    (a Maryland corporation)
ATTEST:    
      By:    
Vincent D. Basile, Secretary       Richard J. Gavegnano
      President and Chief Executive Officer

 

4


Exhibit 7.6

Local Community; Massachusetts Cities and Towns Served by East Boston Savings Bank

The Local Community shall include the Massachusetts cities and towns of Belmont, Boston, Cambridge, Chelsea, Danvers, Everett, Lynn, Lynnfield, Malden, Medford, Melrose, Peabody, Revere, Saugus, Somerville, Wakefield and Winthrop.

 

1

Exhibit 3.1

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

MERIDIAN BANCORP, INC.

The undersigned, Edward A. Quint, whose address is 5335 Wisconsin Avenue, N.W., Suite 780, Washington, DC 20015, being at least eighteen years of age, acting as incorporator, does hereby form a corporation under the general laws of the State of Maryland, having the following Articles of Incorporation (the “Articles”):

ARTICLE 1. Name. The name of the corporation is Meridian Bancorp, Inc. (herein the “Corporation”).

ARTICLE 2. Principal Office. The address of the principal office of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is c/o CSC-Lawyers Incorporating Service Company, 7 St. Paul Street, Suite 1660, Baltimore, Maryland 21202.

ARTICLE 3. Purpose. The purpose for which the Corporation is formed is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the general laws of the State of Maryland as now or hereafter in force.

ARTICLE 4. Resident Agent. The name and address of the registered agent of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is CSC-Lawyers Incorporating Service Company, 7 St. Paul Street, Suite 1660, Baltimore, Maryland 21202. Said resident agent is a Maryland corporation.

ARTICLE 5. Capital Stock

A. Authorized Stock. The total number of shares of capital stock of all classes that the Corporation has authority to issue is one-hundred fifty million (150,000,000) shares, consisting of:

1. fifty million (50,000,000) shares of preferred stock, par value one cent ($0.01) per share (the “Preferred Stock”); and

2. one-hundred million (100,000,000) shares of common stock, par value one cent ($0.01) per share (the “Common Stock”).

The aggregate par value of all the authorized shares of capital stock is one million, five-hundred thousand dollars ($1,500,000). Except to the extent required by governing law, rule or regulation, the shares of capital stock may be issued from time to time by the Board of Directors without further approval of the stockholders of the Corporation. The Corporation shall have the authority to purchase its capital stock out of funds lawfully available therefor, which funds shall include, without limitation, the Corporation’s unreserved and unrestricted capital surplus. The Board of Directors, pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number), and without action by the stockholders, may amend these Articles to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Corporation has authority to issue. For the purposes of these Articles, the term “Whole Board” shall mean the total number of directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies on the Board of Directors at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption.


B. Common Stock. Except as provided under the terms of any series of Preferred Stock and as limited by Section D of this Article 5, the exclusive voting power shall be vested in the Common Stock. Except as otherwise provided in these Articles, each holder of the Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock standing in the holder’s name on the books of the Corporation. Subject to any rights and preferences of any series of Preferred Stock, holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to such dividends as may be declared by the Board of Directors out of funds lawfully available therefor. Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive all the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders ratably in proportion to the number of shares held by them, respectively, after: (i) payment or provision for payment of the Corporation’s debts and liabilities; (ii) distributions or provisions for distributions to holders of any class or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock in the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation and (iii) distributions or provision for distributions in settlement of the Liquidation Account established by the Corporation as described in Section G of this Article 5.

C. Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors is hereby expressly authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, to provide for the issuance of the shares of Preferred Stock in series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption of the shares of each such series. The number of authorized shares of the Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Common Stock, without a vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required by law or pursuant to the terms of such Preferred Stock. The power of the stockholders to increase or decrease the authorized shares of the Preferred Stock shall not limit any of the powers of the Board of Directors provided under these Articles.

D. Restrictions on Voting Rights of the Corporation’s Equity Securities.

1. Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles, in no event shall the record owner (or if more than one record owner, all such record owners taken as a group) of any outstanding Common Stock that is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person who, as of any record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote on any matter, beneficially owns in excess of 10% of the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock (the “Limit”), be entitled, or permitted to any vote in respect of the shares held in excess of the Limit. The number of votes that may be cast by any particular record owner by virtue of the provisions hereof in respect of Common Stock beneficially owned by such Person owning shares in excess of the Limit (a “Holder in Excess”) shall be a number equal to the total number of votes that a single record owner of all Common Stock owned by such Holder in Excess would be entitled to cast after giving effect to the provisions hereof, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of such class or series that are both (i) beneficially owned by such Holder in Excess and (ii) owned of record by such particular record owner and the denominator of which

 

2


is the total number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by such Holder in Excess. The provisions of this Section D of this Article 5 shall not be applicable if, before the Holder in Excess acquired beneficial ownership of such shares in excess of the Limit, such acquisition was approved by a majority of the “Unaffiliated Directors.” For this purpose, the term “Unaffiliated Director” means any member of the Board of Directors who is unaffiliated with the Holder in Excess and was a member of the Board of Directors prior to the time that the Holder in Excess became such, and any director who is thereafter chosen to fill any vacancy on the Board of Directors and who is elected and who, in either event, is unaffiliated with the Holder in Excess and in connection with his or her initial assumption of office is recommended for appointment or election by a majority of the Unaffiliated Directors then serving on the Board of Directors.

2. The following definitions shall apply to this Section D of this Article 5.

 

  (a) An “affiliate” of a specified Person shall mean a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Person specified.

 

  (b) “Beneficial ownership” shall be determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (or any successor rule or statutory provision), or, if said Rule 13d-3 shall be rescinded and there shall be no successor rule or statutory provision thereto, pursuant to said Rule 13d-3 as in effect on December 31, 2013; provided, however, that a Person shall, in any event, also be deemed the “beneficial owner” of any Common Stock:

 

  (1) that such Person or any of its affiliates beneficially owns, directly or indirectly; or

 

  (2) that such Person or any of its affiliates has (i) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (but shall not be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any voting shares solely by reason of an agreement, contract, or other arrangement with the Corporation to effect any transaction of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of the first sentence of Article 9 hereof) or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants, or options or otherwise, or (ii) sole or shared voting or investment power with respect thereto pursuant to any agreement, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise (but shall not be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any voting shares solely by reason of a revocable proxy granted for a particular meeting of stockholders, pursuant to a public solicitation of proxies for such meeting, with respect to shares of which neither such Person nor any such affiliate is otherwise deemed the beneficial owner); or

 

  (3)

that are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other Person with which such first mentioned Person or any of its affiliates acts as a

 

3


  partnership, limited partnership, syndicate or other group pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of any shares of capital stock of the Corporation; and provided further, however, that (i) no director or officer of the Corporation (or any affiliate of any such director or officer) shall, solely by reason of any or all of such directors or officers acting in their capacities as such, be deemed, for any purposes hereof, to beneficially own any Common Stock beneficially owned by any other such director or officer (or any affiliate thereof), and (ii) neither any employee stock ownership or similar plan of the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation nor any trustee with respect thereto (or any affiliate of such trustee) shall, solely by reason of such capacity of such trustee, be deemed, for any purposes hereof, to beneficially own any Common Stock held under any such plan. For purposes of computing the percentage of beneficial ownership of Common Stock of a Person, the outstanding Common Stock shall include shares deemed owned by such Person through application of this subsection but shall not include any other shares of Common Stock that may be issuable by the Corporation pursuant to any agreement, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise. For all other purposes, the outstanding Common Stock shall include only Common Stock then outstanding and shall not include any Common Stock that may be issuable by the Corporation pursuant to any agreement, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.

 

  (c) A “Person” shall mean any individual, firm, corporation, or other entity.

 

  (d) The Board of Directors shall have the power to construe and apply the provisions of this Section D and to make all determinations necessary or desirable to implement such provisions including, but not limited to, matters with respect to (i) the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by any Person, (ii) whether a Person is an affiliate of another, (iii) whether a Person has an agreement, arrangement, or understanding with another as to the matters referred to in the definition of beneficial ownership, (iv) the application of any other definition or operative provision of this Section D to the given facts, or (v) any other matter relating to the applicability or effect of this Section D.

3. The Board of Directors shall have the right to demand that any Person reasonably believed by the Board of Directors to be a Holder in Excess (or holder of record of Common Stock beneficially owned by any Holder in Excess) supply the Corporation with complete information as to (i) the record owner(s) of all shares beneficially owned by such Holder in Excess, and (ii) any other factual matter relating to the applicability or effect of this section as may reasonably be requested of such Holder in Excess. The Board of Directors shall further have the right to receive from any Holder in Excess reimbursement for all expenses incurred by the Board in connection with its investigation of any matters relating to the applicability or effect

 

4


of this section on such Holder in Excess, to the extent such investigation is deemed appropriate by the Board of Directors as a result of the Holder in Excess refusing to supply the Corporation with the information described in the previous sentence.

4. Any constructions, applications, or determinations made by the Board of Directors pursuant to this Section D in good faith and on the basis of such information and assistance as was then reasonably available for such purpose, shall be conclusive and binding upon the Corporation and its stockholders.

5. In the event any provision (or portion thereof) of this Section D shall be found to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions (or portions thereof) of this Section D shall remain in full force and effect, and shall be construed as if such invalid, prohibited or unenforceable provision had been stricken herefrom or otherwise rendered inapplicable, it being the intent of the Corporation and its stockholders that each such remaining provision (or portion thereof) of this Section D remain, to the fullest extent permitted by law, applicable and enforceable as to all stockholders, including Holders in Excess, notwithstanding any such finding.

E. Majority Vote for Certain Actions. With respect to those actions as to which any provision of the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”) requires stockholder authorization by a greater proportion than a majority of the total number of shares of all classes of capital stock or of the total number of shares of any class of capital stock, any such action shall be valid and effective if authorized by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total number of shares of all classes outstanding and entitled to vote thereon, except as otherwise provided in these Articles.

F. Quorum. Except as otherwise provided by law or expressly provided in these Articles, the presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of record of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitling the holders thereof to cast a majority of the votes (after giving effect, if required, to the provisions of Article 5, Section D) entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders, and every reference in these Articles to a majority or other proportion of capital stock (or the holders thereof) for purposes of determining any quorum requirement or any requirement for stockholder consent or approval shall be deemed to refer to such majority or other proportion of the votes (or the holders thereof) then entitled to be cast in respect of such capital stock.

G. Liquidation Account. Under regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Corporation must establish and maintain a liquidation account (the “Liquidation Account”) for the benefit of certain Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders as defined in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated, as may be amended from time to time (the “Plan of Conversion”). In the event of a complete liquidation involving (i) the Corporation or (ii) East Boston Savings Bank, a Massachusetts-chartered savings bank that will be a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation, the Corporation must comply with the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the provisions of the Plan of Conversion with respect to the amount and priorities of each Eligible Account Holder’s and Supplemental Eligible

 

5


Account Holder’s interests in the Liquidation Account. The interest of an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder in the Liquidation Account does not entitle such account holders to voting rights.

ARTICLE 6. Preemptive Rights and Appraisal Rights.

A. Preemptive Rights. Except for preemptive rights approved by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the directors then in office, no holder of the capital stock of the Corporation or series of stock or of options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of any class or series of stock or of other securities of the Corporation shall have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any unissued capital stock of any class or series, or any unissued bonds, certificates of indebtedness, debentures or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for capital stock of any class or series or carrying any right to purchase stock of any class or series.

B. Appraisal Rights. Holders of shares of stock shall not be entitled to exercise any rights of an objecting stockholder provided for under Title 3, Subtitle 2 of the MGCL or any successor statute unless the Board of Directors, pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the directors then in office, shall determine that such rights apply with respect to all or any classes or series of stock, to one or more transactions occurring after the date of such determination in connection with which holders of such shares would otherwise be entitled to exercise such rights.

ARTICLE 7. Directors. The following provisions are made a part of these Articles for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:

A. Management of the Corporation. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors. All powers of the Corporation may be exercised by or under the authority of the Board of Directors, except as conferred on or as reserved to the stockholders by law or by these Articles or the Bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however, that any limitations on the Board of Directors’ management or direction of the affairs of the Corporation shall reserve the directors’ full power to discharge their fiduciary duties.

B. Number, Class and Terms of Directors; No Cumulative Voting. The number of directors constituting the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall initially be twelve (12), which number may be increased or decreased in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however, that such number shall never be less than the minimum number of directors required by the MGCL now or hereafter in force. The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, shall be divided into three classes, with the term of office of the first class (“Class I”) to expire at the conclusion of the first annual meeting of stockholders, the term of office of the second class (“Class II”) to expire at the conclusion of the annual meeting of stockholders one year thereafter and the term of office of the third class (“Class III”) to expire at the conclusion of the annual meeting of stockholders two years thereafter, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly

 

6


elected and qualified. At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors elected to succeed those directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election or for such shorter period of time as the Board of Directors may determine, with each director to hold office until his or her term expires and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

The names of the individuals who will serve as directors of the Corporation until their successors are elected and qualify are as follows:

Class I Directors:

Marilyn A. Censullo

Richard J. Gavegnano

Edward L. Lynch

Gregory F. Natalucci

Class II Directors :

Anna R. DiMaria

Richard F. Fernandez

Domenic A. Gambardella

Thomas J. Gunning

Class III Directors :

Vincent D. Basile

Edward J. Merritt

James G. Sartori

Carl A. LaGreca

Stockholders shall not be permitted to cumulate their votes in the election of directors. A plurality of all the votes cast at a meeting at which a quorum is present is sufficient to elect a director.

C. Vacancies. Any vacancies in the Board of Directors may be filled in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

D. Removal. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5 hereof) voting together as a single class.

 

7


E. Stockholder Proposals and Nominations of Directors. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation. Stockholder proposals to be presented in connection with a special meeting of stockholders shall be presented by the Corporation only to the extent required by Section 2-502 of the MGCL and the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE 8. Bylaws. The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the Corporation by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the Whole Board. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. In addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by these Articles, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5 hereof), voting together as a single class, shall be required for the adoption, amendment or repeal of any provisions of the Bylaws of the Corporation by the stockholders.

ARTICLE 9. Evaluation of Certain Offers. The Board of Directors, when evaluating (i) any offer of another Person (as defined below) to (A) make a tender or exchange offer for any equity security of the Corporation, (B) merge or consolidate the Corporation with another corporation or entity, or (C) purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Corporation or (ii) any other actual or proposed transaction that would or may involve a change in control of the Corporation (whether by purchases of shares of stock or any other securities of the Corporation in the open market or otherwise, tender offer, merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution, liquidation, sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, proxy solicitation or otherwise), may, in connection with the exercise of its business judgment in determining what is in the best interests of the Corporation and its stockholders and in making any recommendation to the Corporation’s stockholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including, but not limited to: (A) the economic effect, both immediate and long-term, upon the Corporation’s stockholders, including stockholders, if any, who do not participate in the transaction; (B) the social and economic effect on the present and future employees, creditors and customers of, and others dealing with, the Corporation and its subsidiaries and on the communities in which the Corporation and its subsidiaries operate or are located; (C) whether the proposal is acceptable based on the historical, current or projected future operating results or financial condition of the Corporation; (D) whether a more favorable price could be obtained for the Corporation’s stock or other securities in the future; (E) the reputation and business practices of the other entity to be involved in the transaction and its management and affiliates as they would affect the employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries; (F) the future value of the stock or any other securities of the Corporation or the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; (G) any antitrust or other legal and regulatory issues that are raised by the proposal; (H) the business and historical, current or expected future financial condition or operating results of the other entity to be involved in the transaction, including, but not limited to, debt service and other existing financial obligations, financial obligations to be incurred in connection with the proposed transaction, and other likely financial obligations of the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; and (I) the

 

8


ability of the Corporation to fulfill its objectives as a financial institution holding company and on the ability of its subsidiary financial institution(s) to fulfill the objectives of a federally insured financial institution under applicable statutes and regulations. If the Board of Directors determines that any proposed transaction of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence should be rejected, it may take any lawful action to defeat such transaction, including, but not limited to, any or all of the following: advising stockholders not to accept the proposal; instituting litigation against the party making the proposal; filing complaints with governmental and regulatory authorities; acquiring the stock or any of the securities of the Corporation; selling or otherwise issuing authorized but unissued stock or other securities or granting options or rights with respect thereto; and obtaining a more favorable offer from another individual or entity. This Article 9 sets forth certain factors that may be considered by the Board of Directors, but does not create any implication concerning the factors that must be considered, or any other factors that may or may not be considered, by the Board of Directors regarding any proposed transaction of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of the first sentence of this Article 9.

For purposes of this Article 9, a “Person” shall include an individual, a group acting in concert, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a joint venture, a pool, a joint stock company, a trust, an unincorporated organization or similar company, a syndicate or any other group or entity formed for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities.

ARTICLE 10. Indemnification, etc. of Directors and Officers.

A. Indemnification. The Corporation shall indemnify (1) its current and former directors and officers, whether serving the Corporation or at its request any other entity, to the fullest extent required or permitted by the MGCL now or hereafter in force, including the advancement of expenses under the procedures and to the fullest extent permitted by law, and (2) other employees and agents to such extent as shall be authorized by the Board of Directors and permitted by law; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section B of this Article 10 with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

B. Procedure. If a claim under Section A of this Article 10 is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall also be entitled to be reimbursed the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. It shall be a defense to any action for advancement of expenses that the Corporation has not received both (i) an undertaking as required by law to repay such advances in the event it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met and (ii) a written affirmation by the indemnitee of his good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Corporation has been met. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification

 

9


hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) any suit by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the MGCL. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the MGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article 10 or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

C. Non-Exclusivity. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article 10 shall not be exclusive of any other right that any Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, these Articles, the Corporation’s Bylaws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or the Board of Directors, or otherwise.

D. Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to insure itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such Person against such expense, liability or loss under the MGCL.

E. Miscellaneous. The Corporation shall not be liable for any payment under this Article 10 in connection with a claim made by any indemnitee to the extent such indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment under any insurance policy, agreement, or otherwise, of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in Sections A and B of this Article 10 shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

F. Limitations Imposed by Federal Law. Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Article 10, in no event shall any payments made by the Corporation pursuant to this Article 10 exceed the amount permissible under applicable federal law, including, without limitation, Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

Any repeal or modification of this Article 10 shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses of such director or officer or the obligations of the Corporation arising hereunder with respect to events occurring, or claims made, while this Article 10 is in force.

 

10


ARTICLE 11. Limitation of Liability. An officer or director of the Corporation, as such, shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for money damages, except (A) to the extent that it is proved that the Person actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services, for the amount of the benefit or profit in money, property or services actually received; or (B) to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the Person is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the Person’s action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding; or (C) to the extent otherwise provided by the MGCL. If the MGCL is amended to further eliminate or limit the personal liability of officers and directors, then the liability of officers and directors of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the MGCL, as so amended.

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

ARTICLE 12. Amendment of the Articles of Incorporation. The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in these Articles in the manner prescribed by the MGCL, including any amendment altering the terms or contract rights, as expressly set forth in these Articles, of any of the Corporation’s outstanding stock by classification, reclassification or otherwise, and no stockholder approval shall be required if the approval of stockholders is not required for the proposed amendment or repeal by the MGCL, and all rights conferred upon stockholders are granted subject to this reservation.

The Board of Directors, pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number), and without action by the stockholders, may amend these Articles to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Corporation has authority to issue.

No proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles shall be submitted to a stockholder vote unless the Board of Directors shall have (1) approved the proposed amendment or repeal, (2) determined that it is advisable, and (3) directed that it be submitted for consideration at either an annual or special meeting of the stockholders pursuant to a resolution approved by the Board of Directors. Any proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles may be abandoned by the Board of Directors at any time before its effective time upon the adoption of a resolution approved by a majority of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number).

The amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles shall be approved by at least two-thirds of all votes entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote on the matter (after giving due effect to the provisions of Article 5 of these Articles), except that the proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles need only be approved by the vote of a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote on the matter (after giving due effect to the provisions of Article 5 of these Articles) if the amendment or repeal of such provision is approved by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution approved by at least two-thirds of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number).

 

11


Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of the stock of the Corporation required by law or by these Articles, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5), voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend or repeal this Article 12, Section C, D, E or F of Article 5, Article 7 (other than the removal of the list of original directors), Article 8, Article 9, Article 10 or Article 11.

ARTICLE 13. Name and Address of Incorporator. The name and mailing address of the sole incorporator are as follows:

Edward A. Quint

5335 Wisconsin Ave., N.W., Suite 780

Washington, D.C. 20015

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

12


I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the incorporator, for the purpose of forming a corporation under the laws of the State of Maryland, do make, file and record these Articles of Incorporation, do certify that the facts herein stated are true, and, accordingly, have hereto set my hand this 6 th day of March, 2014.

 

/s/ Edward A. Quint

Edward A. Quint
Incorporator

 

13

Exhibit 3.2

MERIDIAN BANCORP, INC.

BYLAWS

ARTICLE I

STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 1. Annual Meeting.

Meridian Bancorp, Inc. (the “Corporation”) shall hold an annual meeting of its stockholders to elect directors and to transact any other business within its powers, at such place, on such date and at such time as the Board of Directors shall fix. Failure to hold an annual meeting does not invalidate the Corporation’s existence or affect any otherwise valid corporate act.

 

Section 2. Special Meetings.

Special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called by the President, the Chairperson of the Board or by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies on the Board of Directors (hereinafter the “Whole Board”). Special meetings of the stockholders shall be called by the Secretary at the request of stockholders only on the written request of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at the meeting. Such written request shall state the purpose or purposes of the meeting and the matters proposed to be acted upon at the meeting, and shall be delivered at the principal office of the Corporation addressed to the President or the Secretary. The Secretary shall inform the stockholders who make the request of the reasonably estimated cost of preparing and mailing a notice of the meeting and, upon payment of these costs to the Corporation, notify each stockholder entitled to notice of the meeting. The Board of Directors shall have the sole power to fix (i) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to request a special meeting of stockholders and the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at the special meeting and (ii) the date, time and place of the special meeting and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be considered present in person and may vote at the special meeting.

 

Section 3. Notice of Meetings; Adjournment or Postponement.

Not less than 10 nor more than 90 days before each stockholders’ meeting, the Secretary shall give notice of the meeting in writing or by electronic transmission to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting and to each other stockholder entitled to notice of the meeting. The notice shall state the time and place of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and may vote at the meeting, and, if the meeting is a special meeting, or notice of the purpose is required by statute, the purpose of the meeting. Notice is given to a stockholder when it is personally delivered to the stockholder, left at the stockholder’s residence or usual place of business, mailed to the stockholder at his or her address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, or transmitted to the stockholder by an electronic transmission to any address or number of the


stockholder at which the stockholder receives electronic transmissions. If the Corporation has received a request from a stockholder that notice not be sent by electronic transmission, the Corporation may not provide notice to the stockholder by electronic transmission. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, each person who is entitled to notice waives notice if such person, before or after the meeting, delivers a written waiver or waiver by electronic transmission which is filed with the records of the stockholders’ meetings, or if such person is present at the meeting in person or by proxy.

A meeting of stockholders convened on the date for which it was called may be adjourned from time to time without further notice to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date. A meeting may be adjourned by a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board or by the vote of a majority of the stockholders present at the meeting, whether or not a quorum is present at such meeting. At any adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the original meeting.

A meeting of stockholders may be postponed to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date. A meeting may be postponed by a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board. Notice of the date, time and place to which the meeting is postponed shall be given not less than ten days prior to such date and otherwise in the manner set forth in this Section 3. At any postponed meeting, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally scheduled.

If a meeting shall be adjourned or postponed to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date, a new record date need not be established, and the original record date may be used for the purpose of determining which stockholders are entitled to notice of, and to vote at, the adjourned or postponed meeting. Any writing authorizing another person to act as proxy at a meeting of stockholders shall remain valid for use at any adjournment or postponement of such meeting unless such proxy is revoked or a later dated proxy is provided by such stockholder.

As used in these Bylaws, the term “electronic transmission” shall have the meaning given to such term by Section 1-101 of the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”) or any successor provision.

 

Section 4. Quorum.

Unless the Articles of the Corporation provide otherwise, where a separate vote by a class or classes is required, a majority of the shares of such class or classes, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter.

If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, the chairperson of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the shares of stock who are present at the meeting, in person or by proxy, may, in accordance with Section 3 of this Article I, adjourn the meeting to another place, date or time.

 

2


Section 5. Organization and Conduct of Business.

The Chairperson of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or in his or her absence, the Vice Chairperson of the Board, or in his or her absence, the Chief Executive Officer, or in his or her absence, such other person as may be designated by a majority of the Whole Board, shall call to order any meeting of the stockholders and act as chairperson of the meeting. In the absence of the Secretary, the secretary of the meeting shall be such person as the chairperson of the meeting appoints. The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seem to him or her to be in order.

 

Section 6. Advance Notice Provisions for Business to be Transacted at Annual Meetings and Elections of Directors.

(a) At any annual meeting of the stockholders, unless otherwise required by law, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting: (i) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of the meeting; (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (iii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who (1) is a stockholder of record on the date such stockholder gives the notice provided for in this Section 6(a) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such annual meeting, and (2) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 6(a). For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation and such business must otherwise be a proper matter for action by stockholders.

To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not less than 110 days nor more than 120 days prior to the anniversary of the prior year’s annual meeting of stockholders; provided , however, that if the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s written notice shall be timely only if delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation no earlier than the day on which public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting is first made and no later than the tenth day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting is first made.

The advance notice periods provided in this paragraph, once established by the initial notice or public disclosure of a date for the annual meeting of stockholders, shall remain in effect regardless of whether a subsequent notice or public disclosure shall provide that the meeting shall have been adjourned or that the date of the meeting shall have been postponed or otherwise changed from the date provided in the initial notice or public disclosure. With respect to the first annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation following the Corporation becoming the sole stockholder of East Boston Savings Bank, notice by the stockholder shall be timely if delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the 120th day prior to the date of the annual meeting and (ii) the 10th day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting is first made. No adjournment or postponement of a meeting of stockholders shall commence a new period for the giving of notice hereunder.

 

3


A stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting: (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting; (ii) the name and address of such stockholder as they appear on the Corporation’s books and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder and any such beneficial owner; (iv) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder or beneficial owner and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder and any material interest of such stockholder in such business; and (v) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting.

Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be brought before or conducted at an annual meeting except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(a). The chairperson of the meeting shall, if the facts so warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(a) and, if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and any such business so determined to be not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

At any special meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of the meeting.

(b) Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as directors of the Corporation. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation may be made at a meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected only: (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (ii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who (1) is a stockholder of record on the date such stockholder gives the notice provided for in this Section 6(b) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, and (2) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 6(b). Such nominations, other than those made by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, shall be made by timely notice in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation.

To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not less than 110 days nor more than 120 days prior to the anniversary of the prior year’s annual meeting of stockholders; provided , however, that if the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s written notice shall be timely only if delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation no earlier than the day on which public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting is first made and no later than the tenth day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting is first made.

The advance notice periods provided in this paragraph, once established by the initial notice or public disclosure of a date for the annual meeting of stockholders, shall remain in effect regardless of whether a subsequent notice or public disclosure shall provide that the meeting

 

4


shall have been adjourned or that the date of the meeting shall have been postponed or otherwise changed from the date provided in the initial notice or public disclosure. With respect to the first annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation following the Corporation becoming the sole stockholder of East Boston Savings Bank, notice by the stockholder shall be timely if delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the 120th day prior to the date of the annual meeting and (ii) the 10th day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting is first made. No adjournment or postponement of a meeting of stockholders shall commence a new period for the giving of notice hereunder.

A stockholder’s notice must be in writing and set forth (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director, (i) all information relating to such person that would indicate such person’s qualification to serve on the Board of Directors of the Corporation; (ii) an affidavit that such person would not be disqualified under the provisions of Article II, Section 12 of these Bylaws; (iii) such information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or any successor rule or regulation; and (iv) a written consent of each proposed nominee to be named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected; and (b) as to the stockholder giving the notice: (i) the name and address of such stockholder as they appear on the Corporation’s books and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made; (ii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner; (iii) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such stockholder; (iv) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice; and (v) any other information relating to such stockholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act or any successor rule or regulation. No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(b). The chairperson of the meeting shall, if the facts so warrant, determine that a nomination was not made in accordance with such provisions and, if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

(c) For purposes of subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 6, the term “public disclosure” shall mean disclosure (i) in a press release issued by a nationally recognized news service, (ii) in a document publicly filed or furnished by the Corporation with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or (iii) on a website maintained by the Corporation. The timely notice requirements provided in subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 6 shall apply to all stockholder nominations for election as a director and all stockholder proposals for business to be conducted at an annual meeting regardless of whether such proposal is submitted for inclusion in the Corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14a-8 of Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act.

 

5


Section 7. Proxies and Voting.

Unless the Articles of the Corporation provide for a greater or lesser number of votes per share or limits or denies voting rights, each outstanding share of stock, regardless of class, is entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders; however, a share is not entitled to be voted if any installment payable on it is overdue and unpaid. In all elections for directors, directors shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast, and except as otherwise required by law or as provided in the Articles of the Corporation, all other matters voted on by stockholders shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast on the matter.

A stockholder may vote the stock the stockholder owns of record either in person or by proxy. A stockholder may sign a writing authorizing another person to act as proxy. Signing may be accomplished by the stockholder or the stockholder’s authorized agent signing the writing or causing the stockholder’s signature to be affixed to the writing by any reasonable means, including facsimile signature. A stockholder may authorize another person to act as proxy by transmitting, or authorizing the transmission of, an authorization for the person to act as the proxy to the person authorized to act as proxy or to any other person authorized to receive the proxy authorization on behalf of the person authorized to act as the proxy, including a proxy solicitation firm or proxy support service organization. The authorization may be transmitted by a telegram, cablegram, datagram, electronic mail or any other electronic or telephonic means. Unless a proxy provides otherwise, it is not valid more than 11 months after its date. A proxy is revocable by a stockholder at any time without condition or qualification unless the proxy states that it is irrevocable and the proxy is coupled with an interest. A proxy may be made irrevocable for as long as it is coupled with an interest. The interest with which a proxy may be coupled includes an interest in the stock to be voted under the proxy or another general interest in the Corporation or its assets or liabilities.

 

Section 8. Conduct of Voting

The Board of Directors shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more persons as inspectors of election, to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof and make a written report thereof, in accordance with applicable law. If one or more inspectors are not so elected, the chairperson of the meeting shall make such appointment at the meeting of stockholders. At all meetings of stockholders, the proxies and ballots shall be received, and all questions relating to the qualification of voters and the validity of proxies and the acceptance or rejection of votes shall be decided or determined by the inspector of election. All voting, including on the election of directors but excepting where otherwise required by law, may be by a voice vote; provided, however, that upon demand therefor by a stockholder entitled to vote or his or her proxy or the chairperson of the meeting, a written vote shall be taken. Every written vote shall be taken by ballot, each of which shall state the name of the stockholder or proxy voting and such other information as may be required under the procedure established for the meeting. No candidate for election as a director at a meeting shall serve as an inspector at such meeting.

 

6


Section 9. Control Share Acquisition Act.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Articles of the Corporation or these Bylaws, Title 3, Subtitle 7 of the MGCL (or any successor statute) shall not apply to any acquisition by any person of shares of stock of the Corporation. This Section 9 may be repealed by a majority of the Whole Board, in whole or in part, at any time, whether before or after an acquisition of Control Shares (as defined in Section 3-701(d) of the MGCL, or any successor provision) and, upon such repeal, may, to the extent provided by any successor bylaw, apply to any prior or subsequent Control Share Acquisition (as defined in Section 3-701(d) of the MGCL, or any successor provision).

ARTICLE II

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 1. General Powers, Number and Term of Office.

The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors. The number of directors of the Corporation shall, by virtue of the Corporation’s election made hereby to be governed by Section 3-804(b) of the MGCL, be fixed from time to time exclusively by vote of the Board of Directors; provided, however, that such number shall never be less than the minimum number of directors required by the MGCL now or hereafter in force. The Board of Directors shall annually elect a Chairperson of the Board from among its members and shall designate the Chairperson of the Board or his or her designee to preside at its meetings. The Board of Directors may also annually elect a Vice Chairperson. In the absence of the Chairperson of the Board, the Vice Chairperson of the Board shall preside at the meetings of the Board of Directors, and in his or her absence such other person as may be designated by a majority of the Whole Board shall preside at the meetings of the Board of Directors.

The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of preferred stock, shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as reasonably possible, with the term of office of the first class to expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders, the term of office of the second class to expire at the annual meeting of stockholders one year thereafter and the term of office of the third class to expire at the annual meeting of stockholders two years thereafter, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. At each annual meeting of stockholders, commencing with the first annual meeting, directors elected to succeed those directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election or for such shorter period of time as the Board of Directors may determine, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

 

Section 2. Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships.

By virtue of the Corporation’s election made hereby to be subject to Section 3-804(c) of the MGCL, any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from an increase in the size of the Board of Directors or the death, resignation or removal of a director may be filled only by the

 

7


affirmative vote of two-thirds of the remaining directors in office, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum, and any director elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualifies. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

Section 3. Regular Meetings.

Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such place or places or by means of remote communication, on such date or dates, and at such time or times as shall have been established by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors. A notice of each regular meeting shall not be required. Any regular meeting of the Board of Directors may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and no notice need be given of any such adjourned meeting other than by announcement.

 

Section 4. Special Meetings.

Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by one-third (1/3) of the directors then in office (rounded up to the nearest whole number), the Chairperson of the Board, the Vice Chairperson of the Board or by the President, and shall be held at such place or by means of remote communication, on such date, and at such time as they or he or she shall fix. Notice of the place, date, and time of each such special meeting shall be given to each director who has not waived notice by mailing and post-marking written notice not less than five days before the meeting, or by facsimile or other electronic transmission of the same not less than 24 hours before the meeting. Any director may waive notice of any special meeting, either before or after such meeting, by delivering a written waiver or a waiver by electronic transmission that is filed with the records of the meeting. Attendance of a director at a special meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted nor the purpose of any special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice of such meeting. Any special meeting of the Board of Directors may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and no notice need be given of any such adjourned meeting other than by announcement.

 

Section 5. Quorum.

At any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for all purposes. If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting to another place, date, or time, without further notice or waiver thereof.

 

Section 6. Participation in Meetings By Conference Telephone.

Members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of such Board or committee by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment if all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time. Such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

8


Section 7. Conduct of Business.

At any meeting of the Board of Directors, business shall be transacted in such order and manner as the Board may from time to time determine, and all matters shall be determined by the vote of a majority of the directors present, except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws or the Corporation’s Articles or required by law. Action may be taken by the Board of Directors without a meeting if a unanimous consent which sets forth the action is given in writing or by electronic transmission by each member of the Board of Directors and filed in paper or electronic form with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 8. Powers.

All powers of the Corporation may be exercised by or under the authority of the Board of Directors except as provided by the Corporation’s Articles. Consistent with the foregoing, the Board of Directors shall have, among other powers, the unqualified power:

 

  (i) To declare dividends from time to time in accordance with law;

 

  (ii) To purchase or otherwise acquire any property, rights or privileges on such terms as it shall determine;

 

  (iii) To authorize the creation, making and issuance, in such form as it may determine, of written obligations of every kind, negotiable or non-negotiable, secured or unsecured, and to do all things necessary in connection therewith;

 

  (iv) To remove any officer of the Corporation with or without cause, and from time to time to devolve the powers and duties of any officer upon any other person for the time being;

 

  (v) To confer upon any officer of the Corporation the power to appoint, remove and suspend subordinate officers, employees and agents;

 

  (vi) To adopt from time to time such stock, option, stock purchase, bonus or other compensation plans for directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may determine;

 

  (vii) To adopt from time to time such insurance, retirement, and other benefit plans for directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may determine; and

 

  (viii) To adopt from time to time regulations, not inconsistent with these Bylaws, for the management of the Corporation’s business and affairs.

 

Section 9. Compensation of Directors.

Directors, as such, may receive, pursuant to resolution of the Board of Directors, fixed fees and other compensation for their services as directors, including, without limitation, their services as members of committees of the Board of Directors.

 

9


Section 10. Resignation.

Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice of such resignation to the President or the Secretary at the principal office of the Corporation. Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof.

 

Section 11. Presumption of Assent.

A director of the Corporation who is present at a meeting of the Board of Directors at which action on any corporate matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to such action unless such director announces his or her dissent at the meeting and (a) such director’s dissent is entered in the minutes of the meeting, (b) such director files his or her written dissent to such action with the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof, or (c) such director forwards his or her written dissent within 24 hours after the meeting is adjourned, by certified mail, return receipt requested, bearing a postmark from the United States Postal Service, to the secretary of the meeting or the Secretary of the Corporation. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a director who voted in favor of such action or failed to make his or her dissent known at the meeting.

 

Section 12. Director Qualifications

(a) No person shall be eligible for election or appointment to the Board of Directors: (i) if a financial or securities regulatory agency has issued a cease and desist, consent or other formal order, other than a civil money penalty, against such person, which order is subject to public disclosure by such agency; (ii) if such person has been convicted of a crime involving dishonesty or breach of trust which is punishable by imprisonment for a term exceeding one year under state or federal law; (iii) if such person is currently charged in any information, indictment, or other complaint with the commission of or participation in such a crime; or (iv) if such person did not, at the time of his or her first election or appointment to the Board of Directors of the Corporation or East Boston Savings Bank, maintain his or her principal residence (as determined by reference to such person’s most recent tax returns, copies of which shall be provided to the Corporation for the sole purpose of determining compliance with this clause (iv)) within a county in which the Corporation or any subsidiary thereof maintains an office, or in any county contiguous to a county in which the Corporation or any subsidiary thereof maintains an office for a period of at least one year prior to the date of his or her purported nomination, election or appointment to the Board of Directors. No person may serve on the Board of Directors if such person is: (w) at the same time, a director, officer, employee or 10% or more stockholder of a bank, savings institution, credit union, mortgage banking company, consumer loan company or similar organization, other than a subsidiary of the Corporation, that engages in business activities or solicits customers, whether through a physical presence or electronically, in the same market area as the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries; (x) does not agree in writing to comply with all of the Corporation’s policies applicable to directors including but not limited to its confidentiality policy and confirm in writing his or her qualifications hereunder; (y) is a party to any agreement or arrangement with a party other than the Corporation or a subsidiary that (1) materially limits his or her voting discretion as a member of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or (2) materially impairs his or her ability to discharge his or her fiduciary duties with respect to the fundamental strategic direction of the Corporation; or (z) is the nominee or

 

10


representative, as those terms are defined in the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 12 C.F.R §212.2(n) (or any successor provision), of a company or other entity of which any of the directors, partners, trustees or 10% stockholders would not be eligible for election or appointment to the Board of Directors under this Section 12. No person shall be qualified to serve on the Board of Directors after December 31 of the year in which he or she attained the age of 75 years.

(b) The Board of Directors shall have the power to construe and apply the provisions of this Section 12 and to make all determinations necessary or desirable to implement such provisions.

 

Section 13. Attendance at Board Meetings.

The Board of Directors shall have the right to remove any director from the board upon a director’s unexcused absence from (i) three consecutive regularly scheduled meetings of the Board of Directors, or (ii) five regularly scheduled meetings of the Board of Directors in any fiscal year of the Corporation.

ARTICLE III

COMMITTEES

 

Section 1. Committees of the Board of Directors.

(a) General Provisions. The Board of Directors may appoint from among its members an Executive Committee, an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee, a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, and such other committees as the Board of Directors deems necessary or desirable. The Board of Directors may delegate to any committee so appointed any of the powers and authorities of the Board of Directors to the fullest extent permitted by the MGCL and any other applicable law.

(b) Composition. Each committee shall be composed of one or more directors or any other number of members specified in these Bylaws or required by applicable regulations or stock exchange rules. The Chairperson of the Board may recommend committees, committee memberships, and committee chairs to the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall have the power at any time to appoint the chairperson and the members of any committee, change the membership of any committee, to fill all vacancies on committees, to designate alternate members to replace or act in the place of any absent or disqualified member of a committee, or to dissolve any committee. A member of a committee may resign from that committee at any time by giving written notice of such resignation to the Chairperson of the Board. Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation from the committee shall take effect upon receipt thereof.

(c) Issuance of Stock . If the Board of Directors has given general authorization for the issuance of stock providing for or establishing a method or procedure for determining the maximum number of shares to be issued, a committee of the Board of Directors, in accordance with that general authorization or any stock option or other plan or program adopted by the Board of Directors, may authorize or fix the terms of stock subject to classification or reclassification and the terms on which any stock may be issued, including all terms and conditions required or permitted to be established or authorized by the Board of Directors. Any

 

11


committee so designated may exercise the power and authority of the Board of Directors if the resolution that designated the committee or a supplemental resolution of the Board of Directors shall so provide.

 

Section 2. Conduct of Business.

Each committee may determine the procedural rules for meeting and conducting its business and shall act in accordance therewith, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law. Adequate provision shall be made for notice to members of all meetings; one-third of the members shall constitute a quorum unless the committee shall consist of one or two members, in which event one member shall constitute a quorum; and all matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present. Action may be taken by any committee without a meeting if a unanimous consent which sets forth the action is given in writing or by electronic transmission by each member of the committee and filed in paper or electronic form with the minutes of the proceedings of such committee. The members of any committee may conduct any meeting thereof by conference telephone or other communications equipment in accordance with the provisions of Section 6 of Article II.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

 

Section 1. Generally.

(a) The Board of Directors as soon as may be practicable after the annual meeting of stockholders shall choose a Chairperson of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary and a Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer and from time to time may choose such other officers as it may deem proper. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, except that no person may concurrently serve as both President and Vice President of the Corporation.

(b) The term of office of all officers shall be until the next annual election of officers and until their respective successors are chosen, but any officer may be removed from office at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Whole Board.

(c) All officers chosen by the Board of Directors shall each have such powers and duties as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the specific provisions of this Article IV. Such officers shall also have such powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred by the Board of Directors or by any committee thereof.

 

Section 2. Chairperson of the Board of Directors.

The Chairperson of the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the office of Chairperson of the Board or which are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors. He or she shall have power to sign all stock certificates, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation that are authorized.

 

12


Section 3. Vice Chairperson of the Board of Directors.

If appointed, the Vice Chairperson of the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the office of Chairperson of the Board, with such duties to be performed and powers to be held in the absence of the Chairperson of the Board, or which are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4. Chief Executive Officer.

The Chief Executive Officer, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, shall serve in general executive capacity and have general power over the management and oversight of the administration and operation of the Corporation’s business and general supervisory power and authority over its policies and affairs. The Chief Executive Officer shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors and of any committee thereof are carried into effect.

 

Section 5. President.

The President shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer in the Chief Executive Officer’s absence or during his or her disability to act. In addition, the President shall perform the duties and exercise the powers usually incident to their respective office and/or such other duties and powers as may be properly assigned to the President from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

Section 6. Vice President.

The Vice President or Vice Presidents (including Executive Vice Presidents or other levels of Vice President designated by the Board of Directors), if any, shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer in the absence of both the Chief Executive Officer and the President, or during their disability to act. In addition, the Vice Presidents shall perform the duties and exercise the powers usually incident to their respective office and/or such other duties and powers as may be properly assigned to the Vice Presidents from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

Section 7. Secretary.

The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary shall issue notices of meetings, shall keep the minutes of meetings, shall have charge of the seal and the corporate books, shall perform such other duties and exercise such other powers as are usually incident to such offices and/or such other duties and powers as are properly assigned thereto by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

Section 8. Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer.

The Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer shall have charge of all monies and securities of the Corporation, other than monies and securities of any division of the Corporation that has a treasurer or financial officer appointed by the Board of Directors, and shall keep regular books of account. The funds of the Corporation shall be deposited in the name of the Corporation by the Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer with such banks or trust companies or other entities as the

 

13


Board of Directors from time to time shall designate. The Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer shall sign or countersign such instruments as require his or her signature, shall perform all such duties and have all such powers as are usually incident to such office and/or such other duties and powers as are properly assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, and may be required to give bond for the faithful performance of his or her duties in such sum and with such surety as may be required by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 9. Other Officers.

The Board of Directors may designate and fill such other offices in its discretion and the persons holding such other offices shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors or Chief Executive Officer may from time to time assign.

 

Section 10. Action with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations

Stock of other corporations or associations, registered in the name of the Corporation, may be voted by the Chief Executive Officer, the President, a Vice President, or a proxy appointed by either of them. The Board of Directors, however, may by resolution appoint some other person to vote such shares, in which case such person shall be entitled to vote such shares upon the production of a certified copy of such resolution.

ARTICLE V

STOCK

 

Section 1. Certificates of Stock.

The Board of Directors may determine to issue certificated or uncertificated shares of capital stock and other securities of the Corporation. For certificated stock, each stockholder is entitled to certificates which represent and certify the shares of stock he or she holds in the Corporation. Each stock certificate shall include on its face the name of the Corporation, the name of the stockholder or other person to whom it is issued, and the class of stock and number of shares it represents. It shall also include on its face or back (a) a statement of any restrictions on transferability and a statement of the designations and any preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications, and terms and conditions of redemption of the stock of each class which the Corporation is authorized to issue, of the differences in the relative rights and preferences between the shares of each series of preferred stock which the Corporation is authorized to issue, to the extent they have been set, and of the authority of the Board of Directors to set the relative rights and preferences of subsequent series of preferred stock or (b) a statement which provides in substance that the Corporation will furnish a full statement of such information to any stockholder on request and without charge. Such request may be made to the Secretary or to the Corporation’s transfer agent. Upon the issuance of uncertificated shares of capital stock, the Corporation shall send the stockholder a written statement of the same information required above with respect to stock certificates. Each stock certificate shall be in such form, not inconsistent with law or with the Corporation’s Articles, as shall be approved by the Board of Directors or any officer or officers designated for such purpose by resolution of the Board of Directors. Each stock certificate shall be signed by

 

14


the Chairperson of the Board, the President, or a Vice-President, and countersigned by the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer, or an Assistant Treasurer. Each certificate may be sealed with the actual corporate seal or a facsimile of it or in any other form and the signatures may be either manual or facsimile signatures. A certificate is valid and may be issued whether or not an officer who signed it is still an officer when it is issued. A certificate may not be issued until the stock represented by it is fully paid.

 

Section 2. Transfers of Stock.

Transfers of stock shall be made only upon the transfer books of the Corporation kept at an office of the Corporation or by transfer agents designated to transfer shares of the stock of the Corporation. Except where a certificate is issued in accordance with Section 4 of Article V of these Bylaws, an outstanding certificate for the number of shares involved shall be surrendered for cancellation before a new certificate is issued therefor.

 

Section 3. Record Dates or Closing of Transfer Books.

The Board of Directors may, and shall have the power to, set a record date or direct that the stock transfer books be closed for a stated period for the purpose of making any proper determination with respect to stockholders, including which stockholders are entitled to notice of a meeting, vote at a meeting, receive a dividend, or be allotted other rights. The record date may not be prior to the close of business on the day the record date is fixed nor, subject to Section 3 of Article I of these Bylaws, more than 90 days before the date on which the action requiring the determination will be taken; the transfer books may not be closed for a period longer than 20 days; and, in the case of a meeting of stockholders, the record date or the closing of the transfer books shall be at least ten days before the date of the meeting. Any shares of the Corporation’s own stock acquired by the Corporation between the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders and the time of the meeting may be voted at the meeting by the holder of record as of the record date and shall be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares entitled to be voted at the meeting.

 

Section 4. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates.

The Board of Directors of the Corporation may determine the conditions for issuing a new stock certificate in place of one which is alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, or the Board of Directors may delegate such power to any officer or officers of the Corporation or to the transfer agent designated to transfer shares of the stock of the Corporation. In their discretion, the Board of Directors or such officer or officers may require the owner of the certificate to give a bond, with sufficient surety, to indemnify the Corporation against any loss or claim arising as a result of the issuance of a new certificate. In their discretion, the Board of Directors or such officer or officers may refuse to issue such new certificate without the order of a court having jurisdiction over the matter.

 

Section 5. Stock Ledger.

The Corporation shall maintain a stock ledger which contains the name and address of each stockholder and the number of shares of stock of each class which the stockholder holds. The stock ledger may be in written form or in any other form which can be converted within a

 

15


reasonable time into written form for visual inspection. The original or a duplicate of the stock ledger shall be kept at the offices of a transfer agent for the particular class of stock or, if none, at the principal executive office of the Corporation.

 

Section 6. Regulations.

The issue, transfer, conversion and registration of certificates of stock shall be governed by such other regulations as the Board of Directors may establish.

ARTICLE VI

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 1. Facsimile Signatures.

In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.

 

Section 2. Corporate Seal.

The Board of Directors may provide a suitable seal, bearing the name of the Corporation, which shall be in the charge of the Secretary. The Board of Directors may authorize one or more duplicate seals and provide for the custody thereof. If the Corporation is required to place its corporate seal to a document, it is sufficient to meet the requirement of any law, rule, or regulation relating to a corporate seal to place the word “(seal)” adjacent to the signature of the person authorized to sign the document on behalf of the Corporation.

 

Section 3. Books and Records.

The Corporation shall keep correct and complete books and records of its accounts and transactions and minutes of the proceedings of its stockholders and Board of Directors and of any committee when exercising any of the powers of the Board of Directors. The books and records of the Corporation may be in written form or in any other form which can be converted within a reasonable time into written form for visual inspection. Minutes shall be recorded in written form but may be maintained in the form of a reproduction. The original or a certified copy of these Bylaws shall be kept at the principal office of the Corporation.

 

Section 4. Reliance upon Books, Reports and Records.

Each director, each member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, and each officer and agent of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his or her duties, in addition to any protections conferred upon him or her by law, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of its officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors so designated, or by any other person as to matters which such director, committee member, officer or agent reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

 

16


Section 5. Fiscal Year.

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall commence on the first day of January and end on the last day of December in each year.

 

Section 6. Time Periods.

In applying any provision of these Bylaws that requires that an act be done or not be done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded and the day of the event shall be included.

 

Section 7. Checks, Drafts, Etc.

All checks, drafts and orders for the payment of money, notes and other evidences of indebtedness, issued in the name of the Corporation, shall be signed by any officer, employee or agent of the Corporation that is authorized by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 8. Mail.

Any notice or other document that is required by these Bylaws to be mailed shall be deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid.

 

Section 9. Contracts and Agreements.

To the extent permitted by applicable law, and except as otherwise prescribed by the Articles or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors may authorize any officer, employee or agent of the Corporation to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. A person who holds more than one office in the Corporation may not act in more than one capacity to execute, acknowledge, or verify an instrument required by law to be executed, acknowledged, or verified by more than one officer.

ARTICLE VII

AMENDMENTS

These Bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed as provided in the Articles of the Corporation.

 

17

Exhibit 4

INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND

 

No.   MERIDIAN BANCORP, INC.   Shares
    CUSIP:                     
 

FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE

PAR VALUE $0.01 PER SHARE

 
    THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS
    CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO
    RESTRICTIONS, SEE REVERSE SIDE
THIS CERTIFIES that     is the owner of

SHARES OF COMMON STOCK

of

Meridian Bancorp, Inc.

a Maryland corporation

The shares evidenced by this certificate are transferable only on the books of Meridian Bancorp, Inc. by the holder hereof, in person or by attorney, upon surrender of this certificate properly endorsed. THE CAPITAL STOCK EVIDENCED HEREBY IS NOT AN ACCOUNT OF AN INSURABLE TYPE AND IS NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER FEDERAL OR STATE GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Meridian Bancorp, Inc. has caused this certificate to be executed by the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers and has caused a facsimile of its seal to be hereunto affixed.

 

By:          [SEAL]   By:      
  VINCENT D. BASILE        RICHARD J. GAVEGNANO
  CORPORATE SECRETARY       

CHAIRMAN AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE

OFFICER


The Board of Directors of Meridian Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) is authorized by resolution or resolutions, from time to time adopted, to provide for the issuance of more than one class of stock, including preferred stock in series, and to fix and state the voting powers, designations, preferences, limitations and restrictions thereof. The Company will furnish to any stockholder upon request and without charge a full description of each class of stock and any series thereof.

The shares evidenced by this certificate are subject to a limitation contained in the Articles of Incorporation to the effect that in no event shall any record owner of any outstanding common stock which is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a person who beneficially owns in excess of 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock (the “Limit”) be entitled or permitted to any vote in respect of shares held in excess of the Limit.

The shares represented by this certificate may not be cumulatively voted on any matter. The Articles of Incorporation requires that, with limited exceptions, no amendment, addition, alteration, change or repeal of the Articles of Incorporation shall be made, unless such is first approved by the Board of Directors of the Company and approved by the stockholders by a majority of the total shares entitled to vote, or in certain circumstances approved by the affirmative vote of up to 80% of the shares entitled to vote.

The following abbreviations when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations.

 

TEN COM   

-   as tenants in common

   UNIF GIFT MIN ACT                              Custodian                       
         (Cust)                            (Minor)
TEN ENT   

-   as tenants by the entireties

     

 

Under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act

 

 

JT TEN

  

-   as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common

     

                                      

(State)

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list

For value received,                                          hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER

 

    

 

 

(please print or typewrite name and address including postal zip code of assignee)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Shares of the Common Stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                                                                                                                                              Attorney to transfer the said shares on the books of the within named corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated,                                                      

 

In the presence of

 

    

Signature:

 

NOTE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME OF THE STOCKHOLDER(S) AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE, IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT, OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER.

Exhibit 5

LUSE GORMAN POMERENK & SCHICK

A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION

ATTORNEYS AT LAW

5335 Wisconsin Avenue, NW, Suite 780

Washington, D.C. 20015

 

 

Telephone (202) 274-2000

Facsimile (202) 362-2902

www.luselaw.com

WRITER’S DIRECT DIAL NUMBER

(202) 274-2000

March 7, 2014

The Board of Directors

Meridian Bancorp, Inc.

67 Prospect Street

Peabody, Massachusetts 09160

 

  Re: Meridian Bancorp, Inc.

Common Stock, Par Value $0.01 Per Share

Ladies and Gentlemen:

You have requested the opinion of this firm as to certain matters in connection with the offer and sale (the “Offering”) of the shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Stock”) of Meridian Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”). We have reviewed the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “Form S-1”), as well as applicable statutes and regulations governing the Company and the offer and sale of the Common Stock. The opinion expressed below is limited to the laws of the State of Maryland (which includes applicable provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law, the Maryland Constitution and reported judicial decisions interpreting the Maryland General Corporation Law and the Maryland Constitution).

We are of the opinion that upon the declaration of effectiveness of the Form S-1, the Common Stock, when sold, will be legally issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

We hereby consent to our firm being referenced under the caption “Legal Matters” and to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Form S-1.

 

Very truly yours,
/s/ Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, PC
L USE G ORMAN P OMERENK  & S CHICK
    A P ROFESSIONAL C ORPORATION

Exhibit 21

Exhibit 21

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

Name

  

State of Incorporation

East Boston Savings Bank

   Massachusetts (direct)

Meridian Interstate Funding Corporation

   Massachusetts (direct)

Prospect, Inc.

   Massachusetts (indirect)

EBOSCO, LLC

   Massachusetts (indirect)

Berkley River Bend Estates, LLC

   Massachusetts (indirect)

East Boston Investment Services, Inc.

   Massachusetts (indirect)

Investment in Affordable Home Ownership, LLC

  

Massachusetts (indirect)

Exhibit 23.2

 

LOGO

March 10, 2014

Board of Trustees

Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated

Boards of Directors

Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc.

Meridian Bancorp, Inc.

East Boston Savings Bank

10 Meridian Street

East Boston, Massachusetts 02128

Members of the Board of Trustees and the Boards of Directors:

We hereby consent to the use of our firm’s name in the Form AC Application for Conversion, and any amendments thereto, to be filed with the Federal Reserve Board, and in the Registration Statement on Form S-1, and any amendments thereto, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We also hereby consent to the inclusion of, summary of and references to our Valuation Appraisal Report and any Valuation Appraisal Report Updates and our statement concerning subscription rights in such filings including the prospectus of Meridian Bancorp, Inc. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

 

Sincerely,
RP ® FINANCIAL, LC.
  LOGO

 

   
Washington Headquarters   
Three Ballston Plaza    Telephone: (703) 528-1700
1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 600    Fax No.: (703) 528-1788
Arlington, VA 22201    Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594
www.rpfinancial.com    E-Mail: mail@rpfinancial.com

EXHIBIT 23.3

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Prospectus, Proxy Statement/Prospectus, and Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our reports dated March 7, 2014 relating to our audits of the consolidated financial statements and internal control over financial reporting of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2013. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in this Prospectus, Proxy Statement/Prospectus, and Registration Statement.

/s/ Wolf & Company, P.C.

Boston, Massachusetts

March 10, 2014

Exhibit 99.1

 

LOGO

January 15, 2014

Mr. Richard J. Gavegnano

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc.

67 Prospect Street

Peabody, Massachusetts 01960

Dear Mr. Gavegnano:

This letter sets forth the agreement between Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. (the “Mid-Tier”), a subsidiary of Meridian Financial Services, Inc. MHC, Peabody, Massachusetts (the “MHC”) (collectively, the “Company”), and RP ® Financial, LC. (“RP Financial”) for independent conversion appraisal services pertaining to the mutual-to-stock conversion of the MHC (the “second step” conversion). The specific appraisal services to be rendered by RP Financial are described below. These appraisal services will be rendered by a team of senior members of our firm and will be directed by the undersigned.

Description of Appraisal Services

In conjunction with preparing the appraisal report, RP Financial will conduct a financial due diligence, including on-site interviews of senior management and reviews of historical and pro forma financial information and other documents and records, to gain insight into the operations, financial condition, profitability, market area, risks and various internal and external factors of the Company, all of which will be considered in estimating the pro forma market value of the Company in accordance with the applicable federal guidelines.

RP Financial will prepare a detailed written valuation report of the Company that will be fully consistent with applicable federal regulatory guidelines and standard pro forma valuation practices. The appraisal report will include an analysis of the Company’s financial condition and operating results, as well as an assessment of the Company’s interest rate risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. The appraisal report will describe the Company’s business strategies, market area, prospects for the future and the intended use of proceeds. A peer group analysis relative to certain publicly-traded savings and banking institutions will be conducted for the purpose of determining appropriate valuation adjustments for the Company relative to the peer group.

We will review pertinent sections of the Company’s prospectus and hold discussions with representatives of the Company and MHC to obtain necessary data and information for the appraisal report, including the impact of key deal elements on the pro forma market value, such as dividend policy, use of proceeds and reinvestment rate, tax rate, offering expenses, characteristics of stock plans, and the structure of any contribution to a charitable foundation immediately following the offering, if applicable.

 

 

Washington Headquarters

   
Three Ballston Plaza   Direct: (703) 647-6546
1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 600   Telephone: (703) 528-1700
Arlington, VA 22201   Fax No.: (703) 528-1788
E-Mail: wpommerening@rpfinancial.com   Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594


Mr. Richard J. Gavegnano

January 15, 2014

Page 2

 

The appraisal report will establish a midpoint pro forma market value in accordance with the applicable federal regulatory requirements. The appraisal report may be periodically updated throughout the conversion process as appropriate. There will be at least one updated valuation that would be prepared at the time of the closing of the stock offering. RP Financial agrees to deliver the original appraisal report and subsequent updates, in writing, to the Company at the above address in conjunction with the filing of the regulatory conversion applications. Subsequent updates will be filed promptly as certain events occur which would warrant the preparation and filing of such valuation updates pursuant to federal guidelines.

RP Financial agrees to perform such other services as are necessary or required in connection with the regulatory review of the appraisal and to respond to regulatory comments, if any, regarding the valuation appraisal and subsequent updates. RP Financial expects to formally present the appraisal report, including the appraisal methodology, peer group selection and assumptions, to the Board of Directors for review and consideration.

Fee Structure and Payment Schedule

The Company agrees to pay RP Financial fees for preparation and delivery of the original appraisal report and subsequent appraisal updates as shown below, as well as reimburse RP Financial for related out-of-pocket expenses. Payment of these fees shall be made according to the following schedule:

 

    $15,000 upon execution of this letter of agreement engaging RP Financial’s appraisal services;

 

    $75,000 upon delivery of the completed original appraisal report; and

 

    $10,000 upon delivery of each subsequent appraisal update report. There will be at least one appraisal update report, which will be filed upon completion of the reorganization and stock offering.

The Company will reimburse RP Financial for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in preparation of the valuation within 30 days after receipt of a detailed billing statement or invoice therefore. Such out-of-pocket expenses will likely include travel, printing, telephone, facsimile, shipping, reasonable counsel fees, computer and data services, and will not exceed $10,000 in the aggregate, without prior approval by the Company to exceed this level.

In the event the Company shall, for any reason, discontinue the proposed transaction prior to delivery of the completed original appraisal report set forth above and payment of the corresponding progress payment fees, the Company agrees to compensate RP Financial according to RP Financial’s standard billing rates for consulting services based on accumulated and verifiable time expenses, not to exceed the respective fee caps noted above, after applying full credit to the initial retainer fee towards such payment, together with reasonable out of pocket expenses subject to the cap on such expenses as set forth above. RP Financial’s standard billing rates range from $75 per hour for research associates to $450 per hour for managing directors.


Mr. Richard J. Gavegnano

January 15, 2014

Page 3

 

If during the course of the proposed transaction, unforeseen events occur so as to materially change the nature or the work content of the services described in this contract, the terms of said contract shall be subject to renegotiation by the Company and RP Financial. Such unforeseen events shall include, but not be limited to, material changes to the structure of the transaction such as inclusion of a simultaneous business combination transaction, material changes in the conversion regulations, appraisal guidelines or processing procedures as they relate to conversion appraisals, material changes in management or procedures, operating policies or philosophies, and excessive delays or suspension of processing of conversion applications by the regulators such that completion of the conversion transaction requires the preparation by RP Financial of a new appraisal.

Covenants, Representations and Warranties

The Company and RP Financial agree to the following:

1. The Company agrees to make available or to supply to RP Financial such information with respect to its business and financial condition as RP Financial may reasonably request in order to provide the aforesaid valuation. Such information heretofore or hereafter supplied or made available to RP Financial shall include: annual financial statements, periodic regulatory filings and material agreements, debt instruments, off balance sheet assets or liabilities, commitments and contingencies, unrealized gains or losses and corporate books and records. All information provided by the Company to RP Financial shall remain strictly confidential (unless such information is otherwise made available to the public), and if the conversion is not consummated or the services of RP Financial are terminated hereunder, RP Financial shall promptly return to the Company the original and any copies of such information.

2. The Company represents and warrants to RP Financial that any information provided to RP Financial does not and will not, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, at the times it is provided to RP Financial, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or in response to informational requests by RP Financial fail to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not false or misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made.

3. (a) The Company agrees that it will indemnify and hold harmless RP Financial, any affiliates of RP Financial, the respective members, officers, agents and employees of RP Financial or their successors and assigns who act for or on behalf of RP Financial in connection with the services called for under this agreement (hereinafter referred to as “RP Financial”), from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys fees, and all losses and expenses in connection with claims under the federal securities laws) attributable to (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the financial statements or other information furnished or otherwise provided by the Company to RP Financial, either orally or in writing; (ii) the omission or alleged omission of a material fact from the financial statements or other information furnished or otherwise made available by the Company to RP Financial; or (iii) any action or omission to act by the Company, or the Company’s respective officers, directors, employees or agents, which action or omission is undertaken in bad faith or is negligent. The Company will be under no obligation to indemnify RP Financial hereunder if a court determines that RP Financial was negligent or acted in bad faith with respect to any actions or omissions of RP Financial related to


Mr. Richard J. Gavegnano

January 15, 2014

Page 4

 

a matter for which indemnification is sought hereunder. Reasonable time devoted by RP Financial to situations for which RP Financial is deemed entitled to indemnification hereunder, shall be an indemnifiable cost payable by the Company at the normal hourly professional rate chargeable by such employee.

(b) RP Financial shall give written notice to the Company of such claim or facts within thirty days of the assertion of any claim or discovery of material facts upon which RP Financial intends to base a claim for indemnification hereunder, including the name of counsel that RP Financial intends to engage in connection with any indemnification related matter. In the event the Company elects, within seven days of the receipt of the original notice thereof, to contest such claim by written notice to RP Financial, the Company shall not be obligated to make payments under Section 3(c), but RP Financial will be entitled to be paid any amounts payable by the Company hereunder within five days after the final non-appealable determination of such contest either by written acknowledgement of the Company or a decision of a court of competent jurisdiction or alternative adjudication forum, unless it is determined in accordance with Section 3(c) hereof that RP Financial is not entitled to indemnity hereunder. If the Company does not so elect to contest a claim for indemnification by RP Financial hereunder, RP Financial shall (subject to the Company’s receipt of the written statement and undertaking under Section 3(c) hereof) be paid promptly and in any event within thirty days after receipt by the Company of detailed billing statements or invoices for which RP Financial is entitled to reimbursement under Section 3(c) hereof.

(c) Subject to the Company’s right to contest under Section 3(b) hereof, the Company shall pay for or reimburse the reasonable expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by RP Financial in advance of the final disposition of any proceeding within thirty days of the receipt of such request if RP Financial furnishes the Company: (1) a written statement of RP Financial’s good faith belief that it is entitled to indemnification hereunder; (2) a written undertaking to repay the advance if it ultimately is determined in a final, nonappealable adjudication of such proceeding that it or he is not entitled to such indemnification; and (3) a detailed invoice of the expenses for which reimbursement is sought.

(d) In the event the Company does not pay any indemnified loss or make advance reimbursements of expenses in accordance with the terms of this agreement, RP Financial shall have all remedies available at law or in equity to enforce such obligation.

This agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the Company and RP Financial concerning the subject matter addressed herein, and such contract shall be governed and construed in accordance with the Commonwealth of Virginia. This agreement may not be modified, supplemented or amended except by written agreement executed by both parties.

The Company and RP Financial are not affiliated, and neither the Company nor RP Financial has an economic interest in, or is held in common with, the other and has not derived a significant portion of its gross revenues, receipts or net income for any period from transactions with the other. RP Financial represents and warrants that it is not aware of any fact or circumstance that would cause it not to be “independent” within the meaning of the conversion regulations of the federal banking agencies or otherwise prohibit or restrict in anyway RP Financial from serving in the role of independent appraiser for the Company.


Mr. Richard J. Gavegnano

January 15, 2014

Page 5

 

* * * * * * * * * * *

Please acknowledge your agreement to the foregoing by signing as indicated below and returning to RP Financial a signed copy of this letter, together with the initial retainer fee of $15,000.

 

Sincerely,
  /s/ William E. Pommerening
  William E. Pommerening
 

Chief Executive Officer and

Managing Director

 

Agreed To and Accepted By:   Richard J. Gavegnano  /s/ Richard J. Gavegnano                                        
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
 

 

Upon Authorization by the Board of Directors For:  

Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. and

Meridian Financial Services, Inc. MHC

Peabody, Massachusetts

Date Executed: January 16, 2014

Exhibit 99.2

 

LOGO

March 10, 2014

Board of Trustees

Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated

Boards of Directors

Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc.

Meridian Bancorp, Inc.

East Boston Savings Bank

10 Meridian Street

East Boston, Massachusetts 02128

 

Re: Plan of Conversion

Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated

Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc.

Members of the Board of Trustees and the Boards of Directors:

All capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this letter have the meanings given such terms in the Plan of Conversion (the “Plan”) adopted by the Board of Trustees of Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated (the “MHC”) and the Board of Directors of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. The Plan provides for the conversion of the MHC into the capital stock form of organization. Pursuant to the Plan, a new Maryland stock holding company named Meridian Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) will be organized and will sell shares of common stock in a public offering. When the conversion is completed, all of the capital stock of East Boston Savings Bank will be owned by the Company and all of the common stock of the Company will be owned by public stockholders.

We understand that in accordance with the Plan, subscription rights to purchase shares of common stock in the Company are to be issued to: (1) Eligible Account Holders; (2) Tax-Qualified Plans including East Boston Savings Bank’s employee stock ownership plan (the “ESOP”); and (3) Employees, Officers, Directors and Corporators. Based solely upon our observation that the subscription rights will be available to such parties without cost, will be legally non-transferable and of short duration, and will afford such parties the right only to purchase shares of common stock at the same price as will be paid by members of the general public in the community, syndicated or firm commitment underwritten offerings but without undertaking any independent investigation of state or federal law or the position of the Internal Revenue Service with respect to this issue, we are of the belief that, as a factual matter:

 

  (1) the subscription rights will have no ascertainable market value; and,

 

  (2) the price at which the subscription rights are exercisable will not be more or less than the pro forma market value of the shares upon issuance.

Changes in the local and national economy, the legislative and regulatory environment, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or significant world events) may occur from time to time, often with great unpredictability and may materially impact the value of thrift stocks as a whole or the Company’s value alone. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that persons who subscribe to shares of common stock in the subscription offering will thereafter be able to buy or sell such shares at the same price paid in the subscription offering.

 

Sincerely,
  LOGO
  RP Financial, LC.

 

 

Washington Headquarters   
Three Ballston Plaza    Telephone: (703) 528-1700
1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 600    Fax No.: (703) 528-1788
Arlington, VA 22201    Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594
www.rpfinancial.com    E-Mail: mail@rpfinancial.com

Exhibit 99.3

PRO FORMA VALUATION REPORT

SECOND-STEP CONVERSION

Meridian Bancorp, Inc. ¦ East Boston, Massachusetts

PROPOSED HOLDING COMPANY FOR:

East Boston Savings Bank ¦ East Boston, Massachusetts

Date d as of February 14, 2014

 

LOGO

1100 North Glebe Road Suite 600

Arlington, Virginia 22201

703.528.1700

rpfinancial.com


 

LOGO

February 14, 2014

Board of Trustees

Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated

Boards of Directors

Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc.

Meridian Bancorp, Inc.

East Boston Savings Bank

10 Meridian Street

East Boston, Massachusetts 02128

Members of the Boards of Trustees and Directors:

At your request, we have completed and hereby provide an independent appraisal (“Appraisal”) of the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock which is to be issued in connection with the mutual-to-stock conversion transaction described below.

This Appraisal is furnished pursuant to the requirements stipulated in the Code of Federal Regulations and has been prepared in accordance with the “Guidelines for Appraisal Reports for the Valuation of Savings and Loan Associations Converting from Mutual to Stock Form of Organization” (the “Valuation Guidelines”) of the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”) and accepted by the Federal Reserve Board (“FRB”), the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”), the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), the Massachusetts Commissioners of Banks (the “Commissioner”), and applicable regulatory interpretations thereof.

Description of Plan of Conversion

On March 5, 2014, the Board of Trustees of Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated (the “MHC”) and the Board of Directors of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. (“EBSB”) adopted a plan of conversion whereby the MHC will convert to stock form. As a result of the conversion, EBSB, which currently owns all of the issued and outstanding common stock of East Boston Savings Bank, East Boston, Massachusetts (the “Bank”), will be succeeded by a Maryland corporation with the name of Meridian Bancorp, Inc. (“Meridian Bancorp” or the “Company”). Following the conversion, the MHC will no longer exist. For purposes of this document, the existing consolidated entity will hereinafter also be referred to as Meridian Bancorp or the Company, unless otherwise identified as EBSB. As of December 31, 2013, the MHC had a majority ownership interest in, and its principal asset consisted of, approximately 59.24% of the common stock (the “MHC Shares”) of EBSB. The remaining 40.76% of EBSB’s common stock is owned by public stockholders.

 

   
Washington Headquarters  
Three Ballston Plaza   Telephone: (703) 528-1700
1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 600   Fax No.: (703) 528-1788
Arlington, VA 22201   Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594
www.rpfinancial.com   E-Mail: mail@rpfinancial.com


It is our understanding that Meridian Bancorp will offer its stock, representing the majority ownership interest held by the MHC, in a subscription offering to Eligible Account Holders, Tax-Qualified Employee Benefit Plans including the Bank’s employee stock ownership plan (the “ESOP”), and to employees, officers, trustees, directors and corporators. To the extent that shares remain available for purchase after satisfaction of all subscriptions received in the subscription offering, the shares may be offered for sale to the public at large in a community offering and a syndicated or firm commitment underwritten offering. Upon completing the mutual-to-stock conversion and stock offering (the “second-step conversion”), the Company will be 100% owned by public shareholders, the publicly-held shares of EBSB will be exchanged for shares in the Company at a ratio that retains their ownership interest at the time the conversion is completed and the MHC assets will be consolidated with the Company.

RP ® Financial, LC.

RP ® Financial, LC. (“RP Financial”) is a financial consulting firm serving the financial services industry nationwide that, among other things, specializes in financial valuations and analyses of business enterprises and securities, including the pro forma valuation for savings institutions converting from mutual-to-stock form. The background and experience of RP Financial is detailed in Exhibit V-1. We believe that, except for the fee we will receive for the Appraisal, we are independent of the Company, the Bank, the MHC and the other parties engaged by the Bank or the Company to assist in the stock conversion process.

Valuation Methodology

In preparing our Appraisal, we have reviewed the regulatory applications of the Company, the Bank and the MHC, including the prospectus as filed with the FRB, the FDIC, the Commissioner and the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). We have conducted a financial analysis of the Company, the Bank and the MHC that has included a review of audited financial information for the years ended December 31, 2009 through December 31, 2013 and a review of various unaudited information and internal financial reports through December 31, 2013, and due diligence related discussions with the Company’s management; Wolf & Company, P.C., the Company’s independent auditor; Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. the Company’s conversion counsel and Sterne, Agee & Leach, Inc., the Company’s marketing advisor in connection with the stock offering. All assumptions and conclusions set forth in the Appraisal were reached independently from such discussions. In addition, where appropriate, we have considered information based on other available published sources that we believe are reliable. While we believe the information and data gathered from all these sources are reliable, we cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of such information.

We have investigated the competitive environment within which Meridian Bancorp operates and have assessed Meridian Bancorp’s relative strengths and weaknesses. We have kept abreast of the changing regulatory and legislative environment for financial institutions and analyzed the potential impact on Meridian Bancorp and the industry as a whole. We have analyzed the potential effects of the stock conversion on Meridian Bancorp’s operating characteristics and financial performance as they relate to the pro forma market value of Meridian Bancorp. We have analyzed the assets held by the MHC, which will be consolidated with Meridian Bancorp’s assets and equity pursuant to the completion of the second-step conversion. We have reviewed the economic and demographic characteristics of the Company’s primary market area. We have compared Meridian Bancorp’s financial performance and condition with selected publicly-traded thrifts in accordance with the Valuation Guidelines,


as well as all publicly-traded thrifts and thrift holding companies. We have reviewed the current conditions in the securities markets in general and the market for thrift stocks in particular, including the market for existing thrift issues, initial public offerings by thrifts and thrift holding companies, and second-step conversion offerings. We have excluded from such analyses thrifts subject to announced or rumored acquisition, and/or institutions that exhibit other unusual characteristics.

The Appraisal is based on Meridian Bancorp’s representation that the information contained in the regulatory applications and additional information furnished to us by Meridian Bancorp and its independent auditor, legal counsel and other authorized agents are truthful, accurate and complete. We did not independently verify the financial statements and other information provided by Meridian Bancorp, or its independent auditor, legal counsel and other authorized agents nor did we independently value the assets or liabilities of Meridian Bancorp. The valuation considers Meridian Bancorp only as a going concern and should not be considered as an indication of Meridian Bancorp’s liquidation value.

Our appraised value is predicated on a continuation of the current operating environment for Meridian Bancorp and for all thrifts and their holding companies. Changes in the local, state and national economy, the legislative and regulatory environment for financial institutions and mutual holding companies, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or significant world events) may occur from time to time, often with great unpredictability and may materially impact the value of thrift stocks as a whole or the value of Meridian Bancorp’s stock alone. It is our understanding that there are no current plans for selling control of Meridian Bancorp following completion of the second-step conversion. To the extent that such factors can be foreseen, they have been factored into our analysis.

The estimated pro forma market value is defined as the price at which Meridian Bancorp’s common stock, immediately upon completion of the second-step stock offering, would change hands between a willing buyer and a willing seller, neither being under any compulsion to buy or sell and both having reasonable knowledge of relevant facts.

In preparing the pro forma pricing analysis we have taken into account the pro forma impact of the MHC’s net assets (i.e., unconsolidated equity) that will be consolidated with the Company and thus will slightly increase equity. After accounting for the impact of the MHC’s net assets, the public shareholders’ ownership interest was reduced by approximately 0.24%. Accordingly, for purposes of the Company’s pro forma valuation, the public shareholders’ pro forma ownership interest was reduced from 40.76% to 40.52% and the MHC’s ownership interest was increased from 59.24% to 59.48%.

Valuation Conclusion

It is our opinion that, as of February 14, 2013, the estimated aggregate pro forma valuation of the shares of the Company to be issued and outstanding at the end of the conversion offering – including (1) newly-issued shares representing the MHC’s current ownership interest in the Company and (2) exchange shares issued to existing public shareholders of EBSB – was $462,322,250 at the midpoint, equal to 46,232,225 shares at $10.00 per share. The resulting range of value and pro forma shares, all based on $10.00 per share, are as follows: $392,973,910 or 39,297,391 shares at the minimum, $531,670,590 or 53,167,059 shares at the maximum and $611,421,180 or 61,142,118 shares at the super maximum.


Based on this valuation and taking into account the ownership interest represented by the shares owned by the MHC, the midpoint of the offering range is $275,000,000 equal to 27,500,000 shares at $10.00 per share. The resulting offering range and offering shares, all based on $10.00 per share, are as follows: $233,750,000 or 23,375,000 shares at the minimum, $316,250,000 or 31,625,000 shares at the maximum and $363,687,500 or 36,368,750 shares at the super maximum,

Establishment of the Exchange Ratio

The conversion regulations provide that in a conversion of a mutual holding company, the minority stockholders are entitled to exchange the public shares for newly issued shares in the fully converted company. The Boards of Trustees of the MHC and the Board of Directors of EBSB and the Bank have independently determined the exchange ratio, which has been designed to preserve the current aggregate percentage ownership in the Company (adjusted for the dilution resulting from the consolidation of the MHC’s unconsolidated equity into the Company). The exchange ratio to be received by the existing minority shareholders of the Company will be determined at the end of the offering, based on the total number of shares sold in the offering and the final appraisal. Based on the valuation conclusion herein, the resulting offering value and the $10.00 per share offering price, the indicated exchange ratio at the midpoint is 2.0682 shares of the Company’s stock for every one share held by public shareholders. Furthermore, based on the offering range of value, the indicated exchange ratio is 1.7580 at the minimum, 2.3785 at the maximum and 2.7353 at the super maximum. RP Financial expresses no opinion on the proposed exchange of newly issued Company shares for the shares held by the public stockholders or on the proposed exchange ratio.

Limiting Factors and Considerations

The valuation is not intended, and must not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of the common stock. Moreover, because such valuation is determined in accordance with applicable regulatory guidelines and is necessarily based upon estimates and projections of a number of matters, all of which are subject to change from time to time, no assurance can be given that persons who purchase shares of common stock in the conversion offering, or prior to that time, will thereafter be able to buy or sell such shares at prices related to the foregoing valuation of the estimated pro forma market value thereof. The appraisal reflects only a valuation range as of this date for the pro forma market value of Meridian Bancorp immediately upon issuance of the stock and does not take into account any trading activity with respect to the purchase and sale of common stock in the secondary market on the date of issuance of such securities or at anytime thereafter following the completion of the second-step conversion.

RP Financial’s valuation was based on the financial condition, operations and shares outstanding of Meridian Bancorp as of December 31, 2013, the date of the financial data included in the prospectus. The proposed exchange ratio to be received by the current public stockholders of EBSB and the exchange of the public shares for newly issued shares of Meridian Bancorp’s common stock as a full public company was determined independently by the Boards of Trustees of the MHC and the Boards of Directors of EBSB and the Bank. RP Financial expresses no opinion on the proposed exchange ratio to public stockholders or the exchange of public shares for newly issued shares.


Board of Trustees

Boards of Directors

February 14, 2014

Page 5

 

RP Financial is not a seller of securities within the meaning of any federal and state securities laws and any report prepared by RP Financial shall not be used as an offer or solicitation with respect to the purchase or sale of any securities. RP Financial maintains a policy which prohibits RP Financial, its principals or employees from purchasing stock of its client institutions.

This valuation will be updated as provided for in the conversion regulations and guidelines. These updates will consider, among other things, any developments or changes in the financial performance and condition of Meridian Bancorp, management policies, and current conditions in the equity markets for thrift shares, both existing issues and new issues. These updates may also consider changes in other external factors which impact value including, but not limited to: various changes in the legislative and regulatory environment for financial institutions, the stock market and the market for thrift stocks, and interest rates. Should any such new developments or changes be material, in our opinion, to the valuation of the shares, appropriate adjustments to the estimated pro forma market value will be made. The reasons for any such adjustments will be explained in the update at the date of the release of the update. The valuation will also be updated at the completion of Meridian Bancorp’s stock offering.

 

Respectfully submitted,
RP ® FINANCIAL, LC.
/s/ William E. Pommerening
William E. Pommerening
Chief Executive Officer and
  Managing Director
  /s/ Gregory E. Dunn
  Gregory E. Dunn
  Director


TABLE OF CONTENTS

MERIDIAN BANCORP, INC.

EAST BOSTON SAVINGS BANK

East Boston, Massachusetts

 

DESCRIPTION

  

PAGE
NUMBER

CHAPTER ONE                 OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

  

Introduction

   I.1

Plan of Conversion

   I.1

Strategic Overview

   I.2

Balance Sheet Trends

   I.5

Income and Expense Trends

   I.8

Interest Rate Risk Management

   I.11

Lending Activities and Strategy

   I.12

Asset Quality

   I.15

Funding Composition and Strategy

   I.16

Subsidiaries

   I.17

Legal Proceedings

   I.17

CHAPTER TWO                 MARKET AREA ANALYSIS

  

Introduction

   II.1

National Economic Factors

   II.1

Market Area Demographics

   II.4

Regional Economy

   II.7

Unemployment Trends

   II.8

Market Area Deposit Characteristics and Competition

   II.9

CHAPTER THREE                 PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

  

Peer Group Selection

   III.1

Financial Condition

   III.6

Income and Expense Components

   III.8

Loan Composition

   III.11

Interest Rate Risk

   III.13

Credit Risk

   III.15

Summary

   III.15


RP ® Financial, LC.    TABLE OF CONTENTS
   ii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MERIDIAN BANCORP, INC.

EAST BOSTON SAVNIGS BANK

East Boston, Massachusetts

(continued)

 

DESCRIPTION

  

PAGE
NUMBER

CHAPTER FOUR                 VALUATION ANALYSIS

  

Introduction

   IV.1

Appraisal Guidelines

   IV.1

RP Financial Approach to the Valuation

   IV.1

Valuation Analysis

   IV.1

1.      Financial Condition

   IV.1

2.      Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings

   IV.4

3.      Asset Growth

   IV.6

4.      Primary Market Area

   IV.6

5.      Dividends

   IV.7

6.      Liquidity of the Shares

   IV.7

7.      Marketing of the Issue

   IV.9

A.     The Public Market

   IV.9

B.     The New Issue Market

   IV.13

C.     The Acquisition Market

   IV.16

D.     Trading in Meridian Bancorp’s Stock

   IV.16

8.      Management

   IV.17

9.      Effect of Government Regulation and Regulatory Reform

   IV.17

Summary of Adjustments

   IV.17

Valuation Approaches

   IV.18

1.      Price-to-Earnings (“P/E”)

   IV.20

2.      Price-to-Book (“P/B”)

   IV.22

3.      Price-to-Assets (“P/A”)

   IV.22

Comparison to Recent Offerings

   IV.23

Valuation Conclusion

   IV.23

Establishment of the Exchange Ratio

   IV.24

 

F-8


LIST OF TABLES

MERIDIAN BANCORP, INC.

EAST BOSTON SAVINGS BANK

East Boston, Massachusetts

 

TABLE
NUMBER

  

DESCRIPTION

 

PAGE

1.1   

Historical Balance Sheet Data

  I.6
1.2   

Historical Income Statements

  I.9
2.1   

Summary Demographic Data

  II.5
2.2   

Primary Market Area Employment Sectors

  II.7
2.3   

Market Area Largest Employers

  II.8
2.4   

Unemployment Trends

  II.9
2.5   

Deposit Summary

  II.10
2.5   

Market Area Deposit Competitors

  II.11
3.1   

Peer Group of Publicly-Traded Thrifts

  III.3
3.2   

Balance Sheet Composition and Growth Rates

  III.7
3.3   

Income as a % of Average Assets and Yields, Costs, Spreads

  III.9
3.4   

Loan Portfolio Composition and Related Information

  III.12
3.5   

Interest Rate Risk Measures and Net Interest Income Volatility

  III.14
3.6   

Credit Risk Measures and Related Information

  III.16
4.1   

Market Area Unemployment Rates

  IV.7
4.2   

Pricing Characteristics and After-Market Trends

  IV.14
4.3   

Market Pricing Comparatives

  IV.15
4.4   

Public Market Pricing

  IV.21


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.1

 

I. OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

Introduction

East Boston Savings Bank (the “Bank”), founded in 1848, is a Massachusetts-chartered stock savings bank headquartered in East Boston, Massachusetts. The Bank serves the Boston metropolitan area through 27 full service banking offices in the Massachusetts counties of Essex, Middlesex and Suffolk. The Bank also maintains four loan centers, two in Essex County and one each in the counties of Middlesex and Suffolk. The Bank is subject to regulation and oversight by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) and the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks (the “Commissioner”). The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) system, and its deposits are insured up to the regulatory maximums by the FDIC. Exhibit I-1 is a map of the Bank’s office locations.

Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. (“EBSB”) is a Massachusetts mid-tier stock holding company of the Bank. EBSB owns 100% of the outstanding common stock of the Bank. Since being formed in 2006, EBSB has been engaged primarily in the business of holding the common stock of the Bank. EBSB completed its initial public offering on January 22, 2008, pursuant to which it sold 10,050,000 shares or 43.70% of its outstanding common stock to the public and issued 12,650,000 shares or 55.00% of its common stock outstanding to Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated (the “MHC”), the mutual holding company parent of EBSB. Additionally, EBSB contributed 300,000 shares of common stock or 1.30% of its common stock outstanding to the Meridian Charitable Foundation, Inc. The MHC and EBSB are subject to supervision and regulation by the Commissioner and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board” or the “FRB”). At December 31, 2013, EBSB had total consolidated assets of $2.7 billion, deposits of $2.2 billion and equity of $249.2 million or 9.29% of total assets. EBSB’s audited financial statements for the most recent period are included by reference as Exhibit I-2.

Plan of Conversion

On March 5, 2014, the respective Board of Trustees of the MHC and the Board of Directors of EBSB adopted the plan of conversion, whereby the MHC will convert to stock form. As a result of the conversion, EBSB, which currently owns all of the issued and outstanding common stock of the Bank, will be succeeded by a Maryland corporation with the name of


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.2

 

Meridian Bancorp, Inc. (“Meridian Bancorp” or the “Company”). Following the conversion, the MHC will no longer exist. For purposes of this document, the existing consolidated entity will also hereinafter be referred to as Meridian Bancorp or the Company, unless otherwise identified as EBSB. As of December 31, 2013, the MHC had a majority ownership interest of approximately 59.53% in, and its principal asset consisted of, 13,164,109 common stock shares of Meridian Bancorp (the “MHC Shares”). The remaining 9,057,070 shares or approximately 40.76% of Meridian Bancorp’s common stock was owned by public shareholders.

It is our understanding that Meridian Bancorp will offer its stock, representing the majority ownership interest held by the MHC, in a subscription offering to Eligible Account Holders, Tax-Qualified Employee Benefit Plans including the Bank’s employee stock ownership plan (the “ESOP”), and to employees, officers, trustees, directors and corporators. To the extent that shares remain available for purchase after satisfaction of all subscriptions received in the subscription offering, the shares may be offered for sale to the public at large in a community offering and a syndicated or firm commitment underwritten offering. Upon completing the mutual-to-stock conversion and stock offering (the “second-step conversion”), the Company will be 100% owned by public shareholders, the publicly-held shares of EBSB will be exchanged for shares in the Company at a ratio that retains their ownership interest at the time the conversion is completed and the MHC assets will be consolidated with the Company.

Strategic Overview

Meridian Bancorp maintains a local community banking emphasis, with a primary strategic objective of meeting the borrowing and savings needs of consumers and businesses in the Boston metropolitan area. Lending activities by the Company have emphasized the origination of mortgage loans, including commercial real estate loans, 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans, multi-family loans and construction loans. Lending diversification by the Company also includes the origination of consumer loans and commercial business loans. In recent years, the Company has focused on growing the commercial real estate and multi-family loan portfolios. The Company’s lending activities are supplemented with investments in securities, which comprise a much smaller of the Company’s interest-earning asset composition. Corporate bonds comprise the largest segment of the Company’s investment portfolio. Assets are primarily funded by retail deposits generated through the branch network, with supplemental funding provided by utilization of borrowings as an alternative funding source for purposes of managing funding costs and interest rate risk.


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.3

 

In 2010, the Company supplemented organic growth through the acquisition of Mt. Washington Co-operative Bank, South Boston, Massachusetts (“Mt. Washington”). The merger of Mt. Washington with and into the Bank was completed on January 4, 2010, pursuant to which the Company issued 514,109 shares of its common stock to the MHC. The Company also contributed $15.0 million of capital to the Bank in connection with the Mt. Washington acquisition. With the acquisition of Mt. Washington, the Company added 7 full service branches in Suffolk County, which operate under the name “Mt. Washington Bank, A Division of East Boston Savings Bank”. In connection with Mt. Washington acquisition, the Company acquired $470.0 million of assets, $345.3 million of net loans receivable and assumed deposits of $380.4 million. Goodwill resulting from the acquisition approximated $13.7 million.

The Company also previously owned 43% of the capital stock of Hampshire First Bank, a New Hampshire chartered bank, organized in 2006 and headquartered in Manchester, New Hampshire. On November 16, 2011, Hampshire First Bank entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger with NBT Bancorp, Inc. (“NBTB”) and NBT Bank, N.A. The merger was completed was completed on June 8, 2012, with the Company recognizing a pre-tax gain of $4.8 million and receiving $6.6 million in cash and 547,481 NBTB shares with a fair value of $11.1 million as proceeds from the sale.

Overall, implementation of the Company’s growth strategies has served to effectively leverage capital and bolster earnings. The Company’s lending markets were adversely impacted by the 2008 national recession and the resulting fallout from the financial crisis that occurred with the implosion of the housing market, pursuant to which the Company experienced credit quality deterioration and significant increases in loan loss provisions established. The acquisition of Mt. Washington also significantly increased the Company’s balance of non-performing assets. Non-performing assets peaked at yearend 2011, totaling $57.5 million or 2.72% of assets. Through implementation of workout strategies, increasing net loan charge-offs and improving real estate market conditions, the balance of non-performing assets has declined since yearend 2011. Non-performing assets totaled $42.9 million or 1.60% of assets at December 31, 2013. Non-performing assets at December 31, 2013 included $15.8 million of assets acquired in the Mt. Washington merger.

Meridian Bancorp’s earnings base is largely dependent upon net interest income and operating expense levels. Overall, the Company has maintained a relatively stable net interest margin, although in 2013 the Company began to experience net interest margin compression as


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.4

 

the prolonged low interest rate environment has resulted in yields earned on interest-earnings assets declining more relative to funding costs paid on interest-bearing liabilities. Operating expenses have been maintained at relatively stable levels, as the Company has effectively leveraged recent increases in operating expenses associated with new branches opened and expansion of residential and commercial lending capacity. Similarly, revenues derived from non-interest operating income sources have been a fairly stable contributor to the Company’s core earnings base, with such income consisting mostly of customer service fees and income from bank-owned life insurance.

A key component of the Company’s business plan is to complete a second-step conversion offering. The Company’s strengthened capital position will support continued expansion of the banking franchise in desired growth markets. As a fully-converted institution, the Company’s strengthened capital position and greater capacity to offer stock as consideration will facilitate additional opportunities to grow through acquisitions of other financial institutions or provider of other financial services. At this time, the Company has no specific plans for further expansion through acquisition.

The post-offering business plan of the Company is expected to focus on operating and growing a profitable institution serving retail customers and businesses in local markets. The additional capital realized from stock proceeds will increase liquidity to support funding of future loan growth and other interest-earning assets. The Company’s strengthened capital position will also provide more of a cushion against potential credit quality related losses, as the Company continues to implement workout strategies to reduce the balance of non-performing assets. Meridian Bancorp’s higher capital position resulting from the infusion of stock proceeds will also serve to reduce interest rate risk, particularly through enhancing the Company’s interest-earning assets/interest-bearing liabilities (“IEA/IBL”) ratio. The additional funds realized from the stock offering will serve to raise the level of interest-earning assets funded with equity and, thereby, reduce the ratio of interest-earning assets funded with interest-bearing liabilities as the balance of interest-bearing liabilities will initially remain relatively unchanged following the conversion, which may facilitate a reduction in Meridian Bancorp’s funding costs. The projected uses of proceeds are highlighted below.

 

    Meridian Bancorp, Inc. The Company is expected to retain up to 50% of the net offering proceeds. At present, funds at the Company level, net of the loan to the ESOP, are expected to be primarily invested initially into liquid funds held as a deposit at the Bank and short-term investment grade securities. Over time, the funds may be utilized for various corporate purposes, possibly including acquisitions, infusing additional equity into the Bank, repurchases of common stock, and the payment of cash dividends.


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.5

 

    East Boston Savings Bank. Approximately 50% of the net stock proceeds will be infused into the Bank in exchange for all of the Bank’s stock. Cash proceeds (i.e., net proceeds less deposits withdrawn to fund stock purchases) infused into the Bank are anticipated to become part of general operating funds, and are expected to be primarily utilized to fund loan growth over time.

Overall, it is the Company’s objective to pursue growth that will serve to increase returns, while, at the same time, growth will not be pursued that could potentially compromise the overall risk associated with Meridian Bancorp’s operations.

Balance Sheet Trends

Table 1.1 shows the Company’s historical balance sheet data for the past five years. The Company sustained positive asset growth throughout the period covered in Table 1.1, with assets increasing at an annual rate of 22.0% from yearend 2009 through yearend 2013. Asset growth was the strongest during 2010, which was supported by the acquisition of Mt. Washington. Asset growth was primarily funded by deposit growth, with supplemental funding provided by increased utilization of borrowings. A summary of Meridian Bancorp’s key operating ratios for the past five years is presented in Exhibit I-3.

Meridian Bancorp’s loans receivable portfolio increased at a 29.2% annual rate from yearend 2009 through yearend 2013, in which loan growth was sustained throughout the period. The Company’s higher loan growth rate compared to its asset growth rate provided for an increase in the loans-to-assets ratio from 67.1% at December 31, 2009 to 84.5% at December 31, 2013. Net loans receivable at December 31, 2013 totaled $2.3 billion, versus $813.3 million at December 31, 2009.

Loan growth was primarily sustained by growth of commercial real estate and multi-family loans, with the concentration of commercial real estate and multi-family loans increasing from 49.1% of total loans as of December 31, 2009 to 57.6% of total loans at December 31, 2013. Most of the growth has consisted of commercial real estate loans, which increased from $350.6 million or 42.6% of total loans at December 31, 2009 to $1.0 billion or 45.0% of total loans at December 31, 2013. Multi-family loans increased from $53.4 million or 6.5% of total loans at December 31, 2009 to $288.2 million or 12.6% of total loans at December 31, 2013. The Company’s second largest loan concentration of loans is 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans, which equaled $276.1 million or 33.5% of total loans at December 31, 2009 and $454.1


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.6

 

[Table Omitted]


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.7

 

million or 19.8% of total loans at December 31, 2013. The comparatively slower growth of the 1-4 family loan portfolio was related to accelerated repayments due to borrowers refinancing into lower rate loans and the Company’s general philosophy of selling originations of longer term fixed rate loans to the secondary market. Construction loans have also declined as a percent total loans, equaling $208.8 million or 9.1% of total loans at December 31, 2013 compared to $94.1 million or 11.4% of total loans at December 31, 2009. Home equity lines of credit have been a minor source of loan growth for the Company, increasing from $30.0 million or 3.6% of total loans at December 31, 2009 to $54.5 million or 2.4% of total loans at December 31, 2013. The Company’s diversification into commercial business lending has become more prominent in recent years, increasing from $18.0 million or 2.2% of total loans at December 31, 2009 to $247.0 million or 10.8% of total loans at December 31, 2013. Consumer lending has consistently been a very minor area of lending diversification for the Company, with the balance of consumer loans totaling $7.2 million or 0.3% of total loans at December 31, 2013 compared to $1.2 million or 0.2% of total loans at December 31, 2009.

The intent of the Company’s investment policy is to provide adequate liquidity and to generate a favorable return within the context of supporting overall credit and interest rate risk objectives. Over the past five years, the Company’s level of investment securities and certificates of deposit (“CDs”) has trended lower as a percent of total assets, decreasing from $296.4 million or 24.5% of assets at yearend 2009 to $201.1 million or 7.5% of total assets at yearend 2013. All investment securities are maintained as available for sale. As of December 31, 2013, the investment securities portfolio consisted of $93.4 million of corporate bonds, $33.1 million of notes issued by government sponsored enterprises (“GSEs”), $5.9 million of municipal bonds, $13.4 million of mortgage-backed securities, $53.3 million of common stock equities and $2.0 million of money market mutual funds. As of December 31, 2013, the investment securities portfolio had a net unrealized gain of $7.4 million. Exhibit I-4 provides historical detail of the Company’s investment portfolio. The Company also held $11.9 million of FHLB stock and cash and cash equivalents of $86.3 million at December 31, 2013, equal to 0.4% of assets and 3.2% of assets, respectively.

The Company also maintains an investment in bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) policies, which cover the lives of certain officers and employees of the Company. The purpose of the investment is to provide funding for the benefit plans of the covered individuals. The life insurance policies earn tax-exempt income through cash value accumulation and death proceeds. As of December 31, 2013, the cash surrender value of the Company’s BOLI equaled $37.4 million or 1.4% of assets.


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.8

 

Over the past five years, Meridian Bancorp’s funding needs have been addressed through a combination of deposits, borrowings and internal cash flows. From yearend 2009 through yearend 2013, the Company’s deposits increased at a 25.0% annual rate. Deposit growth was sustained throughout the period covered in Table 1.1 and, overall, deposits increased from $922.5 million or 76.2% of assets at yearend 2009 to $2.2 billion or 83.8% of assets at yearend 2013. Transaction and savings account deposits constitute the largest concentration of the Company’s deposits and have been the primary source of the Company’s deposit growth in recent years.

Borrowings serve as an alternative funding source for the Company to address funding needs for growth and to support management of deposit costs and interest rate risk. From yearend 2009 through yearend 2013, borrowings increased at an annual rate of 21.1%. Overall, borrowings increased from $75.4 million or 6.2% of assets at yearend 2009 to $161.9 million or 6.0% of assets at December 31 2013. FHLB advances constitute the primary source of borrowings utilized by the Company and accounted for all of the Company’s outstanding borrowing as of December 31, 2013.

The Company’s equity increased at a 5.6% annual rate from yearend 2009 through yearend 2013, as retention of earnings was somewhat offset by stock repurchases Comparatively stronger asset growth relative to capital growth reduced the Company’s equity-to-assets ratio from 16.5% at yearend 2009 to 9.3% at yearend 2013. Over the same time period, the Company’s tangible equity-to-assets ratio declined from 16.5% to 8.8%. Goodwill equaled $13.7 million or 0.5% of assets at December 31, 2013. The Bank maintained capital surpluses relative to all of its regulatory capital requirements at December 31, 2013. The addition of stock proceeds will serve to strengthen the Company’s capital position, as well as support growth opportunities. At the same time, the significant increase in Meridian Bancorp’s pro forma capital position will initially depress its ROE.

Income and Expense Trends

Table 1.2 shows the Company’s historical income statements for the past five years through the year ended December 31, 2013. The Company’s reported earnings over the past five years ranged $3.8 million or 0.32% of average assets in 2009 to $15.4 million or 0.62% of


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.9

 

[Table Omitted]


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.10

 

average assets in 2013. Net interest income and operating expenses represent the primary components of the Company’s earnings. Non-interest operating income has been a fairly stable source of earnings for the Company, while loan loss provisions have had a varied impact on the Company’s earnings over the past five years. Non-operating income primarily consists of gains on sales of securities.

Over the past five years, the Company maintained a fairly stable net interest income to average assets ratio, ranging from a low of 3.00% during 2013 to a high of 3.51% during 2010. The recent decline in the Company’s net interest income ratio was largely attributable to interest rate spread compression that has resulted from a more significant decrease in the yield earned on interest-earnings assets relative to the cost of interest-bearing liabilities. As the result of the prolonged low interest rate environment, the decline in yield earned on less rate sensitive interest-earning assets has become more significant relative to the decline in rate paid on more rate sensitive liabilities which had more significant downward repricing earlier in the prevailing interest rate environment. The decline in yield earned on interest-earning assets has been partially offset by the increase in comparatively higher yielding loans that comprise interest-earning assets. Overall, during the past five years, the Company’s interest rate spread decreased from a peak of 3.62% during 2010 to 3.00% during 2013. The Company’s net interest rate spreads and yields and costs for the past five years are set forth in Exhibit I-3 and Exhibit I-5.

Non-interest operating income as a percent of average assets has also been a fairly stable contributor to the Company’s earnings, ranging from a low of 0.39% of average assets during 2013 to a high of 0.57% of average assets during 2010 and 2011. Customer service fees account for the major portion of the Company’s non-interest operating revenues, which also includes income earned on BOLI, mortgage banking gains, loan fees and miscellaneous other income.

Operating expenses represent the other major component of the Company’s earnings, ranging from a low of 2.58% of average assets during 2013 to a high of 2.84% of average assets during 2012. The comparatively operating expense ratio for 2012 was mostly related to increases in operating expenses resulting from new branches opened and expansion of residential and commercial lending capacity, which were subsequently leveraged in 2013.


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.11

 

Overall, the general trends in the Company’s net interest margin and operating expense ratio since 2009 reflect stability in core earnings, as indicated by the Company’s expense coverage ratio (net interest income divided by operating expenses). Meridian Bancorp’s expense coverage ratio equaled 1.15 times during 2009, versus a ratio of 1.16 times during 2013. Likewise, Meridian Bancorp’s efficiency ratio (operating expenses, net of amortization of intangibles, as a percent of the sum of net interest income and other operating income) of 74.66% during 2009 was fairly consistent with its efficiency ratio of 76.11% during 2013.

Over the past five years, loan loss provisions established by the Company ranged from 0.18% of average assets during 2009 to 0.41% of average assets during 2012. For 2013, the Company established loan loss provisions of $6.5 million or 0.26% of average assets. The higher loan provisions established during 2012 took into consideration an increase in net loan charge-offs, as well as the loan growth that was experienced during 2012. As of December 31, 2013, the Company maintained valuation allowances of $25.3 million, equal to 1.11% of loans receivable and 61.00% of non-accruing loans. Exhibit I-6 sets forth the Company’s loan loss allowance activity during the past five years.

Non-operating income and losses have had a varied impact on the Company’s earnings over the past five years, primarily consisting of gains on sale of investment securities. Net non-operating income and losses over the past five years ranged from a nominal loss of $27,000 during 2009 to income of $9.6 million or 0.39% of average assets during 2013. The relatively high level of non-operating income reported for 2013 was the result of a $9.6 million gain on sale of securities. Overall, the various items that comprise the Company’s non-operating income are not viewed to be part of the Company’s core or recurring earnings base.

The Company’s effective tax rate ranged from 33.75% for 2012 to 36.46% for 2009. The Company’s effective tax rate was 34.34% during 2013. As set forth in the prospectus, the Company’s effective marginal tax rate is 40.0%.

Interest Rate Risk Management

The Company’s balance sheet is liability-sensitive in the short-term (less than one year) and, thus, the net interest margin will typically be adversely affected during periods of rising and higher interest rates. Comparatively, the Company’s net interest margin has benefited from the declining and low interest rate environment that has prevailed in recent years. However, as interest rates have remained at historically low levels for an extended period of time, the Company has experienced interest spread compression as the average yield earned on interest-earning assets has started to decline more relative to the average rate paid on interest-bearing


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.12

 

liabilities. As of December 31, 2013, a simulation analysis of changes in the Company’s net interest income due to immediate non-parallel changes in interest rates at January 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014 indicated that a 3.0% increase in interest rates would result in a 12.66% decrease in the Company’s net interest income (see Exhibit I-7).

The Company pursues a number of strategies to manage interest rate risk, particularly with respect to seeking to limit the repricing mismatch between interest rate sensitive assets and liabilities. The Company manages interest rate risk from the asset side of the balance sheet through maintaining investments as available-for-sale, investing in bonds with maturities of less than five years, selling originations of longer term, fixed rate conforming 1-4 family loans into the secondary market, offering adjustable rate 1-4 family loans with various repricing periods and diversifying into other types of lending beyond 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans which consists primarily of adjustable rate loans or shorter-term fixed rate loans As of December 31, 2013, ARM loans comprised 79.5% of total loans. On the liability side of the balance sheet, management of interest rate risk has been pursued through FHLB advances with varied initial terms extending out to seven years and emphasizing growth of lower costing and less interest rate sensitive transaction and savings account deposits. Transaction and savings account deposits comprised 69.9% of the Company’s average total deposits during the year ended December 31, 2013.

The infusion of stock proceeds will serve to further limit the Company’s interest rate risk exposure, as most of the net proceeds will be redeployed into interest-earning assets and the increase in the Company’s capital position will lessen the proportion of interest rate sensitive liabilities funding assets.

Lending Activities and Strategy

Meridian Bancorp’s lending activities have provided for a loan portfolio composition that is concentrated in commercial real estate loans, followed by 1-4 family residential loans, multi-family real estate loans, commercial business loans and construction loans. To a lesser extent, the Company’s lending activities include origination of home equity lines of credit and consumer loans. Going forward, the Company’s lending strategy will continue to emphasize commercial real estate lending and lending diversification will emphasize growth of commercial business loans. Exhibit I-8 provides historical detail of Meridian Bancorp’s loan portfolio composition over the past five years and Exhibit I-9 provides the contractual maturity of the Company’s loan portfolio by loan type as of December 31, 2013.


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.13

 

Commercial Real Estate Loans Commercial real estate loans consist largely of loans originated by the Company, which are collateralized by properties in the Company’s regional lending area. On a more limited basis, the Company supplements originations of commercial real estate loans with purchased loan participations secured by properties that are primarily located in eastern Massachusetts and southern New Hampshire. Loan participations are subject to the same underwriting criteria and loan approvals as applied to loans originated by the Company. Meridian Bancorp generally originates commercial real estate loans up to a loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratio of 80.0% and generally requires a minimum debt-coverage ratio of 1.20 times. The Company offers both fixed and adjustable rate commercial real estate loans, generally for terms of up to 25 years. Adjustable rate loans reprice every three or five years and are typically based on either the corresponding FHLB borrowing rate or U.S. Treasury rate. Most of the Company’s adjustable rate commercial real estate loans reprice every five years and amortize over terms of 20 to 25 years. Properties securing the commercial real estate loan portfolio are generally used for business purposes such as office facilities, industrial facilities and retail facilities. As of December 31, 2013, the Company’s outstanding balance of commercial real estate loans totaled $1.0 billion equal to 45.0% of total loans outstanding and included $67.1 million of loan participations purchased.

1-4 Family Residential Loans. Meridian Bancorp offers both fixed rate and adjustable rate 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans, which are substantially secured by properties in the Boston metropolitan area. Loans are generally underwritten to secondary market guidelines, as the Company’s current philosophy has been to sell most originations of fixed rate loans with terms of more than 15 years in the secondary market. Loans are primarily sold in the secondary market on a servicing released, while the Company also sells loans to Fannie Mae, the Federal Home Loan Partnership Finance Program and other investors with servicing retained. ARM loans offered by the Company have initial repricing terms of three to ten years and then generally reprice annually or every three years. As of December 31, 2013, the Company’s outstanding balance of 1-4 family residential loans totaled $454.1 million or 19.8% of total loans and included $1.2 million of land loans.


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.14

 

Multi-Family Real Estate Loans Multi-family real estate loans consist of loans originated by the Company to small- and mid-sized investors, which are collateralized by properties in the Company’s market area. Meridian Bancorp generally originates commercial real estate loans up to a loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratio of 80.0% and generally requires a minimum debt-coverage ratio of 1.20 times. The Company offers a variety of adjustable rate multi-family real estate loans for terms of up to 30 years. Adjustable rate loans reprice every three, five or seven years and are typically based on either the corresponding FHLB borrowing rate or U.S. Treasury rate. Most of the Company’s adjustable rate multi-family real estate loans reprice every five years and amortize over terms of 20 to 25 years. As of December 31, 2013, the Company’s outstanding balance of multi-family real estate loans totaled $288.2 million equal to 12.6% of total loans outstanding.

Construction Loans The Company primarily makes construction loans for commercial development projects, such as apartment buildings, small industrial buildings and retail and office buildings. To a lesser extent, the Company originates adjustable rate residential construction loans to individuals and builders. Most of the Company’s construction loans are interest-only loans during the construction phase, which is typically 12 to 24 months. Some construction loans may be renewed for one or two additional years. At the end of the construction phase, the loan may be converted to a permanent mortgage loans or paid in full. Construction may be originated up to a maximum LTV ratio of 80.0% of the appraised market value upon completion of the project. Residential construction loans are primarily offered to local builders to finance the construction of single-family homes and subdivisions. Most of the Company’s residential construction loans have adjustable rates indexed to U.S. Treasury rates, FHLB rates or The Wall Stree t Journal prime rate As of December 31, 2013, Meridian Bancorp’s outstanding balance of construction loans equaled $208.8 million or 9.1% of total loans outstanding and consisted of $149.2 million in construction loans on commercial and multi-family real estate loans and $59.6 million of 1-4 family residential construction loans.

Commercial Business Loans The commercial business loan portfolio is generated through extending loans to businesses operating in the local market area. Expansion of commercial business lending activities is a desired area of loan growth for the Company, pursuant to which the Company is seeking to become a full service community bank to its commercial loan customers through offering a full range of commercial loan products that can be packaged with lower cost commercial deposit products. Commercial business loans offered by the Company consist of floating lines of credit indexed to The Wall Street Journal prime rate and fixed rate term loans based on a corresponding U.S. Treasury rate or FHLB rate, plus a margin. Depending on the collateral securing the loan, commercial loans are originated up to a


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.15

 

maximum LTV ratio of 80.0% of the value of the collateral securing the loan. The commercial business loan portfolio consists substantially of loans secured by business assets such as accounts receivable, inventory, equipment and real estate. As of December 31, 2013, Meridian Bancorp’s’ outstanding balance of commercial business loans equaled $247.0 million or 10.8% of total loans outstanding.

Home Equity Lines of Credit Home equity lines of credit are originated as adjustable rate loans with 10-year draw periods amortized over 15 years. Home equity lines of credit are offered either as monthly floating rate loans indexed to The Wall Street Journal prime rate or an interest rate that is fixed for five years and reprices in years six and 11. The Company will originate home equity loans and lines of credit up to a maximum LTV ratio of 80.0%, inclusive of other liens on the property. As of December 31, 2013, Meridian Bancorp’s outstanding balance of home equity lines of credit equaled $54.5 million or 2.4% of total loans outstanding.

Consumer Loans The Company’s diversification into consumer lending has been limited, with such loans generally consisting of automobile loans, loans secured by deposits and overdraft loans. As of December 31, 2013, Meridian Bancorp’s outstanding balance of consumer loans equaled $7.2 million or 0.3% of total loans outstanding.

Asset Quality

Historically, the Company’s lending emphasis on lending in local and familiar markets generally supported maintenance of relatively favorable credit quality measures. However, with the onset of the national recession and bursting of the house bubble in 2008, the Company experienced elevated levels of problems assets. Over the past five years, Meridian Bancorp’s balance of non-performing assets ranged from a low of $24.6 million or 2.03% of assets at yearend 2009 to a high of $57.5 million or 2.91% of assets at yearend 2011. The Company held $42.9 million of non-performing assets at December 31, 2013, equal to 1.60% of assets. As shown in Exhibit I-10, non-performing assets at December 31, 2013 consisted of $41.5 million of non-accruing loans and $1.4 million of foreclosed assets. Non-accruing 1-4 family residential real estate loans comprised the largest concentration of the non-performing loan balance, accounting for $17.6 million or 42.4% of total non-accruing loans at December 31, 2013. Comparatively, non-accruing commercial real estate loans totaled $9.0 million or 21.6% of total non-accruing loans at December 31, 2013.


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.16

 

To track the Company’s asset quality and the adequacy of valuation allowances, the Company has established detailed asset classification policies and procedures which are consistent with regulatory guidelines. Classified assets are reviewed monthly by senior management and the Board. Pursuant to these procedures, when needed, the Company establishes additional valuation allowances to cover anticipated losses in classified or non-classified assets. As of December 31, 2013, the Company maintained loan loss allowances of $25.3 million, equal to 1.11% of loans receivable and 61.00% of non-accruing loans.

Funding Composition and Strategy

Deposits have consistently served as the Company’s primary funding source and at December 31, 2013 deposits accounted for 92.3% of the Company’s combined balance of deposits and borrowings. Exhibit I-11 sets forth the Company’s deposit composition for the past three years. Transaction and savings account deposits constituted 69.9% of average total deposits during the year ended 2013, as compared to 59.8% of average total deposits during the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in the concentration of core deposits comprising total deposits since yearend 2011 was realized through growth of core deposits and a slight decline in CDs. Most of the growth of core deposits has consisted of money market deposits, which was facilitated by offering relatively attractive rates on money market deposits meeting minimum balance requirements. Money market deposits comprised 34.8% of average total deposits and 51.9% of average core deposits during the year ended December 31, 2013.

The balance of the Company’s deposits consists of CDs, which equaled 30.1% of average total deposits during the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 40.2% of average total deposits during the year ended December 31, 2011. Meridian Bancorp’s current CD composition reflects a higher concentration of short-term CDs (maturities of one year or less). As of December 31, 2013, jumbo CDs (CD accounts with balances of $100,000 or more) totaled $379.2 million. Exhibit I-12 sets forth the maturity schedule of the Company’s jumbo CDs as of December 31, 2013. The Company did not hold any brokered deposits at December 31, 2013.

Borrowings serve as an alternative funding source for the Company to facilitate management of funding costs and interest rate risk. Borrowings utilized by the Company have predominantly consisted of FHLB advances and accounted for all of the Company’s outstanding borrowings at December 31,2013. As of December 31, 2013, the Company maintained $161.9 million


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.17

 

of FHLB advances. FHLB advances held by the Company at December 31, 2012 had maturities generally extending out to seven years. At December 31, 2103, the weighted average costs of the FHLB advances equaled 1.48%. Exhibit I-13 provides further detail of the Company’s borrowings activities during the past three years.

Subsidiaries and Financial Services

In addition to the Bank, the Company has another wholly-owned subsidiary, Meridian Interstate Funding Corporation, a Massachusetts corporation established in 2008 to loan funds to the Company’s ESOP to purchase stock in the Company’s initial public offering. At December 31, 2013, Meridian Interstate Funding Corporation had total assets of $10.2 million and total equity of $10.0 million.

The Bank’s subsidiaries include Prospect, Inc., which engage in securities transactions on its own behalf, EBOSCO, LLC and Berkley Riverbend Estates, LLC, both of which hold foreclosed real estate; and East Boston Investment Services, Inc. which is authorized for third party investment sales and is currently inactive.

Financial services offered by the Company to its customers include a range of non-deposit products, including mutual funds, annuities, stock and bonds which are offered and cleared by a third-party broker dealer. The Company receives a portion of the commissions generated by the sales of these non-deposit products to its customers. The Company also offers its customers long-term care insurance through a third-party insurance company which is also a source of commission income for the Company.

Legal Proceedings

Periodically, the Company has been involved in routine legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business. Such routine legal proceedings, in the aggregate, are believed by management to be immaterial to the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.


RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA
   II.1

 

II. MARKET AREA

Introduction

Meridian Bancorp is headquartered in East Boston, Massachusetts and currently serves the Boston metropolitan area through 27 full-service banking offices and four loan centers The Company offices are located in the Massachusetts counties of Essex (five offices and two loan centers), Middlesex (seven offices and one loan center) and Suffolk (15 offices including the main office and one loan center). Details regarding the Company’s office properties are set forth in Exhibit II-1.

With operations in a major metropolitan area, the Company’s competitive environment includes a significant number of thrifts, commercial banks and other financial services companies, some of which have a regional or national presence and are larger than the Company in terms of deposits, loans, scope of operations, and number of branches. These institutions also have greater resources at their disposal than the Company. The Boston MSA has a highly developed economy, with a relatively high concentration of skilled workers who are employed in a number of different industry clusters including healthcare, financial services and technology.

Future growth opportunities for Meridian Bancorp depend on the future growth and stability of the local and regional economy, demographic growth trends and the nature and intensity of the competitive environment. These factors have been briefly examined to help determine the growth potential that exists for the Company, the relative economic health of the Company’s market area, and the resultant impact on value.

National Economic Factors

The future success of the Company’s operations is partially dependent upon various national and local economic trends. In assessing national economic trends over the past few quarters, manufacturing and non-manufacturing activity continued to expand in July 2013. Job growth for the U.S. slowed during July, as the U.S. economy added 162,000 jobs during July, which was below forecasted job growth of 184,000 jobs, and the July unemployment rate nudged down to 7.4%. Housing starts and existing home sales rose in July compared to June, while new home sales declined from June to July. Durable-goods orders showed a sharp


RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA
   II.2

 

decline in July, as aircraft demand and business spending weakened. However, exclusive of the transportation category, July durable-goods orders still showed a slight decline. Expansion in the manufacturing and non-manufacturing sectors continued in August, while the August jobs report showed the pace of hiring remained sluggish. The U.S. economy added 169,000 jobs in August and the unemployment rate edged down to 7.3%. Notably, the number of jobs added during July was revised down from 162,000 to 104,000. The positive trends in housing starts and existing home sales were sustained during August, with existing home sales rising to their highest level in six and one-half years. New homes sales were also up solidly in August compared to July. The delayed release of employment data for September showed 148,000 jobs were added in September, which was less than forecasted, and the unemployment rate edged down slightly to 7.2%. Pending home sales declined for the fourth consecutive month in September, as higher mortgage interest rates and home prices curbed buying power. Retail sales were down slightly in September, but core September retail sales which excludes autos were up slightly. Third quarter GDP increased at a 2.8% annual rate (subsequently revised to 4.1%), which marked the fastest growth in a year. Median home prices in U.S. metropolitan areas increased 12.5% during the third quarter compared to the year ago quarter.

Manufacturing activity grew for a fifth consecutive month in October 2013, with the PMI index rising to its highest level in more than two years. Service sector activity also continued to expand in October. The employment report for October showed that 204,000 jobs were added, while the October unemployment rate edged up to 7.3%. Despite the partial government shutdown in early-October, retail sales increased in October. Existing home sales declined in October, which was viewed as a potential sign that rising interest rates were starting to weigh on the housing recovery. The pace of manufacturing activity accelerated further in November, while service sector activity grew at a slightly lower rate in November. Employment growth remained steady in November, with 203,000 jobs being added and the November unemployment rate hitting a five year low of 7.0%. New and existing home sales were down slightly in November compared to October, as home buyers faced higher interest rates and an increase in home prices. Bolstered by a rebound in consumer confidence, retail sales for November showed a healthy increase from October, While manufacturing activity expanded at a slightly lower rate in December, the PMI readings for November and December were the highest and second highest for 2013. Similarly, December service sector activity also grew at a slightly lower rate compared to November. December job growth was the lowest in almost three years, as only 74,000 jobs were added in December. However, the December unemployment rate dropped to 6.7%, which was mostly attributable to people leaving the labor force. Existing homes sales were up slightly in December from November, while sales of new homes were down in December compared to November. Pending home sales were down was well in December from November. Fourth quarter GDP increased at a 3.2% annual rate.


RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA
   II.3

 

The pace of manufacturing activity slowed considerably in January 2014, with the PMI reading declining to 5.2 points to 51.3. Comparatively, January service sector activity expanded at a slight faster pace, with PMI reading of 56.7 compared to 55.7 in December. January was the second straight month of weak job growth, with a tepid gain of 113,000 jobs. The January unemployment rate dipped to 6.6% in January.

In terms of interest rates trends over the past few quarters, interest rates edged higher at the start of the third quarter of 2013 as job growth for June came in stronger-than-expected. Assurances from the Federal Reserve Chairman that it would not raise short-term rates for some time after the unemployment rate hit 6.5%, along with a decline in consumer sentiment and weaker-than-expected June retail sales, translated into a slight decline in interest rates going into mid-July. Stable interest rates prevailed during the second half of July and the first half of August, as the Federal Reserve concluded its late-July meeting with keeping easy monetary policies in place. Interest rates climbed higher in mid-August, as news that weekly unemployment claims were the lowest since 2007 raised expectations that the Federal Reserve would start to reduce its $85 billion in monthly bond purchases. Despite economic data that generally reflected sluggish economic growth, the 10-year Treasury yield edged closer to 3.0% in the first week of September. Long-term Treasury yields eased lower during the second half of September, as the Federal Reserve concluded its two day meeting in mid-September by staying the course on its bond buying program in light of the prevailing uneven economic climate and potential for fiscal discord in Washington.

Treasury yields dipped lower at the beginning of October 2013, as hiring in the private sector increased less than expected during September. Stalled negotiations in Washington to avert the first ever default on the U.S. debt pushed Treasury yields higher going into mid-October, which was followed by a rally in Treasury bonds on news of an agreement in Washington that raised the debt ceiling and avoided an imminent default by the U.S. Government. A weaker than expected jobs report for September furthered the downward trend in interest rates, as investors became more confident that the Federal Reserve would leave its bond buying program unchanged. A sharp decline in October consumer confidence and an October employment report that continued to reflect a relatively slow pace of job growth provided for a stable interest rate environment at the end of October and into early-November.


RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA
   II.4

 

Long term Treasury yields edged higher in mid-November and then stabilized for the balance of November, as investors reacted to generally favorable October economic data and Congressional testimony by the Federal Reserve Chairman nominee Janet Yellen, in which she stated for a continuation of the Federal Reserve’s stimulus efforts. Signs of the economic recovery gaining momentum and the Federal Reserve’s mid-December announcement that it would begin to taper its stimulus program provided for a general upward trend in interest rates throughout December, with the 10-year Treasury yield edging above 3.0% in late-December.

Interest rates eased lower at the start of 2014, with the 10-year Treasury yield dipping below 3.0%. The weaker-than-expected jobs report for December furthered the downward trend in long-term Treasury yields heading into mid-January. The downward trend in long-term Treasury yields continued through the balance of January, as investors sought the safe haven of Treasury bonds amid turmoil in emerging markets and soft jobs data. The Federal Reserve concluded its late-January meeting by voting to scale back its bond buying program by another $10 billion. Soft economic data provided for a stable interest rate environment during the first half of February. As of February 14, 2014, the bond equivalent yields for U.S. Treasury bonds with terms of one and ten years equaled 0.11% and 2.75%, respectively, versus comparable year ago yields of 0.16% and 2.00%. Exhibit II-2 provides historical interest rate trends.

Based on the consensus outlook of economists surveyed by The Wall Street Journal in January 2014 economic growth forecasts were largely unchanged, as annual GDP growth was not expected to top 3% through at least 2015. The unemployment rate was forecasted to stall, falling just 0.1% to 6.6% in June 2014 and 200,000 jobs were expected to be added per month over the next year. On average, the economists did not expect the Federal Reserve to begin raising its target rate until mid-2015 at the earliest and the 10-year Treasury yield would increase to 3.5% at the end of 2014. The surveyed economists also forecasted home prices would rise by 5.0% in 2014 . Housing starts were forecasted to continue to trend slightly higher in 2014.

Market Area Demographics

Demographic and economic growth trends, measured by changes in population, number of households, age distribution and median household income, provide key insight into the health of the market area served by Meridian Bancorp. Demographic data for Suffolk, Essex and Middlesex Counties, as well as for Massachusetts, and the U.S., is provided in Table 2.1.


RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA
   II.5

 

[Table Omitted]


RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA
   II.6

 

Population and household data indicate that the market area served by the Company’s branches is a mix of urban and suburban markets. Suffolk County, where the city of Boston is located, and the adjacent Essex County, are two of the largest counties in Massachusetts, each with a total population of 0.7 million. Middlesex County is the most populous county in Massachusetts and all of New England, with a total population of 1.5 million. Suffolk County experienced relatively strong population growth from 2010 to 2012, at 1.0% annually, which exceeded both the national and state growth rates. Essex County, which is historically more industrial in nature, experienced minimal population growth that was the lowest among the three market area counties. Middlesex County, which is home to a larger base of commuters who work in Boston, experienced moderate population growth from 2010 to 2012, at 0.5% annually.

Household growth rates for the primary market area counties paralleled population growth trends, with Suffolk County displaying the fastest household growth and Essex County exhibiting no change in households during the 2010 to 2012 period. Population and household growth rates are expected to increase over the next five years for all three of the market area counties.

Income measures show that Suffolk County is a relatively low-income market, characterized by its urban demographic in the city of Boston. Median household income for Suffolk County fell below both national and state measures, while per capita income exceeded the national measure but was below the state measure. Essex County’s median household and per capita income measures compared very closely to the state measures, while exceeding the national measures. Middlesex County is one of the wealthiest counties in the state of Massachusetts and is characterized by a high concentration of white collar professionals who work in the Boston MSA. Median household and per capita income measures for Middlesex County were both well above the comparable U.S. and Massachusetts income measures. Over the next five years, all three market area counties are projected to sustain moderate growth in income levels that are generally in line with the comparable projected growth rates for Massachusetts and the U.S.

A comparison of household income distribution measures provides another indication of the relative affluence of the primary market area counties. Suffolk County maintained a higher percentage of households with incomes below $50,000, at approximately 50%, relative to the other two counties as well as the U.S. and Massachusetts. At the same time, Suffolk County is home to a younger population compared to Essex and Middlesex Counties, as exhibited in the


RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA
   II.7

 

age distribution measures, which contributes to the county’s more robust population growth. Comparatively, Middlesex County maintained the highest percentage of households with incomes above $100,000. Income distribution for Essex County again compared closely to the Massachusetts measures.

Regional Economy

Comparative employment data shown in Table 2.2 shows that employment in services followed by wholesale/retail employment were the largest and second largest employment sectors in Suffolk, Essex and Middlesex Counties, as well as Massachusetts. Suffolk County maintains comparatively higher levels of employment in government and finance/insurance/real estate, which are highly represented in the city of Boston. Healthcare jobs account for a relatively high concentration of employment in Essex and Suffolk Counties, while Essex and Middlesex Counties have a relatively high concentration of manufacturing jobs. Middlesex County is also home to a number of large renowned universities, such as Harvard University, Massachusetts Institute of Technology and Boston College. Overall, the distribution of employment exhibited in the primary market area is indicative of a diverse economic environment.

[Table Omitted]

The market area served by the Company, characterized primarily as the Boston MSA, has a highly developed and diverse economy, with the regions’ many colleges and universities serving to attract industries in need of a highly skilled and educated workforce. Healthcare, high-tech and financial services companies constitute major sources of employment in the Company’s regional market area, as well as the colleges and universities that populate the Boston MSA. Tourism also is a prominent component of market area’s economy, as Boston annually ranks as one of the nation’s top tourist destinations. Table 2.3 lists in detail the major employers in the Company’s market area.


RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA
   II.8

 

[Table Omitted]

Unemployment Trends

Comparative unemployment rates for Suffolk, Essex and Middlesex Counties, as well as for the U.S. and Massachusetts, are shown in Table 2.4. The November 2013 unemployment rates for Suffolk and Middlesex Counties of 6.4% and 5.2% respectively, were both below the comparable unemployment rates for the U.S. and Massachusetts, which is indicative of a strong economy with high levels of employment in the Boston metropolitan area. Comparatively, the unemployment rate of Essex County, at 6.9%, was higher than the comparable Massachusetts unemployment rate, but still fell below the comparable U.S. unemployment rate. In contrast to the national trend, Suffolk, Essex and Middlesex Counties, along with the state of Massachusetts, reported increases in unemployment rates from November 2012 to November 2013.


RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA
   II.9

 

[Table Omitted]

Market Area Deposit Characteristics and Competition

The Company’s deposit base is closely tied to the economic fortunes of Suffolk, Essex and Middlesex Counties and, in particular, the areas that are nearby to one of Meridian Bancorp’s branches. Table 2.5 displays deposit market trends from June 30, 2009 through June 30, 2013 for Meridian Bancorp, as well as for all commercial bank and savings institution branches located in the market area counties and the state of Massachusetts. Consistent with the state of Massachusetts, commercial banks maintained a larger market share of deposits than savings institutions in Suffolk and Middlesex Counties, while savings institutions held a larger deposit market share in Essex County. For the four year period covered in Table 2.5, savings institutions experienced declines in deposit balances and deposit market share in Suffolk, Essex and Middlesex Counties, as well as in the state of Massachusetts. Overall, from June 30, 2009 to June 30, 2013, bank and thrift deposits increased across all market area counties, ranging from an annual growth rate of 1.4% in Essex County to 20.8% in Suffolk County.

The Company maintains its largest balance of deposits in Suffolk County, where the Company maintains its main office and largest branch presence. Based June 30, 2013 deposit data, Meridian Bancorp’s $1.2 billion of deposits provided for a 0.8% market share of bank and thrift deposits in Suffolk County. The Company also held $609.2 million of deposits in Essex County, with a 3.4% market share, and $288.0 million of deposits in Middlesex County with a 0.6% market share. For the four year period covered in Table 2.5, the Company exhibited substantial deposit growth in all three market area counties, ranging from 13.1% annual growth in Essex County to 30.5% annual growth in Middlesex County. Deposit growth was supported by branches opened and acquired during the four year period, as a total of 14 branches were added between June 30, 2009 and June 30, 2013. As a result of the Company’s relatively strong deposit growth, the Company gained deposit market share in all three market area counties served by its branches.


RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA
   II.10

 

[Table Omitted]

As implied by the Company’s relatively low market shares of deposits, competition among financial institutions in the Company’s market area is significant. Among the Company’s competitors are much larger and more diversified institutions, which have greater resources than maintained by Meridian Bancorp. Financial institution competitors in the Company’s primary market area include other locally based thrifts and banks, as well as regional, super regional and money center banks. From a competitive standpoint, Meridian Bancorp has sought to emphasize its community orientation in the markets served by its branches. Table 2.6 lists the Company’s largest competitors in the market area counties, based on deposit market share as noted parenthetically.


RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA
   II.11

 

[Table Omitted]


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.1

 

III. PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

This chapter presents an analysis of Meridian Bancorp’s operations versus a group of comparable savings institutions (the “Peer Group”) selected from the universe of all publicly-traded savings institutions in a manner consistent with the regulatory valuation guidelines. The basis of the pro forma market valuation of Meridian Bancorp is derived from the pricing ratios of the Peer Group institutions, incorporating valuation adjustments for key differences in relation to the Peer Group. Since no Peer Group can be exactly comparable to Meridian Bancorp, key areas examined for differences are: financial condition; profitability, growth and viability of earnings; asset growth; primary market area; dividends; liquidity of the shares; marketing of the issue; management; and effect of government regulations and regulatory reform.

Peer Group Selection

The Peer Group selection process is governed by the general parameters set forth in the regulatory valuation guidelines. Accordingly, the Peer Group is comprised of only those publicly-traded savings institutions whose common stock is either listed on the NYSE or NASDAQ, since their stock trading activity is regularly reported and generally more frequent than non-publicly traded and closely-held institutions. Institutions that are not listed on the NYSE or NASDAQ are inappropriate, since the trading activity for thinly-traded or closely-held stocks are typically highly irregular in terms of frequency and price and thus may not be a reliable indicator of market value. We have also excluded from the Peer Group those companies under acquisition or subject to rumored acquisition, mutual holding companies and recent conversions, since their pricing ratios are subject to unusual distortion and/or have limited trading history. A recent listing of the universe of all publicly-traded savings institutions is included as Exhibit III-1.

Ideally, the Peer Group, which must have at least 10 members to comply with the regulatory valuation guidelines, should be comprised of locally- or regionally-based institutions with comparable resources, strategies and financial characteristics. There are approximately 103 fully-converted, publicly-traded institutions nationally and, thus, it is typically the case that the Peer Group will be comprised of institutions with relatively comparable characteristics. To the extent that differences exist between the converting institution and the Peer Group, valuation adjustments will be applied to account for the differences. Since Meridian Bancorp will


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.2

 

be a full public company upon completion of the offering, we considered only full public companies to be viable candidates for inclusion in the Peer Group. From the universe of publicly-traded thrifts, we selected eleven institutions with characteristics similar to those of Meridian Bancorp. In the selection process, we applied two “screens” to the universe of all public companies that were eligible for consideration:

 

    Screen #1 New England institutions with assets between $1.0 billion and $5.0 billion, tangible equity-to-assets ratios of greater than 8.0%, positive core earnings and market capitalizations of at least $100 million. Six companies met the criteria for Screen #1 and four were included in the Peer Group: BSB Bancorp, Inc. of Massachusetts, First Connecticut Bancorp of Connecticut, SI Financial Group, Inc. of Connecticut and Westfield Financial, Inc. of Massachusetts. Rockville Financial, Inc. of Connecticut and United Financial Bancorp, Inc. of Massachusetts were excluded from the Peer Group, as the result of their announced merger agreement. Exhibit III-2 provides financial and public market pricing characteristics of all publicly-traded New England thrifts.

 

    Screen #2 Mid-Atlantic institutions with assets between $1.0 billion and $5.0 billion, tangible equity-to-assets ratios of greater than 8.0%, positive core earnings and market capitalizations of at least $100 million. Seven companies met the criteria for Screen #2 and all seven were included in the Peer Group: Cape Bancorp, Inc. of New Jersey, Dime Community Bancshares of New York, ESSA Bancorp, Inc. of Pennsylvania, Fox Chase Bancorp, Inc. of Pennsylvania, Northfield Bancorp, Inc. of New Jersey, OceanFirst Financial Corp. of New Jersey, and Oritani Financial Corp. of New Jersey. Exhibit III-3 provides financial and public market pricing characteristics of all publicly-traded Mid-Atlantic thrifts.

Table 3.1 shows the general characteristics of each of the ten Peer Group companies and Exhibit III-4 provides summary demographic and deposit market share data for the primary market areas served by each of the Peer Group companies. While there are expectedly some differences between the Peer Group companies and Meridian Bancorp, we believe that the Peer Group companies, on average, provide a good basis for valuation subject to valuation adjustments. The following sections present a comparison of Meridian Bancorp’s financial condition, income and expense trends, loan composition, interest rate risk and credit risk versus the Peer Group as of the most recent publicly available date. Comparative data for all publicly-traded thrifts, publicly-traded Massachusetts thrifts and institutions comparable to Meridian Bancorp that have recently completed a second-step conversion offering have been included in the Chapter III tables as well.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.3

 

[Table Omitted]


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.4

 

In addition to the selection criteria used to identify the Peer Group companies, a summary description of the key comparable characteristics of each of the Peer Group companies relative to Meridian Bancorp’s characteristics is detailed below.

 

    BSB Bancorp, Inc. of Massachusetts. Selected due to Boston market area, lending diversification emphasis on multi-family/commercial real estate loans and similar credit quality measures.

 

    Cape Bancorp, Inc. of New Jersey. Selected due to similar interest-bearing funding composition, similar return on average assets, similar impact of loan loss provisions on earnings, lending diversification emphasis on multi-family/commercial real estate loans and similar credit quality measures.

 

    Dime Community Bancshares of New York. Selected due to similar size of branch network and lending diversification emphasis on multi-family/commercial real estate loans.

 

    ESSA Bancorp, Inc. of Pennsylvania. Selected due to similar size of branch network, similar interest-bearing funding composition, similar return on average assets, similar net interest income to average assets ratio, similar impact of loan loss provisions on earnings and lending diversification emphasis on multi-family/commercial real estate loans.

 

    First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. of Connecticut. Selected due to similar interest-earning asset composition, similar interest-bearing funding composition, similar net interest income to average assets ratio, lending diversification emphasis on multi-family/commercial real estate loans and similar credit quality measures.

 

    Fox Chase Bancorp, Inc. of Pennsylvania. Selected due to completed second-step conversion in June 2010, relatively high equity-to-assets ratio, similar return on average assets, similar net interest income to average assets ratio, relatively limited earnings contribution from sources of non-interest operating income, similar ratio of operating expenses as a percent of average assets, lending diversification emphasis on multi-family/commercial real estate loans and similar credit quality measures.

 

    Northfield Bancorp, Inc. of New Jersey. Selected due to completed second-step conversion in January 2013, similar asset size, similar size of branch network, relatively high equity-to-assets ratio, similar return on average assets, relatively limited earnings contribution from sources of non-interest operating income, lending diversification emphasis on multi-family/commercial real estate loans and similar credit quality measures.

 

    OceanFirst Financial Corp. of New Jersey. Selected due to similar size of branch network, similar interest-bearing funding composition, similar net interest income to average assets ratio, similar impact of loan loss provisions on earnings and lending diversification emphasis on multi-family/commercial real estate loans.

 

    Oritani Financial Corp. of New Jersey. Selected due completed second-step conversion October 2006, relatively high equity-to-assets ratio, similar asset size, similar size of branch network, similar interest-earning asset composition, relatively limited earnings contribution from sources of non-interest operating income and lending diversification emphasis on multi-family/commercial real estate loans.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.5

 

    SI Financial Group, Inc. of Connecticut. Selected due to completed second-step conversion in January 2011, similar size of branch network and lending diversification emphasis on multi-family/commercial real estate loans.

 

    Westfield Financial, Inc. of Massachusetts. Selected due to completed second-step conversion in January 2007, similar return on average assets, similar concentration of 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans comprising assets, lending diversification emphasis on multi-family/commercial real estate loans and similar credit quality measures.

In aggregate, the Peer Group companies maintained a slightly higher level of tangible equity than the industry average (13.35% of assets versus 12.52% for all public companies), generated slightly higher earnings as a percent of average assets (0.59% core ROAA versus 0.51% for all public companies), and earned a slightly higher ROE (4.41% core ROE versus 4.01% for all public companies). Overall, the Peer Group’s average P/TB ratio and average core P/E multiple were slightly above the respective averages for all publicly-traded thrifts.

 

     All        
     Publicly-Traded     Peer Group  

Financial Characteristics (Averages)

    

Assets ($Mil)

   $ 2,478      $ 1,936   

Market capitalization ($Mil)

   $ 344      $ 318   

Tangible equity/assets (%)

     12.52     13.35

Core return on average assets (%)

     0.51        0.59   

Core return on average equity (%)

     4.01        4.41   

Pricing Ratios (Averages)(1)

    

Core price/earnings (x)

     18.14 x        19.17 x   

Price/tangible book (%)

     113.87     116.55

Price/assets (%)

     13.36        15.24   

 

(1) Based on market prices as of February 14, 2014.

Ideally, the Peer Group companies would be comparable to Meridian Bancorp in terms of all of the selection criteria, but the universe of publicly-traded thrifts does not provide for an appropriate number of such companies. However, in general, the companies selected for the Peer Group were fairly comparable to Meridian Bancorp, as will be highlighted in the following comparative analysis. Comparative data for all publicly-traded thrifts, publicly-traded Massachusetts thrifts and institutions comparable to Meridian Bancorp that have recently completed a second-step conversion offering have been included in the Chapter III tables as well.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.6

 

Financial Condition

Table 3.2 shows comparative balance sheet measures for Meridian Bancorp and the Peer Group, reflecting the expected similarities and some differences given the selection procedures outlined above. The Company’s and the Peer Group’s ratios reflect balances as of December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2013, respectively. Meridian Bancorp’s equity-to-assets ratio of 9.3% was lower than the Peer Group’s average net worth ratio of 13.9%. However, with the infusion of the net conversion proceeds, the Company’s pro forma equity-to-assets ratio will exceed the Peer Group’s equity-to-assets ratio. Tangible equity-to-assets ratios for the Company and the Peer Group equaled 8.8% and 13.4%, respectively. The increase in Meridian Bancorp’s pro forma capital position will be favorable from a risk perspective and in terms of future earnings potential that could be realized through leverage and lower funding costs. At the same time, the Company’s higher pro forma capitalization will initially depress return on equity. Both Meridian Bancorp’s and the Peer Group’s capital ratios reflected capital surpluses with respect to the regulatory capital requirements.

The interest-earning asset compositions for the Company and the Peer Group were somewhat similar, with loans constituting the bulk of interest-earning assets for both Meridian Bancorp and the Peer Group. The Company’s loans-to-assets ratio of 84.6% was higher than the comparable Peer Group ratio of 70.8%. Comparatively, the Company’s cash and investments-to-assets ratio of 11.2% was lower than the comparable Peer Group ratio of 23.5%. Overall, Meridian Bancorp’s interest-earning assets amounted to 95.7% of assets, which was above the comparable Peer Group ratio of 94.3%. The Peer Group’s non-interest earning assets included bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) equal to 2.3% of assets and goodwill/intangibles equal to 0.6% of assets, while the Company maintained BOLI equal to 1.4% of assets and goodwill/intangible equal to 0.5% of assets.

Meridian Bancorp’s funding liabilities reflected a funding strategy that was somewhat similar to that of the Peer Group’s funding composition. The Company’s deposits equaled 83.8% of assets, which was above the Peer Group’s ratio of 67.9%. Comparatively, the Company maintained a lower level of borrowings than the Peer Group, as indicated by borrowings-to-assets ratios of 6.0% and 16.8% for Meridian Bancorp and the Peer Group, respectively. Total interest-bearing liabilities maintained by the Company and the Peer Group, as a percent of assets, equaled 89.9% and 84.7%, respectively.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.7

 

[Table Omitted]


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.8

 

A key measure of balance sheet strength for a thrift institution is its IEA/IBL ratio. Presently, the Company’s IEA/IBL ratio is lower than the Peer Group’s ratio, based on IEA/IBL ratios of 106.5% and 111.3%, respectively. The additional capital realized from stock proceeds should serve to provide Meridian Bancorp with an IEA/IBL ratio that slightly exceeds the Peer Group’s ratio, as the increase in capital provided by the infusion of stock proceeds will serve to lower the level of interest-bearing liabilities funding assets and will be primarily deployed into interest-earning assets.

The growth rate section of Table 3.2 shows annual growth rates for key balance sheet items. Meridian Bancorp’s and the Peer Group’s growth rates are based on annual growth for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2013, respectively, or the most recent twelve month period available for the Peer Group companies. The Peer Group’s growth rates were impacted by acquisition related growth, as SI Financial Group completed an acquisition during the twelve month period. Meridian Bancorp recorded a 17.7% increase in assets, versus asset growth of 8.5% recorded by the Peer Group. Asset growth for Meridian Bancorp was sustained largely by a 25.9% increase in loans, which was partially funded by an 18.7% reduction in cash and investments. Asset growth for the Peer Group was primarily sustained by a 13.4% increase in loans, which was partially offset by a 4.8% decrease in cash and investments.

Asset growth for Meridian Bancorp was primarily funded through a 20.5% increase in deposits, which was nominally supplemented with a 0.4% increase in borrowings. Similarly, asset growth for the Peer Group was primarily funded through deposit growth of 10.6% and was supplemented with a 5.7% increase in borrowings. The Company’s tangible capital increased by 6.9%, which was largely realized through retention of earnings. Comparatively, the Peer Group’s tangible capital showed a decline of 3.6%, as retention of earnings was more than offset by stock repurchases and dividend payments. The Company’s post-conversion capital growth rate will initially be constrained by maintenance of a higher pro forma capital position. Additional implementation of any stock repurchases and dividend payments, pursuant to regulatory limitations and guidelines, could also slow the Company’s capital growth rate in the longer term following the stock offering.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.9

 

[Table Omitted]


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.10

 

Income and Expense Components

Table 3.3 displays statements of operations for the Company and the Peer Group. The Company’s and the Peer Group’s ratios are based on earnings for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2013, respectively, unless otherwise indicated for the Peer Group companies. Meridian Bancorp and the Peer Group reported net income to average assets ratios of 0.62% and 0.59%, respectively. A higher level of non-interest operating income and lower levels of loan loss provisions and operating expenses represented earnings advantages for the Peer Group, which were largely offset by the Company’s higher level of net gains.

Net interest income to average assets ratios were similar for the Company and the Peer Group, as the Company’s higher interest income ratio was offset by the Peer Group’s lower interest expense ratio. The Company’s higher interest income ratio was supported by maintaining a higher overall yield earned on interest-earning assets (4.08% versus 3.95% for the Company) and higher concentration of assets maintained in interest-earning assets. Likewise, the Peer Group’s lower interest expense ratio was supported by a lower cost of funds (0.95% versus 1.00% for the Company) and maintenance of a lower level of interest-bearing liabilities. Overall, Meridian Bancorp and the Peer Group reported net interest income to average assets ratios of 3.00% and 2.96%, respectively.

In another key area of core earnings strength, the Company maintained a higher level of operating expenses than the Peer Group. For the period covered in Table 3.3, the Company and the Peer Group reported operating expense to average assets ratios of 2.58% and 2.37%, respectively. The Company’s higher operating expense ratio was consistent with the comparatively higher number of employees maintained relative to its asset size. Assets per full time equivalent employee equaled $6.386 million for the Company, versus $7.730 million for the Peer Group.

When viewed together, net interest income and operating expenses provide considerable insight into a thrift’s earnings strength, since those sources of income and expenses are typically the most prominent components of earnings and are generally more predictable than losses and gains realized from the sale of assets or other non-recurring activities. In this regard, as measured by their expense coverage ratios (net interest income divided by operating expenses), the Company’s earnings were slightly less favorable than the Peer Group’s. Expense coverage ratios for Meridian Bancorp and the Peer Group equaled 1.16x and 1.25x, respectively.

Sources of non-interest operating income provided a slightly larger contribution to the Peer Group’s earnings, with such income amounting to 0.39% and 0.43% of Meridian Bancorp’s and the Peer Group’s average assets, respectively. Taking non-interest operating income into


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.11

 

account in comparing the Company’s and the Peer Group’s earnings, Meridian Bancorp’s efficiency ratio (operating expenses, as a percent of the sum of non-interest operating income and net interest income) of 76.11% was less favorable than the Peer Group’s efficiency ratio of 69.91%.

Loan loss provisions had a slightly larger impact on the Company’s earnings, with loan loss provisions established by the Company and the Peer Group equaling 0.26% and 0.13% of average assets, respectively. The higher level of loan provisions established by the Company was consistent with the Company’s higher concentration of assets maintained in loans and comparatively stronger loan growth recorded over the past year.

Net non-operating gains equaled 0.39% of average assets for the Company, versus net non-operating gains equal to 0.19% of average assets for the Peer Group. Typically, gains and losses generated from the sale of assets and other non-operating activities are viewed as earnings with a relatively high degree of volatility, particularly to the extent that such gains and losses result from the sale of investments or other assets that are not considered to be part of an institution’s core operations. Comparatively, to the extent that gains have been derived through selling fixed rate loans into the secondary market, such gains may be considered to be an ongoing activity for an institution and, therefore, warrant some consideration as a core earnings factor. However, loan sale gains are still viewed as a more volatile source of income than income generated through the net interest margin and non-interest operating income. Extraordinary items were not a factor in either the Company’s or the Peer Group’s earnings.

Taxes had a similar impact on the Company’s and the Peer Group’s earnings, as the Company and the Peer Group posted effective tax rates of 34.34% and 33.10%, respectively. As indicated in the prospectus, the Company’s effective marginal tax rate is equal to 40.0%.

Loan Composition

Table 3.4 presents data related to the Company’s and the Peer Group’s loan portfolio compositions (including the investment in mortgage-backed securities). The Company’s loan portfolio composition reflected a lower concentration of 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities compared to the Peer Group (17.43% of assets versus 41.70% for the Peer Group), as the Company’s maintained lower concentrations of both mortgage-backed securities and 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans. Loans serviced for others equaled 6.1% and 6.7% of the Company’s and the Peer Group’s assets, respectively, thereby indicating

that loan servicing income had a similar impact on the Company’s and the Peer Group’s earnings. Loan servicing intangibles constituted a relatively small balance sheet item for both the Company and the Peer Group.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.12

 

[Table Omitted]


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.13

 

Diversification into higher risk and higher yielding types of lending was more significant for the Company, which was mostly attributable to the Company’s higher concentration of commercial real estate loans (38.5% of assets versus 22.2% for the Peer Group), which constituted the most significant type of lending diversification for the Company and the Peer Group. Diversification into multi-family real estate loans represented the second largest type of lending diversification for the Company and the Peer Group and equaled 10.7% and 14.5% of the Company’s and the Peer Group’s assets, respectively . Diversification into construction/land loans, commercial business loans and consumer loans were also more significant for the Company. In total, construction/land, commercial real estate, multi-family, commercial business and consumer loans comprised 68.5% and 45.2% of the Company’s and the Peer Group’s assets, respectively. Overall, the Company’s asset composition provided for a higher risk weighted assets-to-assets ratio of 89.8% compared to 71.5% for the Peer Group.

Interest Rate Risk

Table 3.5 reflects various key ratios highlighting the relative interest rate risk exposure of the Company versus the Peer Group. In terms of balance sheet composition, Meridian Bancorp’s interest rate risk characteristics were overall considered to be less favorable than the Peer Group’s measures. Most notably, the Company’s tangible equity-to-assets ratio and average IEA/IBL ratio were below the comparable Peer Group ratios, while the Company maintained an advantage with respect to its lower ratio of average non-interest earning assets as a percent of average assets. On a pro forma basis, the infusion of stock proceeds should serve to address the current comparative advantages reflected in the Peer Group’s balance sheet interest rate risk characteristics.

To analyze interest rate risk associated with the net interest margin, we reviewed quarterly changes in net interest income as a percent of average assets for Meridian Bancorp and the Peer Group. In general, the comparative fluctuations in the Company’s and the Peer Group’s net interest income ratios implied that the interest rate risk associated with their respective net interest margins was fairly similar, based on the interest rate environment that prevailed during the period covered in Table 3.5. The stability of the Company’s net interest margin should be enhanced by the infusion of stock proceeds, as interest rate sensitive liabilities will be funding a lower portion of Meridian Bancorp’s assets and the proceeds will be substantially deployed into interest-earning assets.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.14

 

[Table Omitted]


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.15

 

Credit Risk

Overall, based on a comparison of credit risk measures, the Company’s implied credit risk exposure was viewed to be fairly comparable to the Peer Group’s credit risk exposure. As shown in Table 3.6, the Company’s ratios for non-performing/assets and non-performing loans/loans equaled 1.75% and 1.99%, respectively, versus comparable measures of 1.70% and 2.22% for the Peer Group. It should be noted that the measures for non-performing assets and non-performing loans include accruing loans that are classified as troubled debt restructurings. The Company’s and Peer Group’s loss reserves as a percent of non-performing loans equaled 55.54% and 57.79%, respectively. Loss reserves maintained as percent of loans receivable equaled 1.11% for the Company, versus 1.15% for the Peer Group. Net loan charge-offs were a less significant factor for the Company, as net loan charge-offs for the Company and the Peer Group equaled 0.07% and 0.20% of loans, respectively.

Summary

Based on the above analysis, RP Financial concluded that the Peer Group forms a reasonable basis for determining the pro forma market value of the Company. Such general characteristics as asset size, capital position, interest-earning asset composition, funding composition, core earnings measures, loan composition, credit quality and exposure to interest rate risk all tend to support the reasonability of the Peer Group from a financial standpoint. Those areas where differences exist will be addressed in the form of valuation adjustments to the extent necessary.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.16

 

[Table Omitted]


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.1

 

IV. VALUATION ANALYSIS

Introduction

This chapter presents the valuation analysis and methodology, prepared pursuant to the regulatory valuation guidelines, and valuation adjustments and assumptions used to determine the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock to be issued in conjunction with the Company’s conversion transaction.

Appraisal Guidelines

The federal regulatory appraisal guidelines required by the FRB, the FDIC and state banking agencies specify the pro forma market value methodology for estimating the pro forma market value of a converting thrift. Pursuant to this methodology: (1) a peer group of comparable publicly-traded institutions is selected; (2) a financial and operational comparison of the subject company to the peer group is conducted to discern key differences; and (3) a valuation analysis in which the pro forma market value of the subject company is determined based on the market pricing of the peer group as of the date of valuation, incorporating valuation adjustments for key differences. In addition, the pricing characteristics of recent conversions, both at conversion and in the aftermarket, must be considered.

RP Financial Approach to the Valuation

The valuation analysis herein complies with such regulatory approval guidelines. Accordingly, the valuation incorporates a detailed analysis based on the Peer Group, discussed in Chapter III, which constitutes “fundamental analysis” techniques. Additionally, the valuation incorporates a “technical analysis” of recently completed stock conversions, particularly second-step conversions, including closing pricing and aftermarket trading of such offerings. It should be noted that these valuation analyses cannot possibly fully account for all the market forces which impact trading activity and pricing characteristics of a particular stock on a given day.

The pro forma market value determined herein is a preliminary value for the Company’s to-be-issued stock. Throughout the conversion process, RP Financial will: (1) review changes in Meridian Bancorp’s operations and financial condition; (2) monitor Meridian Bancorp’s operations and financial condition relative to the Peer Group to identify any fundamental


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.2

 

changes; (3) monitor the external factors affecting value including, but not limited to, local and national economic conditions, interest rates, and the stock market environment, including the market for thrift stocks and Meridian Bancorp’s stock specifically; and (4) monitor pending conversion offerings, particularly second-step conversions, (including those in the offering phase), both regionally and nationally. If, during the conversion process, material changes occur, RP Financial will determine if updated valuation reports should be prepared to reflect such changes and their related impact on value, if any. RP Financial will also prepare a final valuation update at the closing of the offering to determine if the prepared valuation analysis and resulting range of value continues to be appropriate.

The appraised value determined herein is based on the current market and operating environment for the Company and for all thrifts. Subsequent changes in the local and national economy, the legislative and regulatory environment, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or major world events), which may occur from time to time (often with great unpredictability) may materially impact the market value of all thrift stocks, including Meridian Bancorp’s value, or Meridian Bancorp’s value alone. To the extent a change in factors impacting the Company’s value can be reasonably anticipated and/or quantified, RP Financial has incorporated the estimated impact into the analysis.

Valuation Analysis

A fundamental analysis discussing similarities and differences relative to the Peer Group was presented in Chapter III. The following sections summarize the key differences between the Company and the Peer Group and how those differences affect the pro forma valuation. Emphasis is placed on the specific strengths and weaknesses of the Company relative to the Peer Group in such key areas as financial condition, profitability, growth and viability of earnings, asset growth, primary market area, dividends, liquidity of the shares, marketing of the issue, management, and the effect of government regulations and/or regulatory reform. We have also considered the market for thrift stocks, in particular new issues, to assess the impact on value of the Company coming to market at this time.


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.3

 

1. Financial Condition

The financial condition of an institution is an important determinant in pro forma market value because investors typically look to such factors as liquidity, capital, asset composition and quality, and funding sources in assessing investment attractiveness. The similarities and differences in the Company’s and the Peer Group’s financial strengths are noted as follows:

 

    Overall A/L Composition . In comparison to the Peer Group, the Company’s interest-earning asset composition showed a lower concentration of cash and investments and a higher concentration of loans. Diversification into higher risk and higher yielding types of loans was more significant for the Company, while the Peer Group maintained a higher concentration of 1-4 family loans. Overall, in comparison to the Peer Group, the Company’s interest-earning asset composition provided for a slightly higher yield earned on interest-earning assets and a higher risk weighted assets-to-assets ratio. Meridian Bancorp’s funding composition reflected higher and lower levels of deposits and borrowings, respectively, which translated into a slightly higher cost of funds for the Company. Overall, as a percent of assets, the Company maintained higher levels of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities compared to the Peer Group’s ratios, which resulted in a lower IEA/IBL ratio for the Company. However, after factoring in the impact of the net stock proceeds, the Company’s IEA/IBL ratio should exceed the Peer Group’s IEA/IBL ratio. On balance, RP Financial concluded that asset/liability composition was a neutral factor in our adjustment for financial condition.

 

    Credit Quality. The Company’s ratios for non-performing assets as a percent of assets and non-performing loans as a percent of loans were similar to the comparable ratios for the Peer Group. Likewise, loss reserves as a percent of non-performing loans and loss reserves as a percent of loans were also similar for the Company and the Peer Group. Net loan charge-offs as a percent of loans were slightly higher for the Peer Group. The Company’s risk weighted assets-to-assets ratio was higher than the Peer Group’s ratio, which was consistent with the Company’s more significant diversification into loans with higher implied credit risk and higher concentration of assets maintained in loans. Overall, RP Financial concluded that credit quality was a neutral factor in our adjustment for financial condition.

 

    Balance Sheet Liquidity . The Company operated with a lower level of cash and investment securities relative to the Peer Group (11.2% of assets versus 23.5% for the Peer Group). Following the infusion of stock proceeds, the Company’s cash and investments ratio is expected to increase as the proceeds retained at the holding company level will be initially deployed into cash and investments. The Company was viewed as having slightly greater future borrowing capacity relative to the Peer Group, based on the lower level of borrowings currently funding the Company’s assets. Overall, RP Financial concluded that balance sheet liquidity was a neutral factor in our adjustment for financial condition.

 

    Funding Liabilities . The Company’s interest-bearing funding composition reflected a higher concentration of deposits and a lower concentration of borrowings relative to the comparable Peer Group ratios, which translated into a slightly higher cost of funds for the Company. Total interest-bearing liabilities as a percent of assets were higher for the Company. Following the stock offering, the increase in the Company’s capital position will reduce the level of interest-bearing liabilities funding the Company’s assets. Overall, RP Financial concluded that funding liabilities were a neutral factor in our adjustment for financial condition.


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.4

 

    Capital . The Company currently operates with a lower tangible equity-to-assets ratio than the Peer Group. Following the stock offering, Meridian Bancorp’s pro forma tangible capital position is expected to exceed the Peer Group’s tangible equity-to-assets ratio. The Company’s higher pro forma capital position implies greater leverage capacity, lower dependence on interest-bearing liabilities to fund assets and a greater capacity to absorb unanticipated losses. At the same time, the Company’s more significant capital surplus will make it difficult to achieve a competitive ROE. On balance, RP Financial concluded that capital strength was a slightly positive factor in our adjustment for financial condition.

On balance, Beneficial Bancorp’s balance sheet strength was considered to be comparable to the Peer Group’s balance sheet strength and, thus, no adjustment was applied for the Company’s financial condition.

 

2. Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings

Earnings are a key factor in determining pro forma market value, as the level and risk characteristics of an institution’s earnings stream and the prospects and ability to generate future earnings heavily influence the multiple that the investment community will pay for earnings. The major factors considered in the valuation are described below.

 

    Reported Earnings . The Company’s reported earnings were comparable to the Peer Group’s on a ROAA basis (0.62% of average assets versus 0.59% for the Peer Group), as the Peer Group earnings advantages with respect to non-interest operating income, loan loss provisions and operating expenses were largely offset by the Company’s higher level of net gains and slightly higher net interest income ratio. Reinvestment of stock proceeds into interest-earning assets will serve to increase the Company’s earnings, with the benefit of reinvesting proceeds expected to be somewhat offset by implementation of additional stock benefit plans in connection with the second-step offering. Overall, given the non-recurring nature of the Company’s net gains, ,the Company’s pro forma reported earnings were considered to be less favorable than the Peer Group’s earnings and, thus, RP Financial concluded that this was a slightly negative factor in our adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.

 

   

Core Earnings . Net interest income, operating expenses, non-interest operating income and loan loss provisions were reviewed in assessing the relative strengths and weaknesses of the Company’s and the Peer Group’s core earnings. The Company operated with a slightly higher net interest income ratio, a higher operating expense ratio and a slightly lower level of non-interest operating income. The Company’s similar ratios for net interest income and operating expenses translated into a slightly lower expense coverage ratio in comparison to the Peer Group’s ratio (equal to 1.16x versus 1.25x for the Peer Group). Similarly, the Company’s efficiency ratio of 76.11% was less favorable than the Peer Group’s efficiency ratio of 69.91%. Higher loan loss provisions also contributed to the Company’s lower core earnings. Overall, these measures, as well as the expected earnings benefits the Company should realize from the redeployment of stock proceeds into interest-


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.5

 

earning assets and leveraging of post-conversion capital, which will be somewhat negated by expenses associated with the stock benefit plans, indicate that the Company’s pro forma core earnings will remain less favorable than the Peer Group’s earnings on a ROAA basis. Therefore, RP Financial concluded that this was a slightly negative factor in our adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.

 

    Interest Rate Risk . Quarterly changes in the Company’s and the Peer Group’s net interest income to average assets ratios indicated a similar degree of volatility was associated with their respective net interest margins. Measures of balance sheet interest rate risk, such as capital, IEA/IBL and non-interest earning asset ratios were more favorable for the Peer Group, except for the lower level of non-interest earnings assets maintained by the Company. On a pro forma basis, the infusion of stock proceeds can be expected to provide the Company with equity-to-assets and IEA/ILB ratios that will likely exceed the Peer Group ratios, as well as enhance the stability of the Company’s net interest margin through the reinvestment of stock proceeds into interest-earning assets. On balance, RP Financial concluded that interest rate risk was a neutral factor in our adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings

 

    Credit Risk . Loan loss provisions were a larger factor in the Company’s earnings (0.26% of average assets versus 0.13% of average assets for the Peer Group). In terms of future exposure to credit quality related losses, lending diversification into higher risk types of loans was more significant for the Company. The Company’s credit quality measures generally implied similar credit risk exposure relative to the comparable credit quality measures indicated for the Peer Group. Overall, RP Financial concluded that credit risk was a neutral factor in our adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.

 

    Earnings Growth Potential . Several factors were considered in assessing earnings growth potential. First, the Company maintained a slightly higher interest rate spread than the Peer Group, which would tend to continue to support a slightly higher net interest income ratios for the Company going forward based on the current prevailing interest rate environment. Second, the infusion of stock proceeds will provide the Company with more significant growth potential through leverage than currently maintained by the Peer Group. Third, the Peer Group’s higher ratio of non-interest operating income and lower operating expense ratio were viewed as advantages to sustain earnings growth during periods when net interest margins come under pressure as the result of adverse changes in interest rates. Overall, earnings growth potential was considered to be a neutral factor in our adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.

 

    Return on Equity . Currently, the Company’s core ROE is slightly lower than the Peer Group’s core ROE. As the result of the significant increase in capital that will be realized from the infusion of net stock proceeds into the Company’s equity, the Company’s pro forma return equity on a core earnings basis will remain lower than the Peer Group’s core ROE. Accordingly, this was a moderately negative factor in the adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.

On balance, Meridian Bancorp’s pro forma earnings strength was considered to be less favorable than the Peer Group’s and, thus, a slight downward adjustment was applied for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.6

 

3. Asset Growth

Comparative twelve-month asset growth rates for the Company and the Peer Group showed a 17.7% increase in the Company’s assets, versus an 8.5% increase in the Peer Group’s assets. Asset growth for the Peer Group included acquisition related growth by one of the Peer Group companies. Asset growth for the Company was driven by an increase in loans, which was partially funded with cash and investments. Likewise, the Peer Group’s asset growth was sustained by loan growth and was partially funded with cash and investments. Overall, the Company’s recent asset growth trends would tend to be viewed more favorably than the Peer Group’s in terms of supporting future earnings growth. At the same time, there is more implied credit risk exposures associated with the Company’s relatively high rate of loan growth. On a pro forma basis, the Company’s tangible equity-to-assets ratio will exceed the Peer Group’s tangible equity-to-assets ratio, indicating greater leverage capacity for the Company. On balance, a slight upward adjustment was applied for asset growth.

 

4. Primary Market Area

The general condition of an institution’s market area has an impact on value, as future success is in part dependent upon opportunities for profitable activities in the local market served. Meridian Bancorp serves the Boston metropolitan area through the main office and 26 additional branch locations. Operating in a densely populated market area provides the Company with growth opportunities, but such growth must be achieved in a highly competitive market environment. The Company competes against significantly larger institutions that provide a larger array of services and have significantly larger branch networks than maintained by Meridian Bancorp. The competitiveness of the market area is highlighted by the Company’s relatively low market share of deposits in Suffolk County.

On average, the Peer Group companies generally operate in markets with similar population densities as Suffolk County. Population growth for the primary market area counties served by the Peer Group companies reflect a range of growth rates, but overall population growth rates in the markets served by the Peer Group companies were less compared to Suffolk County’s population growth rate in recent years. Suffolk County has a lower per capita income compared to the Peer Group’s average per capita income and the Peer Group’s primary


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.7

 

market area counties were relatively more affluent markets within their respective states compared to Suffolk County, which had a comparatively lower per capita income compared to Massachusetts’ per capita income. The average and median deposit market shares maintained by the Peer Group companies were well above the Company’s market share of deposits in Suffolk County. Overall, the degree of competition faced by the Peer Group companies was viewed as less than faced by the Company, while the growth potential in the markets served by the Peer Group companies was for the most part viewed to be not quite as strong as the Company’s primary market area. Summary demographic and deposit market share data for the Company and the Peer Group companies is provided in Exhibit III-4. As shown in Table 4.1, the average unemployment rate for the primary market area counties served by the Peer Group companies was above the unemployment rate reflected for Suffolk County. On balance, we concluded that a slight upward adjustment was appropriate for the Company’s market area.

Table 4.1

Market Area Unemployment Rates

Meridian Bancorp and the Peer Group Companies(1)

 

     County      November 2013
Unemployment
 

Meridian Bancorp—MA

     Suffolk         6.4

Peer Group Average

        7.5

BSB Bancorp, Inc.—MA

     Middlesex         5.2   

Cape Bancorp, Inc.—NJ

     Cape May         12.3   

Dime Community Bancshares—NY

     Kings         8.7   

ESSA Bancorp, Inc.—PA

     Monroe         8.7   

First Connecticut Bancorp—CT

     Hartford         7.1   

Fox Chase Bancorp Bancorp, Inc. PA

     Montgomery         5.7   

Northfield Bancorp, Inc.—NJ

     Middlesex         6.0   

OceanFirst Financial Corp.—NJ

     Ocean         7.2   

Oritani Financial Corp.—NJ

     Bergen         5.6   

SI Financial Group, Inc.—CT

     Windham         7.6   

Westfield Financial Inc.—MA

     Hampden         8.5   

 

(1) Unemployment rates are not seasonally adjusted.

Source: SNL Financial.


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.8

 

5. Dividends

The Company currently does not pay a dividend. After the second-step conversion, future declarations of dividends by the Board of Directors will depend upon a number of factors, including investment opportunities, growth objectives, financial condition, profitability, tax considerations, minimum capital requirements, regulatory limitations, stock market characteristics and general economic conditions.

Ten out of the eleven Peer Group companies pay regular cash dividends, with implied dividend yields ranging from 0.77% to 4.48%. The average dividend yield on the stocks of the Peer Group institutions was 2.19% as of February 14, 2014. Comparatively, as of February 14 24, 2014, the average dividend yield on the stocks of all fully-converted publicly-traded thrifts equaled 1.72%. The dividend paying thrifts generally maintain higher than average profitability ratios, facilitating their ability to pay cash dividends.

While the Company has not established a definitive dividend policy prior to its second-step conversion, the Company will have the capacity to pay a dividend comparable to the Peer Group’s average dividend yield based on pro forma earnings and capitalization. On balance, we concluded that no adjustment was warranted for this factor.

 

6. Liquidity of the Shares

The Peer Group is by definition composed of companies that are traded in the public markets. All of the Peer Group companies trade on the NASDAQ Global Select Market. Typically, the number of shares outstanding and market capitalization provides an indication of how much liquidity there will be in a particular stock. The market capitalization of the Peer Group companies ranged from $128 million to $725 million as of February 14, 2014, with average and median market values of $318 million and $207 million, respectively. The shares issued and outstanding of the Peer Group companies ranged from 9.1 million to 57.9 million, with average and median shares outstanding of 23.0 million and 16.4 million, respectively. The Company’s second-step stock offering is expected to provide for a pro forma market value and shares outstanding that will be in the upper end of the Peer Group’s ranges for market values and shares outstanding. Consistent with all of the Peer Group companies, the Company’s stock will also be quoted on the NASDAQ Global Select Market following the stock offering. Overall, we anticipate that the Company’s stock will have a comparable trading market as the Peer Group companies on average and, therefore, concluded no adjustment was necessary for this factor.


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.9

 

7. Marketing of the Issue

We believe that four separate markets exist for thrift stocks, including those coming to market such as Meridian Bancorp’s: (A) the after-market for public companies, in which trading activity is regular and investment decisions are made based upon financial condition, earnings, capital, ROE, dividends and future prospects; (B) the new issue market in which converting thrifts are evaluated on the basis of the same factors, but on a pro forma basis without the benefit of prior operations as a fully-converted company; (C) the acquisition market for thrift franchises based in Massachusetts; and (D) the market for the public stock of Meridian Bancorp. All of these markets were considered in the valuation of the Company’s to-be-issued stock.

 

  A. The Public Market

The value of publicly-traded thrift stocks is easily measurable, and is tracked by most investment houses and related organizations. Exhibit IV-1 provides pricing and financial data on all publicly-traded thrifts. In general, thrift stock values react to market stimuli such as interest rates, inflation, perceived industry health, projected rates of economic growth, regulatory issues and stock market conditions in general. Exhibit IV-2 displays historical stock market trends for various indices and includes historical stock price index values for thrifts and commercial banks. Exhibit IV-3 displays various stock price indices for thrifts.

In terms of assessing general stock market conditions, the overall stock market has generally trended higher in recent quarters, although there has been some pullback in the market year-to-date. The rally in the broader stock market that started at the end of the second quarter of 2013 continued during the first half of July 2013, as the Dow Jones Industrial Average (“DJIA”) closed at multiple new highs in mid-July. Some favorable economic data and assurances from the Federal Reserve that it would continue its easy monetary policies were noteworthy factors that fueled the gains in the broader stock market. The broader stock market traded in a narrow range during the second half of July, as investors digested some mixed second quarter earnings reports and awaited fresh data on the economy. Economic data showing a pick-up in manufacturing activity and new unemployment claims hitting a five-year low propelled the DJIA to a new record high at the beginning of August. Following sluggish job


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.10

 

growth reflected in the July employment report and lowered sales forecast by some retailers, stocks retreated heading into mid-August. The downward trend in stocks continued through the second half of August, with the DJIA hitting a two-month low in late-August. Ongoing worries about the tapering of economic stimulus by the Federal Reserve and the prospect of a military strike on Syria were noteworthy factors that contributed to the downturn. Some favorable economic reports, as well as subsiding investor concerns about Syria and the Federal Reserve scaling back its easy monetary policies, helped stocks to regain some upward momentum during the first half of September. Stocks reversed course and traded down to close out the third quarter, which was attributed to renewed fears over the Federal Reserve scaling back its financial stimulus program and mounting concerns over the budget standoff in Washington.

Stocks fell broadly at the beginning of the fourth quarter of 2013, as investors weighed the consequences of the budget impasse in Washington and the possibility of an extended shutdown of the U.S. Government. Indications that lawmakers were nearing a deal to raise the federal debt ceiling and end the shutdown of the U.S. Government fueled a stock market rally heading into mid-October. A last minute comprise to raise the debt ceiling, which averted a default on the national debt and allowed for the re-opening of the U.S. Government sustained the positive trend in stocks through late-October. The DJIA closed at a record high in late-October, as weaker-than-expected job growth reflected in the September employment data and subdued inflation readings raised expectations that the Federal Reserve would stay the course on its easy money policies at its end of October meeting. An overall strong month for stocks closed with consecutive losses at the end of October, as investors who were expecting the Federal Reserve to downgrade its economic outlook were surprised that the Federal Reserve’s assessment of the economy was unchanged and, thereby, raised expectations that it could taper its stimulus efforts as early as its next policy meeting in December. Favorable reports on manufacturing and nonmanufacturing activity in October, along with comments from a Federal Reserve President suggesting that the Federal Reserve should wait for stronger evidence of economic momentum before tapering its bond-buying program, contributed to a rebound in stocks at the start of November. The DJIA closed at multiple record highs through mid-November, with a better-than-expected employment report for October and comments made by Federal Reserve Chairman nominee Janet Yellen during confirmation hearings that the Federal Reserve’s economic stimulus efforts would continue under her leadership contributed to the rally that included the DJIA closing above 16000 for the first time. Stocks edged higher in the final week of November, as positive macroeconomic news contributed to the gains. Stocks


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.11

 

traded lower at the start of December 2013, as a number of favorable economic reports stoked concerns that the Federal Reserve would start to wind down its stimulus efforts in the near future. After five consecutive losses in the DJIA, the stock market rebounded on news of the strong employment report for November. The rebound was temporary, as stocks eased lower ahead of the Federal Reserve’s mid-December meeting. Stocks surged at the conclusion of the Federal Reserve’s meeting, as investors approved of the Federal Reserve’s action to begin measured paring of its $85 billion a-month bond buying program. The DJIA moved to record highs in late-December, as more favorable economic reports helped to sustain the stock market rally through the end of 2013. Overall, the DJIA was up 30% during 2013, which was its strongest performance in 18 years.

Stocks retreated at the start of 2014, as profit taking and a disappointing employment report for December weighed on the broader stock market. Mixed fourth quarter earnings reports translated into an up and down stock market in mid-January. Concerns about weakening economies in emerging market countries precipitated a global stock market selloff heading into the second half of January, as the DJIA posted five consecutive losses. News that the Federal Reserve voted again to scale back its monthly bond buying program by another $10 billion, despite recent turmoil in emerging markets and soft jobs data, added to the selloff to close out January. A significant decline in January manufacturing activity drove stocks sharply lower at the start of February. Stocks rebounded heading into mid-February, as disappointing job growth reflected in the January employment report and congressional testimony by the new Federal Reserve Chairwoman eased investor concerns that the Federal Reserve would not continue on its current course of easy monetary policies. On February 14, 2014, the DJIA closed at 16154.39, an increase of 15.5% from one year ago and a decrease of 2.5% year-to-date, and the NASDAQ closed at 4244.03, an increase of 33.0% from one year ago and an increase of 1.6% year-to-date. The Standard & Poor’s 500 Index closed at 1838.63 on February 14, 2014, an increase of 21.0% from one year ago and a decrease of 0.5% year-to-date.

The market for thrift stocks has also generally shown a positive trend in recent quarters, while pulling back in January 2014. The rally in thrift stocks started at the end of the second quarter of 2013 gained momentum early in the third quarter of 2013, as June employment data showed job growth beating expectations. Financial shares led the broader stock market higher heading into the second half of July, as some large banks beat second quarter earnings estimates. Thrift stocks edged lower at the end of July, as investors took some


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.12

 

profits following the extended run-up in thrift prices. Some favorable economic data boosted thrift shares at the beginning of August, which was followed by a downturn amid indications from the Federal Reserve that tapering of quantitative easing was becoming more likely. After trading in a narrow range through mid-August, financial shares sold-off in late-August on the threat of a military strike on Syria and a weak report on consumer spending. Thrift stocks rebounded along with the broader stock market during the first half of September, which was followed by a slight downturn on expectations that the Federal Reserve could begin tapering its monthly asset purchases at its next meeting and the looming threat of the budget impasse shutting down the U.S. government.

Thrift issues stabilized at the start of the fourth quarter of 2013 and then traded lower as the budget impasse in Washington continued into a second week. A deal to raise the federal debt ceiling and re-open the U.S. Government lifted thrift stocks and the broader stock market to healthy gains in mid-October. Third quarter earnings reports and signs of merger activity picking in the thrift sector boosted thrift shares in late-October, which was followed by a slight downturn at the end of October and into early-November as the Federal Reserve concluded its two day meeting by staying the course on quantitative easing and the benchmark interest rate. Thrift shares followed the broader stock market higher through mid-November, as the financial sector benefited from the better-than-expected employment report for October and a continuation of low interest rates. A larger-than-expected increase in a November consumer sentiment index and a decline in weekly jobless claims supported a modest gain for the thrift sector in late-November. Thrift issues generally followed trends in the broader stock market throughout December 2013, declining in early-December on the uncertain outlook for the Federal Reserve’s stimulus efforts and then rallying higher on the stronger-than-expected job growth reflected in the November employment data. After trading in a narrow range into mid-December, the rally in thrift issues resumed following the Federal Reserve’s mid-December meeting and announcement that it will begin to taper its bond buying. Thrift stocks participated in the broader stock market rally to close out 2013, with the SNL Index for all publicly-traded thrifts posting a gain of 25% for all of 2013.

Shares of thrift issues traded down at the start of 2014, as the 10-year Treasury yield approached 3.0% in early-January. Thrift stocks were also hurt by the disappointing employment report for December and then traded in a narrow range in mid-January, as investors reacted to mixed fourth quarter earnings reports coming out the banking sector at the start of the fourth quarter earnings season. Financial shares participated in the selloff


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.13

 

experienced in the broader stock market during the second half of January and the first trading day of February. Janet Yellen’s debut congressional testimony as Federal Reserve Chairwoman helped to spark a rally in thrift stocks heading into mid-February, as she indicated that there no plans to change course from the Federal Reserve’s current monetary policies. On February 14, 2014, the SNL Index for all publicly-traded thrifts closed at 685.1, an increase of 16.1% from one year ago and a decrease of 3.0% year-to-date.

 

  B. The New Issue Market

In addition to thrift stock market conditions in general, the new issue market for converting thrifts is also an important consideration in determining the Company’s pro forma market value. The new issue market is separate and distinct from the market for seasoned thrift stocks in that the pricing ratios for converting issues are computed on a pro forma basis, specifically: (1) the numerator and denominator are both impacted by the conversion offering amount, unlike existing stock issues in which price change affects only the numerator; and (2) the pro forma pricing ratio incorporates assumptions regarding source and use of proceeds, effective tax rates, stock plan purchases, etc. which impact pro forma financials, whereas pricing for existing issues are based on reported financials. The distinction between pricing of converting and existing issues is perhaps no clearer than in the case of the price/book (“P/B”) ratio in that the P/B ratio of a converting thrift will typically result in a discount to book value whereas in the current market for existing thrifts the P/B ratio may reflect a premium to book value. Therefore, it is appropriate to also consider the market for new issues, both at the time of the conversion and in the aftermarket.

As shown in Table 4.2, two standard conversions and one second-step conversions have been completed during the past three months. The second-step conversion offering is considered to be more relevant for Meridian Bancorp’s pro forma pricing. Waterstone Financial’s offering was closed at the top of its offering range raising gross proceeds of $344.1 million. Waterstone Financial’s closing pro forma price/tangible book ratio equaled 80.70% and the stock price increased 5.8% after its first week of trading as a fully-converted company. As of February 14, 2014, Waterstone Financial’s stock price was up 6.0% from its second-step offering price.

Shown in Table 4.3 are the current pricing ratios for the two fully-converted offerings completed during the past three months and trade on NASDAQ. The current average P/TB ratio of the NASDAQ traded, fully-converted recent conversions equaled 79.51% and included Waterstone Financial’s current P/TB ratio of 85.55%, based on closing stock prices as of February 14, 2014.


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.14

 

[Table Omitted]


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.15

 

[Table Omitted]


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.16

 

  C. The Acquisition Market

Also considered in the valuation was the potential impact on Meridian Bancorp’s stock price of recently completed and pending acquisitions of thrift institutions operating in Massachusetts. As shown in Exhibit IV-4, there were 10 Massachusetts thrift acquisitions completed from the beginning of 2010 through February 14, 2014 and there were three acquisitions pending for Massachusetts savings institutions. The recent acquisition activity involving regional financial institutions may imply a certain degree of acquisition speculation for the Company’s stock. To the extent that acquisition speculation may impact the Company’s offering, we have largely taken this into account in selecting companies for the Peer Group which operate in markets that have experienced some degree of acquisition activity as well and, thus, are subject to the same type of acquisition speculation that may influence Meridian Bancorp’s stock. However, since converting thrifts are subject to a three-year regulatory moratorium from being acquired, acquisition speculation in Meridian Bancorp’s stock would tend to be less compared to the stocks of the Peer Group companies.

 

  D. Trading in Meridian Bancorp’s Stock

Since Meridian Bancorp’s minority stock currently trades under the symbol “EBSB” on the NASDAQ, RP Financial also considered the recent trading activity in the valuation analysis. Meridian Bancorp had a total of 22,221,179 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013, of which 9,057,070 shares were held by public shareholders and traded as public securities. The Company’s stock has had a 52 week trading range of $17.41 to $24.40 per share and its closing price on February 14, 2014 was $23.66 per share. There are significant differences between the Company’s minority stock (currently being traded) and the conversion stock that will be issued by the Company. Such differences include different liquidity characteristics, a different return on equity for the conversion stock and the stock is currently traded based on speculation of a range of exchange ratios. Since the pro forma impact has not been publicly disseminated to date, it is appropriate to discount the current trading level. As the pro forma impact is made known publicly, the trading level will become more informative.

*    *    *    *    *    *     *    *    *    *    *


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.17

 

In determining our valuation adjustment for marketing of the issue, we considered trends in both the overall thrift market, the new issue market including the new issue market for second-step conversions, the acquisition market, and recent trading activity in the Company’s minority stock. Taking these factors and trends into account, RP Financial concluded that no adjustment was appropriate in the valuation analysis for purposes of marketing of the issue.

 

8. Management

The Company’s management team appears to have experience and expertise in all of the key areas of the Company’s operations. Exhibit IV-5 provides summary resumes of the Company’s Board of Directors and senior management. The financial characteristics of the Company suggest that the Board and senior management have been effective in implementing an operating strategy that can be well managed by the Company’s present organizational structure. The Company currently does not have any senior management positions that are vacant. Similarly, the returns, equity positions and other operating measures of the Peer Group companies are indicative of well-managed financial institutions, which have Boards and management teams that have been effective in implementing competitive operating strategies. Therefore, on balance, we concluded no valuation adjustment relative to the Peer Group was appropriate for this factor.

 

9. Effect of Government Regulation and Regulatory Reform

As a fully-converted regulated institution, Meridian Bancorp will operate in substantially the same regulatory environment as the Peer Group members — all of whom are adequately capitalized institutions and are operating with no apparent restrictions. Exhibit IV-6 reflects the Bank’s pro forma regulatory capital ratios. On balance, no adjustment has been applied for the effect of government regulation and regulatory reform.


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.18

 

Summary of Adjustments

Overall, based on the factors discussed above, we concluded that the Company’s pro forma market value should reflect the following valuation adjustments relative to the Peer Group:

 

Key Valuation Parameters:

  

Valuation Adjustment

Financial Condition

   No Adjustment

Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings

   Slight Downward

Asset Growth

   Slight Upward

Primary Market Area

   Slight Upward

Dividends

   No Adjustment

Liquidity of the Shares

   No Adjustment

Marketing of the Issue

   No Adjustment

Management

   No Adjustment

Effect of Govt. Regulations and Regulatory Reform

   No Adjustment

Valuation Approaches

In applying the accepted valuation methodology promulgated by the FRB and the Commissioner, i.e., the pro forma market value approach, we considered the three key pricing ratios in valuing the Company’s to-be-issued stock — price/earnings (“P/E”), price/book (“P/B”), and price/assets (“P/A”) approaches — all performed on a pro forma basis including the effects of the stock proceeds. In computing the pro forma impact of the conversion and the related pricing ratios, we have incorporated the valuation parameters disclosed in the Company’s prospectus for reinvestment rate, effective tax rate, stock benefit plan assumptions and expenses (summarized in Exhibits IV-7 and IV-8). In our estimate of value, we assessed the relationship of the pro forma pricing ratios relative to the Peer Group and recent conversion offerings.

RP Financial’s valuation placed an emphasis on the following:

 

    P/E Approach . The P/E approach is generally the best indicator of long-term value for a stock and we have given it significant weight among the valuation approaches. Given certain similarities between the Company’s and the Peer Group’s earnings composition and overall financial condition, the P/E approach was carefully considered in this valuation. At the same time, recognizing that (1) the earnings multiples will be evaluated on a pro forma basis for the Company; and (2) the Peer Group on average has had the opportunity to realize the benefit of reinvesting and leveraging their offering proceeds, we also gave weight to the other valuation approaches.

 

   

P/B Approach . P/B ratios have generally served as a useful benchmark in the valuation of thrift stocks, particularly in the context of an initial public offering, as the earnings approach involves assumptions regarding the use of proceeds. RP Financial considered the P/B approach to be a valuable indicator of pro forma value, taking into account the pricing ratios under the P/E and P/A approaches. We have also modified the P/B approach to exclude the impact of intangible assets (i.e., price/tangible book value or “P/TB”), in that the investment community frequently makes this adjustment in its evaluation of this pricing approach.


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.19

 

    P/A Approach . P/A ratios are generally a less reliable indicator of market value, as investors typically assign less weight to assets and attribute greater weight to book value and earnings. Furthermore, this approach as set forth in the regulatory valuation guidelines does not take into account the amount of stock purchases funded by deposit withdrawals, thus understating the pro forma P/A ratio. At the same time, the P/A ratio is an indicator of franchise value, and, in the case of highly capitalized institutions, high P/A ratios may limit the investment community’s willingness to pay market multiples for earnings or book value when ROE is expected to be low.

 

    Trading of EBSB stock . Converting institutions generally do not have stock outstanding. Beneficial Bancorp, however, has public shares outstanding due to the mutual holding company form of ownership and first-step minority stock offering. Since Meridian Bancorp is currently traded on the NASDAQ, it is an indicator of investor interest in the Company’s conversion stock and therefore received some weight in our valuation. Based on the February 14, 2014, stock price of $23.66 per share and the 22,221,179 shares of Meridian Bancorp stock outstanding, the Company’s implied market value of $525.8 million was considered in the valuation process. However, since the conversion stock will have different characteristics than the minority shares, and since pro forma information has not been publicly disseminated to date, the current trading price of Meridian Bancorp’s stock was somewhat discounted herein but will become more important towards the closing of the offering.

The Company has adopted “Employers’ Accounting for Employee Stock Ownership Plans” (“ASC 718-40”), which causes earnings per share computations to be based on shares issued and outstanding excluding unreleased ESOP shares. For purposes of preparing the pro forma pricing analyses, we have reflected all shares issued in the offering, including all ESOP shares, to capture the full dilutive impact, particularly since the ESOP shares are economically dilutive, receive dividends and can be voted. However, we did consider the impact of ASC 718-40 in the valuation.

In preparing the pro forma pricing analysis we have taken into account the pro forma impact of the MHC’s net assets (i.e., unconsolidated equity) that will be consolidated with the Company and thus will slightly increase equity. At December 31, 2013, the MHC had net assets of $2.7 million, which has been added to the Company’s December 31, 2013 equity to reflect the consolidation of the MHC into the Company’s operations. Exhibit IV-9 shows that after accounting for the impact of the MHC’s net assets, the public shareholders’ ownership interest was reduced by approximately 0.24%. Accordingly, for purposes of the Company’s pro forma valuation, the public shareholders’ ownership interest was reduced from 40.76% to 40.52% and the MHC’s ownership interest was increased from 59.24% to 59.48%.


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.20

 

Based on the application of the three valuation approaches, taking into consideration the valuation adjustments discussed above, RP Financial concluded that as of February 14, 2014, the aggregate pro forma market value of Meridian Bancorp’s conversion stock equaled $462,322,250 at the midpoint, equal to 46,232,225 shares at $10.00 per share. The $10.00 per share price was determined by the Meridian Bancorp Board. The midpoint and resulting valuation range is based on the sale of a 59.48% ownership interest to the public, which provides for a $275,000,000 public offering at the midpoint value.

1. Price-to-Earnings (“P/E”) . The application of the P/E valuation method requires calculating the Company’s pro forma market value by applying a valuation P/E multiple to the pro forma earnings base. In applying this technique, we considered both reported earnings and a recurring earnings base, that is, earnings adjusted to exclude any one-time non-operating items, plus the estimated after-tax earnings benefit of the reinvestment of the net proceeds. The Company’s reported earnings equaled $15.429 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013. In deriving Meridian Bancorp’s core earnings, the only adjustment made to reported earnings was to eliminate net gains on sales of investment securities equal to $9.636 million. As shown below, assuming an effective marginal tax rate of 40.0% for the earnings adjustments, the Company’s core earnings were estimated to equal $9.647 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013.

 

     Amount  
     ($000)  

Net income

   $ 15,429   

Deduct: Net gain on sales of investment securities(1)

     (5,782
  

 

 

 

Core earnings estimate

   $ 9,647   
  

 

 

 

Based on the Company’s reported and estimated core earnings, and incorporating the impact of the pro forma assumptions discussed previously, the Company’s pro forma reported and core P/E multiples at the $462.3 million midpoint value equaled 30.71x and 49.86x, respectively, indicating premiums of 70.33% and 160.09% relative to the Peer Group’s average reported and core earnings multiples of 18.03x and 19.17x, respectively (see Table 4.4). In comparison to the Peer Group’s median reported and core earnings multiples of 17.21x and 15.90x, respectively, the Company’s pro forma reported and core P/E multiples at the midpoint


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.21

 

[Table Omitted]


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.22

 

value indicated premiums of 78.44% and 213.58%, respectively. The Company’s pro forma P/E ratios based on reported earnings at the minimum and the super maximum equaled 25.92x and 41.25x, respectively, and based on core earnings at the minimum and the super maximum equaled 41.90x and 67.63x, respectively.

2. Price-to-Book (“P/B”) . The application of the P/B valuation method requires calculating the Company’s pro forma market value by applying a valuation P/B ratio, as derived from the Peer Group’s P/B ratio, to the Company’s pro forma book value. Based on the $462.3 million midpoint valuation, the Company’s pro forma P/B and P/TB ratios equaled 93.28% and 95.97%, respectively. In comparison to the average P/B and P/TB ratios for the Peer Group of 111.03% and 116.55%, the Company’s ratios reflected discounts of 15.99% on a P/B basis and 17.66% on a P/TB basis. In comparison to the Peer Group’s median P/B and P/TB ratios of 109.85% and 110.76%, respectively, the Company’s pro forma P/B and P/TB ratios at the midpoint value reflected discounts of 15.08% and 13.35%, respectively. At the super maximum of the range, the Company’s P/B and P/TB ratios equaled 106.38% and 108.93%, respectively. In comparison to the Peer Group’s average P/B and P/TB ratios, the Company’s P/B and P/TB ratios at the super maximum of the range reflected discounts of 4.19% and 6.54%, respectively. In comparison to the Peer Group’s median P/B and P/TB ratios, the Company’s P/B and P/TB ratios at the super maximum of the range reflected discounts of 3.16% and 1.65%, respectively. RP Financial considered the discounts under the P/B approach to be reasonable, given the nature of the calculation of the P/B ratio which tends to mathematically result in a ratio discounted to book value. The discounts reflected under the P/B approach were also supported by the significant premiums reflected in the Company’s P/E multiples.

3. Price-to-Assets (“P/A”) . The P/A valuation methodology determines market value by applying a valuation P/A ratio to the Company’s pro forma asset base, conservatively assuming no deposit withdrawals are made to fund stock purchases. In all likelihood there will be deposit withdrawals, which results in understating the pro forma P/A ratio which is computed herein. At the $462.3 million midpoint of the valuation range, the Company’s value equaled 15.79% of pro forma assets. Comparatively, the Peer Group companies exhibited an average P/A ratio of 15.24%, which implies a premium of 3.61% has been applied to the Company’s pro forma P/A ratio. In comparison to the Peer Group’s median P/A ratio of 13.44%, the Company’s pro forma P/A ratio at the midpoint value reflects a premium of 17.49%.


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.23

 

Comparison to Recent Offerings

As indicated at the beginning of this chapter, RP Financial’s analysis of recent conversion offering pricing characteristics at closing and in the aftermarket has been limited to a “technical” analysis and, thus, the pricing characteristics of recent conversion offerings cannot be a primary determinate of value. Particular focus was placed on the P/TB approach in this analysis, since the P/E multiples do not reflect the actual impact of reinvestment and the source of the stock proceeds (i.e., external funds vs. deposit withdrawals). As discussed previously, Waterstone Financial’s recently completed second-step offering had a pro forma price/tangible book ratio at closing of 80.70% (see Table 4.2). In comparison, the Company’s pro forma price/tangible book ratio at the midpoint value reflects an implied premium of 18.92%. Waterstone Financial’s current P/TB ratio, based on closing stock prices as of February 14, 2014, equaled 85.55%. In comparison to Waterstone Financial’s current P/TB ratio, the Company’s P/TB ratio at the midpoint value reflects an implied premium of 12.18%. Comparative pre-conversion financial data for Waterstone Financial has been included in the Chapter III tables and show that, in comparison to Meridian Bancorp, Waterstone Financial maintained a higher tangible equity-to-assets ratio (12.8% versus 8.8% for Meridian Bancorp), a higher return on average assets (2.19% versus 0.62% for Meridian Bancorp and a significantly higher ratio of non-performing assets as a percent of assets (6.70% versus 1.75% for Meridian Bancorp).


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.24

 

Valuation Conclusion

Based on the foregoing, it is our opinion that, as of February 14, 2014, the estimated aggregate pro forma valuation of the shares of the Company to be issued and outstanding at the end of the conversion offering – including (1) newly-issued shares representing the MHC’s current ownership interest in the Company and (2) exchange shares issued to existing public shareholders of the Company—was $462,322,250 at the midpoint, equal to 46,232,225 shares at a per share value of $10.00. The resulting range of value and pro forma shares, all based on $10.00 per share, are as follows:

 

     Total Shares     Offering
Shares
    Exchange Shares
Issued to Public
Shareholders
    Foundation
Shares
    Exchange
Ratio
 

Shares

          

Maximum, as Adjusted

     61,142,118        36,368,750        24,773,368        —          2.7353   

Maximum

     53,167,059        31,625,000        21,542,059        —          2.3785   

Midpoint

     46,232,225        27,500,000        18,732,225        —          2.0682   

Minimum

     39,297,391        23,375,000        15,922,391        —          1.7580   

Distribution of Shares

          

Maximum, as Adjusted

     100.00     59.48     40.52     0.00  

Maximum

     100.00     59.48     40.52     0.00  

Midpoint

     100.00     59.48     40.52     0.00  

Minimum

     100.00     59.48     40.52     0.00  

Aggregate Market Value at $10 per share

          

Maximum, as Adjusted

   $ 611,421,180      $ 363,687,500      $ 247,733,680      $ —       

Maximum

   $ 531,670,590      $ 316,250,000      $ 215,420,590      $ —       

Midpoint

   $ 462,322,250      $ 275,000,000      $ 187,322,250      $ —       

Minimum

   $ 392,973,910      $ 233,750,000      $ 159,223,910      $ —       

The pro forma valuation calculations relative to the Peer Group are shown in Table 4.4 and are detailed in Exhibit IV-7 and Exhibit IV-8.

Establishment of the Exchange Ratio

Conversion regulations provide that in a conversion of a mutual holding company, the minority shareholders are entitled to exchange the public shares for newly issued shares in the fully converted company. The Boards of Directors of the MHC, EBSB and the Bank have independently determined the exchange ratio, which has been designed to preserve the current aggregate percentage ownership in the Company (adjusted for the dilution resulting from the consolidation of the MHC’s unconsolidated equity into the Company). The exchange ratio to be received by the existing minority shareholders of the Company will be determined at the end of the offering, based on the total number of shares sold in the second-step conversion offering and the final appraisal. Based on the valuation conclusion herein, the resulting offering value and the $10.00 per share offering price, the indicated exchange ratio at the midpoint is 2.0682 shares of the Company for every one public share held by public shareholders.


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.25

 

Furthermore, based on the offering range of value, the indicated exchange ratio is 1.7580 at the minimum, 2.3785 at the maximum and 2.7353 at the super maximum. RP Financial expresses no opinion on the proposed exchange of newly issued Company shares for the shares held by the public shareholders or on the proposed exchange ratio.

Exhibit 99.6

 

LOGO

March 10, 2014

Board of Trustees

Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated

Boards of Directors

Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc.

Meridian Bancorp, Inc.

East Boston Savings Bank

10 Meridian Street

East Boston, Massachusetts 02128

 

Re:   

Plan of Conversion

Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated

Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc.

Members of the Board of Trustees and the Boards of Directors:

All capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this letter have the meanings given such terms in the Plan of Conversion (the “Plan”) adopted by the Board of Trustees of Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated (the “MHC”) and the Board of Directors of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. (the “Mid-Tier”). The Plan provides for the conversion of the MHC into the full stock form of organization. Pursuant to the Plan, the MHC will be merged into the Mid-Tier and the Mid-Tier will merge with Meridian Bancorp, Inc., a newly-formed Maryland corporation (the “Company”) with the Company as the resulting entity, and the MHC will no longer exist. As part of the Plan, the Company will sell shares of common stock in an offering that will represent the ownership interest in the Mid-Tier now owned by the MHC.

We understand that in accordance with the Plan, depositors will receive rights in a liquidation account maintained by the Company representing the amount of (i) the MHC’s ownership interest in the Mid-Tier’s total stockholders’ equity as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition used in the prospectus plus (ii) the value of the net assets of the MHC as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition of the MHC prior to the consummation of the conversion (excluding its ownership of the Mid-Tier). The Company shall continue to hold the liquidation account for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain deposits in East Boston Savings Bank. The liquidation accounts are designed to provide payments to depositors of their liquidation interests in the event of liquidation of East Boston Savings Bank (or the Company and East Boston Savings Bank).

In the unlikely event that either East Boston Savings Bank (or the Company and East Boston Savings Bank) were to liquidate after the conversion, all claims of creditors, including those of depositors, would be paid first, followed by distribution to depositors as of February 28, 2013. Also, in a complete liquidation of both entities, or of East Boston Savings Bank, when the Company has insufficient assets (other than the stock of East Boston Savings Bank), to fund the liquidation account distribution due to Eligible Account Holders and East Boston Savings Bank has positive net worth, East Boston Savings Bank shall immediately make a distribution to fund the Company’s remaining obligations under the liquidation account. The Plan further provides that if the Company is completely liquidated or sold apart from a sale or liquidation of East Boston Savings Bank, then the rights of Eligible Account Holders in the liquidation account maintained by the Company shall be surrendered and treated as a liquidation account in East Boston Savings Bank, the bank liquidation account and depositors shall have an equivalent interest in such bank liquidation account, subject to the same rights and terms as the liquidation account.

 

 

Washington Headquarters

Three Ballston Plaza

1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 600

Arlington, VA 22201

www.rpfinancial.com

  

 

Telephone: (703) 528-1700

Fax No.: (703) 528-1788

Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594

E-Mail: mail@rpfinancial.com


RP ® Financial, LC.

Board of Trustees

Boards of Directors

March 10, 2014

Page 2

 

Based upon our review of the Plan and our observations that the liquidation rights become payable only upon the unlikely event of the liquidation of East Boston Savings Bank (or the Company and East Boston Savings), that liquidation rights in the Company automatically transfer to East Boston Savings Bank in the event the Company is completely liquidated or sold apart from a sale or liquidation of East Boston Savings Bank, and that after two years from the date of conversion and upon written request of the FRB, the Company will transfer the liquidation account and depositors’ interest in such account to East Boston Savings Bank and the liquidation account shall thereupon become the liquidation account of East Boston Savings Bank no longer subject to the Company’s creditors, we are of the belief that: the benefit provided by the East Boston Savings Bank liquidation account supporting the payment of the liquidation account in the event the Company lacks sufficient net assets does not have any economic value at the time of the transactions contemplated in the first and second paragraphs above. We note that we have not undertaken any independent investigation of state or federal law or the position of the Internal Revenue Service with respect to this issue.

 

Sincerely,
LOGO
RP ® Financial, LC.